Energy is Power!

By Karen Schoen

November 22, 2025

Power to the people . . . NOT. It seems to me that our governmental policies on energy are taking power away from the people. In Florida, those massive PUBLIC utilities, you know the ones that are supposed to provide low cost energy for all, are more concerned with their stakeholders and their tax breaks, than with We The People.

I got up this morning to crisp air and I knew that summer was over. That means the thermostat changes from A/C to Heat. No problem, I thought. We have been conserving. I looked at my bills from last year and realized I am paying more for less!! How is that possible? Could it be because Florida has been replacing fossil fuels with solar power? Remember, I told you I sent a letter to Governor DeSantis asking him what solar panels taste like as we replace our food farms with solar farms. I never got an answer. I started doing some research in my old files. I was trying to find out why, when President Trump’s energy policy is drill baby drill and use all forms of energy, Florida is not paying attention.

“Under my plan your
energy costs will…
necessarily skyrocket.”
– Barack Obama

Obama was right, but why? How did he know, unless scarcity and high costs were his plan? Did he design an energy crisis to appease his donors, like Solyndra and the Gulf oil spill? Look no further than the environmental movement. In the beginning, the environmental movement was great and their regulations brought us clean air and water. But, as in most movements, the environment became the political football so politicians could make fortunes from greedy donors who needed crushing regulations to replace efficient, inexpensive fossil fuel with overly expensive inefficient wind and solar. We the People be dammed. No Power for the people.

If we go back in history a little further, we find Agenda21 which is one of the best kept secrets of wealth redistribution ever created! This UN treaty of world-wide enslavement, through a series of lies, uses the environment and natural disasters to convince the population that CO2, carbon dioxide, the gas necessary for life, is the evil demon and must be eliminated. Of course, once CO2 was eliminated, human life would cease to exist. Since this UN crowd wants to depopulate the planet, CO2 was the perfect target to demonize.

The environmental movement has been described as the largest and most influential social phenomenon in modern history. From its relative obscurity just a few decades ago, it has spawned thousands of organizations and claims millions of committed activists. Today, it is hard to imagine a time when global warming, resource depletion, environmental catastrophes and ‘saving the planet’ are barely mentioned. They now rank among the top priorities on the social, political and economic global agenda.

Environmental awareness is considered to be the mark of any good, honest, decent citizen. Multi-national companies compete fiercely to promote their environmental credentials and ‘out-green’ each other. The threat of impending ecological disasters is uniting the world through a plethora of international treaties and conventions. Should your company or country not comply to the insane strangling regulations that do nothing for the environment, you will pay a tax to the corrupt Marxist United Nations. In reality, it’s about the money. Just follow the money.

Where did this phenomenon come from? How did it rise to such prominence? And more importantly, where is it going? Agenda 21 was updated to Agenda 2030. This is your new life’s plan, created by someone else. The idea of God given Rights are gone. In the name of saving the planet, every step you take and every move you make will be monitored. You are going to even be taxed for breathing. The government is watching you. In this agenda you will find:

♦  Wildlands Project eliminates human presence over 50% of the American Landscape
♦  Smart Growth herds Americans into regimented, dense urban communities with the Government controlling your daily life
♦  Sustainable Development works to abolish private property, in order to manufacture natural resource shortages and other alarms in order to facilitate governmental control over all resources and ultimately over all human action.
♦  Stakeholder Consensus councils are system of councils that report to an apex council (UN), and affect a region or neighborhood by eliminating elected officials.
♦  Education for all to make sure that all propaganda creates the same thoughts for everyone.
♦  Green Energy inefficient, ineffective wind and solar taking the power from the people.

Did YOU vote for this? Did your legislator vote for this? Why did Gov DeSantis sign it? Follow the money.

MONEY • POWER • CONTROL

Not in Free Florida, you say!! Senate Bill 700 (SB 700), aka 2025 Florida Farm Bill, was passed by the Florida Legislature and signed into law by Governor Ron DeSantis on May 15, 2025 (Chapter No. 2025-22, effective July 1, 2025).This bill amends Florida Statute § 193.461 to require property appraisers to classify land owned or leased by electric utilities as agricultural if it’s used for both bona fide agricultural purposes (like farming or forestry) and solar energy systems.

This “dual-use” setup lets utilities keep the lower agricultural tax rates—based on the land’s current use rather than its highest potential value—while supporting renewable energy and farming. It helps prevent reclassification that could raise taxes on former farmland bought for solar projects.

The provision tackles concerns about utilities buying up agricultural land for solar farms, which could otherwise lose greenbelt tax breaks and drive up local property taxes. It also requires utilities to submit 10-year site plans for review if building on recently acquired agricultural land and gives the state a right of first refusal on development rights for such acquisitions.

How does this work? What can we do? Time to hear from an expert. I asked Dave Walsh, energy guru, former President & CEO of Mitsubishi Power Systems Americas, Energy advisor, and national energy commentator to join me and explain what’s up with Florida energy.

Is America worth saving?

If not you, who? If not now, when? Please share this important message. Dave Walsh is available to speak to any group!

Guest: Dave Walsh

Website: https://truthsocial.com/@davewalshenergy

Applying Knowledge is Power

© 2025 Karen Schoen – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Karen Schoen: kbschoen@bellsouth.net

Website: http://www.karenschoen.com




A Short Message to All Who May not be WOKE But Aren’t Awake Yet

By Kathleen Marquardt

November 21, 2025

The Canadian government has been working to kill 800 healthy ostriches for about a year now. The owners were fighting to keep them alive as they have been raising them for years and are a great benefit to science (they are not injured or killed by the tests) and they were healthy – not diseased, not a danger to any other birds (or stupid people).

From CBS news “(Canadian Food Inspection Agency) The CFIA did not say how the ostriches would be killed, but multiple gunshots were heard at the Universal Ostrich Farm on Thursday night, according to Canadian media. The gunfire could be heard on a live video stream on farm spokesperson Katie Pasitney’s Facebook page. A follow-up piece from CBS said the most human way cull for bird flu was depopulation disposal (remember, the birds were healthy – no bird flu or other disease). And keep in mind, these were not food animals, so why was the Canadian Food Inspection Agency given control over this? They were put in charge to “manage depopulation disposal” – and the farm will be charged for the cost of slaughtering their animals. How cruel can you get?

Watch this!!!! from Redacted if you don’t look at any of the other links.

Keep in mind that the Canadian government has recently “euthanized” several thousand “useless eaters” (senior humans). When they are finished with the seniors, they will discover nd out groups that need to be removed from the earth. In what order? Patriots, conservatives, Christians, property owners, farmers – anyone not Woke, gay, mega-rich, or a useful idiot?

Yes, I’m mad. Wake up before you become fodder for the next depopulation disposal.

P.S. The follow-up, “euthanizing” the ostriches via guns

© 2025 Kathleen Marquardt – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koikpm@yahoo.com




The Republican Party Hates MAGA

By Coach Dave Daubenmire

November 21, 2025

I know that the title of this commentary seems contradictory, but the Truth is, some of President

Trumps’ greatest opposition come from within the Republican Party.

Not the New MAGA crowd, but the old-guard Republican Party establishment wonks hate Donald Trump. They are angry with him because he has been so successful at separating the sheep from the goats in the Grand Old Party.

Interloper…wasn’t that the term that Rev Al Sharpton used nearly 2 decades ago to describe a Jewish business man who had opened a business in Harlem? Webster’s defines interloper as “One who runs into business to which he has no right.”

Make no mistake about it the establishment Republican Party hates Donald Trump. The career politicians who have spent their entire careers in the smokey-back rooms cutting deals with their “friends across the aisle” resent that this wealthy businessman has ventured into the political arena where he jumped the shark on all of the career politicians who had carefully planned their journey to the top of the Political Hill know as Washington DC.

They hate Trump not because of who he is or what he has done. No, they hate him because he jumped to the front of the line. In middle school we used to call that “dipping” into the lunch line. Nobody liked dippers. That was Trump’s most egregious behavior…jumping to the front of the line ahead of all of the good-ole-boys who had labored climbing up the political ladder.

In a city governed by the ambitious they hated that this “deal maker” had not paid his dues and they resented his interloping into their territory. All of the favors that the Establishment had sold to their donors went flying out the window when DJT ascended into 1600 Pennsylvania Ave.

Heck, he wasn’t even a real Republican. Over the years, as a businessman, he had purchased loyalties within the House of Congress having friends on both sides of the aisle. Both parties loved him as a businessman because of the financial resources he controlled. They ALL loved “Mr, Apprentice” until he came messing in their porridge. How dare he crowd his way to the front of the line.

The Establishment Republican Party has never forgiven him. How in the hell did he get elected President when he really wasn’t part of the Club? How are we ever going to control him?

Damn interloper. They would not say that publicly….but that is what all the Big Cheese Elephants thought.

That’s why the Republicans didn’t really fight for him in the aftermath of the clearly-corrupt 2020 election. The Republican Establishment had spent 40 years rebuilding the Party after Nixon and Watergate destroyed the brand. And finally, after years of polishing the brand, Donald Trump butts his way in and starts riding on top of the elephant.

“Blasphemous” was the silent cry of the Bush, Cheney, Romney, McConnell, and Pence wings of the GOP establishment. They lifted not a hand to investigate the clearly corrupt election and sat silently as Mr. Trump endured more trials that the Capone mafia. The Republican Establishment hates MAGA and the man behind whom it was formed. But what is that old saying…if you shoot the King you better make sure you kill him.

But MAGA is alive and well. Before Trump, most conservatives only voted for Republicans because they hated Democrats. Everyone hated Washington. Except those who ran Washington. As we have been so often reminded, the Republicans and Democrats are simply two wings of the same bird. Or as George Carlin famously said…”Washington is one big club and you aren’t in it.”

But there are cracks beginning to appear within the Republican Party. Mark Levin recently called some MAGA supporters “Jew haters…anti-Semites…Nazis.” He and Tucker are crossing swords over America first rather than Israel First. Candice Owens and others are stating that Charley Kirk was killed because he would not cater to the “Zionist” mafia. Tucker and Levin have their swords drawn…not at communistic Democrats…but at each other.

What is it the Scriptures say….”a house divided AGAINST ITSELF cannot stand?” It is hard to fight the enemy at the gates when the crossfire is happening within the camp.

Please understand what I am trying to tell you. The ESTABLISHMENT is both parties full of career politicians who have spent their entire time in DC feathering their own nests. BOTH parties hate MAGA.

The Republican Party is in for a huge awakening. Those Americans who elected Donald Trump did not vote for REPUBLICANS…they voted for MAGA…to Make America Great Again…most hate BOTH political parties.

Their failure to “fundamentally transform the United States of America” is stalled at the backstretch. DLT has been in office for 10 months…and nothing seems to have changed. Could it be that those in power and those donors who support them like the way things operate in Washington. Could it be that the the Republican Establishment are doing their best to “run out the clock” until they can get a “company man” back in the Oval Office?

One final thought. As I often say on my daily podcast at www.CoachDaveLive.com no-one truly knows what team President Trump is playing on. He does a lot of things that make me scratch my head. But I can tell you one thing, the Republican Party is in control of both houses of Congress because of MAGA…not because voters support the Republican Party.

It is sorta like when my wife and I go shopping people look at us and smile. I used to think it was because I was such a good-looking guy, but now I have come to realize that most of them are trying to figure out how a squatty guy like me got such a beautiful wife?

The Republican Party establishment hates Donald Trump and those he represents. They’re just trying to find out how he got such a beautiful wife….

Can America Be Great Again? Buckle up. We are in for quite a ride.

© 2025 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com




Forty-Two Million Americans on Food Stamps: Really?

By Frosty Wooldridge

November 20, 2025

During the 43-day democrat-led government shutdown that solved nothing, the most pressing news stemmed from the reports that 42,200,000 (millions) of Americans could not access their EBT cards, food stamps, WIC, ADC, SNAP and other food assistants.

“Programs for food assistance in the U.S. include the Supplemental Nutritional. Assistance Program (SNAP), which provides electronic benefits for groceries and Special Supplemental Nutrition program for Women, Infants and Children (WIC), which offers food, nutrition education, and referrals to low-income pregnant, postpartum, and breastfeeding individuals and children up to age 5. Other programs include the Emergency Food Assistance Program (TEFAP), for food banks, and the Child and Adult care Food program (CACFP), for care centers, and the. Commodity Supplemental Food Program (CSFP) for low-income seniors.”

Cost to the American taxpayer?

In fiscal year 2024, the cost to American taxpayers for food stamps was approximately $103.3 billion. This spending covered monthly benefits (the majority of costs) and administrative expenses for states, nutrition education, and employment programs. Federal spending has decreased from pandemic highs of around $128 billion in 2021.

Dear reader, that’s a lot of money you pay for endless millions of people to eat off your work, off your taxes, off your life. It means there are already a lot of Zohran Mamdani Communists-Marxists in Washington DC.

Let’s see, you pay for 400,000 anchor babies and their illegal alien mothers, annually, added to our tax burden. When you start adding up that each mother and her child live off your tax dollars for 18 years, it starts to hurt when you’re working eight hours a day and 50 weeks a year. Worse, those anchor babies into the millions of them, enjoy “free” breakfasts and lunches on your dollar. For them, it’s a gravy train; for you, it’s a heavy load.

Even more distressing, 1.1 million legal immigrants arrive annually into America without education, work skills, and/or any kind of personal accountability to care for themselves. When you look at the 300,000 Muslims in Detroit, Michigan and the 125,000 Muslim Somalians in Minneapolis, they enjoy SSI benefits that they soak-up for decades as they sit on their butts doing nothing. Throw in another 1,000,000 legal immigrant Muslims in New York City living off your tax dollars, and the price begins to climb higher and higher.

What about those 42 million people sucking off the government teat each day of the year? If we look at the educational nightmare spreading across America like an illiteracy plague, we’ve got millions of kids who cannot read, write or perform simple math. We’ve got 7 out of 10 African-American children growing up with single mothers utilizing EBT food stamps by the millions. The trouble is…those kids of those mothers grow up to repeat the same cycle of illiteracy and government assistance whether it’s food, clothing or housing.

It reminds me of the time when I worked for United Van Lines with the Corrigan Moving Systems of Detroit, Michigan as my summer job from teaching. After finishing loading 15,000 pound headed for Miami during a 12-hour day, I walked into Kroger’s to stock my 64-quart cooler with food for the 40-hour trip to South Florida. I happened to look at the Detroit Free Press where one minority woman just birthed her 24th child on ADC. Yours and my tax dollars paid for their births, food, housing, schooling and medical care for the next 18 years.

I stood there muttering, “I’m working 18 hours of hard labor a day to pay for this lady to have 24 kids…what’s wrong with this picture? Why are my tax dollars paying her to have 24 kids?”

So, I ask you, “What is wrong with this picture of 42 million people living off our tax dollars?”

Why haven’t our brilliant Congressional critters in DC created mandatory “Workfare for Welfare” bills to get those lazy, do nothing, financial blood-suckers into jobs? Why haven’t they put limits on any women having 24 kids? Maybe offer her $50,000.00 for a voluntary tubal ligation. That would save her and save all of us the cyclical nightmare of fatherless children, criminal enterprises and a host of other consequences we’re all paying for with our taxes.

Work provides persons with meaning in their lives. Eight hours of work gives a person a place to go. It gives community. It gives that person an opportunity to contribute to the American Dream, to live the American Dream. It provides a house or apartment, and food to eat. It means movies, trips, weekends to travel and a host of possibilities in our nation.

While our government spends trillions of dollars on going to the moon or traveling to Mars, we’ve got a lot of “Social Rot” in our major cities.

Take Chicago, Illinois: it’s a hell hole of 20 to 60 shootings every weekend of the year. Thousands of innocent-violent youth have been killed in the past decade. It’s a killing zone. Its schools are not graduating kids with any tools to deal with living in America. Maybe we should be spending more money to enhance the kids in our cities who are lost, drugged-up, fatherless, addicted to 7 hours and 22 minutes a day on their cell phones, and another dozen consequences experienced in Chicago and other large cities.

Why don’t we create solutions by annual conferences attended by the best educational minds, the best health minds, the best psychologists, the best athletic trainers, and the best sports heroes in our country? We need to inspire, encourage and motivate our youth.

EDUCATION OF OUR YOUTH IS THE KEY TO OUR FUTURE

Because if we don’t, what happens when the food stamps hit 50 million or 75 million or even 100 million people who are lost in the dregs of America? What happens when our 773,000 homeless Americans become 1 or 2 or 3 million homeless? What happens when Chicago’s or New Orleans’ murder rates reach into the hundreds every weekend?

At what point DO we DO SOMETHING? At what point do we, as Americans, demand solutions from our leaders?

Because right now, we’re kicking the can down the road. And, the road is going to get bumpier and bumper. It will lead the same disaster as the Baltimore Bridge that collapsed when a cargo ship smashed into it two years ago. Simple solutions to safeguard the bridge would have been cheaper than the $5 billion to reconstruct it.

Again: EDUCATION OF OUR YOUTH IS THE KEY TO OUR FUTURE

© 2025 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




God is At Work but the FBI is Not

 

By Cliff Kincaid

November 20, 2025

A one-night event titled “Hope for America” was held at Utah Valley University (UVU) on November 16, two months after Christian conservative patriot Charlie Kirk was assassinated there. But the sad fact is that, in the wake of the attempted assassinations of President Trump, there should have been a quick realization that Charlie Kirk’s life was in danger, too, but the “authorities,” including the FBI, failed to act.

“God is at work,” Pastor Greg Laurie commented as people moved forward to accept Christ at the “Hope for America” event.

But where was the FBI?

At his memorial service, President Trump declared, “virtually every day for years, before he was murdered, Charlie received these horrible death threats.” President Trump said, “I used to talk to him about it. He said, ‘I got some threats.’”

Speaking to Jesse Watters on Fox News, Charlie Kirk’s widow Erika Kirk said her kids get kidnapping and death threats. “We ALWAYS have,” she said.

The follow-up question to FBI Director Kash Patel should be: why was nothing done to protect Charlie Kirk? The job was left to a few local cops, mostly from the Utah Valley University Police Department (UVUPD).

I have asked Utah Valley University for any information relating to their failure to protect him. They denied any and all documents, offering the following denials:

  • …release of records relating to threats would reasonably interfere with investigations and enforcement proceedings…
  • Your request for the number of UVUPD members and their names assigned to the event is also denied as those records are also a record of security measures…
  • …records of a governmental entity that could impair an ongoing investigation or enforcement proceeding are classified as protected and would not be released.

Even some “conservatives” are telling me that Charlie Kirk didn’t deserve the special attention of the FBI and that such protection should be reserved for celebrities and sports figures.

One told me, “I don’t believe it is the FBI’s job to protect people as much as to gather and use information that can be useful in a general to specific sense to protect all Americans.”

I disagree. In any case, after the fact, we are now told the FBI will get to the bottom of what happened. But just a few years ago the FBI was hiring trans people as agents.

Another said to me: “As for the FBI allocating protection to Charlie Kirk, I believe you are wrong. Charlie Kirk was a citizen and citizen only and an amazing person with his endeavors. However, he was a private citizen, not a politician and not a royal subject. He therefore did not warrant FBI protection, unless such protection can be requested and paid for by Charlie Kirk.”

Yes, Charlie Kirk was a private citizen. But he was a national and international figure with a close personal relationship with the President and Vice President of the United States. As such, he was the target of many of the same forces that want to terminate President Trump.

He deserved FBI assistance on the same grounds that President gets Secret Service protection. The FBI should have been investigating and then arresting the members of the LGBTQ “community” which spawned Tyler Robinson and his transgender lover.

It looks increasing like Thomas Crooks, one of the would-be assassins of President Trump, was a mixed-up young man involved in the trans movement as well.

To its credit, the Associated Press conducted a review of the circumstances surrounding the assassination of Charlie Kirk.

The story by Jack Brook began this way:

“The Utah college where conservative leader Charlie Kirk was assassinated lacked several key public safety measures and practices that have become standard safeguards for security at events around the country, an Associated Press review has found.”

I urge you to read the complete story. It is an example of real investigative journalism.

It is too bad that law enforcement authorities, including the FBI, did not conduct such a review BEFORE Charlie Kirk spoke.

After his death, the attention by the hate-America media has shifted to cries by leftists that Kirk had it coming or else that his political enemies have the right to “free speech” to advocate his assassination.

The Democratic candidate for Virginia Attorney General advocated the assassination of a Republican opponent and the deaths of his young children. He won his race.

Meanwhile, the “fake news” Washington Post referred to the gay assassin’s parents as “registered Republicans.” The BBC jumped on the bandwagon, noting that “His parents, Matthew Carl Robinson and Amber Denise Robinson, are registered Republicans, according to state records.”

In a subsequent story, the BBC noted although Utah Governor Cox had previously said that Robinson, a Utah native, was “deeply indoctrinated with leftist ideology,” so-called “public records” that were reviewed by the BBC suggest Robinson “had in the past registered as an unaffiliated, or nonpartisan, voter in Utah,” and that “His parents are registered Republicans, according to state records.”

Again, we see the attempt to blame his “Republican” parents for how he turned out.

The reports about Tyler Robinson’s Republican parents are designed to confuse people about what is going on here. We are being told that the gay assassin, in “love” with his transgender “partner,” was somehow influenced to kill Kirk because of his upbringing.

I agree they bear a large part of the blame, but clearly, as we see in the messages he exchanged with his lover, he was gay and his “partner” was another male, apparently in the process of becoming a girl. That is the definition of trans.

This gets to the crux of the matter, demonstrating that he is part of a pattern of transgenderism being linked to murder and violence.

There is another diversion at work in this controversy.

Consider the statement by George Soros that “The recent murders of Charlie Kirk and Melissa Hortman have no place in our democracy.”

Peter Flaherty of the National Legal and Policy Center comments that the reference to Minnesota House Speaker Melissa Hortman is bizarre because “In the automobile of Hortman’s murderer were found ‘No Kings’ flyers, related to anti-Trump demonstrations by Soros-funded groups like Indivisible and MoveOn.”

It is more than bizarre. It is deliberate disinformation designed to confuse people about a possible pattern in the attacks and assassination plots.

FBI Director Kash Patel has been taking heat for using the FBI’s private jet to take personal trips to sports events. As Christian conservatives, we must elevate the questioning to a more serious level by asking why he did not direct the FBI to assist Charlie Kirk’s security personnel to prevent what happened on September 10.

As noted, we are also learning that the FBI concealed crucial evidence about Trump would-be assassin Thomas Crooks and whether he had links to foreign adversaries through his encrypted social media accounts and whether he was transgender.

The scandal is so big that White House Press Secretary Karoline Leavitt told The New York Post that there are “questions” that are “definitely deserving of answers.”

If the FBI does not understand the nature of the “enemies within,” we are in even more peril now that Zohran Mamdani has won the mayor’s race in New York City.

It is indeed a sign of hope that hundreds flooded the altar to choose Christ at the site of the Charlie Kirk murder.

But why has the FBI been so slow? Is the rot that deep?

© 2025 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net




Guess What? You’re Jewish!

By Joan Swirsky

November 20, 2025

Several years ago, my husband Steve and I were watching TV as an American politician of Hispanic descent responded to a challenging question from an antagonistic reporter.

The politician gave such an eloquent and informed answer, sprinkling his response with historical facts, literary allusions, and even dashes of humor, that when he completed his answer, Steve said, “Damn…that is one brilliant guy!”

Reflexively, I expressed what I’ve privately suspected for ages when witnessing similar scenarios: “He’s probably Jewish!”

Steve laughed, but I meant it.

Not long after this episode, I read a book by Jon Entine, a former producer for NBC News and ABC News, and author of several books. In Abraham’s Children,  Entine tells the story of Father Bill Sanchez, a Catholic priest from Albuquerque, New Mexico, who had always been curious about the strange rituals his parents performed in their religiously observant Catholic home, such as lighting Friday night candles, spinning tops at Christmas, not eating pork, et al.

It’s relevant to mention that the Sanchez family migrated from Spain, where centuries before, in 1492––the year Christopher Columbus (who research indicates was probably Jewish) sailed the ocean blue––massive numbers of Sephardic Jews were expelled under threat of death unless they converted to Catholicism.

Historian and writer Eric Buesing says that the Spanish Inquisition, which began in 1478, “forced Jews to adapt or perish. Many chose secrecy, becoming crypto-Jews who practiced their faith in hidden cellars, or adopted Christian rituals publicly while whispering Hebrew prayers in private.”

ENTER DNA

In the early 2000s, Father Sanchez saw a television show that featured the research that Bennett Greenspan, the founder and president of Family Tree DNA, was doing on the then-fledgling subject of DNA, and how that genetic material could determine a person’s probable lineage, roots, country of origin, religion.

Curious, both Father Sanchez and his father volunteered to be subjects and promptly sent samples of their saliva to Mr. Greenspan’s lab in Houston, Texas.

It wasn’t long before he received the results: “You’re Jewish!”

In fact, Father Sanchez’ DNA included a signature associated with the Cohanim priesthood tracing back to biblical figures like Aaron, brother of Moses.

Upon learning this stunning news, Father Sanchez traveled to Israel, learned about and embraced both Jewish history and Jewish culture, and spoke openly and proudly of his Jewish heritage, even under the threat of censure by the Vatican.

But he still loved Jesus and continued being a priest!

There are countless others––including celebrities like Harrison Ford, Julianna Margulies, Rashida Jones, and the singer Pink––who didn’t learn of their Jewish roots  until they were adults. And here is a visual panoramic view of Jewish actresses too numerous to list.

ON THE OTHER HAND

The other end of the spectrum is the likes of Holocaust-denier and Nazi sympathizer Nick Fuentes. According to Wikipedia, Fuentes––who shares an obsessive hatred of Jews and Israel with Tucker Carlson, and Candace Owens––all of them the David Dukes of the 21st century––is of Italian, Irish, and Mexican descent––his father is half Mexican.

I was going to include Ye (aka Kanye West), but to paraphrase the old Connie Francis hit of 1958, he’s sorry now.

Actually, that Wiki website features a huge list of Hispanics who are, in fact, Jewish!

Mmmm, Nick, better not take a gene test and find out that you have Jewish DNA coursing through your veins! I have gleeful schadenfreude imagining his unhinged reaction.

On the other hand, it is not only the Fuenteses out there whose entire life––morning, noon and night––is dedicated to fulminating hatred, or, as the peerless Clarice Feldman has quite accurately identified Fuentes, as a small man with poisonous notions.

There are also plenty of self-hating Jews. Why? Because it’s hard to be a Jew and this ilk is simply not up to it. They are all too eager to join the Jew haters and Israel bashers, hoping––actually, naively believing––that the anti-Semites they align themselves with will like and accept and embrace them.

But they always learn the hard way that the haters they seek approval from may exploit them for their own ends, but that to this species, a Jew is a Jew is a Jew is a Jew––endemically, intrinsically, irredeemably loathsome and detestable.

FOLLOW THE SCIENCE

According to Eric Buesing, the world is more Jewish than we realized.

“DNA testing is revealing that as many as 152 million additional people have Jewish roots. If more people knew they were part-Jewish, would they still hate Jews?”, Buesing asks.

In the thousands of years that the Jewish people lived all over the world in the diaspora, he says, in order to survive, “many Jews became crypto-Jews” ––known as Conversos––hiding their identities, “adopting new names and blending into Christian, Muslim, or secular societies under the shadow of inquisitions, pogroms, and forced conversions.”

Today, he says, “Advances in genetic testing have revealed that millions worldwide …carry traces of Jewish ancestry in their DNA. In the United States alone, an estimated that 15.8 million people, roughly 4.58 percent of the population, may have Jewish roots, often without knowing it.”

Here, writer Alex Graaff features five Hispanic Jews who are currently “impacting the world.”

STAGGERING RESULTS

Buesing reports that a 2018 study analyzed DNA from 6,589 individuals across five Latin American countries: Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Mexico, and Peru. The results were staggering. Approximately 23 percent of those sampled had at least 5 percent Sephardic Jewish ancestry, averaging 1-to-4 percent across these nations. This translates to an estimated 136-million Latin Americans who may carry Jewish DNA!

“These numbers,” Buesing says, “are more than statistics; they are stories of survival, of ancestors who hid their menorahs, whispered Shema Yisrael in secret, and passed down fragments of identity that science is now rediscovering.”

WHAT IF?

Buesing asks us to imagine what it would be like for a Christian––or someone of any other religion––to discover that a great-great-grandparent was a Converso and that his or her Jewish DNA traced back some 2,000 years.

“Antisemitism has plagued humanity for centuries,” he explains….” fueled by myths, stereotypes, and the scapegoating of Jews as ‘outsiders.’ But what if the world knew that millions––perhaps one in every 54 people globally––carried Jewish ancestry? If 152 million people, from São Paulo to Seville, from Johannesburg to Albuquerque, shared this heritage, the notion of Jews as ‘other’ begins to crumble.”

IDENTITY

A recent article about the punk-rock legendary icon Patti Smith revealed not only that she was an Ashkenazi Jew, but that the father who raised her and who she loved deeply. was not her biological father. After DNA testing, she said, “I wasn’t sure what to do with this information…”

Echoing that sentiment was the husband of a friend of mine, a macho police officer who always wondered why his sister cried so hard when he danced with her at his wedding. He later learned from an aggrieved relative that his sister was really his mother (who had given birth to him at the age of 13) and his mother was really his grandmother.

“Everything he thought he knew, his whole identity…who his uncles, aunts, cousins were…went out the window. It drove him crazy,” my friend told me. So crazy that the day after this revelation, he turned in his gun and his badge at the police department, abandoned his marriage, and joined a carnival in the Midwest!

And that is not to omit mention of the great Elvis Presley, whose Jewish ancestry––through his mother, Gladys––has been documented exhaustively by Roselle Kline Chartock in “The Jewish World of Elvis Presley.” In fact, Elvis not only wore a Star of David necklace, but had a Jewish star placed on the coffin of his mother Gladys.

Yoo Hoo and Heads-Up all you Jew haters. The people you are spending your time vilifying and lying about and jealous of and hating could be you!

© 2025 Joan Swirsky – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Joan Swirsky: joanswirsky@gmail.com

Website: http://www.joanswirsky.com




The True Source of Civilization’s Future is Energy Wisdom

Co-authored by Armando Cavanha (Brazil), Ronald Stein (USA), and Yoshihiro Muronaka (Japan)

November 19, 2025

A Cross-Cultural Reflection on Efficiency, Ethics, and Life to support civilization growth.

Energy wisdom—not energy denial—is the foundation of sustainable civilization. Three industry leaders share their individual thoughts on the state of energy, and then collectively join forces for a powerful conclusion.

Introduction (Armando Cavanha of Brazil)

Twenty-five years ago, Professor Franco Battaglia wrote a provocative essay claiming that “pursuing energy saving is a foolish idea.” He argued that as efficiency improves, people inevitably consume more energy, and that prosperity itself depends on greater energy use.

“The more energy we use,” he said, “the better our well-being.” To save energy, therefore,

would mean to live worse.

Yet the statement “The first source of energy is saving” still resonates. It invites a reinterpretation, not as an economic contradiction, but as a moral and civilizational question. True saving is not deprivation; it is intelligence in utilization—the conscious alignment between human purpose and the limited natural resources of this 4-billion-year-old Planet Earth.

In today’s world, obsessed with carbon neutrality and net-zero slogans, this idea becomes urgent. The challenge is not simply to consume less, but to consume wisely—to rediscover saving as an ethical act that integrates science, culture, and respect for life.

Efficiency and Saving (Yoshihiro Muronaka of Japan)

For an engineer, the distinction between efficiency and saving is fundamental.

Efficiency is a design challenge: achieving a task with the minimum input through better engineering.
Saving, on the other hand, is often a behavioral practice: using less through habit or restraint.

Japan’s experience after the 1970s oil crisis illustrates this well. Instead of moralizing about sacrifice, industries pursued technical excellence—the Top Runner approach.

They designed machines, appliances, and industrial systems to achieve maximum performance per unit of energy. In doing so, saving became a byproduct of innovation, not a constraint on it.

But to understand the deeper meaning of saving, we must remember that products, transportation fuels, and electricity are not the purpose of civilization, it is a means to serve life. They exist to serve a purpose, to enable human life and creativity. When engineers design a process—whether a factory, a power plant, or even a kitchen stove—the goal is never “to consume energy,” but to achieve the intended function with elegance and precision.

Consider the act of cooking. A mother preparing dinner for her family adjusts the flame according to each ingredient—sometimes it is strong, sometimes gentle, sometimes paused. Every material, every process, has its optimal time and rhythm.

The art of engineering is similar: finding the point where nothing is wasted, and every bit of energy fulfills its role. Designers and manufacturers think about these details long before the process begins—choosing materials that are robust but not heavy, that conduct heat well, that do not cause food to stick to the pan, and that are easy to clean.

Every decision reflects a search for harmony between purpose and performance. True efficiency is not just in the moment of use, but in the thoughtfulness that shapes the entire lifecycle of the tool.

When the engineer’s intention—to design for perfect efficiency—meets the hand of the mother cooking with love, the story of energy finds its completion.

Technology and humanity have become one. Energy, at that moment, fulfills its true role—not as a master, but as a humble servant in the story of life.

The Resource Reality (Ronald Stein USA)

While policymakers promote “net zero” illusions, the real challenge is material: our civilization depends on finite, non-recyclable resources. Every year, humanity consumes about 35 billion barrels of oil8.5 billion tons of coal,  and 132 trillion cubic feet of natural gas.

These are not renewable flows but one-time gifts of the Earth—and they sustain more than 6,000 products essential to modern life: medical devices, fertilizers, computers, transportation, clothing, and even the food chain itself for the 8 billion now living on this Planet.

Solar panels and wind turbines cannot produce any materials demanded by our materialistic society. They depend on them. Every renewable system requires mining, metallurgy, logistics, and manufacturing powered by hydrocarbons.

Eliminating fossil fuels without viable replacements is not just impractical, it is morally irresponsible. It would condemn billions to poverty, hunger, and disease, returning humanity to pre-industrial conditions.

The true moral imperative is not to abandon energy, but to use it wisely, preserve it efficiently, and develop new forms responsibly.

Energy is a utility that sustains civilization. The tragedy of today’s debate is that many leaders treat affordable energy as a villain, forgetting that without it there is no economy, no medicine, no education, no comfort, and no dignity.

Toward Energy Wisdom (Joint Conclusion)

From Franco Battaglia’s challenge to Armando Cavanha’s reinterpretation, and from Ronald Stein’s energy literacy to Yoshihiro Muronaka’s engineering vision, a coherent message emerges: Energy wisdom—not energy denial—is the foundation of sustainable civilization.

Energy efficiency, behavioral awareness, and moral responsibility are not contradictions; they are the three dimensions of maturity in how humanity relates to nature.

Efficiency seeks to perfect the means. Savings seeks to harmonize purpose and needs. Wisdom seeks to align technology, ethics, and life.

Our task is not to glorify scarcity or excess, but to rediscover balance.

Energy is not an enemy to be defeated, nor an idol to be worshiped. It is a faithful companion on the human journey—a silent partner in every heartbeat of civilization.

As we face the great transitions of the 21st century, may our leaders learn this simple truth:

“The future of humanity will not be secured by denying energy, but by mastering the wisdom to use it responsibly.”

Please share this information with your friends to encourage energy literacy conversations at the family dinner table.

Click this Link to Sign up for Energy Literacy from Ronald Stein

[BIO: Armando Cavanha A Brazilian executive and researcher with degrees in AI, logistics, business, and engineering. Former PETROBRAS leader and CEO of Thompson Knight Global Energy Services. Author and host of the “Cafe com Cavanha” channel.]

[BIO: Yoshihiro Muronaka, P.E.Jp is a chemical engineer who currently focuses on evaluating net-zero and decarbonization policies, advocating alternative energy concepts such as “carbon symbiosis,” and promoting balanced international energy cooperation.]

© 2025 Ronald Stein – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ronald Stein: Ronald.Stein@EnergyLiteracy.net




Confused Weak Republicans vs Determined Mean Hateful Democrats

By Tom DeWeese

November 19, 2025

To truly understand the threats we are facing across the nation and how to combat them, first we must understand the who, what, when, where, and why behind the policies that are creating the national divide. What are the Democrats pushing into place, and what are Republicans doing to combat it?

The Democrats and their Leftist supporters are operating from an agenda. It is concise, detailed, all encompassing, and completely documented. They know exactly how to enforce it and will not back away no matter the defeats they experience while pushing it forward. They only become more focused and determined to assure such defeats will not happen again as the battle cry calls to keep the agenda moving forward.

On the other hand, Republicans and their mainstream conservative supporters have no such determined agenda. Instead, they operate from bits and pieces of ideas about freedom and limited government. But what do they mean? What is their definition of such ideas? How do they know when they have won or lost? What is the Republican response when they do lose? Well, better luck next time. We’ll just have to try harder. Of course, if you don’t know for sure what your goals are, how do you know what needs to be done to achieve them?

While there isn’t room in an article to provide every detail of the full Agenda the Democrats are following with such dedication, here is a brief outline. In 1992 the United Nations presented Agenda 21, a detailed outline based on three specific goals: Social Equity, Economic Prosperity, and Ecological Integrity. These three things encompass every aspect of human society. Ecological Integrity became the enforcement tool under the labels of Sustainable Development and Climate Change. Social Equity took over as the thought police to enforce Globally Acceptable Truths. And Economic Prosperity was to be determined by how local economies followed the rules to achieve the goals.

When the debate raged over how to achieve these goals, the UN regularly added new details to follow. Most notable were the 17 goals of Agenda 2030, outlining much more specific plans to “Transform the World.” Then came Congresswoman Ocasio-Cortez and her Green New Deal, and most recently, the World Economic Forum’s Great Reset. The bottom-line goals for all these plans are elimination of free enterprise, private property rights, and individual choice. In short, the three pillars of Freedom which America’s Founders fully understood were the roots of a free society.

As the battle began and the Democrat Party started to push for enforcement of the agenda, those of us who worked to sound the alarm and expose the dangers were quickly labeled “conspiracy theorists” and “hate mongers.” In many cases these labels were even used by Republican and even mainstream conservative organizations. Somehow these forces refused to even acknowledge that such an agenda existed. While the Leftist advocates used every emotional tool to sell the agenda through fear, the Republican leadership simply scoffed, calling it misdirected ignorance, not worthy of attention.

And so, for thirty years the agenda has been slipped into nearly every policy as government has grown to massive size and intrusion in our everyday lives, dictating how we live, what transportation we may use, how much energy is available for our everyday needs, and how private enterprise must comply in producing their products. In addition, under the social equity Thought Police, our interactions with neighbors and community culture are being torn apart under the label of racism. Now we’re facing an Artificial Intelligence (AI) threat to our personal privacy, job availability, and the earned currency in our pocket.

The response from Republicans has been confusion. Instead of attacking the very root of the agenda and its tyrannical enforcement, Republicans have tried to be “reasonable” as they accept the agenda, but in a lighter manner. Yes, of course, we must acknowledge man’s threat to the environment, they say. Then they offer the Green New Deal Light! Not as radical, but will fix the problem, goes the argument.

The National Association of Realtors (NAR) should be the number one force in the nation protecting private property rights. Instead, they are a leader in pushing Smart Growth, the destroyer of property rights. The American Farmland Trust’s method of “preserving” family farms is acquisition and control of development rights, essentially controlling the farms and assuring they operate “sustainably.” State governments are enforcing the use of eminent domain to just take private property for private corporations to build their private projects. Free enterprise and property rights are dying. The Republican leadership response? Nothing.

What can be done about it? In 2024 came the election of Donald Trump for his second term. Make America Great Again was the winning slogan. It was aimed at returning the Founder’s ideas of freedom to American society and limited government that supported the three pillars of Freedom. As a result of that incredible victory for the cause of freedom, two things happened. First, a great number of patriotic Americans took a deep breath and said President Trump is there now, I can take a break from the fight. Second, the Democrats said we will not allow MAGA to happen.

Meanwhile, much of the main conservative media and Republican spokespeople could not hid their glee for the coming destruction of the Democrat’s agenda. “Are you tired of winning yet,” was the opening line of news talk shows every night. “The Dems are completely out of touch with the people – they don’t even have leaders who can communicate their ideas.” And my personal favorite line, “The Democrats will never win another election!”

Meanwhile the Democrats dug in and prepared. Their plan? First, in October 2024, just before Trump was elected, The World Economic Forum (WEF) held a summit in San Francisco called the Urban Transformation Summit. Apparently, they knew Trump was going to be elected and also knew that he was going to cause major havoc to their Agenda at the Federal level. So, they put together the summit to design a plan to keep the agenda moving forward at the local level, through state legislators and city and county councils.

The United Nations and WEF have been recruiting and training over 20,000 private non-governmental organizations (NGOs) to take their agenda directly to state legislature and city councils. They know how to present the policies and provide for the federal grant programs they helped write. These are the shock troops to carry forward the agenda. Every city in the nation is invaded by these forces. The Urban Transformation Summit gave them the new marching orders, and they spread out nationwide.

On October 5, 2025, the WEF held another summit in Wichita, Kansas. It was attended by hundreds of regional business leaders, local and state government bureaucrats and staffers to learn the new plans. Most shocking was the announcement that Kansas (not California) has been chosen by the agenda forces to be the “Laboratory for Remobilizing Globalization!” The battle is on.

Finally, as Republicans accepted the fairy tale that the Democrats are finished, and did nothing to assure fair and honest elections, the election day shock grabbed the nation. We all knew that a pure communist was going to win the mayor’s race in New York City. But that was New York. No surprise there. Then, while there was great confidence that New Jersey was going Red and Virginia was going to pull it out, the vote tallies were beyond anything expected. Massive defeat for the Republicans.

Of course, now we are hearing that the reason for the defeats were Republicans failing to show up and vote, probably from over confidence. Well, there is certainly some truth to that, as I have been warning. But the real neglect is from the national and state Republican leadership and their failure to take control of the election message and the voting process to secure fairness. There was no message for a unified drive toward protecting the principles of liberty. Where was the Republican message to give hope to the farmers and the city property owners that they would be protected? It wasn’t there.

Then there was the election process. Apparently, the threat of stolen elections was no longer a concern for Republicans because the Democrats were finished! There was no unified drive for a demand that electronic voting machines be thrown out in favor of paper ballots. Instead, Republican leadership decided to accept and promote the Democrat plan for mail in and early voting. “Who’s going to vote on Monday,” when the challenge. “The only way we can win is to vote early! That’s how we must compete with the Democrats.” The fact is Democrats created and control the system. When Republicans vote early, they are telling Democrats how many votes they need to create to assure their candidate will win.

According to information I have received, in the Virginia election for Governor, the day before the election, Democrat Abigail Spanberger had received 125,000 early mail-in votes. But on election morning there were 300,000. Concerning the race for Virginia Attorney General, where the Republican incumbent Miyares was running against Jones who had written fantasy emails about killing his former opponent and his children. Such issues should have had him shut out of the race, instead, he won. How? Well again, according to the same source, fifteen minutes before the polls closed election night, Miyares’ vote count suddenly dropped off and Jones rocketed up, giving him the victory. Meanwhile, the Republicans in the Virginia legislature lost thirteen seats.

Finally, in New Jersey polls showed the great possibility of a huge Republican win for governor. Research of state elections over the past fifty years shows a steady total of about two million votes, with the winner receiving an average of 1.1 million. Suddenly this year, there were over three million votes cast, and the Democrat received 1.7 million votes. You be the judge.

Today, the fear is growing that this disaster will repeat nationwide in the upcoming midterm elections and the Democrats will take back control of the House and Senate. The Democrats are planning for it. They don’t quit!

There simply is no choice. Americans at the local and state levels must take the lead. Demand the complete restoration of the election system, eliminating voting machines, early voting, mail in ballots, clean the voter rolls and require handwritten ballots on election day. That will make election day an honest representation of what Americans really want. Above all, the Republican Party had better find new leadership that wants to win and knows what they are fighting for. Define the agenda for FREEDOM and fight for it!

© 2025 Tom DeWeese – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Tom DeWeese: contact@americanpolicy.org




Family Ties, Alibaba, Senator John Cornyn and a Potential Conflict of Interest

By Amil Imani

November 18, 2025

In an era when American leaders routinely thunder about the dangers posed by Chinese tech giants, few figures have been more vocal than Texas Senator John Cornyn. From the dais of the Senate Intelligence Committee to the Sunday talk-show circuit, Cornyn has positioned himself as a China hawk without peer – co-sponsoring bills to choke off semiconductor exports, demanding the forced sale of TikTok, and warning that Beijing’s long arm reaches into every server that stores American data. Yet a detail buried in Texas lobbying disclosures has begun to undercut that carefully cultivated image: Cornyn’s daughter, Haley Cornyn, works for a law firm that counts Alibaba, the sprawling Chinese e-commerce and cloud-computing colossus, among its paying clients.

The arrangement is legal, of course. Adult children of senators are free to pursue whatever private-sector careers they choose, and federal ethics rules focus on direct financial benefits to the lawmaker, not on the client lists of relatives. But legality and propriety are not the same thing, especially when the senator in question sits on five of the most sensitive committees in Congress – Finance, Judiciary, Intelligence, Foreign Relations, and Budget – each of which regularly handles legislation and oversight that can make or break Chinese tech firms operating in the United States.

Alibaba is not some obscure startup. It is one of the world’s largest collectors of consumer data, subject to the same national-security laws that require every major Chinese company to maintain internal Communist Party committees and to hand over information upon demand by Beijing’s intelligence apparatus. American agencies from the FBI to the Commerce Department have spent years documenting how those legal obligations create unavoidable back doors for the CCP. When Texas passed its tough new Data Privacy and Security Act – legislation that Attorney General Ken Paxton has wielded like a hammer against China-linked apps and platforms – Alibaba did not hesitate. It hired heavyweight lobbyists in Austin to monitor, shape, and, when possible, soften the law’s impact. One of those lobbyists works alongside Haley Cornyn at Greenberg Traurig’s Texas office.

The retainer may be modest by K Street standards, but the symbolism is enormous. Every time Senator Cornyn thunders about the need to “decouple” from Chinese technology or boasts of his role on the Intelligence Committee in exposing CCP infiltration, opponents can now point to a single inconvenient fact: the same Chinese tech giant he claims to distrust has a direct financial relationship with his own daughter’s firm. It is difficult to imagine a more jarring juxtaposition.

Cornyn’s defenders will argue that he has no control over his adult daughter’s career and that he has scrupulously recused himself from any matter touching Alibaba. Perhaps. Yet recusal is a thin shield when the mere appearance of conflicted interests erodes public trust. Voters are not ethics lawyers parsing fine print; they are citizens who have grown weary of watching Washington families monetize proximity to power while the rest of the country is told to fear the very foreign entities cutting the checks.

This is not a new story in American politics – family members of both parties have long cashed in on famous last names – but rarely has the contradiction been so stark. While Cornyn votes to restrict Chinese access to American markets and data, his daughter’s firm collects fees to help one of Beijing’s flagship companies navigate the regulatory obstacles he and his allies helped erect. That is not a recusable conflict in the technical sense; it is a credibility crisis in the practical one.

In Texas, where distrust of China runs deep and where Attorney General Ken Paxton has made confronting Chinese influence a signature issue, the Alibaba contract lands like a gift-wrapped primary weapon. Paxton, who has already opened investigations into multiple China-based platforms under the very law Alibaba is paying to influence, can now draw a straight line from the senator’s family to the adversary he claims to oppose. Expect that line to feature prominently in mailers, radio spots, and debate stages between now and the 2026 Republican primary.

Senator Cornyn has spent years building a reputation as a tough, uncompromising voice on China. But reputations are fragile things, and nothing shatters them faster than the quiet revelation that the crusader’s own household has a seat at the table he spends his days trying to flip over. Voters who cheered his hawkish rhetoric may now ask a simpler and far more damaging question: If John Cornyn truly believes Alibaba and its CCP entanglements represent a threat to American security, why is his own daughter helping the company soften the blow in Austin?

In the end, the issue may not be illegality; it is hypocrisy. And in a political environment where trust is already in short supply, the appearance of hypocrisy can be fatal.

Potential Conflict of Interest

In an era when American leaders routinely thunder about the dangers posed by Chinese tech giants, few figures have been more vocal than Texas Senator John Cornyn. From the dais of the Senate Intelligence Committee to the Sunday talk-show circuit, Cornyn has positioned himself as a China hawk without peer – co-sponsoring bills to choke off semiconductor exports, demanding the forced sale of TikTok, and warning that Beijing’s long arm reaches into every server that stores American data. Yet a detail buried in Texas lobbying disclosures has begun to undercut that carefully cultivated image: Cornyn’s daughter, Haley Cornyn, works for a law firm that counts Alibaba, the sprawling Chinese e-commerce and cloud-computing colossus, among its paying clients.

The arrangement is legal, of course. Adult children of senators are free to pursue whatever private-sector careers they choose, and federal ethics rules focus on direct financial benefits to the lawmaker, not on the client lists of relatives. But legality and propriety are not the same thing, especially when the senator in question sits on five of the most sensitive committees in Congress – Finance, Judiciary, Intelligence, Foreign Relations, and Budget – each of which regularly handles legislation and oversight that can make or break Chinese tech firms operating in the United States.

Alibaba is not some obscure startup. It is one of the world’s largest collectors of consumer data, subject to the same national-security laws that require every major Chinese company to maintain internal Communist Party committees and to hand over information upon demand by Beijing’s intelligence apparatus. American agencies from the FBI to the Commerce Department have spent years documenting how those legal obligations create unavoidable back doors for the CCP. When Texas passed its tough new Data Privacy and Security Act – legislation that Attorney General Ken Paxton has wielded like a hammer against China-linked apps and platforms – Alibaba did not hesitate. It hired heavyweight lobbyists in Austin to monitor, shape, and, when possible, soften the law’s impact. One of those lobbyists works alongside Haley Cornyn at Greenberg Traurig’s Texas office.

The retainer may be modest by K Street standards, but the symbolism is enormous. Every time Senator Cornyn thunders about the need to “decouple” from Chinese technology or boasts of his role on the Intelligence Committee in exposing CCP infiltration, opponents can now point to a single inconvenient fact: the same Chinese tech giant he claims to distrust has a direct financial relationship with his own daughter’s firm. It is difficult to imagine a more jarring juxtaposition.

Cornyn’s defenders will argue that he has no control over his adult daughter’s career and that he has scrupulously recused himself from any matter touching Alibaba. Perhaps. Yet recusal is a thin shield when the mere appearance of conflicted interests erodes public trust. Voters are not ethics lawyers parsing fine print; they are citizens who have grown weary of watching Washington families monetize proximity to power while the rest of the country is told to fear the very foreign entities cutting the checks.

This is not a new story in American politics – family members of both parties have long cashed in on famous last names – but rarely has the contradiction been so stark. While Cornyn votes to restrict Chinese access to American markets and data, his daughter’s firm collects fees to help one of Beijing’s flagship companies navigate the regulatory obstacles he and his allies helped erect. That is not a recusable conflict in the technical sense; it is a credibility crisis in the practical one.

In Texas, where distrust of China runs deep and where Attorney General Ken Paxton has made confronting Chinese influence a signature issue, the Alibaba contract lands like a gift-wrapped primary weapon. Paxton, who has already opened investigations into multiple China-based platforms under the very law Alibaba is paying to influence, can now draw a straight line from the senator’s family to the adversary he claims to oppose. Expect that line to feature prominently in mailers, radio spots, and debate stages between now and the 2026 Republican primary.

Senator Cornyn has spent years building a reputation as a tough, uncompromising voice on China. But reputations are fragile things, and nothing shatters them faster than the quiet revelation that the crusader’s own household has a seat at the table he spends his days trying to flip over. Voters who cheered his hawkish rhetoric may now ask a simpler and far more damaging question: If John Cornyn truly believes Alibaba and its CCP entanglements represent a threat to American security, why is his own daughter helping the company soften the blow in Austin?

In the end, the issue may not be illegality; it is hypocrisy. And in a political environment where trust is already in short supply, the appearance of hypocrisy can be fatal.

© 2025 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved




Decision on Mexico’s Gun Suit

By Paul Engel

November 18, 2025

  • Does Mexico have standing to sue American gun manufacturers?
  • Does the Protection of the Lawful Commerce in Arms Act protect the manufacturers?
  • Who’s responsible for the gun crimes of criminal drug cartels?

Back in June I wrote about the oral arguments in Mexico’s lawsuit against American gun manufacturers and distributors. While the court overall came to the expected decision, I think it’s still worth some time digging into the logic and reasoning of the justices.

Protection of the Lawful Commerce in Arms Act

In an attempt to prevent the nuisance lawsuits filed by several United States cities, Congress passed the PLCAA, the Protection of the Lawful Commerce in Arms Act.

The Protection of Lawful Commerce in Arms Act (PLCAA) bars certain lawsuits against manufacturers and sellers of firearms. As relevant, it provides that a “qualified civil liability action . . . may not be brought in any Federal or State court,” 15 U. S. C. §7902(a), and defines that term to include a “civil action or proceeding” against a firearms manufacturer or seller stemming from “the criminal or unlawful misuse” of a firearm by “a third party,” §7903(5)(A).

SMITH & WESSON BRANDS, INC., ET AL. v. ESTADOS UNIDOS MEXICANOS

While sometimes referred to as blanket immunity for gun manufacturers, there actually are situations where suit can be filed.

But PLCAA’s general bar on these suits has an exception, usually called the predicate exception, relevant here. That exception applies to lawsuits in which the defendant manufacturer or seller “knowingly violated a State or Federal statute applicable to the sale or marketing” of firearms, and the “violation was a proximate cause of the harm for which relief is sought.” §7903(5)(A)(iii).

SMITH & WESSON BRANDS, INC., ET AL. v. ESTADOS UNIDOS MEXICANOS

That line “knowingly violated a State or Federal statue applicable to the sale or marketing” of firearms is important. Not only does the manufacture have to violate a law, they have to know they’re doing it. Furthermore, the violation must be related to the cause of the lawsuit. In fact, the PLCAA was passed specifically to stop the type of lawsuit Mexico brought to the federal courts.

Here, the Government of Mexico sued seven American gun manufacturers, alleging that the companies aided and abetted unlawful gun sales that routed firearms to Mexican drug cartels.

SMITH & WESSON BRANDS, INC., ET AL. v. ESTADOS UNIDOS MEXICANOS

The government of Mexico claims that these gun manufacturers aided and abetted gun sales that were being sent to Mexican drug cartels. As Noel J. Francisco argued before the court:

Again, no case in history supports that theory. Indeed, if Mexico is right, then every law enforcement organization in America has missed the largest criminal conspiracy in history operating right under their nose, and Budweiser is liable for every accident caused by underage drinkers since it knows that teenagers will buy beer, drive drunk, and crash.

Smith & Wesson Brands v. Estados Unidos Mexicanos – Oral Arguments

So what was the basis of Mexico’s allegation that these companies knowingly violated state or federal law?

The basic theory of its suit is that the defendants failed to exercise “reasonable care” to prevent trafficking of their guns into Mexico, and so are responsible for the harms arising there from the weapons’ misuse. … It alleges that the manufacturers were “willful accessories” in unlawful gun sales by retail gun dealers, which in turn enabled Mexican criminals to acquire guns. And it sets out three kinds of allegations relating to how the manufacturers aided and abetted retailers’ unlawful sales: The manufacturers allegedly (1) supply firearms to retail dealers whom they know illegally sell to Mexican gun traffickers; (2) have failed to impose the kind of controls on their distribution networks that would prevent illegal sales to Mexican traffickers; and (3) make “design and marketing decisions” intended to stimulate cartel members’ demand for their products.

SMITH & WESSON BRANDS, INC., ET AL. v. ESTADOS UNIDOS MEXICANOS

Remember, in order for the exception clause of the PLCAA to be effective, the alleged activity must directly lead to the harm alleged. During oral arguments, Justice Thomas asked Mr. Francisco, attorney for the gun manufacturers, to list the chain of events Mexico was describing.

JUSTICE THOMAS: Would you just list the chain for our benefit?

  1. FRANCISCO: Sure. It starts out with a licensed manufacturer, a manufacturer that the federal government says is allowed to make firearms. It then distributes its legal firearms to licensed distributors, distributors who the federal government says are allowed to distribute them.

They then sell to licensed retailers, retailers that the federal government says are allowed to retail. Those retailers, some very small percentage of them, an unknown number but some small percentage of them, transfer those firearms illegally to straw purchasers.

The straw purchaser then hands it over to the actual purchaser. You then have a smuggle across an international border, yet another violation of law. The smuggler then presumably gives it to the cartels who are illegally possessing the firearm in Mexico under Mexican law as my friends have described it.

Then the Mexican cartels engage in murder and mayhem against the good people of Mexico, all of which in turn causes the Mexican government to have to spend money to respond to that murder and mayhem.

With respect, there’s not a single case in history that comes close to that. They don’t even cite cases that find a manufacturer, I think, ever liable for the unlawful criminal misuse of its products, other than the cases that PLCAA was meant to prohibit and perhaps other than the Avis case, the Florida Supreme Court case.

But they certainly don’t cite anything that comes close to that chain of causation, which is more extreme than the cases that PLCAA was meant to prohibit.

Smith & Wesson Brands v. Estados Unidos Mexicanos – Oral Arguments

As you can see, the criminality does not come from the actions of the gun manufacturers or distributors, but further, most of it much further, down the chain. This explains the court’s opinion.

Held: Because Mexico’s complaint does not plausibly allege that the defendant gun manufacturers aided and abetted gun dealers’ unlawful sales of firearms to Mexican traffickers, PLCAA bars the lawsuit.

SMITH & WESSON BRANDS, INC., ET AL. v. ESTADOS UNIDOS MEXICANOS

Court Opinion

Let’s take a moment and look at the reasoning the court used.

Federal aiding and abetting law reflects the view that a person may be responsible for a crime he has not personally carried out if he deliberately helps another complete its commission. To aid and abet a crime, a person must take an affirmative act in furtherance of the offense and intend to facilitate its commission

SMITH & WESSON BRANDS, INC., ET AL. v. ESTADOS UNIDOS MEXICANOS

As was pointed out during oral arguments, gun manufacturers sell their products to federally licensed gun distributors, who then sell them to federally licensed gun dealers, who then sell them to retail customers. Yes, some small percentage of those retail customers are committing a crime for purchasing those guns for others (straw purchases). And yes, some of those straw purchases are smuggled across the border for drug cartels who may use them to commit murder and mayhem, but that is several steps away from the manufacturers.

Against the backdrop of that law, Mexico’s complaint does not plausibly allege that the defendant manufacturers aided and abetted gun dealers’ unlawful sales of firearms to Mexican traffickers. …

Mexico’s lead claim—that the manufacturers elect to sell guns to, among others, known rogue dealers—fails to clear that bar.

SMITH & WESSON BRANDS, INC., ET AL. v. ESTADOS UNIDOS MEXICANOS

However, that wasn’t Mexico’s only allegation.

For related reasons, Mexico’s second set of allegations—that the manufacturers have declined to suitably regulate the dealers’ practices—cannot fill the gap. Of course, responsible manufacturers might well impose constraints on their distribution chains to reduce the possibility of unlawful conduct. But a failure to do so is what Twitter called “passive nonfeasance.” 598 U. S., at 500. Such “omissions” and “inactions”—especially in an already highly regulated industry—are rarely the stuff of aiding-and-abetting liability, and nothing in Mexico’s allegations makes them so.

SMITH & WESSON BRANDS, INC., ET AL. v. ESTADOS UNIDOS MEXICANOS

In other words, there is no legal requirement to further regulate the already highly regulated firearms industry, even if Mexico thinks there is.

The last allegation from Mexico is one I’ve heard many times from various cities, states, and anti-gun groups.

Finally, Mexico’s allegations about design and marketing decisions add nothing of consequence. Mexico focuses on production of “military style” assault weapons, but these products are widely legal and purchased by ordinary consumers. Manufacturers cannot be charged with assisting criminal acts simply because Mexican cartel members also prefer these guns. The same applies to firearms with Spanish-language names or graphics alluding to Mexican history—while they may be “coveted by the cartels,” they also may appeal to “millions of law-abiding Hispanic Americans.” Even the failure to make guns with non-defaceable serial numbers cannot show that manufacturers have “joined both mind and hand” with lawbreakers in the manner required for aiding and abetting.

SMITH & WESSON BRANDS, INC., ET AL. v. ESTADOS UNIDOS MEXICANOS

It is not a crime to make weapons simply because they look like, yet do not operate like, “military style assault weapons”. Neither is it a crime to use Spanish names or imagery on weapons. Imagine telling Taco Bell that they could not use a sombrero on their logo or name their production tacos and burritos because Mexican drug cartels are drawn to them. And the idea of “non-defaceable serial numbers” is ludicrous, since all it takes to remove such a number is something harder than the material it’s etched it. I guess government ignorance of reality is not limited to the United States.

Thomas Concurrence

While Justice Thomas did agree with the opinion of the court, he wanted more.

The Court today correctly decides that Mexico has not plausibly pleaded that its suit falls under the predicate exception to the Protection of Lawful Commerce in Arms Act (PLCAA). … I write separately to note that the Court’s opinion does not resolve what a plaintiff must show to establish that the defendant committed a “violation.” §7903(5)(A)(iii). It concludes only that Mexico has not adequately pleaded its theory of the case—that, as a factual matter, the defendant gun manufacturers committed criminal aiding and abetting.

SMITH & WESSON BRANDS, INC., ET AL. v. ESTADOS UNIDOS MEXICANOS

Justice Thomas wants the court to state what would constitute a violation of §7903(5)(A)(iii). There’s just one problem with that. It is the role of the legislature to modify the law, not the courts. Remember, the legislative branch writes the law, the judicial decides cases and controversies based on the law. This is another example of judicial activism, this time by one of the most “conservative” justices. And while Justice Thomas may be wrong about the who, I think he has a point regarding the what.

It seems to me that the PLCAA at least arguably requires not only a plausible allegation that a defendant has committed a predicate violation, but also an earlier finding of guilt or liability in an adjudication regarding the “violation.” Allowing plaintiffs to proffer mere allegations of a predicate violation would force many defendants in PLCAA litigation to litigate their criminal guilt in a civil proceeding, without the full panoply of protections that we otherwise afford to criminal defendants. … Particularly given the PLCAA’s aim of protecting gun manufacturers from litigation, see §7901, this issue warrants careful consideration.

SMITH & WESSON BRANDS, INC., ET AL. v. ESTADOS UNIDOS MEXICANOS

I agree with Justice Thomas on this point. Could Sig Sauer or Glock be found liable for a crime they have not even been charged with, much less been found guilty of? What about their right to confront the witnesses against them and compel witnesses in their favor?

Jackson Concurrence

Justice Thomas wasn’t the only one who wanted the court to do more. Justice Jackson wrote her own concurrence.

The Court holds that Mexico’s complaint fails to plausibly allege that gun manufacturers aided or abetted violations of firearms laws, as necessary to trigger the predicate exception to the Protection of Lawful Commerce in Arms Act (PLCAA), 15 U. S. C. §7903(5)(A)(iii). I agree. I write separately to explain that, in my view, the complaint’s core flaw is its failure to allege any nonconclusory statutory violations in the first place.

SMITH & WESSON BRANDS, INC., ET AL. v. ESTADOS UNIDOS MEXICANOS

Interesting. Justice Jackson makes a point. Not only did Mexico not argue a plausible instance of aiding or abetting, they didn’t even show an actual legal violation in the first place.

Tellingly, that failure exposes Mexico’s lawsuit as precisely what Congress passed PLCAA to prevent. PLCAA was Congress’s response to a flood of civil lawsuits that sought to hold the firearms industry responsible for downstream lawbreaking by third parties. … Activists had deployed litigation in an effort to compel firearms manufacturers and associated entities to adopt safety measures and practices that exceeded what state or federal statutes required. Congress expressed concern that these lawsuits “attempt[ed] to use the judicial branch to circumvent the Legislative branch.” §7901(a)(8). PLCAA embodies Congress’s express rejection of such efforts—stymying those who, as Congress put it, sought “to accomplish through litigation that which they have been unable to achieve by legislation.” .. Put differently, PLCAA reflects Congress’s view that the democratic process, not litigation, should set the terms of gun control.

SMITH & WESSON BRANDS, INC., ET AL. v. ESTADOS UNIDOS MEXICANOS

While I frequently disagree with Justice Jackson, she has a very valid point here. This case is exactly what the PLCAA was designed to prevent, including protecting manufacturers from retaliatory legation for their participation in legal commerce.

It is for these reasons that I view Mexico’s allegations as insufficient to satisfy PLCAA’s predicate exception, regardless of whether the business practices described might suffice to establish aiding-and-abetting or other forms of vicarious liability in distinct statutory or common-law contexts. … Devoid of nonconclusory allegations about particular statutory violations, Mexico’s lawsuit seeks to turn the courts into common-law regulators. But Congress passed PLCAA to preserve the primacy of the political branches—both state and federal—in deciding which duties to impose on the firearms industry. Construing PLCAA’s predicate exception to authorize lawsuits like the one Mexico filed here would distort that basic design.

SMITH & WESSON BRANDS, INC., ET AL. v. ESTADOS UNIDOS MEXICANOS

You mean when Congress passed legislation to stop the courts from acting as regulators of the firearm industry, they actually meant to prevent the courts from acting as regulators? It is with all the sarcasm I can muster that I say, “Inconceivable!”

Conclusion

Based on the review of the oral arguments, I’m not surprised that the court came to this decision. I’m even pleased that two justices, with such divergent judicial philosophies, both agreed that for a lawsuit to survive under the PLCAA, there needs to be more than allegations of criminality, but some due process showing actual criminality. And for all of those who talk about Justice Thomas being conservative while Justice Jackson being liberal, notice which of the two wanted to use the courts to act as regulators of the PLCAA?

While Mexico has been sent packing on this case, I would keep your eyes open for future attempts to criminalize the manufacture of a legal product based on the criminal actions of others.

© 2025 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com




Socialism (AKA Communism) Has Come Out Of the Closet

By Rob Pue

November 18, 2025

Every nation goes through a cycle.  Because of the wicked nature of man and the enticements of our enemy, Satan, power tends to concentrate at the top, which is tyranny.  The citizens labor for years under a heavy burden heaped upon them by tyrants.  But that oppression and control doesn’t last forever — it eventually leads to rebellion.  After rebellion, comes prosperity.  Freedom, innovation and flourishing follow the overthrow of tyranny.  But then, over time, with prosperity, comes complacency, apathy…and then while the people are too preoccupied with “bread and circuses,” corruption, left unchecked, leads to concentration of power again, and thus, tyranny returns, bringing the society full circle…and most often, the destruction of the nation.

I’ve always been interested in history.  The original 13 colonies that became the United States were founded between 1607 and 1733, and all the original 13 colonies were built on Christianity.  Our founders came here — to this “new world” — to escape the religious persecution and tyranny they suffered in their homelands.  They came so they could freely worship the one true God of Heaven and Earth.  Our Creator.  Whether you were Baptist, Puritan, Quaker, Lutheran or something else, 99% of the Colonists were Christians.

Today, the best estimate I can find is that about 62% of adult Americans claim to be Christians — but according to recent surveys, fewer than 18% of them actually take their faith seriously.  Actually, I believe that number is high.  Probably, 4% would be more accurate.   The social and cultural destruction taking place in our nation today can lead you to no other conclusion.

In Deuteronomy 28, we read, “And it shall come to pass, if thou shalt hearken diligently unto the voice of the LORD thy God, to observe and to do all His commandments which I command thee this day, that the LORD thy God will set thee on high above all nations of the earth. And all these blessings shall come on thee, and overtake thee, if thou shalt hearken unto the voice of the LORD thy God…”

Here are the blessings:  the people will be blessed in the city and blessed in the field.  Their children will be blessed, their crops will be blessed, their cattle and flocks blessed.  The economy will be blessed and the people will be prosperous.  They’ll be blessed as they come in and as they go out.  Enemies will be vanquished.  The LORD will bless their storehouses, and everything they set their hands to will be blessed.

But when a nation turns it’s back on God and refuses to follow His commandments, all these things He’s blessed will be cursed instead.  His Word says, “The LORD shall smite thee with madness, and blindness, and astonishment of heart. And thou shalt grope at noonday, as the blind gropeth in darkness, and thou shalt not prosper in thy ways: and thou shalt be only oppressed evermore, and no man shall save thee.”

Here’s something interesting I learned while doing research for this message.  Some historians and political scientists have attempted to quantify the lifespan of nations or empires. According to one estimate, by political scientist R.J. Rummel, the average lifespan of an empire is roughly 250 years.  For the United States Of America, that’s next year, folks.  On July 4.  “Independence Day.”

I’ve seen a lot in my lifetime and America has gone through some very tough times.  There were times I didn’t think things could possibly get any worse.  Little did I know I hadn’t seen anything yet.  Dare I say, none of us have seen “anything” yet, even now.  I’m not trying to be “alarmist” or “doom and gloom,” and many will say America’s best years are still ahead of us.  That may be, but according to God’s Word, there’s only one way that will ever happen.  His people — yes, His own people — need to humble themselves, repent and seek His face.  But there remains only a small remnant of true Christ-followers in America today.  I have to wonder, in the average Modern American Church, can even ten faithful ones be found?

In 2008, a junior Senator from Illinois, whose American citizenship was never even verified, took control of the White House, vowing to “fundamentally transform America.”  I never thought he had a chance.  I actually thought it was a joke.  I never thought anyone would vote for Barack Hussein Obama. But this former community organizer, with a very mysterious past, somehow ended up as the so-called “Leader of the free world.”  Our first Muslim president.  Dare I say, our first Communist president.  And somehow, he remained for two terms.

As I watched the news coverage of the celebrations around the country on the night of his first election, the Holy Spirit spoke to me, with a dire warning that something historically evil was taking place.  The masses worshiped Obama.  The media even called him “the Messiah.”  And then the fundamental transformation began in earnest.

Prior to his election, we didn’t have massive racial warfare.  We didn’t have rampant lawlessness in our streets. We didn’t see Muslims beheading Christians, putting them in cages and burning them alive — or drowning them — daily.  We didn’t see our American cities burnt to the ground during “mostly peaceful” protests.  We didn’t have any problem identifying two distinct genders.  (Today at least 72 are officially recognized).  School children didn’t think they were cats, schools didn’t provide litter boxes in the restrooms, and adult men didn’t think they were little girls.  Men didn’t marry other men and women didn’t marry other women.  We’d had trouble with illegal immigration for decades, but it was illegal then, not facilitated by our own government and paid for with our own tax dollars. Yes, we had our problems, but we didn’t have any of those.

In 2016, Bernie Sanders ran for president as a Democratic Socialist.  I thought that was a joke too.  I couldn’t believe that even a Democrat would have the audacity to openly declare himself a Socialist, and expect to have any chance of winning. But in 2016, he came in 2nd to Hillary.  In 2020, he came in second to Biden…if you believe we still have “elections” and not “selections.”

If I had done my research, I would have known that the Democratic Socialists of America had been around since 1982, when they merged with the New American Movement, which went back to 1971, comprised of members of the New Communist Movement, Marxists, Socialists and Feminists.  This ideology had been slowly creeping in to social, political and cultural areas within our nation for decades, and in the early ‘80s it finally gained a firm platform. It’s now the largest Socialist organization in America with over 85,000 members.  They’re not a political party but instead ride “shotgun” with the Democrats.

Recently, a Democratic Socialist was elected Mayor of New York City — our nation’s center of commerce, industry and culture.  His “win” can be attributed to all the “free” stuff he’s promised: rent freezes for rent‑stabilized apartments, free bus transit, universal child care, and raising taxes on the wealthy, to name just a few.  Zohran Mamdani is also proud to be a practicing Shia Muslim.  And yes, Shia Muslims practice “Taqiyya,” meaning they’re allowed by their religion to lie in order to advance the goals of Islam.  And in case you’re wondering, yes, Shia Muslims are also required to perform Jihad.

Meanwhile, on the other side of the country, Katie Wilson has become the new Mayor of Seattle. She’s also a proud Socialist.  I find it ironic and fitting that Seattle, now with new Socialist leadership, is also home to the famous statue of Vladimir Lenin, prominently displayed in the Fremont District since 1995.  For those who don’t know, Lenin founded the USSR, implemented policies based on Marxist theory, ended freedom of the press and political dissent and established a secret police organization, which caused thousands of his opponents to simply “disappear.”

Here are some interesting statistics for you.  Overall, 45% of American adults now view Socialism favorably. Among the “Gen Z” population, ages 18-27, that number rises to 55%.  But even among the “old folks” — the Baby Boomers — 20% of them now have a positive view of Socialism.

Friends, we’re now in a place where a staggering number of Americans favor a Socialist nation.  How can this be?  What’s the appeal?  Socialism — and yes, that includes “Democratic Socialism” — promises a “fairer distribution of wealth and resources.”  It promises government-provided healthcare, education, housing, and social safety nets.  People like the idea of everyone having access to essentials without worrying about cost.  It promises higher wages, shorter work hours (or no work hours at all).  A “freeloader’s utopia.”  But what value will a so-called “free” college education have, when everyone has one?  What incentive will there be for people to work at all, to say nothing of aspiring to greater things or inspiring innovation, when Big Government is taking care of everyone’s needs?  I’m starting to see how we will soon “own nothing,” but I doubt anyone will be happy, as they promise.

Because that’s how Socialism and Communism works.  Take the Soviet Union, for example.  Chronic shortages and inefficiency in production.  No political freedoms.  Repression of speech, and economic stagnation.  Or look to the Eastern Bloc Countries like East Germany, Poland and Hungary during the Cold War era… inefficient industries, black markets and no innovation or competition.  Or look at Venezuela today: price controls, businesses confiscated by government, massive shortages of essential goods.  Hyperinflation and the collapse of their currency.  North Korea, also a Socialist state, has the same disasters going on, which have caused severe famines, killing hundreds of thousands; chronic economic stagnation and extreme isolation.

The High School teachers and College professors don’t mention these things to the gullible students under their influence.  And so, if you were to do “man on the street” interviews with some of these students — and it’s been done many times already — even among students marching, protesting and demanding “Socialism NOW!” — you’d find the majority of these young people are madly in favor of Socialism, but they can’t define it or tell you about how it’s worked in other nations throughout history.  And I doubt any would choose to leave the America they’ve been taught to hate, to go live in Venezuela or North Korea.

On January 10, 1963, the “Current Communist Goals For America” were read into the Congressional Record.  I encourage you to look those goals up.  You can also find them in a book called The Naked Communist.”  I’ll only mention a few here: “Capture one or both political parties in the United States.” Done.  “Get control of the schools.  Use them as transmission belts for Socialism and current Communist propaganda.”  Done. And also: “Infiltrate the churches and replace revealed religion with ‘social’ religion.  Discredit the Bible.” Double done.

It’s interesting that as I assemble this message, a new study from Barna just came out.  It shows that church-goers are now leaning toward Socialism, and away from Scripture.  Here’s just a short excerpt from that report:  “One of the survey’s most striking findings concerns economics. Despite a plurality identifying as conservative, one in three churchgoers (32%) said they prefer Socialism to capitalism…Only 46% reject Socialism, while 22% are undecided. Support for Socialism is especially strong among younger adults, blacks, those earning over $100,000 annually, and churchgoers lacking a biblical worldview. Among those identifying as LGBTQ, 60% expressed a preference for socialism—nearly double the national average.”

From Seattle to New York City.  From sea to shining sea.  While you were busy on your social media, Socialism has crept in unawares.  Now it’s loud and proud in the USA.  According to my research, there are Socialists in positions of political power in 40 of our 50 states now.  And it all begins locally…School Board members, County Board members and Mayors.

The average lifespan of a nation? — 250 years.  For America, that’s just a few months away now.  Americans need to wake up, start paying attention, educate others and identify and dismantle these threats to our once-cherished freedom.  And it must begin with God’s people doing more than just reciting 2nd Chronicles 7:14.  And, we’d better start immediately, because the curses of Deuteronomy 28 are upon us.

© 2025 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: robatwcn@icloud.com




Comrade Mamdani is New York City’s Savior

By Cliff Kincaid

November 17, 2025

In the mold of the “Kingdom of the Kims,” a National Geographic special program on communist North Korea, a new program starring New York City Mayor-elect Zohran Mamdani is about to air nationwide. He is to American socialism what Kim Il Sung is to North Korea. He is a God. The difference is that Mamdani is a Muslim who promises to unleash Iranian-style Jihad on the United States.  But few people recognize the danger.

Sounding like a moderate, Mamdani’s “stated desire” is to have Jessica Tisch continue leading the city’s police department. Tisch been the New York City Police Commissioner since November 2024.

Tisch is a billionaire heir to the Loews Corporation, raising the question of how she got to that position and whether she has the credentials to understand the fate of New York City under Mamdani.

Will the daughter of a billionaire stand up to Zohran Mamdani? She served with the NYPD Counterterrorism Bureau but is she aware that the Democratic Socialists of America (DSA) backing Mamdani has served as a cover for communist espionage operations? Does she understand the apocalyptic nature of the Iranian Shiite “Twelvers,” of which Mamdani is a member?

Equally significant, does she understand the occultic roots of the modern socialist movement?

What is happening in New York City, as Mamdani assembles his team, is a terror cell in the making.

DSA member Kurt Stand, still in good standing with the organization, served prison time for operating as an espionage agent for Communist Russia and East Germany. He started out as with the Young Workers Liberation League, the youth arm of the Communist Party USA.

One of my recent columns examined how another communist group, the Workers World Party, staged a meeting at Riverside Church in New York City that was draped “in Venezuelan colors and flags of resistance.” Speakers included Sara Flounders, a leading member of Workers World Party, and Tom Burke, a leading member of Freedom Road Socialist Organization.

The link to Venezuela is significant. The country’s intelligence agency is run by Cuba, with support from allies China, Russia and Iran.

Zohran Mamdani was himself pictured with other DSA-endorsed elected officials with Yuri A. Gala López, the Deputy Permanent Representative of Cuba to the United Nations, at the New York State Capitol in Albany, New York.

Yvan Gil, the Venezuelan Foreign Minister, was a speaker at the Riverside church event and spoke earlier at the U.N. “to defend Venezuela against Trump’s lies and U.S. Navy attacks.” Another speaker was Ana Teresita Gonzalez, the Director General of Consular Affairs, representing the Cuban Mission at the U.N.

This means that, perhaps under the cover of the United Nations, communists are working with Mamdani as he assembles his team to run New York City, looking for vulnerabilities in the city’s self-defense system. Meanwhile, Mamdani talks about free bus rides and child care, a complete diversion from their real purpose.

Not only do DSA members support regimes like Cuba and Venezuela, the organization wants to claim the mantel of occultism, a belief in supernatural forces, as a critical part of its origin. “French socialists invented occultism,” proclaims Jacobin writer Meagan Day. “Not Marxist socialists, mind you, but socialist séances definitely occurred.”

Jacobin is named after the Reign of Terror in the French Revolution that used the guillotine to chop the heads off its political opponents. It is comprised of members of the DSA.

“Occultism may have emerged from utopian socialism, but so, too, did Marxist materialism,” she summarized in her Jacobin article. “Where the latter flourished, the former stood no chance at survival.”

But how “materialist” was Marx? Meagan Day is apparently unaware of Marx’s Satanism.

The book Was Karl Marx a Satanist? by Pastor Richard Wurmbrand made a persuasive case that Marx practiced Satanism and had made an actual pact with the devil. Paul Kengor’s book, The Devil and Karl Marx, contends the “progressive” ideas let loose on the world by the father of communism are based in the otherworldly powers of darkness that Karl Marx personally embraced.

So the “spirit” of Satanism even pervades the so-called “secular” side of socialism. This is what New York City can expect.

A left-wing critic of Meagan Day by the name of Rosa Riposto contends that Marxism as practiced by those at Jacobin is characterized by a belief that “scientific socialism” will produce a savior to deliver the working class from capitalism. In other words, they are not so rational and secular as they pretend.

In practical terms, this means that Zohran Mamdani is their savior. He is also the savior promised by the Iranian-style Muslim forces of Jihad.

Whether Marx was personally a Satanist or not, Marxism drips with evil, as both the Kengor and Wurmbrand books clearly show. So does Iranan-style Jihadism. In their view, however, America is the great Satan, and Israel the little Satan. That means we are the targets.

In Mamdani’s case, he has combined Marxism with apocalyptic Islam, the kind practiced by the Ayatollah and his minions in terrorist Iran, producing a deadly mix of foreign ideologies targeting America’s financial capital.

How on earth can American law enforcement agencies, including the FBI, let him take office under these circumstances?

At least Barack Hussein Obama made an effort to conceal his Muslim and Marxist background. Mamdani wears his dangerous ideologies on his sleeve and behind his smile.

I am knocking on the door of the FBI. Is anybody home? Or are they waiting for another 9/11?

© 2025 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. www.usasurvival.org




How Much More Can Congress Keep Ripping Off Americans?

By Frosty Wooldridge

November 17, 2026

After 43 days of the government shutdown, my U.S. Senator John Hickenlooper was asked on national TV if the shutdown was worth it? He said, “Yes, I believe it was worth it.”

What an absolute moronic statement to make after the democrats damaged millions of peoples’ lives! To add to such stupidity, John Hickenlooper was a “Sanctuary City” mayor of Denver, and Sanctuary Governor of Colorado. He supported open borders as a U.S. Senator that has cost Coloradans and Americans billions and billions of dollars. We are the recipients of the rapes, crimes, drug distribution, overdose deaths into the hundreds of thousands, carjackings, shoplifting and total 200,000 homeless illegal aliens in Colorado.

“Yes, I believe it was worth it,” Hickenlooper said.

What kind of a vacant mind, an absolutely mindless comment can come from a man who knows he has violated his oath of office to the U.S. Constitution? What does he use for common sense? What does he use for personal ethics? How in tarnation does he manage such an “absurd” life?

Guess what, we’ve got dozens of leaders like him. Would you like to list them? Let’s start: Ilhan Omar (D-MN) who despises America and our “racist” citizens…even though we Americans plucked her out of her home country of Somalia, where most victims starve to death, and gave her an incredible life in America.

Then you’ve got U.S. Senator Bernie Sanders of Vermont who despises Capitalism, and wants to employ Socialism in America so we can all be mutually miserable.

What about that obscene crook and double-dealing former House Speaker Nancy Pelosi who said, “These immigrants (illegal aliens) are the future of America.” She said that while she fed her husband insider trading deals on defense contracts that netted that couple over $120 million.

What about the fraud of Barack “Barry Soetoro” Obama who completely defrauded the American people with a false birth certificate and false Social Security number? And now, his wife (Michael Vaughn Robinson) oh…I mean, Michelle Obama cries because Americans didn’t elect Kamala Harris because she was Black. “Michelle” didn’t mention that even $1.5 billion in cash couldn’t buy Harris the White House because she was/is unqualified, never put a coherent sentence together, and couldn’t answer any question any better than her mentor, Joe Biden, who suffered from Alzheimer’s disease.

What about that House Member Eric Swalwell carrying on with a Chinese spy? He’s so crooked that he should ride Lombard Street in San Francisco 24/7…it’s the crookedest street in the world. I’ve ridden it on a loaded touring bicycle so I know it’s crooked.

What about that total fraud House Member Rashida Tlaib in Detroit, Michigan who represents Islam, the Quran, and only Sharia Law? She wrapped herself in the Palestinian flag once she got elected by her Muslim clan that some moron in the immigration department in Washington DC thought it would be wonderful to flood our country with the most violent religion on planet Earth. She, along with all her Muslim constituents will NEVER abide by or become loyal to our U.S. Constitution. The Quran mandates that every Muslim must adhere to Sharia Law. They are not here to assimilate. They are here for conquest.

What about that vacant-minded AOC? Every time she opens her mouth, it’s like hot air coming out of a blow dryer. She has no idea of what she’s talking about. She supported Muslim/Communist/Sharia Law follower Zohran Mamdani. He doesn’t know his a** from a hole in the ground, and he despises our entire Capitalistic system without jack-squat understanding what happens when Socialism-Communism takes over…examples are Cuba, China, North Korea, Venezuela, et al. Do you see millions of people migrating to those countries?

What about those two major failures in Congress: Hakeem Jeffries and Chuck Schumer? They created a 43-day shutdown, and then, caved because no one wanted to spend billions of dollars on healthcare for illegal aliens. So, they signed the same bill that they rejected 14 times.

For certain, you’ve heard the term, “They’ve got succotash for brains.” You get my drift!

How is it that we’re saddled with a senator Schumer who has been in Congress for over 40 years? What about Nancy Pelosi who has been in the House for 40 years? Why haven’t more honest and rational minds introduced “Term Limits” to stop the incredible corruption now entrenched in Congress?

How is it that California burned to the ground because of the incompetence of Governor Gavin Newsom and LA Mayor Karen Bass? And that joker wants to be the next president of the United States! He would open up our borders worse than Biden, and he would turn his 250,000 homeless into 500,000 homeless.

The numbers are staggering:

“According to a report from Epoch Times, California’s spending on health care for illegal aliens through Medi-Cal is now projected to hit $10 billion annually. That’s $3.3 billion more than money for the Highway Patrol. It’s $4.5 billion more money than accoladed for Cal-Fire.”

No wonder California burned to the ground!

And yet, people vote for such incompetence! Same craziness in New York City. How can THAT many people be THAT stupid.

Now, the entire world gets to watch New York City turn into a disaster Muslim/Communist/Sharia Law Zone. Just like what’s happened to Europe.

Does anyone have the guts, the brains and the courage to outlaw Islam and Sharia Law in America? Anyone who demands Sharia Law should be deported. That would put a stop to this nonsense. Because if we don’t start protecting ourselves, we’re going to end up in the same ditch as Europe.

© 2025 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Ousting the Cockroaches In Between Elections

Authored by Devvy Kidd not AI

November 17, 2025

“The preservation of the sacred fire of liberty, and the destiny of the Republican model of Government, are justly considered as deeply, perhaps as finally staked, on the experiment entrusted to the hands of the American people.”
– George Washington

Members of the Democrat Communist Party USA, their lap dogs known as the “mainstream media”, screeching shrews on cable networks and ignorant low IQ supporters always bellow our elections are fair and election/vote fraud is just more conspiracy theories.

The selections elections earlier this month was just more of the same as I’ve seen and written about since 1993.  Elections have consequences as they say but are real American voters left with no options to throw out the garbage?  Do we have to suffer another two years to the mid-term elections; some elected offices are four years?

U.S. Senators: 1/3rd are up for “reelection” every six years.  Members of CON-gress cannot be recalled.  Sincere real Americans tried to recall crooked senator, U.S. Senator Robert Menendez, [D-NJ] back in 2013. I sent email to one of the people behind the effort and explained they would be wasting time and a ton of money.

Sen. Menendez Recall Killed by NJ Supreme Court, June 22, 2013 (Mine): “As I predicted back in June, and fully explained in Footnote 1 below, the New Jersey Supreme Court has killed the effort to recall U.S. Senator Robert Menendez:

Nov. 18, 2010. Court kills Robert Menendez recall push

“The New Jersey Supreme Court struck down a tea party-led push to recall Democratic Sen. Robert Menendez as unconstitutional Thursday.

“In a 4-2 decision, state Supreme Court justices said that the Constitution forbids the recall of a sitting U.S. senator. Lawyers for The Committee to Recall U.S. Senator Robert Menendez argued that New Jersey law allows for such a recall, but justices determined that law was pre-empted by federal statute.” Rest at link.

“No where in Art. 1, Section 3 of the U.S. Constitution, Art. 1, Section 3 does it “contain any language about recall.  The Tea Party Activists who brought the lawsuit are very unhappy and indicate they will take it to the U.S. Supreme Court. It will be shot down there, too. Just like term limits, the U.S. Constitution would have to be amended. I hope the sincere (and desperate) plaintiffs do not file a Petition for Writ of Certiorari. In my humble opinion, it will be a waste of time and money.”

“…Delegates for the State of New Jersey knew when they ratified the U.S. Constitution that it did not include recall for members of the newly created U.S. Congress. The state legislature of each state was the “You’re fired!” authority, not voters prior to the fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment.

“Or, term limits. Of course, back then, how could any of the delegates even imagine individuals (like deceased Sens. Robert Byrd, Teddy Chapaquidick Kennedy and “censured” crook, Rep. Charlie Rangel) serving in Congress would fight like dirty dogs to stay in office 15, 20, 30, 40 –51 years!

“The sticky legal issue in the lawsuit was an amendment to the New Jersey State Constitution back in 1993 allowing for recall for members of Congress. Fed up citizens got a constitutional amendment passed and the first potential history making challenge was shot down.”  Rest at link.

Crook Sen. Menendez, who would make the mafia blush, finally got what should have happened years before he was finally tried and convicted:  Former U.S. Senator Robert Menendez Sentenced To 11 Years In Prison For Bribery, Foreign Agent, And Obstruction Offenses, Jan. 29, 2025

There is a legal tool to oust the cockroaches, crooks and downright perverts from elected office – as well as some judges (Yes, many lower-level judges are elected):  RecallValley residents vote in special recall election for mayor and city council president (Video) – This one looks like a success (Nebraska).

The NCSL Foundation for State Legislatures

Introduction 

“In the 19 states that allow state recall elections, citizens can attempt to remove an elected official from office. Typically, the recall process consists of gathering a certain number of signatures on a petition in a certain amount of time. Beyond this, details of the recall process vary by state. This page explains these processes and provides a list of each state’s laws governing the recall of state officials.

“Recall processes vary across states, but generally a recall effort involves collecting a certain number of signatures on a petition within a set timeframe. After a petition meeting the requirements is submitted to the appropriate authority and verified, a recall election is held.”  And: “Historically, recall attempts at the state level have been largely unsuccessful. The recall is used much more often, and with more success, at the local level.” Unsuccessful is why electronic voting and counting machines were shoved down our throats.

As they say, all politics are local. EVERY state in the Union should have recall from the governor to school boards.  At the link above is a chart of all the states, who can be recalled, etc.  Ballotpedia is another excellent resource:  This page lists political recall efforts targeting city councils across the United States. Click on the tabs below for links to the recall coverage from each year.” You’ll be surprised at how many.

Those who believe California guv Gavin Newscum beat the effort to recall him are in denial.  My now deceased brother lived here in my city in W. Texas and received ballots to vote in their elections – including the Newscum recall. Yes, he did file a change of address when I brought him here to Texas.  Rampant mail in ballot fraud. I hounded the county clerk where Richard lived in No. California before he came here for nearly two years as well as our Texas SOS.  I have the ballots; sent both of them copies of the ballots.  Richard was finally removed from the voting rolls out in California.

Exactly how Trump allegedly lost in Nevada in 2020:  THOUSANDS who had moved out of the state got mail in ballots in their new state and voted in Nevada’s selection election.  I know because I watched the live hearing where Trump’s attorney presented paper evidence – 7 binders full.  The “judge” dismissed the case despite the overwhelming evidence. I was pissed.  Don’t feed me the justice is blind crap after what we’ve seen since Trump announced he was going to run in 2015.

Just type recall city council, county commissioners and mayors into s search engine and you’d be surprised at how many have happened (successfully), i.e., Historic recall ousts Mesa councilwoman, Nov. 10, 2025 (AZ)

I did it here in my city six years ago. I filed the paperwork to recall my city council woman and due to the great job by several individuals, enough signatures were turned in as valid and she was voted out of office.  Of course, the retaliation against me as the instigator by certain individuals wasn’t pleasant, it was downright brutal. But our district then elected the best city council man you could ask for so it was worth it. Unfortunately, Troy was term limited out so I have a new city council woman.

That wasn’t my first recall effort. Way back in the late 1990’s, I was asked to help collect signatures in Alameda, California, to oust a member of the state legislature; links now gone, so old.  I did on a Saturday and drove the three hours each way.  A few volunteers showed up.  The ones who complain the most were no where to be found when it was time for boots on the ground.  Not enough signatures were collected to force a special recall election.  However, that state rep’s reputation went into the crapper and he did not run for office again.

Mike Lindell, founder of My Pillow, has sacrificed so much in an effort to stop election fraud.  He’s been going to states rallying real American volunteers, county by county across this country to get rid of ALL electronic voting and counting devices.

Scott Presler, age 37 with 2.4 MILLION X followers was like a bull dozer in the last election: “A conservative activist hopes to galvanize support for an initiative next week that would reform how voters register in Washington state.

“Scott Presler, who helped buoy Republican voter registration efforts last year in Pennsylvania, aiding Trump win the White House, will crisscross the Evergreen State to attend nine events over five days starting Sunday.” Rest at link along with cities where he’ll be.” I’ve been watching his amazing success, but we need tens of thousands of Scott Presler’s.  Getting people registered to vote and how to fight our domestic enemies who are behind vote fraud which is rampant in this country and not just “blue” states.  Recently we had a judge and about a dozen other cockroaches here in Texas convicted of one form of election fraud or another.

When I said all politics are local, that is true. County Commissioners and city councils in too many states have adopted the UN’s agenda of evil. As regular readers of NWV’s know, Tom DeWeese (I became familiar with his organization, American Policy Center, and successful efforts decades ago) focuses on how to stop the globalists in your city and county.

And the great Kat Stansell who has been exposing the rot and corruption in Sean Hannity’s “great free state of Florida”, the GOP’s part and gov. DeSantis.   Kat is no light weight and she sources her findings:

RPOF Under DeSantis Has Been Purging Trump Republicans from the Party, Nov. 11, 2025: “America First conservatives spoke up in a public session, held outside of the Hilton in Orlando, Friday, 11/7, where the Republican Party of Florida was holding its quarterly meeting. This I see a master stroke to expose the Anti-American perps in the State Party, who have been taking out MAGA patriots, as they planned their next moves…

“Several hundred angry and frustrated Florida Republicans – who had been removed from elected offices, ignored for meeting requests and even prohibited from running for offices – gathered to tell their story. Coastal Conservative News covered the event. At the end of the event, CCN’s reporter, Michelle Pozi, even spoke of her own bad experiences with the RPOF, as she tried to become involved in Conservative politics in the state. Unexpected, but very telling.

“The gathered patriots are demanding the resignations of RPOF Chair, Evan Power and its Executive Director, Bill Helmich. “Power hungry” and “The Bull” need to go.

“SAY IT OUT LOUD: RON DESANTIS’S RPOF IS PURGING TRUMP REPUBLICANS FROM THE PARTY.  PRESIDENT TRUMP NEEDS TO KNOW. I will be posting this on Truth Social and “X”.”  Wake up Sean Hannity.

Her new column, Nov. 15, 2025:  FPL’s “Unconscionable Rate Hikes”: “An estimated 20% of Floridians in the year Mar, 2024 – Feb, 2025, had their power turned off for non-payment of their bills, due in large part to the hot weather for which Florida is famous. Nationally, the number of people who fail to pay their power bills is nearer to 10%. Florida’s Public Service Commission (PSC) is about to grant its biggest utility, Florida Power and Light (FP&L), an annual increase of 20+% of its base rate.”

Here in Texas members of our PUC (aka Puke) are hand picked and appointed by our guv, Gregg Abbott.  I don’t know about Florida’s PSC but if you read Kat’s column above, it REEKS and STINKS: “In August, Florida’s Public Service Commission voted to give Florida Power and Light a suspension of the scheduled rate hearing to give the company and its key stakeholders a chance to finalize a 4-year rate hike agreement. This was opposed by a number of citizens’ groups.

“In addition to Florida Power & Light, the groups backing the deal include a federation of retail companies, industrial corporations and Walmart. Under the deal, revenue from all customers would subsidize increasing discounts on large companies’ energy usage during peak times. Read that again. PLEASE.

“Last summer, Florida citizens protested proposed rate hikes by the big three energy suppliers in the state: Duke Power TECO (Tampa), and Florida Power and Light. They submitted proper forms, contacted their legislatures, only to find that the promised “hearing” in which they would be able to state their case, was “postponed”, on Aug. 11.”

There are county GOP groups and other citizens groups by the thousands across this country.  A friend of mine belonged to one in a southern state but is no longer attending the twice monthly meeting for two reasons: (1) Maybe a dozen people show up and (2) The meetings are your typical eat, meet and retreat.  Very disappointing.

Going way back ineligible usurper president Hussein Obama was involved with groups like ACORN – community organizing and believe me, the Democrat Communist Party USA in this country gets their people out there.  Obama said “we” are going to “transform America”.  Boots on the ground and out and out cheating in every important election.  If the GOP is going to hold the House and Senate in the mid-term elections next year, there’s a lot of work to get done while at the same time using recall – if possible – and get rid of rotten, corrupt local judges, city council, county commissioners, too many school boards who have destroyed educating America’s children; in bed with the evil “Teacher’s Unions”.  (My daughter and her husband are teachers, so settle down.)

We are all overloaded between keeping your job, trying to raise children with two working parents, a roof over your head, gas in the car and buying healthy food to feed you or if you have a family.  Not processed or “fast” food. But, we’re truly so close to going into the abyss of Hell if the communists, socialists and muslims continue to gain ground.  Once our freedoms and liberties are lost,  another Civil War could break out. I don’t want to see that happen and I’m sure you don’t either.

All the fun things people like to do (like me who used to go fishing, water & snow skiing all the time) have to sacrifice that time to become a modern-day warrior for our Republic, one nation under God.

“Where are our Men of abilities? Why do they not come forth to save their Country?” — George Washington

It’s We the People who will save this country but only if enough of us fight back and don’t back down.

“Crouch down and lick the hands which feed you. May your chains sit lightly upon you, and may posterity forget that you were our countrymen!” Samuel Adams who is known as the Father of the American Revolution. A remarkable man who gave and sacrificed so much for more than a decade to lead the way for America to become a new nation.

If we do nothing, nothing will get done.  There are so many wonderful Americans and their organizations fighting back.  I hope you can connect with them or your local county GOP committee – even if you’re not a registered Republican.  Get your game plans mapped out and then go after those destroying our country. (If you don’t know how to contact your local GOP committee/club, call your county clerk.  They know.

“However [political parties] may now and then answer popular ends, they are likely, in the course of time and things, to become potent engines, by which cunning, ambitious, and unprincipled men will be enabled to subvert the power of the people and to usurp for themselves the reins of government, destroying afterwards the very engines which have lifted them to unjust dominion.” — George Washington

“It is when people forget God that tyrants forge their chains.” ~Patrick Henry

God’s blessings to you and yours and we ask Him to please help us save this amazing country He gave us. I’m a history buff and there’s no question in my mind that without God directing those who birthed this country, our America would never have become the greatest country on earth.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00 (Makes a great Christmas gift.)

© 2025 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@protonmail.com

Related:

Electronic Voting Machine Gave Bush 4,258 Votes in a Precinct Where Only 638 Voters Actually Voted, Nov. 6, 2004: “According to this article at CNN.com, a voting machine in Franklin County, Ohio, gave 4,258 votes to Bush and 260 votes to John Kerry. The only problem is this: only 638 people actually voted there.” (Link is still active.)

Voting machines went down in three districts of New Jersey early Tuesday, which is Election Day, according to Early Vote Action’s Scott Presler. Nov. 4, 2025

Staten Island Renews Push to Secede From New York City Due to Zohran Mamdani Mayoral Win, Nov. 15, 2025

Antifa Leftists Indicted After ‘Vicious’ July 4 ICE Facility Attack in Texas, Nov. 15, 2025 // Jesse Kelly with Author Hans Mahncke Expose the Key Players of the Russia Hoax – “At the Helm of it You Had Obama” (VIDEO), Nov. 15, 2025

A Citizens’ Audit of an American Election, July 10, 2008 (Mine. I interviewed him when I had my radio show): “Richard Hayes Phillips, a former college professor, has written a new book titled, Witness to a Crime: A Citizens’ Audit of an American Election. This monstrous undertaking covers the 2004 election results in the State of Ohio…What makes Phillips investigation so compelling is the book is filled with concrete proof that the voters of Ohio were robbed of their right to fair and impartial elections. The amount of work that went into this investigation is staggering: 30,0000 images of forensic evidence, then personally examining 126,000 ballots, 127 poll books and 141 voter signature books from 18 counties in Ohio. This is the definitive and documented evidence of crimes that cannot, must not be ignored.

“One thing that showed up in his findings was the same thing I wrote about back in 1996: discrepancies in the numbers during the voting process – where are they? If you click here and go to page seven of my findings, you’ll see what I’m talking about. I knew what happened: vote rigging and it was done by the machines. We saw the same thing repeat itself during this last phony primary season. A recount was paid for and done in the State of New Hampshire. The so-called final audit of the numbers did not agree with the results as recorded on primary night. Of course, the numbers continue to change for weeks after a primary or election; I’ve covered this in previous columns in detail.”

There’s no question globalist POS John Kerry won Ohio, but due to the cheating, George W. Bush was given the Electoral College votes and “won” the election.  It would have been yet another horrific tragedy for our beloved country if Kerry became president but cheating is cheating and should not happen, period, regardless of your “party”.

Unfortunately, some of the links in my older columns are no longer there regardless of search engine efforts as I wrote this column.  The page seven above is on my web site.  Go look at those numbers.

© 2025 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@protonmail.com




FPL’s “Unconscionable Rate Hikes”

By Kat Stansell

November 16, 2025

Proposed Settlement Will Put Power Out of the Reach of Many

An estimated 20% of Floridians in the year Mar, 2024 – Feb, 2025, had their power turned off for non-payment of their bills, due in large part to the hot weather for which Florida is famous. Nationally, the number of people who fail to pay their power bills is nearer to 10%. Florida’s Public Service Commission (PSC) is about to grant its biggest utility, Florida Power and Light (FP&L), an annual increase of 20+% of its base rate.

Base rates exclude fuel costs, storm reserves, capacity costs (payments to other utilities for holding reserve power in case of emergencies); energy conservation programs, environmental “compliance” AND regional grid upgrades for transmission.

Public Counsel, Walt Trierweiler, appointed by Tallahassee to speak for the citizens on the matter of rate hike requests by FP&L, filed an official complaint 11/10/25, on the massive rate hikes requested by the power giant. He states that the settlement with Florida Power and Light, as proposed, will lead to unconscionable rate hikes.

“The proposed settlement “is in the special interest of a few,” Walt Trierweiler wrote in new filings, in which he repeatedly referred to the settlement as the “Special Interest Parties’ Proposal.” It’s also not legally valid, he argued, because it doesn’t represent a compromise between parties that were genuinely at odds and is therefore “against public policy, and against the public interest.”

The settlement proposes to lower the total increase to about $7 billion, with a range of shareholder profit with a midpoint of 10.95% — which would still be the highest in the lower 48 states, according to Trierweiler’s filing. This rate of return, he wrote, would result in the company charging customers $900 million “in excess revenues” over four years.

I’m guessing that his comments will make little difference to the final outcome. Citizens often don’t rank high on the pecking order in Tally.

In August, Florida’s Public Service Commission voted to give Florida Power and Light a suspension of the scheduled rate hearing to give the company and its key stakeholders a chance to finalize a 4-year rate hike agreement. This was opposed by a number of citizens’ groups.

In addition to Florida Power & Light, the groups backing the deal include a federation of retail companies, industrial corporations and Walmart. Under the deal, revenue from all customers would subsidize increasing discounts on large companies’ energy usage during peak times. Read that again. PLEASE.

Last summer, Florida citizens protested proposed rate hikes by the big three energy suppliers in the state: Duke Power TECO (Tampa), and Florida Power and Light. They submitted proper forms, contacted their legislatures, only to find that the promised “hearing” in which they would be able to state their case, was “postponed”, on Aug. 11.

From October 6 through October 17, 2025, The PSC held “evidentiary” and technical hearings on a reduced $6.9 billion (down from the original $9.8 billion) rate hike request. They included expert witnesses on costs, return on equity (whose?) and impact on customers. There was no citizen testimony on record.

Trierweiler’s formal complaint was filed on the last day allowed, 11/10/2025.

The Public Service Commission’s decision is scheduled to be handed down 11/20/15.

As far as I can tell, the plan still calls for 50-70% of the budget to be spent on solar energy (panels and storage), and, I would assume, land acquisition for solar farms, causing more destruction of agriculture and wildlife. Upgrades to existing natural gas and nuclear generation are planned to consume a minor portion as is wind generation.

Solar, as we remember, provides power for an average of approximately 5.4 hours per 24-hour day, according to energy expert, Dave Walsh, former Pres. and CEO of Mitsubishi/Hitachi Power Systems. Rate hikes to individual property owners are anticipated to be in the range of 20+% annually, year on year, for less and less actual power

The hearings in May and June had several thousand citizens speaking, most ALL AGAINST the requested budget and its planned use.

Other than lowering the “ask” from $9.8 billion to $6.9 billion I can find no evidence that these citizen complaints had impact. Typical Tallahassee.

“Since DeSantis took office as Governor in 2019, Florida’s energy future has become all about solar – the “clean energy”. If this sounds something a Globalist would do, you are hearing it correctly. Once more, Florida’s governor proves who he really is. Hint: Ron DeSantis is NOT “America First.” This, from my Substack last summer.

Bingo. On all counts.

So, if you want to talk to your Tallahassee representative, and are sick of their ignoring the purging of MAGA patriots, you can remind them of how much you object to the massive power base-rate increases that they are approving on your behalf.

Maybe those rich New Yorkers who are fleeing their new Islamo-Communist Mayor will be able to afford those power bills, but much of Florida cannot.

© 2025 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com




Terrorists’ Bill of Rights

By Amil Imani

November 15, 2025

The Constitution of the United States is one of the most glorious documents promoting individual liberty ever written.

The First Amendment to the U.S. Constitution is also the first section of the Bill of Rights. It is arguably the most important part of the U.S. Constitution. It reads:

“Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press; or the right of the people peaceably to assemble, and to petition the government for a redress of grievances.”

The framers of the Constitution were acutely aware of the danger of religious infringement in the affairs of the State or the State’s sponsorship of a particular faith. Recalling the tragic clashes of the two in Europe, the founding fathers aimed to guard against either religion or the State transgressing in the purview of the other.

In the interest of impartiality, the authors of the Constitution did not define what constitutes a religion. Presently, a plethora of sects, cults, orders-all claiming to be religion-cover the length and the breadth of the land. So long as these “religions” minister to the legitimate spiritual needs of their congregation without threatening the rights of others, there is no reason for concern. However, when one or more of these claimants strive to undermine the very Constitution that protects them in order to impose their belief and way of life, serious problems arise.

One such religion is Islam in all its forms. Islam is more than a religion. It is an ideological superstructure encompassing all institutions, social, economic, political, military, civil, legal, educational, and even private affairs. It is of relatively recent arrival in the continent of and is rapidly burgeoning in number and influence. Therefore, it is imprudent to ignore the threat it poses to the larger religious and secular communities.

Can a religion or a cult become so powerful and so uncivilized that it can hide behind the Constitution to preach an ideology of hatred and advocate a plan to destroy our society and subvert our government? We need to consider whether our Constitution enables and protects “religions” that are being used to put our very society and our freedoms in jeopardy.

Islam seeks nothing less than a total global domination. The word Islam literally means “submission” or “surrender”, the kind that comes by force or fraud. Its scripture must be taken literally; its provisions are intended to dominate every waking moment in the life of a believer. There is no room for being a half-hearted Muslim and no toleration of watering down its invocations.

The true nature and the threat of Islam is evident in the Quran-a document of exclusion, hatred and violence that shapes the Muslims’ thinking and behavior.

The Quran was perhaps appropriate for a different people of a bygone era-a people of stunted development, a people who preferred to blindly follow someone than to think for themselves, to hate than love, and to seek and inflict death than to nurture and celebrate life.

Freedom is very fragile. Anything that protects freedom can also become an Achilles heel for those blessed with freedom. This is because freedom always entails the unfortunate ability to use one’s rights to destroy the freedoms and rights of others. People can use the protections afforded them by the Constitution to inflict great harm to those who live within the law. We know this is the main argument against the Second Amendment.

The Second Amendment institution protects private firearms ownership, yet we are endlessly reminded by some politicians that gun ownership can be dangerous, and like any freedom the right to own and use firearms can be misused. This is why an unfettered right to own a gun has been subject to a multitude of regulations and restrictions.

Given that the formerly vast and largely segregated planet has shrunk into a “global village,” the disparate peoples isolated from one another for millennia are now a village community. These thrown-together diverse people are in urgent need of a set of common rules that would allow individuals as well as groups maximum latitude of faith, coupled with responsibility, and free of any practices that infringe on the rights of others or demonizes them.

Islam with its rule of Sharia presents an imminent threat to subvert and replace the Constitution that governs our lives. Unlike Muslims who practice Taqiyya -lying or dissimulation-I proudly speak the truth. Truth should never be sacrificed at the altar of any goal. I firmly believe that truthfulness is indeed the foundation of all virtues.

Faithful Muslims believe that sovereignty belongs to Allah. They believe the only important “constitution” is the Quran, and before allegiance to a nation comes fidelity to Allah. Islam of all sects demands obedience to Islamic law, not the laws of men or political institutions. A Muslim will never abide by an oath of office when Islamic principles are at stake. When they swear an oath on the Quran, it is to show Islamic supremacy, not to prove they are telling the truth.

Please understand that Islamic principles cover every conceivable action and interaction of people living under Islamic law.

“It is not fitting for a Muslim man or woman to have any choice in their affairs when a matter has been decided for them by Allah and His Messenger. They have no option.” Qur’an 33:36

So our Constitution and even State and local laws are essentially meaningless to a Muslim, and the Bill of Rights, once its usefulness as a means to perpetuate Islam in America is no longer necessary, will certainly be disparaged and ignored.

In fact, Islam is incompatible with democracy and subversive of the way of life that blesses this nation. It is fascist and evil by its very definition. Thus, it is imperative that we fight Islamofascisim with the same determination that we fought other enemies of freedom such as Nazism, Fascism, and Communism. And that imperative starts with our lawmakers constitutionally reevaluating the definition of religion. Islam must be curbed or it will curb us.

How are Islamists taking control? They do it first by establishing Mosques in every town and city. These meeting places are perfect warehouses of not only indoctrination, but future terrorists, who are made to read and understand the principles of Jihad, martyrdom and Dar ul Harb (“land of war”-anyplace not Islamacized.) Mosques cost money, and the money for these warehouses of hate is coming straight from Saudi Arabia. These mosques are being infused with an activist strain of Islam, Wahabism. If you have to ask where the Saudi’s are getting their money, you are not paying attention…its coming from you. According to a National Portrait, a survey released in April 2001, there are at least 1,209 of mosques in the US and numbers are increasing.

Mosque elders tend to be sent to the US with one clear mission: Make Islamic religion, laws, and life supreme within the United States, using any and all tactics necessary. Next, from within the safety of their local mosques, they begin to use their revolting practices, riotous youth, and wild sermonizing to force the genteel Americans to relocate to safer, less threatening neighborhoods and cities. Of course, not all Americans will move or can afford to do so. And to take control of a town, Muslims will not need to evict everyone. They probably need about 25% in order to make life very unpleasant for those who do not go along with their demands.

They will elect Muslims to all positions of local influence, who will create and enforce policy according to the Quran. Once they have control over a town, they will begin to establish informal Sharia, and there’s nothing the government can (or will want to) do about it. Sharia is the brutal means by which Islam controls its populations by force, intimidation, and punishments for offenses to Allah. Already in many European countries, national governments have out of fear, given Islamic fascists the right to establish their own shadow governments within the borders of countries like Sweden and England, where they can control their own populations without accountability. Proposals for Sharia are being taken seriously by Canada.

This is an admission that Islam is not just a religion. It is a cult. It seeks total control over a person’s mind and body. And, as such, our Constitution is totally incompatible with it. They will push politicians for local control and self-determination of their own laws. In this way, America will become two nations; a weakened traditional one, and a growing, menacing Islamacized one.

At the same time, Muslims will ally with Leftist politicians who will gladly cede some of their power to this group of enforcers, so conservative politicians and Christians who advocate self defense and sane social policies are kept out of office. Money that was once used to build mosques will now be used to buy politicians. On university campuses, Islam will be portrayed as righteous and peaceful, while Christianity will be associated with evil Western and American values. The rebellious American youth will eat it up.

There will be increasing local and regional incidents of crimes and threats against Christians, Jews, and anybody who speaks out against the religion of hate. Terrorism is a completely legitimate tool of Islam, and was widely practiced and advocated by Muhammad. Remember, all words in the Quran are perfect, immutable laws defining an eternal ethic:

“Against them (the unbelievers) make ready your strength to the utmost of your power, including steeds of war, to strike terror into (the hearts of) the enemies, of Allah and your enemies, and others besides, whom ye may not know, but whom Allah doth know. Whatever ye shall spend in the cause of Allah, shall be repaid unto you, and ye shall not be treated unjustly.” Quran 8.06.

Leftist politicians will continue to hold the Bill of Rights over anyone who dares to accuse this religion of wrongdoing. While crime and threats skyrocket, Islamacized citizens will ignore the wrongdoing, just like in Iraq. They will look the other way for fear of retribution, honor killings, and punishments from those who uphold the Islamic requirement to seek revenge on anyone who dishonors or disagrees with Islam.

Eventually, America will become weakened and politicians will allow the Muslims to do whatever they want, as long as the infidels are allowed to be free of terrorist threats. As Christianity wanes, people will reject it as an anachronism that is irrelevant to modern trends. Islamic ethics will prevail and Muslim sects will gain members, money, and influence. As government policies lean toward Islamic ideals, the Bill of Rights will be seen as archaic and out of touch with contemporary values and the new direction of the country. It will be just a piece of parchment in a museum, lacking anyone who would so bold and revolutionary as to fight against a religion, even a religion of hate.

The first problem is that we don’t have centuries to wait for reform. But more to the point, Islam does not tolerate revisionism in its beliefs or practices over time. Reform is not at play, because one cannot point to Jihadists or terrorists and say Muhammad did not advocate it. He most certainly did, and he delighted in his evil thoughts.

Islam is a literal religion, taking unabrogated scripture as eternal and absolute. There are specific prescriptions for “an eye for an eye”, eternal warfare, religious hegemony, slavery, killing Jews, taxing nonbelievers, stoning, promulgating terror, establishing a caste social system, and the perpetuating discrimination against women. The only way to reform it is to censor vast sections of the Quran and Hadith, which would be absurd.

This is why there is truly no such thing as a “moderate” Muslim. Moderate Muslims or in other words “non-practicing Muslims”, like millions of Iranians, are Muslims by default, who were born into a faith they did not choose, a faith that was “inflicted” upon them by invaders of a foreign culture, a faith that forbids them to leave or revert to their pre-Islamic heritage and religions. Therefore, vast majority of Iranians remain Muslims in name only.

The other type of moderate Muslim is the “ignorant” Muslim who does not understand the Qur’anic “requirement” to wage war and submit to the Sharia, thereby “unknowingly” violating Qur’anic law. This latter type of Muslim is found in the rest of the Muslim countries. Hence, there is no such thing as “radical Islam”, since by its true definition Islam is nothing but radical. Those who espouse a “liberal” view of Islam should be forced to back up their nouveau interpretation with unabrogated scriptural facts. Unless such would-be “reformists” can categorically denounce Islamofascisim based on sound evidence from the Qur’an, they prove to be the true radicals, which is why we never see the Islamic apologists point to scriptural arguments against jihad. They simply cannot, because there is none, and they simply disguise and distort the truth.

The terrorists are not radicals from their interpretation of their doctrine …they are only doing exactly what Muhammad demanded of them, and his demands were not suggestions and they where not ephemeral. They were “perfect”, eternal ultimata. The terrorist are faithful and true to what is written in the holy Qur’an. A Muslim is forbidden to think critically about the Qur’an. He must blindly obey it and accept it passively and should memorize all of it. Being thus filled with the spirit of Islam (literally meaning “submission”), he instinctively walks in accordance with Allah’s law in his daily life in a state of disempowered stupor.

It would be wonderful to believe that if only a quiet reform could mend the hearts of Muslims, and that much of their sacred writings could be overlooked and forgotten, or perhaps just re-interpreted, then all of the Islamic world could join the community of modern, civilized humankind. Unfortunately, this plan can never work. It might work for a while, but then some Muslims might take to reading, and the whole jihad, terror, coercion, Sharia trend would start over. You cannot reform that which is central to a religion.

Regrettably, a vast ignorance prevails in this sphere. Academic pundits, leftist journalists, and hired Islamic apologists, useful idiots, proclaim that Islam is a religion of peace and that the great majority of Muslims are not party to any plans and actions of the radicals.

So how do we stop this sequence of events? How can our government, which has so effectively protected the rights of peaceful religions, protect us from an aggressive one?

America, with a long history of protecting religious freedom, still clings to the “hands off” practice of leaving alone any doctrine or practice billed as a religion. Deciding what constitutes a religion and who is to make that call is a thorny problem. The dictionary supplies a sociologically useless definition of religion: “The expression of man’s belief in and reverence for a superhuman power recognized as the creator and governor of the universe.” Just about anyone or any group under this definition can start a religion, and they indeed do-and some do so at a significant cost to others.

Perhaps it is time to realize that not all religions are the same. If a religion is does not recognize constitutional rights for others, does it lose its rights under First Amendment protections? If it seeks to control all aspects of your life by force and fraud; if it seeks exemption from national laws protecting constitutional rights, then it must not be considered a religion.

It must be called something else, and it cannot be recognized as a protected ideology under the First Amendment.

“O you who believe! Take not the Jews and the Christians for your friends and protectors: they are but friends and protectors to each other. And he amongst you that turns to them (for friendship) is of them. Verily Allah guides not a people unjust.” Quran 5:51

“Love your enemies, bless them that curse you, do good to them that hate you, and pray for them which despitefully use you, and persecute you.” Bible (Matthew 5:44)

Any religion that seeks to create its own governance and its own legal system and seeks to mobilize its own militia is itself not interested in separation of church and State, and has no right to use that separation to create hegemony. In fact, such a doctrine is not even a religion at all. It is a totalitarian regime, and must be considered the enemy of everything Americans believe in.

I’d welcome an inspection of other religions to determine if they are truly peaceful, and I am confident all other doctrines will remain protected and unaffected, because religions are by definition peaceful. There is only one faith which seeks global hegemony for a seamless church-state government and imposition of its law everywhere.

© 2025 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved




Who’s Afraid of the Big Bad Mamdani Wolf? Not me!

By Joan Swirsky

November 16, 2025

I stopped counting the massive numbers of articles––both before and after the election of November 4, 2025––that predicted the complete devolution/collapse/implosion of New York City, a huge exodus of both Jews and Christians, as well as businesses and the Wall Street financial district to friendlier climes in what was anticipated to be the full-fledged conversion of the Big Apple from capitalism to communism, from law-and-order to a runaway crime wave, and from historical diversity to full-bore anti-Semitism and the passionate embrace of Islamism and Sharia Law if Zohran Mamdani was elected Mayor.

None of it phased me. I didn’t even watch the returns.

But the next day, I did read about the Democrat “sweep” in, predictably, Blue States. And that didn’t phase me either.

Why? Because I know both American history and Jewish history and both of these blazingly inspiring histories have survived and prevailed quite gloriously over far bigger fish than the diminutive Mamdani with his high-priority agenda, including his inflammatory embrace of Hamas, his stated hatred of Jews and Israel, his embrace of the Democratic Socialists of America and their annihilating mission statement to purge NYC of all things Jewish––and to “arrest Netanyahu and active IDF soldiers for war crimes”––and his promise to empty the city’s prisons of all its hard-core criminals, and his determination to replace the vital life-protecting and life-saving services of the police department with social workers.

Can’t make this up!

HOW DID THIS HAPPEN?

Daniel Greenfield gives us the cold hard empirical numbers. “In 1989… Jews outnumbered Muslims in NYC roughly 4 to 1. By 2013…the number of Muslims had doubled, and the number of Jews continued to drop.”

When Mamdani beat Andrew Cuomo, there were more Muslims than Italian Americans in NYC, Greenfield continues. There was no Irish candidate…because the Irish population “long ago dropped below that of Muslims.” And the Polish population represented by Curtis Sliwa is even smaller.

These populations, “were replaced by college students, hipsters and third-world immigrants who not only voted for Democrats, but for the far Left.”

And “much of New York City no longer even speaks English. That’s why Mamdani could campaign in Arabic.”

Actually, no one should be shocked by this election. While Americans were apparently distracted or not paying attention or stupidly thinking that they were being virtuous and tolerant by embracing a genuinely suicidal form of diversity, Muslims were steadfastly pursuing their decades-long blueprint of converting all western countries––as they have in Europe––to an Islamic caliphate.

And whaddaya know? In this last election, as reported by the RAIR Foundation, 42 Muslims were elected to prominent offices across the United States.

IT WON’T TAKE LONG

I live about 20 minutes from NY City, and I know the city well. I give the first five innocent citizens who get pushed off the subway onto the tracks, who get raped violently while taking a morning run, who get clocked in the face while walking down the street only to end up in an emergency room with a fractured cheekbone or a gouged-out eye, who get waylaid in horrific traffic jams for over an hour while hordes of Muslims listen to the blasting siren for prayer all over the City––five times a day!––before enormous rallies and organized campaigns call for Mamdani to be impeached.

As for the Democrat victors who won races for governors –– Abigail Spanberger in Virginia and Mikie Sherrill in New Jersey––just watch the crime rates escalate dramatically––as they do in all Democrat-run states (and also Democrat-run cities), and then watch the massive exodus on unprecedented levels by citizens and businesses to sane, law-and-order states and cities run by Republicans. Never fails.

We are looking at theater here, but more dramatic––and consequential––than Broadway!

Yes, the failed public-school system in our country has indoctrinated our youth with the notion of a victim mentality, that America the Beautiful is not beautiful at all, but rather a racist, misogynistic, exploitive political system that is not “fair” … to whom?

In their view, to all the people who don’t like to work but who do like depending on the government for food, housing, cell phones, medicine, basically everything. Basically, communists! And actually, a system that has failed thunderously in every country where it has been tried.

SOME HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE

Remember the hugely powerful and ancient Egyptian Empire? That empire, like Mamdani & Co., hated the Jews and forced them into over 200 years of brutal slavery. Today, that empire has been extinct for centuries, while the teeny tiny population of Jews continued to survive and in many instances flourish.

How about the even more powerful Babylonian Empire, from which the all-important Babylonian Talmud was transcribed from the oral law to the written law? Same history, same ending. Gone. But still, the Jews prevailed.

Then there was the highly influential Persian Empire. Strong, dominant, quite sure that those damn Jews could and would be conquered. Yep! Gone, but the Jews were still a cohesive people, struggling but alive.

Not to omit the immense might of the Greek Empire. Um… gone while those pesky Jews continued to make disproportionate contributions to mankind, as they do today.

And then there was the mightiest of all, the Roman Empire––armed, dangerous, focused, resolute and determined to finally conquer those obstinate Jews who constantly claimed there was only one God, who gave the world the Torah and the Ten Commandments and Jesus, again the list of contributions is too long to recount here.

And where is the Roman Empire now? Gone! And the Jews? Still contributing astounding contributions to the world in subjects as diverse as medicine, scholarship, science, literature, invention, computer science, environment, technology, on and on and on and on.

And, as usual, still aggravating their neighbors and the little Jew haters like Zohran Mamdani and Nick Fuentes and Tucker Carlson and Candace Owens, et al, who hilariously believe that they are more powerful–– with all their Ivy League words and media connections––than all the armed empires that fell into ignominy before them.

THE PENDULUM

The pendulum of history continues. Back and forth it goes, from the far left to the far right, and sometimes it lands in the middle, as it did in the quite harmonious 1950s.

I suspect that after the misguided election of Mamdani and those leftist governors in VA and NJ, and even Jay Jones being elected as the Democrat Attorney General of Virginia after he threatened to shoot a Republican in the head, the voters who cast their votes for these candidates will begin to smell the coffee and realize that the people they voted for have yielded nothing positive, nothing productive, nothing life-affirming, nothing good.

National conservative TV and radio host Wayne Allyn Root has a remedy for the Mamdani phenomenon. It is too lengthy to include here but I urge all readers to click on this link to enjoy his truly unique and original ideas.

In the next go-round, the midterms in 2026, I predict that we will see the same thunderous victories for conservatives as we saw in the monumental victory of President Trump in 2024.

© 2025 Joan Swirsky – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Joan Swirsky: joanswirsky@gmail.com

Website: http://www.joanswirsky.com




The Pandemic Playbook: A 20-Year Trail of Wash, Rinse Repeat

By Patti Johnson

November 14, 2025

I swore I’d never touch this exhausted trope again – the endless drumbeat of “next pandemic” fearmongering beaten to death by every keyboard warrior from here to the dark web. Create the threat in a lab, hype the threat, fund the fix, watch it fade… until the next one.  Yet here I am, dragged back in by a blistering internal HHS memo unearthed by Jon Fleetwood: $37.5 million of your tax dollars quietly rerouted to armor-plate 75 hospitals into “Level 2 Special Pathogen Treatment Centers,” each one a fortress explicitly calibrated for H5N1 Bird Flu.

H5N1 Bird Flu: the Zombie Virus They’ve Tried to Revive At Least Four Times

I swore I’d never touch this exhausted trope again – the endless drumbeat of “next pandemic” fearmongering beaten to death by every keyboard warrior from here to the dark web. Create the threat in a lab, hype the threat, fund the fix, watch it fade… until the next one.  Yet here I am, dragged back in by a blistering internal HHS memo unearthed by Jon Fleetwood: $37.5 million of your tax dollars quietly rerouted to armor-plate 75 hospitals into “Level 2 Special Pathogen Treatment Centers,”[3]

Couple that with Health and Human Services under BARDA (Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority) 2025 funding of Arcturus Therapeutics’ R&D labs in San Diego, California in the research and development of the ARCT-2304 bird flu vaccine. Once again, a DNA altering shot was fast tracked without adequate safety studies reminiscent of Operation Warp Speed. ARCT-2304 is a dangerous self-replicating mRNA technology turning the human body into a vaccine producing machine. This vaccine is also known to shed and can infect others. In other words, let’s try and start another pandemic with a “wink, wink” accidental lab leak.

The New Anthony Fauci Clone at the NIAID

Dig deeper and the red flags scream conflict of interest. NIAID’s Dr. Jeffery Taubenberger holds the patents for this bird flu vaccine. They’re literally funding the creation of the threat and the “fix” in one corrupt loop. This isn’t isolated to America.  Governments worldwide are brewing hybrid bird flu viruses in biolabs, stockpiling vaccines and hyping “spillover” risks, even as intelligence from Congress, the FBI, CIA and Germany’s BND (Germany’s foreign intelligence agency) finally expose COVID-19 as being created in a lab via gain of function research manipulation and “accidentally” released to the public.

Bird Flu: It’s The Undead of Pandemics

They’re circling back to bird flu to see if we are fooled again. Who knows anymore what these mad scientists are planning. The bird flu scare isn’t new; it’s the zombie you thought was already dead. Since 1997, H5N1 has sparked at least six major human scare cycles per WHO and CDC data. Total confirmed human cases: approximately 1,050 worldwide through early 2025 with approximately 530 deaths, mostly isolated poultry workers in Asia. No pandemic – because it doesn’t hop easily person-to-person yet. Which brings up the millions of dollars in research question, “What is the real purpose of all the gain-of-function research?”

Here’s the history:

  1. 1997 Hong Kong Origin: 18 human cases, 6 dead (33% fatality). Hype: “First human jump!” Fizzled: 5 million chickens culled in 3 days. No pandemic as predicted.
  2. 2003–2006 Asia: Poultry hit 10+ countries; 280 human cases, 140 deaths by mid-2006. UN screamed “150 million humans will die!” Fizzled: but 500 million birds culled worldwide in 2005 – 2006 to stop the spread.

First human H5N1 vaccine: Developed 2004 (Sanofi, using 1997 strain), clinical trials 2005, FDA-approved 2007 for U.S. stockpile. Not used on public yet, but Big Pharma Sanofi made out like a bandit with $192 million in 2006–2007 orders.

  1. 2011–2015 Resurgence: Egypt/Indonesia hotspots: Approximately 700 cases total across cycle. Hype: “Mutating to humans!” Fizzled: but 50 – 100 million+ poultry culled
  2. 2020 and 2023 Wild Bird Boom: New strain hit Europe/Africa/Asia via migrating birds: U.S. poultry outbreaks. In 2022 one Colorado worker was diagnosed (probably by using the failed PCR test). Fizzled: but 90 million chickens culled in the U.S. from 2022 – 2023.
  3. 2024–2025S. Dairy Drama: claimed that it Jumped to cows, then 67 human cases (one death). Media frenzy: “Pandemic imminent!” “Kill the chickens, kill the cows!” Yet, the one death was a 65-year-old with “underlying conditions.” 70 human cases all mild, mostly eye issues, no community spread. In the end it could not be linked to cows, but 175 million birds were culled. CDC ended emergency response July 2025.

Breaking Story: Canada culling ostriches

But wait, there’s more – it doesn’t stop with Bird Flu

Imagine this: Over the past two decades we’ve been bombarded with one “doomsday virus” after another. Governments, health agencies and Big Pharma hype each one as the next world-ender, pump billions into vaccines and lockdowns, only to fail their doomsday predictions. But COVID-19? That one latched on, unleashing years of mandates, economic wreckage and a global control grid that we’re still fighting. The killer was the vaccine rushed to market.

The pattern screams setup: Stoke the panic, sell the “solution,” make big money and consolidate power. They tried it with Swine Flu, MERS, Ebola, Zika, Covid, Monkeypox and now, surprise, surprise, they’re dusting off bird flu for the fifth time. This isn’t coincidence, it’s a script.

20 years of Groundhog Day

Here’s a rundown of a few of the pandemic scares since 2005 focusing on those that gripped headlines and sparked global freakouts. For each scare, I’ll show the dates, what it was, and why it fizzled.  I drew my data from WHO reports, CDC timelines and historical records.

**Avian Influenza (Bird Flu, H5N1)** 

Key Dates: 2005–2006, 2011–2015, 2020–2023, 2024–2025.

What It Was: A contagious flu strain jumping from infected birds (like poultry) to humans via close contact. WHO warned of 150 million deaths; media screamed “killer flu.”

How It Fizzled: No sustained human-to-human spread. Governments culled millions of birds, ramped up surveillance and stockpiled vaccines which were never used en masse. Cases stayed rare and isolated. But hold that thought – this beast keeps resurrecting.

**Swine Flu, H1N1**

Key Dates:2009–2010

What It Was: Early panic screamed “1918 redux!” but it was just a bad seasonal flu with ~60 million U.S. infections.

Around 80 million Americans got the special H1N1 shot. 300,000 pigs were culled in Egypt

How It Fizzled: It turned into just another strain of flu. Seasonal flu shots were promoted thereafter. The U.S. government spent $1.72 billion of our hard-earned tax dollars on the 2009-2010 swine flu (H1N1) vaccine program.

**Middle East Respiratory Syndrome (MERS)** 

Key Dates: 2012 – ongoing, peaks 2014 – 2015.

What It Was: A deadly coronavirus (like SARS but deadlier) from camels, hitting Saudi Arabia hardest. Symptoms: severe pneumonia, organ failure. Approximately 2,500 cases, 35% fatality rate; global spread via travelers.

How It Fizzled: Limited human transmission outside hospitals. Strict quarantines and contact tracing contained it. No pandemic because it stayed regional, with cases trickling to under 50/year by 2016.

**Ebola** 

Key Dates: Sporadic Cases throughout the years. The largest outbreak in history:2014–2016 (West Africa), second largest outbreak: 2018-2020.

What It Was: A deadly and scary hemorrhagic fever virus (bleeding, organ shutdown) supposedly from bats/primates, ravaging Guinea, Liberia, Sierra Leone. 28,000+ cases, 11,000 deaths; first major spread outside Africa, with U.S./Europe imports. (Interestingly, I noticed that several Ebola outbreaks started in areas right after WHO came in with a vaccine health program. Coincidence? I think not. But, of course, they blame bats. WHO and Gates use third world nations as their testing grounds.

How It Fizzled: Gone by 2016. Borders slammed shut to quarantine. Fear evaporated as not airborne or easy to spread. During the 2018 outbreak; first use of monoclonal antibody treatments and experimental vaccine- r4VSV-ZEBOV.

**Zika Virus** 

Key Dates: 2015–2017.

What It Was: Mosquito-borne flavivirus causing mild fever. They claimed it caused devastating birth defects (microcephaly – babies born with tiny heads) in Brazil and beyond. WHO called it a “Public Health Emergency.” But Zika never caused tiny heads in the past. Pyriproxyfen (pesticide) statewide rollout correlates exactly with microcephaly clusters, not Zika infections. Monsanto caused the shrunken heads attributed to Zika.

Vested interests (WHO, Big Chem) buried it. Follow the money to the real plague: pyriproxyfen’s rollout in northeast Brazil’s drinking water perfectly matches the 6,000+ case surge. Rat studies show it nukes brain development via retinoic acid pathways. Study Shows Anti-Mosquito Pesticide Pyriproxyfen Link with Microcephaly.[4] [5]

How It Fizzled: Millions pumped into vaccines as drug companies got richer. It left many with another bitter taste of overhyped “apocalypse.” It disappeared from the mockingbird media when the mosquito-pesticide link was exposed.

The U.S. government spent $1.1 billion on the Zika response in 2016, including $397 million specifically for vaccine and diagnostic development. No licensed Zika vaccine has been approved to date, so spending focused on research, trials, and contracts (e.g., $312 million to Takeda via BARDA).

**COVID-19 (SARS-CoV-2)** 

Key Dates: 2019-.

What It Was: A novel coronavirus created in a lab through gain of function research creating severe respiratory illness. Over 700 million cases? Or false readings from flawed PCR tests? Interestingly, no flu cases were reported that year. 7 million deaths worldwide were attributed to Covid-19, but we now know the death count was altered by false reporting.  For example, car accident deaths were counted as Covid deaths.”

A new study in Greece just published in the journal “Scientific” reported:  Nearly Half of “COVID-19 Deaths” Were Not Due to COVID-19.[6]

Another recent study: BREAKING: 86% of PCR-Positive “COVID Cases” Were Not Real Infections proving that lockdowns and vaccine mandates were built on a fraudulent testing illusion.[7]

How many of those deaths occurred from bad protocols and banning known cures like Ivermectin and Hydroxychloroquine? How many occurred from ventilators or putting the infected in close proximity with the elderly? How many deaths were from the ban on paramedics using CPR in New York?  How many deaths were from Remdesivir?

How It Fizzled: The flu returned. But not before DNA-altering mRNA vaccines, pushed through Operation Warp Speed began causing harm and death. The true legacy? Mandates, surveillance and trillions in “relief” funds that fattened the elites, WHO and Big Pharma while crushing everyone else. This one woke many to the sinister playbook. Big Pharma made an extraordinary USD 90 billion in profits from COVID-19 vaccines and medicines in 2021 and 2022 alone. They are still raking in billions more as people line up for their deadly boosters.

**Monkeypox** 

Key Dates: 2022.

What It Was: Monkeypox spread mainly among men who have sex with men via close skin-to-skin contact, including sexual networks. WHO declared mpox a Public Health Emergency of International Concern (PHEIC) twice.

How It Fizzled: These pandemics usually disappear after millions are awarded for more vaccines. They got their money. Mission accomplished. MPOX fizzled because it was mainly transmitted among the homosexual community. When that fact hit the news the fear mongering suddenly disappeared. The U.S. government has spent over $2 billion on the JYNNEOS mpox vaccine. This covers development, stockpiling and emergency orders. Yet again, Big Pharma made out like a bandit with our hard-earned tax dollars for a disease that was not pandemic or easy to catch. Anybody mad yet? Do you see the pattern?

That’s the hit list – seven major scares in 20 years, each with billions funneled to line the pockets of Big Pharma, Government agencies and those who held patents. Most fizzled because the viruses couldn’t sustain easy human spread. But notice the rhythm:

Create the threat in a lab
Hype the threat
Fund the fix
Watch it fade

… until the next one. Somebody ought to make a song out of this pattern.

COVID proved that the playbook works if enough people are scared by the pharma controlled mainstream mockingbird media drumbeat causing fear and panic. And now? Is it Groundhog Day all over again, or are we awake? Send this information to those who are sleeping. I do not believe that the old proverb “Let sleeping dogs lie” pertains in this instance.

Through the Pharma controlled media we are purposely kept in a state of suspense. They dangle gain of function genetically engineered viruses like loaded dice: will the next roll kill or just fizzle again only to fatten their wallets and tighten the global leash?

Do not trust AI for the answers. AI is controlled with algorithms which pull up politically correct information controlled by Big Pharma and Mainstream Media.

  • Proverbs 3:5 – Trust in the Lord with all your heart and do not lean on your own understanding; in all your ways submit to Him, and He will make your paths straight.
  • Nahum 1:7 – The Lord is good, a stronghold in the day of trouble; He knows those who take refuge in Him.
  • Philippians 4: 6, 7 – Do not be anxious about anything, but in every situation, by prayer and petition, with thanksgiving, present your requests to God. And the peace of God, which transcends all understanding, will guard your hearts and your minds in Christ Jesus
  • Pray Psalm 91: https://web.mit.edu/jywang/www/cef/Bible/NIV/NIV_Bible/PS+91.html

© 2025 Patti Johnson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Patti Johnson: pj4charis@gmail.com

Footnotes:

[1] https://netec.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/NSPS-Level-2-STAND-Award-RFP.pdf?utm_source=substack&utm_medium=email

[2] https://substack.com/home/post/p-177683234

[3] https://netec.org/stand-fund-award/?utm_source=substack&utm_medium=email

[4] https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC5146741/

[5] https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC5760164/

[6] https://www.thefocalpoints.com/p/breaking-nearly-half-of-covid-19

[7] https://substack.com/home/post/p-178318689




The Different Worlds of Wealthy Nations and Developing Countries

Co-authored by Ronald Stein, P.E. and Vijay Jayaraj

November 14, 2025

The “green” mandates and subsidies are only affordable by the prosperous developed nations

There is a tight correlation between poverty and “deprivation” of the entire range of basic products and services that are taken for granted by wealthier citizens. A personal car is the iconic energy-dependent product that is highly correlated with freedom of mobility and independence, as well as improved personal and national economic outcomes. In the United States, there are roughly 800 cars for every 1,000 people; in poorer developing nations, there are only a few cars for every 1,000 people.

Much of the rhetoric one hears from representatives of wealthy nations at global gatherings is focused on the goal of lowering global CO2 emissions. Such a singular focus not only ignores the realities of multidimensional environmental issues, but more importantly ignores energy poverty and the central need for access to a sufficient supply of affordable products made from fossil fuels, and affordable electricity. This is the only way to increase well-being everywhere and reduce destructive global disparity. For the foreseeable future, much of the energy to achieve this will come from oil, natural gas, and coal.

The high price of wind and solar deployed just to generate electricity at society-scale illustrates an important cost of supply principle. Because everyone needs affordable and reliable energy—whether electricity, gasoline, diesel, aviation, or heating fuel—the higher the overall costs, the more damaging it is proportionally for those who can least afford it.

Economic growth is propelled by imagination and invention. Many processes are made possible by the ability of fossil fuels to deliver the extremely high heat required to fabricate cement, steel, and other vital materials, and as feedstock for many critical materials, not least of which are fertilizers and plastics. The latter, while often vilified, are essential in a myriad of products, including in medical domains and vehicles of all kinds.

Improving the well-being of the billions on this planet who live in poverty will vastly increase the demand for, and thus the energy associated with, all conventional products and services from home heating and cooling, to transportation, healthcare, and more. Then, in wealthy nations there is a further effect on energy demands from continued invention of new kinds of products and services.

Making products and services more energy-efficient effectively makes them more affordable and accessible for more people and thus increases overall energy demand around the world.

Policymakers in wealthy nations recognize that outsourcing to emerging nations the mining of basic materials, the refining of those materials, and the manufacturing of associated components simply shifts CO2 emissions somewhere else. More than half the world’s CO2 emissions come from Asian nations, which also produce more than half of the world’s goods. Similarly, mining has in recent decades increasingly shifted to emerging economies, many with fragile or often compromised political and social structures. Dependence on imports does not make the world “greener”, it just moves environmental and other impacts elsewhere.

When wealthy economies export the production of minerals and metals to less wealthy nations, they impose environmental impacts and the exploitation of human atrocities on those developing countries.

We want our products to be inexpensive, but it is naïve and myopic to ignore the reality that those products are being produced using coal-fired electricity and energy for the 21st Century coal-fueled manufacturing, transported by diesel burning trucks and ships to stores and front doors.

All products and goods are moved into markets on transportation equipment using oil somewhere in the supply chains; overall, petroleum powers over 95% of global transportation. Exporting industrial and environmental challenges from wealthy to developing countries is not a solution, it is a “shell game”.

Thus, while wealthy Europe and the United States have spent more than two decades and trillions of dollars trying to “transition” from fossil fuels to reduce CO2 emissions, the fact is that global emissions have risen, predictably.

The history of foundational innovations is not correlated with, nor does it arise from, mandates or subsidies. Subsidies and mandates tend to lock in yesterday’s technologies.

The building of EV’s has two distinctive features, the motor and battery, that requires about 500% more specialty metals and minerals that are mined, refined, and transported around the globe using hydrocarbons, as well as more energy-intensive aluminum in the vehicle body to offset the weight of a typically half-ton EV battery.

There is, similarly, a huge increase in critical metals needed to fabricate wind and solar hardware, compared with conventional fossil fuel electricity production. That translates into far more mining of earth natural resources, which is not green, regardless of labels and aspirations—and often done in poorer, less regulated countries where human rights violations and environmental degradation are all too common.

No energy system is “renewable”, because all machines that access, convert, move, and store energy—drilling rigs, dams, mining trucks, wind turbines, solar panels, trains, boats, planes, pipelines, batteries, electronics, and beyond—wear out, produce waste, and require replacement and disposal of materials, some of which can be hazardous.

Recycling consumes energy, takes time, is limited in terms of useful recovery, and is often more expensive than producing something new. That is why the idea of a “circular economy” with near-perfect recycling is profoundly unrealistic, and even with aggressive recycling, there remains the challenge of new supplies needed to meet net new demands that come with growing economies.

Society needs simultaneously: products and electricity that are affordable and reliable for the 8 billion on this planet. Energy for the 21st Century and that minimizes overall environmental impacts. The real impediments to progress are an underlying obliviousness to energy realities and associated denial of trade-offs.

Furthermore, the impact on land, materials, and water tends to:

Decrease with denser forms of energy such as hydrocarbons and nuclear, and
Increase with less dense energy such as wind, solar, biomass, and batteries.

Delivering useful energy to society is made possible by technologies that can capture natural forces and materials and convert them into a useful form.

Forecasting long-term possibilities for supplies of products and electricity are thus determined by future innovations that can take advantage of the underlying scale of those primary natural resources. Scientific estimates of those quantities illuminate the reality that enormous amounts of energy may exist in the natural world around us for several centuries, but quantifiable, they’re without replacement of those natural resources on this 4-billion-year-old planet earth.

The central challenge of our time is thus illuminated by the simple fact that about one fourth of the world’s population accounts for three-fourths of global GDP. Our goal for the coming century should be to ensure that the whole population, both the less fortunate in already developed countries as well as those in emerging and developing nations, can obtain the material wealth and social conditions enabled by low-cost, abundant and affordable energy, and in so doing have the economic wherewithal to invest in environmental protection. That will require significantly more energy to address the needs of ALL 8 billion on this planet.

Please share this information with teachers, students, and friends to encourage Energy Literacy conversations at the family dinner table.

Click this Link to Sign up for Energy Literacy from Ronald Stein

[BIO: Vijay Jayaraj is a Research Associate at the CO2 Coalition, Arlington, Virginia. He holds a master’s degree in environmental sciences from the University of East Anglia, U.K. His focus area is on the intersection of environment, energy policy and development, particularly in developing countries.]

© 2025 Ronald Stein – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ronald Stein: Ronald.Stein@EnergyLiteracy.net




Religious Freedom Has Been Restored in America

By Sidney Secular

November 13, 2025

You probably didn’t hear a peep about it, but religious freedom in America has largely been restored.

Neither preachers nor the pundits seem to have noticed – or noted – the good news. However, in the November 2025 issue of the newsletter Eagle Forum Report, Anne Schlafly, daughter of the late conservative icon, Phyllis Schlafly provides all the details on this return to judicial sanity.

The story begins in 1971 when, under Nixon, SCOTUS put one over on us, ruling unanimously in Lemon vs. Kurtzman that public monies could not be used in schools run by religious institutions. (Remember, this is the same High Court that two years later ruled that abortion on demand throughout all nine months of pregnancy for any – or no – reason was a “constitutional right!) However, the ruling not only stopped federal monies going to schools run by religious institutions, but it also had the effect of stopping prayer or any other so-called “religious expression” in public schools, such expressions being interpreted as contrary to the “separation of Church and State.” The 3-prong “Lemon Test” of this lemon of a decision stipulated that any action must: [1] have a secular, non-religious purpose; [2] its primary effect must not advance or inhibit religion; and [3] it must not create excessive entanglement between the government and religion. Americans and our nation have reaped the whirlwind of this removal of God from the public square, leaving us to go on for the next 50 years worshiping quite another “god,” that is, the State

In 2022, SCOTUS overturned the Lemon Test from Lemon vs. Kurtzman, in the Kennedy vs. Bremerton School District decision which ruled that religious freedoms had been unconstitutionally restricted by the former finding and that prayer and other “religious” actions can now be practiced in government schools.[*] However, most Americans still believe their freedom to worship is exceptionally limited in public spaces. Kelly Shackelford, JD, of First Liberty, the plaintiff in the Kennedy case, states that the concept of the “separation of church and state is not a phrase found in the Constitution.” The Lemon decision was a total change in the time-tested values of our country. Nature abhors a vacuum, so when God was removed from the public square, a very different morality rushed in to fill the void. [*There can well be some question as to whether this “change of heart” regarding open displays of religious expression might not have been prompted or at least bolstered by the increasing number of Muslims in America, a “faith” that demands public prayer five times a day and not to be limited to mosques! As the Muslim population – and its political and economic power – increases, more and more effort is made to accommodate the tenets of this “religion.”]

The First Amendment established five “individual freedoms,” the first one of which is religion or religious belief and expression. Americans have never been cowardly or embarrassed by their religious affiliation and, indeed, a firm religious faith was considered necessary in any person seeking especially political power (remember, John F. Kennedy was our nation’s first Catholic President!) It is interesting to know that from the very beginning of the nation – even as we were still colonies under Great Britain, God was central to our lives.

It was Washington, our first President, who established the concept of a chosen day of Thanksgiving for our “blessings” as a nation and therefore, Americans should be neither cowardly nor embarrassed over public displays of faith. Yet, as we moved through the Twentieth and on into the Twenty-first century, in the name of “tolerance” Americans have allowed faith in God to be “acceptable,” even permitted only inside a building erected for that purpose – a church or a temple. Public displays of religious expression have been seen as “exclusionary” and “intolerant” of the faith of others. Yet, for our national preservation, Americans must be willing to both personally display and teach our faith to our children.

Some of the multitude of religious rulings affected under the Kennedy case include the following:

1. A public school district cannot be hostile towards religious beliefs.
2. Students can speak about their faith though their teachers must remain neutral; that is, members of the district cannot express or promote their own religious beliefs among the student body.
3. Schools cannot treat religious activities differently than other non-classroom activities.
4. Students can pray during lunch, recess, or other designated free time.
5. Students can read the Bible or other religious material at school.
6. Students can share their faith with fellow students.
7. Schools can acknowledge religion when teaching various subjects. (Nowhere is this more relevant than in the early history of the founding of this nation as most colonies were actually founded as the result of religious persecution in Britain and Europe.)
8. Students can pray, either individually or as a group, at school athletic competitions, student assemblies, or other extracurricular activities when school officials are not involved.
9. Students can pray at graduation ceremonies or include religious content in their speeches.
10. Public schools can actually refer to “Christmas” again and have a “Christmas party” if the intent is not specifically to designed to promote any particular religious denomination. And yes, a public school can display Christmas decorations such as a Nativity scene.
11. Students can give out Christmas gifts with religious messages at school parties.
12. Students can incorporate their faith or religion in classroom and homework assignments under appropriate circumstances as, for instance, addressing the founding of American colonies that were directly religious in nature (the Pilgrims).
13. Teachers and public-school employees can discuss religion with students under many conditions.
14. Public schools or teachers cannot limit religious speech unless they limit other speech under appropriate circumstances.
15. Students can have religious clubs at their schools.
16. Religious student groups such as Young Life can meet on campus as do other non-curricular clubs.
17. Religious clubs can utilize the same school resources available to secular clubs (e.g., school facilities, bulletin boards, public address systems) to promote and facilitate club events.
18. Teachers or public-school employees may attend religious clubs’ activities in a supervisory role.
19. Churches can rent public school facilities for worship services.
20. The Ten Commandments can be displayed.
21. Making a joyful noise: Christian music can be played by Christian or secular bands in schools or parks as any other form of music.

End Note: Eagle Forum of Alabama has produced a Religious Liberty Initiative program using two four-minute videos to disseminate this crucial information.

Please visit https://alabamaeagle.org/issues/religious-liberty/ to watch the videos and send them on to everyone you know to educate people about our newly restored rights.

© 2025 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com




Coal and Sanity Rushing Back Through Sound Science

By Kathleen Marquardt

November 13, 2025

The Department of Energy is doing something smart for a change. They just announced that they want to restore coal plants across the nation “for up to $100 million in federal funding.” That sounds good to me – real energy, and maybe some will come from where I live – in Coalfield. The people here could use it.

In April, in an Executive order “reinvigorating America’s beautiful clean coal industry” it was announced:

President Trump believes that coal Requires agencies to rescind any agency policies that seek to transition the Nation away from coal production or otherwise establish preferences against coal as a generation resource.
♦ Directs CEQ (Council on Environmental Quality)to assist agencies in adopting coal-related categorical exclusions under NEPA National Environmental Policy Act).
♦ Seeks to promote coal and coal technology exports, facilitate international offtake agreements for U.S. coal, and accelerate development of coal technologies.
♦ Calls for the Secretary of Energy to determine whether coal used in the production of steel meets the definition of a “critical material” and “critical mineral” under the Energy Act of 2020, and if so, add it to the relevant lists.
♦ Pushes for using coal to power new artificial intelligence (AI) data.

Coalfield was once the largest town in the county. When coal was killed, it shrunk so badly that it is now too small to even have a Post Office. Our mail is addressed to the next county over. We have two gas stations a Dollar Store, and a lot of empty buildings that were once active businesses. Hopefully, soon they will be again.

President Trump believes that coal is essential to our national and economic security.

♦ The coal industry supports hundreds of thousands of jobs and adds tens of billions to the U.S. economy each year.
♦ America’s coal resources are vast, with a current estimated value in the trillions of dollars.
♦ Coal-fired electricity generation is cleaner than ever, yet the previous administration waged war on coal.
♦ Coal will be critical to meeting the rise in electricity demand due to a resurgence of domestic manufacturing and the construction of AI data processing centers.
♦ Supporting our coal industry will increase our energy supply, lower electricity costs, stabilize our grid, create high-paying jobs, support burgeoning industries, and assist our allies.

Thankfully, President Trump realized that to achieve his goal of bringing back cheap energy, he first needed to deal with Agenda21/2030, the roadblocks to the sound science of clean energy. He needed to rid us of these phony programs designed to deny sound science and shut down free markets. In other words ignore common sense and follow Marxism into the ovens of hell.

♦ President Trump: “We will develop the liquid gold that is right under our feet, including American oil and natural gas and we will also embrace nuclear, clean coal, hydropower, which is fantastic, and every other form of affordable energy to get it done.”
♦ This Executive Order builds on actions President Trump has already taken to bring Americans the lowest-cost energy and electricity on earth. This includes:

◊ Withdrawing from the Paris Climate Agreement.
◊ Revoking Biden executive actions that hampered American energy production.

Thankfully, the President realized that to achieve his goals he by:

◊ Terminating the Green New Deal.
◊ Unleashing Alaska’s extraordinary resource potential.
◊ Declaring a national energy emergency.
◊ Reversing the pause on liquefied natural gas (LNG) export permits.
◊ Cutting red tape to speed up the Federal permitting process.

In his “Energy Literacy Newsletter”, Ronald Stein, Energy consultant for the Heartland Institute notes:

Today oil, coal, and natural gas are the basis of over 80% of all global demand for the products and transportation fuels that did not exist before the 1800’s.

Today, policymakers setting “green” and “zero emissions” policies are oblivious to the reality that electricity came about AFTER the discovery of oil. Without oil, there would be no products like wire, insulation, and computers to generate electricity!
♦ So-called “renewables, ONLY generate electricity but CANNOT make anything. In addition, everything that NEEDS Electricity is made with petrochemicals manufactured from crude oil, coal, or natural gas.

Stein continues:

The high price of electricity from wind and solar deployed at society-scale illustrates an important cost of supply principle. Because everyone needs affordable and reliable energy—whether the products made from oil, electricity, gasoline, diesel, aviation, or heating fuel—the higher the overall costs, the more damaging it is proportionally for those who can least afford it.

With this, it looks like we are finally back to sound science, reason, and logic – things that our government had locked in the closet but forgot to throw away the key. Thank you, President Trump for digging until you found – and made good use – of it. My town may never get back to what it once was, but, if coal comes back to Coalfield, the people can begin to grow a real town again. And that goes for so many good places across the nation.

Let’s see the sheep become lions!

© 2025 Kathleen Marquardt – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koikpm@yahoo.com




Mamdani and Ilhan Omar: Citizenship Fraud Must Lead to Deportation

By Frosty Wooldridge

November 13, 2025

Let’s face it, over 25 million illegal aliens stomp all over our country’s laws. They lie on their fraudulent Social Security cards. They lie on driver’s licenses. They register to vote in our elections. They lie and cheat as a way of life. They send over $100 billions of our money back to their home countries, annually. Millions more commit fraud with chain-migration, outright lying on their visa applications.

When they arrive on a tourist-visa as a pregnant mother who drops her kid on U.S. soil as an “anchor baby,” they defraud the American taxpayer out of billions if not trillions of dollars over the decades. Last year via Joe Biden, 400,000 pregnant illegal alien women dropped their kid on U.S. soil, but YOU pay for that kid and 18 years of schooling and breakfasts and lunches. It’s a racket that our Congress condones and continues.

Republicans push to strip Zohran Mamdani of US citizenship.

“GOP seeks to revoke NYC Mayor-elect Mamdani’s citizenship; experts say they must prove false claims in his application.”

“President Donald Trump, who threatened to withhold federal funds to New York City if Mamdani won, lent credence to questions about Mamdani’s citizenship and accused the Ugandan-born 34-year-old of being a communist.”

Some Republican lawmakers requested investigations into Mamdani’s naturalization process and have called for stripping him of his United States citizenship and deporting him, accusing him of embracing communism and “terrorist” activities. The fact remains: Mamdani is a Muslim, and he embraces terrorism as a means to further Islam in America. It’s the prime directive mandate of that religion.

“If Mamdani lied on his naturalization documents, he doesn’t get to be a citizen, and he certainly doesn’t get to run for mayor of New York City. A great American city is on the precipice of being run by a communist who has publicly embraced a terroristic ideology,” Representative Andy Ogles from the Republican party said in an October 29 news release, after asking US Attorney General Pam Bondi to investigate Mamdani.

The fact remains that Mamdani stands against I.C.E. agents doing their job in New York City. He promised to impede their work at every juncture. That is against our laws. Mamdani also supports Hamas as all Muslims do…as they scream against the Jews…”From the River to the Sea….”

The 14th Amendment bars from office anyone who “engaged in insurrection or rebellion” or who has “given aid or comfort to the enemies” of the country. The state GOP group said Mamdani provided “aid and comfort” to US enemies by supporting “pro-Hamas” groups and said he supports gangs through his calls to resist Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) agents.

His stances supporting Hamas alone should see him deported from America because he is as un-American as they get. He’s a communist, Marxist, and Muslim…how much worse can you get as to working for the destruction of America? The fact that he hates capitalism and wants to impose socialism gives you an idea that he’s totally corrupt beyond measure.

That brings us to another corrupt immigrant named Ilhan Omar, House member of the 125,000 Somalian immigrants that some Congressional moron in the immigration department dumped on Minneapolis, Minnesota. She’s stated that she represents Somalia here in America. She watched over her constituents defraud the American taxpayers of $200,000,000.00 (million) in EBT card scams, and another $8,000,000.00 in Medicaid fraud. She openly states that America is racist and Islamophobic. She possesses no love for America or that we brought her out of her Somalian misery into the light of freedom, food and dignity.

There is a claim that Omar, a Somali refugee who immigrated to the U.S. in 1995, legally married her biological brother, Elmi (a British citizen), in 2009 to commit immigration fraud and help him obtain U.S. residency or student aid. Proponents point to circumstantial details like shared addresses, social media posts (e.g., a deleted Instagram referring to Omar’s child as Elmi’s “niece”), and anonymous sources in the Somali community. Recent iterations in 2025, including a Daily Mail report citing an unnamed “Somali community leader” who claimed Omar admitted the marriage was a scam.

When it comes to Muslims, their Quran mandates that they may lie, cheat, steal and defraud the “non-believers” in order to gain position and power in the marked country. One look at Europe shows you the effectiveness of Islam in taking over and/or overwhelming naive Western countries. Europe’s Western Culture, its ethos and languages are dead. All of it down the drain into the Muslim sewer of 6th century barbarism.

If we Americans who love our country, love our communities, love Capitalism because it has generated the most fantastic society on Earth ever to exist—give ourselves over to such Islamic terrorists as Omar and Mamdani…we will repeat what happened to Europe: total destruction of our culture, our way of life, our governance, and our freedoms. That’s what Mamdani and Omar represent. How can we stop them? Deport, Deport, Deport. They don’t represent or deserve our country.

© 2025 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Third-Party Laws

By Paul Engel

November 12, 2025

  • According to our state constitutions, our state legislatures make state law.
  • What about the Uniform Commercial Code?
  • Did you realize that a privately funded third party is drafting legislation for your state?

Most of us believe that our state legislatures are making our state laws. But what if that is only partially true? What if a third-party was making the laws for your state? Would you be OK with that? Would you be concerned to find out that two private entities are making the laws your state uses regarding commerce?

Background

We were all taught in school that governments in the United States have three branches: Legislative, executive, and judicial. While Congress had given up much of its legislative power to executive agencies when it comes to commerce, the states have given up their power as well. Not to executive agencies in the government, but to two third-party actors that make up laws that the states merely adopt. These “laws” are called the Uniform Commercial Code.

The Uniform Law Commission was formed in 1892 in part to create uniform commercial laws. The Uniform Negotiable Instruments Law was approved in 1896, and soon enacted in every state. More commercial laws soon followed: the Uniform Sales Act and Uniform Warehouse Receipts Act in 1906; the Uniform Bills of Lading Act and Uniform Stock Transfer Act in 1909; and the Uniform Conditional Sales Act in 1918.

Uniform Commercial Code

In the late 19th century, the United States was in the middle of the industrial revolution. With the migration west of so many people, now connected by railroads, the differences in commerce laws between the different states was becoming a hinderance. In 1892, a group was formed called the Uniform Law Commission to help create laws that multiple states could agree to, allowing better interstate commerce. There’s just one problem here: The Constitution.

To regulate Commerce with foreign Nations, and among the several States, and with the Indian Tribes;

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 8, Clause 3

Not just the fact that Congress has the power to regulate interstate commerce, this code defines commerce within the states. Furthermore, states are forbidden from entering interstate compacts without Congress’ permission.

No State shall, without the Consent of Congress, lay any Duty of Tonnage, keep Troops, or Ships of War in time of Peace, enter into any Agreement or Compact with another State,

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 10, Clause 3

However, this isn’t an interstate compact since the states don’t agree to adopt the parts of the UCC, but to consider the proposed legislation. So we have a loophole to implement common laws used for both intrastate and interstate commerce, which is nothing new, though I’m getting ahead of myself.

The ULC officially took on the task of drafting a comprehensive code to provide guidelines for all commercial transactions in 1940.

Uniform Commercial Code

Let me be perfectly clear: I do not have a problem with individuals, or even groups, suggesting legislation. I have drafted, and continue to draft, suggested legislation for my state and county representatives for consideration. As we’ll see, it’s not the suggestions that are the problem.

In 1942, the ULC and the American Law Institute joined in a partnership that put all the component commercial laws together in a comprehensive Uniform Commercial Code that was offered to the states for their consideration in 1951.

Uniform Commercial Code

I can only assume that the American Law Institute is full of lawyers. I don’t know what the law schools taught back in 1942, but today my polling has shown they do not teach the supreme law of the land: The United States Constitution.

Again, the idea of making the commerce laws between the states more uniform has some logic to it, but I don’t think what was started back in the 1940s is what were seeing today.

Pennsylvania became the first state to adopt the UCC in 1953, and every other state followed suit over the next twenty years.

Uniform Commercial Code

In 1953, all 48 states adopted the UCC, created by two third-parties, as law. Alaska and Hawaii adopted the UCC after they joined the union in 1959.

Third-Party Law Making

Why did these two entities join in this project? As you can imagine, creating a set of laws that meets the needs of an entire continent is no small underrating.

The UCC is a joint project of the Uniform Law Commission and the American Law Institute. Recognizing that drafting a combined commercial code was a massive undertaking, the ULC invited ALI to participate in the codification project, and the ALI board accepted the invitation in 1942.

Uniform Commercial Code

It appears that the Uniform Law Commission bit off more than they could chew, so they reached out to the American Law Institute for help. This started a decade-long attempt to draft the UCC. Has anyone wondered where they got the money for this endeavor?

Over the next ten years the two organizations collaborated at drafting meetings funded in large part by a generous grant from the Maurice and Laura Falk Foundation, with additional funding contributed from law firms, banks, and businesses that recognized the need for uniform commercial laws.

Uniform Commercial Code

I had not heard of the Maurice and Laura Falk Foundation. A little research taught me:

The Maurice and Laura Falk Foundation is a racial and social justice organization founded in 1929. The Foundation funded research in economics, healthcare, political science, and racial discrimination issues.

Maurice And Laura Falk Foundation (1929–1965)

So the Falk Foundation funded projects in several different disciplines, but with a racial and “social justice” point of view. That will become important later.

The UCC is maintained under the guidance of the Permanent Editorial Board for the Uniform Commercial Code (PEB), is comprised of members appointed by the ULC and the ALI. The PEB, established in 1961, monitors developments in commercial law, recommends UCC amendments and revisions when necessary, and publishes official commentary to help courts interpret specific UCC provisions. An endowment established with the original Falk Foundation grant funding and replenished with UCC publishing royalties is available to fund UCC drafting projects.

Uniform Commercial Code

So if you thought two third-parties wasn’t enough bureaucracy, they formed the Permanent Editorial Board for the Uniform Commercial Code. This is the body that makes recommendations for amendments and revisions to the code. Not only are they founded from the Falk Foundation grant, but apparently the UCC also charges entities for their publications, which helps fund the board.

The Uniform Commercial Code

Now that we’ve talked about the UCC, let’s take a look at what the code actually does.

Article 1 of the Uniform Commercial Code (UCC) provides definitions and general provisions which, in the absence of conflicting provisions, apply as default rules covering transactions and matters otherwise covered under a different article of the UCC.

Uniform Commercial Code

Article 1 includes definitions that will be commonly used within the UCC. This can be handy, since it would make life difficult if terms for commercial transactions changed when you crossed state lines. As with any man-made document, things need to be fixed from time to time.

In addition, over the years it has been in place, certain provisions of Article 1 have been identified as confusing or imprecise. Several changes reflect an effort to add greater clarity in light of this experience. Finally, developments in the law have led to the conclusion that certain changes of a substantive nature needed to be made.

Uniform Commercial Code

In addition to the smaller changes made over the years, it appears that a fairly substantial set of changes was made for the 2001 revision.

The 2001 Revision of Uniform Commercial Code Article 1 rounds out a complete refurbishment of the Uniform Commercial Code that began in 1985. New articles have been added. All the major articles have been either revised or amended. Article 6 on Bulk Transfers may be repealed, by recommendation, shortening the UCC by one article. The Article 1 Revision merely responds to all of the work and effort on the UCC since 1985.

Uniform Commercial Code

While I do not have access to the actual code, I think we can come to some reasonable conclusions from what I’ve found so far.

Conclusion

The logic of a uniform commercial code makes sense. How difficult would it be to do business across state lines if the rules for letters of credit or mortgages were different? Is the UCC the best, or even the legal way, to accomplish this end? Congress, not the Permanent Editorial Board of the UCC, has the legal authority to regulate interstate commerce. While the different acts of the UCC are not exactly interstate compacts, they come awfully close.

The UCC is composed of several acts. Not every state has adopted all of the acts. For example my adopted home state of Tennessee has only adopted Article 3: Negotiable instruments and Article 4: Bank Deposits and Collections, but I am concerned that politicians, in their drive to “do something,” may see the UCC as an easy short-cut and not fully consider the impact this third-party would have on their citizens. After all, the entire process is primarily funded by what appears to be a left-leaning foundation more interested in political causes than economic ones.

US Legal includes a list of which states have adopted the various articles of the UCC. I suggest you ask yourself two questions. First, are you comfortable that your representatives in your state legislature have properly considered the proposed legislation? Second, would you be more comfortable if your elected members of Congress were making those decisions?

© 2025 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com




The Softening Down Of The Prophets

By Btadlee Dean

November 12, 2025

“Now that he is safely dead, let us praise him, build monuments to his glory, sing hosannas to his name. Dead men make such convenient heroes. They cannot rise to challenge the images we would fashion from their lives. And besides, it is easier to build monuments than to make a better world.” – Carl Wendell Hines

Now, before we get into the genuine prophets, their actions, and characteristics, let me first highlight some things that I have observed since my conversion concerning the monuments (softened down images) that have been created of the men of God from the past.

When studying ministries such as that of Martin Luther, the German Reformer, I found that he said of himself, “I am rough, boisterous, stormy, and altogether warlike. I am born to fight against innumerable monsters and devils. I must remove stumps and stones, cut away thistles and thorns, and clear wild forests.”

How does this match the true character of the apostolic prophet Martin Luther today with cherry-picked, out-of-context quotes, movies and paintings that are made about him? They have softened down his person to the extreme and without a doubt.

Martin said, “Where the battle rages, there the loyalty of the soldier is proved and to be steady on all the battlefield besides is mere flight in disgrace if he flinches at that one point.”

It seems that in the present state of church affairs, instead of rising to the level of expectation as followers of Christ (Acts 17:31), men want to remove the cross and make their posterity enemies of the cross.

What of the great English field prophet John Wesley, who preached 90% law and 10% grace (Galatians 3:24)?

Wesley has been credited for saying such things to his evangelical students as, “When you preach, people are either going to get angry, or they are going to get saved.”

Did you know that Wesley was kicked out of the established church (Matthew 10:22; John 16:1) for confronting the heretical teaching of the day, which the Lord used to push him to the masses, in whom he faithfully preached (Proverbs 14:25)?

It was said that after John Wesley’s death, congregants said that the accurately painted pictures of him were too rough in countenance (Actual paintings of him looked like one tried in the fire).  So, instead of painting John Wesley for who he was in all actuality, they simply accommodated and appeased the religious hypocrites of the day by painting an effeminate, softened and toned down version of John Wesley.  Of course, this was painted to look just like themselves, which is presented today (Matthew 11:8).

John Wesley famously said, “Give me one hundred preachers who fear nothing but sin, and desire nothing but God, and I care not a straw whether they be clergymen or laymen; such alone will shake the gates of hell and set up the kingdom of heaven on Earth.”

How does this line up with what one observes in the American church today?

Puritan and founding forefather, Roger Sherman, a signer of the Declaration of Independence (having gone through the War of Independence), warned his posterity (you and me) during the inception of the United States of America not to forget who we are and where it is that we came from.

He said, “Sad will be the day when the American people forget their traditions and their history, and no longer remember that the country they love, the institutions they cherish, and the freedom they hope to preserve, were born from the throes of armed resistance to tyranny and nursed in the rugged arms of fearless men.”

This reminds me of what Jesus said of John the Baptist in Matthew 11:7-9, “What went ye out into the wilderness to see? A reed shaken with the wind? But what went ye out for to see? A man clothed in soft raiment? behold, they that wear soft clothing are in kings’ houses. But what went ye out for to see? A prophet? yea, I say unto you, and more than a prophet.”

What of the Black Robed Regiment, the unsung heroes (Gideons of the day; Judges 6) of the American Revolution? It was said of these men of God by Bishop Charles Galloway, according to historian B. F. Morris, “Mighty men they were, of iron nerve and strong hand and unblanched cheek and heart of flame. God needed not reeds shaken by the wind, not men clothed in soft raiment, but heroes of hardihood and lofty courage. … And such were the sons of the mighty who responded to the Divine call.  The ministers of the Revolution were, like their Puritan predecessors, bold and fearless in the cause of their country. No class of men contributed more to carry forward the Revolution and to achieve our independence than did the ministers.  …[B]y their prayers, patriotic sermons, and services [they] rendered the highest assistance to the civil government, the army, and the country.

Let me ask you, have you been taught this history in your local school library, church, or government center?

Let’s move into some recent history.

Hip Hop Artist Chuck-D, who said of Martin Luther King, Jr. (many who acknowledged Martin as the black Moses), “I don’t like the fact that when people look at Dr. King and the millennium, there’s a year-by-year softening of his image like he wasn’t radical, you had to have a radical viewpoint just to be able to stand in the face of oppression and take it to a physical level if need be.”

Martin Luther King Jr. also acknowledged this of himself when he said, “I must admit that I was initially disappointed in being so categorized (as an extremist). But as I continued to think about the matter, I gradually gained a bit of satisfaction from being considered an extremist. … [Was not] Abraham Lincoln [an extremist]: ‘This nation cannot survive half slave half free.’ [Was not] Thomas Jefferson [an extremist]: ‘We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal.’ So, the question is not whether we will be extremists, but what kind of extremists will we be. … Will we be extremists for the preservation of injustice or [will we be extremists] for the extension of justice?”

Christianity, by its very nature, is aggressive.  A zealous and active pursuit of souls, contrasting it with a passive faith.  Read Psalm 104:4 and Hebrews 1:7.

What of Jesus Christ, the Son of God? The Bible says of the Lord, “He taught them as one having authority, and not as the scribes (Matthew 7:29).”

Isn’t it disgraceful how the American church of today has portrayed Christ to the world?

We see pictures of Christ, statues of Christ, and stained-glass windows of Christ as an effeminate, bloodless sacrifice, a weakling hanging on a cross.

According to the way that the pulpits and congregants in America have portrayed Jesus, He is walking around with pink booties on, spanking sheep on the backside, all the while telling the world that everything is alright.  Nothing could be further from scriptural truth.  This is an offense to me, to say the least.  This is the created image of Jesus found in the modern-day heretical church (Exodus 20:4).

Let’s put this back into the scope of scriptural authority where it belongs.  In Matthew 16:14–16, Jesus asked His disciples, “Who do men say that I am?”

In response, they said, “Some say that thou art John the Baptist: some, Elias; and others, Jeremias, or one of the prophets.”  This sure is a far cry from how He is represented today.  He is equated to the prophets of old.

© 2025 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com




RPOF Under DeSantis Has Been Purging Trump Republicans from the Party

By Kat Stansell

November 11, 2025

And They Are Fighting Back!
And They Are Fighting Back!

America First conservatives spoke up in a public session, held outside of the Hilton in Orlando, Friday, 11/7, where the Republican Party of Florida was holding its quarterly meeting. This I see a master stroke to expose the Anti-American perps in the State Party, who have been taking out MAGA patriots, as they planned their next moves.

Multiple sources revealed that AT LEAST ONE OF THOSE EXPOSED had to be carried out of a bar after the event. The message may finally be hitting home. Stay tuned to learn who required sober escort.

Several hundred angry and frustrated Florida Republicans – who had been removed from elected offices, ignored for meeting requests and even prohibited from running for offices – gathered to tell their story. Coastal Conservative News covered the event. At the end of the event, CCN’s reporter, Michelle Pozi, even spoke of her own bad experiences with the RPOF, as she tried to become involved in Conservative politics in the state . Unexpected, but very telling.

The gathered patriots are demanding the resignations of RPOF Chair, Evan Power and its Executive Director, Bill Helmich. “Power hungry” and “The Bull” need to go.

SAY IT OUT LOUD: RON DESANTIS’S RPOF IS PURGING TRUMP REPUBLICANS FROM THE PARTY.

PRESIDENT TRUMP NEEDS TO KNOW. I will be posting this on Truth Social and “X”.

To “Purge” is to rid of whatever is impure or undesirable; cleanse; purify.

No further explanation required. The RPOF thinks that Trump conservatives are ‘undesirable”, even “impure”. I will hold off on saying what I think of them.

Twelve citizens spoke of their experiences in being unlawfully removed from elected offices; being disallowed from running for offices; being ignored, slandered, even physically attacked by the Party. The date following their name represents when they were treated illegitimately and unconstitutionally by the bad actors in the RPOF.

1. Robin Lumb – Duvall (Sept 2024)
2. Connie Brunni – Sarasota (Sept 2024)
3. Bob Valenta – Lee
4. Melissa Thorne – Volusia
5. Tom Lord – Osceola
6. Trent Wayman – Manatee (March 2025) [Trent Wayman] – wife jennifer spoke for me
7. Jacki Heisse – Manatee (March 2025)
8. Rick Lacey – Brevard (Oct 2025)
9. Barbara Vaughn – Sarasota (speaking on behalf of the SW America First Club about the lawsuit the RPOF brought against them.)
10. Cathi Chamberlain – Pinellas (Sept 2025)
11. David Kalin – Charlotte (Oct 2025)

Lou Marin, current Chr. of the Florida Republican Assembly

Following these speakers, the event ended with an impromptu testimony from the Coastal Conservative Reporter covering the event. Michelle Pozi told of her own experience with mistreatment by the RPOF.

Please view the entire event on the link below.

www.YouTube.com/watch?app=desktop&v=Ke98ZhiO6T0. (Ah, You may have to hand-enter )

During the RPOF quarterly meeting, with the wronged citizens outside, Evan Power spoke about all the money the RPOF had spent on fighting those “Clubs stealing the RPOF brand”. Guess he meant, MAGA Republicans that they had been working so hard to disenfranchise. I’m sure that took lots of money, but the Power-hungry fool actually had the gall to address increasing fundraising because of all they’d spent on wronging their own citizens! Anyone else feel a wave of nausea at this news? I sure did.

Just Wow.

Power also spoke of PROMOTING Vote-by-Mail (which neither his constituents nor our POTUS want!); and insinuated that the Party had something to do with the voter rolls that showed 1.4 million more Republicans than before 2022 . In reality, it was thanks to a citizen group which developed and provided each county SOE with a computer program with which to clean their own rolls of invalid registrations. Most reading this may already know that fact. Leave it to the RPOF to either not know it, or try to hide it and claim the roll increases as their success.

The above information is from notes taken by attendees.

After the meeting, EVAN POWER DRANK HIMSELF INTO NEAR OBLIVION at a hotel bar, upset by what was being said outside, and had to be helped out by friends. This tells me the man either has a guilty conscience or a huge drinking problem, neither of which is a good look for the chairman of a state political party.

The above is from several observers of the disgusting scene.

Apparently, we must assume that DeGov was MIA at the meeting, or dared not speak with hundreds of his citizens outside proving misdeeds of his RPOF. That, in my mind, is a pretty disgusting scene as well.

© 2025 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com




A Mission In Your Own Backyard

By Rob Pue

November 11, 2025

As a Christian, do you feel it’s important for us to reach the lost and perishing with God’s Word and truth?  Should we be working to put forth truth, rather than letting deception run rampant in the hearts of our nation’s people — young and old?  Is that something you’re concerned about?  And when you think of those lost souls, who comes to mind?  Chances are, there are people very close to you, that you care deeply about, who’ve been led astray by false teachings, “woke” ideologies, and Leftist brainwashing.

I know many who support missionaries in foreign countries, overseas.  I also know many who support the good work being done by ministries that stand up for the preborn, and work to turn people’s hardened hearts from accepting abortion as “a woman’s choice” to becoming staunchly pro-life.  And others who plead with women outside abortion centers, begging them to not kill their babies.  This is truly the last line of defense those precious babies have, and it’s often thankless work for those who go and defend life.

There are others who work with victims of child exploitation and sex trafficking.  And others who work to combat the madness of the LGBTQP+ and “transgender” cults, truly snatching living souls from “death by delusion.”  And all of these ministries are, in my mind, “missions.”  My wife and I support many good ministries like this, as God provides  — ministries actually doing something of significance that are having a real, genuine impact on those they serve.

So, when you think of “missions” or “missionaries,” don’t just automatically think that’s   only someone who goes overseas and works in third world countries… “Making friends” in coffee shops, teaching English as a second language or building houses for those who have none.

Because there’s a tremendous amount of work that needs to be done right here in this country, and a lot of good work for the Lord is being done.  Many ministries are toiling daily, and are accomplishing more for the sake of God’s Kingdom than you may realize.  And they need your support.  It can be easy to put a few dollars in the collection plate for an overseas missionary, and believe you’ve done your part.  I’m not saying that’s a bad thing.  Any work truly done for the Lord is worthy of support.  But what are you doing right here at home?  What can you do?  Start at square one: don’t allow any untruth to go unchallenged.  Because truth, when properly presented, crushes all arguments that are based on lies.

Nearly 27 years ago, God called me to start a Christian newspaper here in the state of Wisconsin.  At that time, there were more than 200 Christian newspapers throughout North America.  Today, we are one of less than a dozen left….and most of those have gone “online only,” meaning they don’t actually print physical newspapers.

Some will say that the printed newspaper has gone the way of the horse and buggy; that people don’t read newspapers anymore.  I can tell you, that’s not true.  If anything, the fact that we still exist in print makes us quite the unique “unicorn” in the public square today.  Yes, we also have a well-used website.  We also utilize email, social media, radio and TV broadcasts.  But it’s our printed newspaper that serves as our outreach tool.

Our focus is not on churches.  Instead, we go directly to the people — distributing on news racks in busy public places.  People can pick up a copy for free in grocery stores, restaurants, truck stops and hotels, among other places.  If the truth be told, we’re not welcome in most churches. Pastors consider us too “controversial” because we publish the hard truth on topics they’ll never dare to speak on.  Abortion, homosexuality, “transgenderism,” pornography, social, cultural and moral issues that often “trigger” rage from the demonic Left. Yes, we provide information, education and inspiration on all these issues.

We also feature hard-hitting commentaries from some of the best writers in the nation.  Every page is filled with truthful news and vital information, from a biblical perspective.  And yes, we also feature in-depth Bible studies.  The information in our pages is current, relevant and addresses topics that all of us are impacted by in our daily lives.  We now have subscribers in all fifty states, and also do bulk distribution on news racks in public places in several other states — so we’re not just for Wisconsin anymore.

You may be wondering, “what actual impact can a Christian newspaper have?”  Is this really an effective way of ministering to the lost?  It’s been extremely effective, like nothing else I’ve ever seen.  What could possibly be more effective and powerful than having an unsaved person pick up a Christian newspaper — all on their own — because they want it?

Because we’re in newspaper format, it’s non-threatening.  An unlike a Bible tract or book, which are most often quickly tossed away without a thought, our newspaper is picked up by the very people we’re trying to reach.  They choose to take and read a copy.  Even if they have no interest in the things of God, our newspaper grabs their attention, and they pick a copy up because they want it.  There’s always something current and relevant to something everyone’s dealing with on our front page, which always compels people to want to know more.

The testimonies I receive are astounding.  God has done more with this ministry than I ever dreamed possible.  Wisconsin Christian News is used as the basis for Bible studies in jails and prisons.  There’s at least one group of teens I know of that’s been using our paper as the discussion-starter at an after-school Bible study for years now.  And even those who were once “woke” find their eyes opened as they become truly awake, often for the first time in their lives.

People write to say they found our newspaper in a public place, had no intention of — as they say — “becoming religious,” and then because of what they’ve learned through Wisconsin Christian News, they’ve now discovered just how lost and deceived they were.  They develop a hunger and thirst for the things of God.  Some return to Him after many years away.  Some find Him for the first time.  Some are highly offended, and that’s to be expected, because as we know, “truth sounds like hate to those who hate the truth.”  But folks, most people don’t hate the truth.  They may hate it when their preconceived ideologies are challenged.  They may hate finding out they’ve been lied to.  But honestly, most people do want the real truth.  And they find that in our pages.

Every month, we distribute tens of thousands of copies of the newspaper for people to pick up on news racks — for free — in busy public places.  The fruit of this work, as I’ve said, has been amazing.  God has truly blessed it.  And we’re all over the United States.  We have readers in several other states who help cover the cost of printing and shipping, so they can receive bulk loads of newspapers, which they, then, distribute in their own home towns.  I’m also grateful for our in-state volunteer distribution helpers, who restock our racks in their areas when they empty out.  This is their ministry, right where they live.

But it’s very expensive to do this, and while we constantly receive requests for even more copies in these public areas, the costs to produce and distribute our printed newspaper continue to rise every single month.

We do have advertisements in the paper, but the revenue from our ads doesn’t come anywhere close to covering the enormous financial need, which we must raise every month.  For several years now, we’ve only been able to continue through the generous financial support of individuals — true Christ-followers who understand and support the ministry work we do.

Today, we’re nearly 100% supported by donations from individuals, yet of the thousands of copies we provide out in the public square, far fewer than 1% of those who pick a copy up every month ever send any type of support.  This has now become unsustainable.  I’ve had to reduce the number of copies we place for free pickup several times this year.  We still put out an enormous number of newspapers, but because the funds are not there, that number is smaller than it needs to be.  The need is great — and the harvest is great — but the laborers are few.

It’s very likely that we reach more unsaved souls out in public with God’s Word and truth in a single month than the average church will reach in its entire existence.  This is not “boasting,” but rather the simple truth.  Therefore, we must maintain our print edition.  That’s our outreach and the purpose of this entire mission.  If we’re only “preaching to the choir,” we’re not accomplishing our assignment.  And this work is more vital now than ever before, in this age of dis-information and mis-information, political “spin,” radical leftist “journalism” and insane “woke” brainwashing.

I understand, every ministry is in need of financial support these days.  Many good ministries are struggling to continue.  God has always made a way for us to keep going, but it’s been a day-to-day challenge that we’ve endured for nearly 27 years now.  And as I said, if even 1% of those who read and depend on Wisconsin Christian News to just always “be there” were to give even $25 a month — on a regular monthly basis — we’d never have this ongoing, monthly burden, stress and financial challenge.

And so, we’re asking for your help.  I’m asking that you pray about what you can do today to help keep this effective and life-changing ministry going, out there in the public square.  Right in your own backyard, and all across this nation.  Will you invest less than $1 a day to help us continue? God provides, but He does that through His people.

We’re launching a year-end fundraiser today, and I ask that you please consider becoming a monthly Supporting Member of our ministry team.  While so many readily fund overseas missionaries, this is a mission right here — right where you live — where it’s so desperately needed.

And please note, while Wisconsin Christian News continues to be an extremely powerful and compelling witness for the Lord, reaching lost souls in ways that no one else can, we’re not a huge organization.  It’s literally just myself and a handful of volunteers who keep our news racks stocked.  I can’t afford to do massive ad campaigns or a “fundraiser dinner.” I’ve cut every expense we have, literally to the bone.  There’s nothing left to cut, except the number of copies we’re able to get out where they’re needed.

To give you an idea of the challenges we face, we must raise a minimum of $20,000 every single month now, to keep doing the work we’re doing.  And even as I cut every possible expense, the costs to print, distribute and ship continue to rise every month.  You can imagine the stress we face with each new edition, doing all we can to make sure the bills are paid and the work will continue going forward.  Needless to say, I’d be extremely blessed to be able to spend more of my time doing actual ministry work, rather than begging for funds.

Also, please know that I hate asking for money, and only do so when it’s absolutely necessary.  But the time has now come to let you know of the serious need, and ask for your prayerful support.  If you truly cannot lend any financial support, please remember this ministry in prayer.  Pray that many others will come alongside and support our mission.  I believe it truly is vital. I know the fruit it bears — fruit of eternal significance for countless souls.  But please don’t assume that “someone else” will come and help, because “someone else” isn’t coming.  You can make a one-time donation to our work today on our website at WisconsinChristianNews.com.  Or please contact me to find out how you can be part of our monthly support team.  You are very greatly needed here.  Thank you, thank God for this ministry, and may we all continue to rejoice in His blessings and goodness.

You may contact me today by calling or texting: (715) 486-8066 or email:

© 2025 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: robatwcn@icloud.com




Zohran Mamdani’s Victory Signals the Islamic Siege on America

By Amil Imani

November 11, 2025

Fellow Americans, the red, white, and blue nightmare we’ve warned about for years has crashed through the gates of our greatest city like a Trojan horse packed with Sharia decrees. Last night, as the final votes trickled in from the concrete jungles of New York, the unthinkable became reality: Zohran Mamdani, a 34-year-old radical democratic socialist and unapologetic Muslim activist, has seized the mayoralty of New York City. This isn’t just a loss for moderates like Andrew Cuomo or the embattled incumbent Eric Adams – it’s the opening salvo in a calculated Islamist takeover of America’s urban heartlands. If we don’t rise up now, with fire in our veins and steel in our resolve, every mayor’s office from sea to shining sea will fall to these infiltrators, turning the Stars and Stripes into a prayer rug under foreign boots.

[Brave woman confronts radical Muslims rallying in front of Texas State Capital]

Let’s cut through the liberal spin machine’s fog of “progressive triumph” and “historic firsts.” Mamdani isn’t some plucky underdog; he’s a foot soldier in a global jihadist playbook that’s been exported from Tehran to Tehran-on-the-Hudson. Born in Uganda to South Asian Muslim parents, this Queens assemblyman has built his career on DSA fever dreams – defund the police, open borders for endless migrants, and a housing “revolution” that reeks of wealth redistribution straight out of the Communist Manifesto with a hijab twist. But peel back the layers of his slick social media memes and multilingual voter pandering, and you’ll find a man whose loyalties lie not with the Constitution, but with the ummah – the global Muslim brotherhood that views Western democracy as a stepping stone to caliphate rule.

Don’t take our word for it; the establishment media, in their desperate bid to normalize this abomination, parades the same damning evidence under headlines of “celebration.” NPR crowed that Mamdani’s win makes him “the first Muslim and person of South Asian descent” to hold the office, as if that’s a badge of honor rather than a blaring klaxon for cultural conquest. The Guardian, ever the apologist for radical chic, gushes over his “buoyant jaunts” and “message centered on affordability,” conveniently ignoring how his campaign war chest overflowed with dark money from Islamist networks masquerading as “community organizers.” And CNN? They fawn over his “personal magnetism” that “attracted a diverse coalition,” code for importing vote blocs from Somalia to Syria who’ll tip the scales toward halal zoning laws and burqa mandates. These aren’t isolated reports; they’re a chorus of complicity, from Politico’s “sharp-elbowed campaign” puff pieces to NBC’s projection of his “rapid rise,” all whitewashing the existential threat.
ADVERTISEMENT

Mamdani’s platform? A venomous cocktail of anti-American poison. He vows to slash NYPD funding – already a joke under Adams – while funneling billions into “equity programs” that prioritize migrant hostels over veteran shelters. His “relentless improvement” rhetoric, as CBS parroted in their victory lap, translates to relentless erosion of Judeo-Christian values: prayer rooms in every school, Sharia-compliant finance for city bonds, and a blind eye to honor killings rebranded as “cultural clashes.” Remember his debate clashes with Cuomo, where he dodged questions on Israel like a Hamas operative evading IDF drones? That’s not debate; that’s declaration of war on our allies. And his victory speech, quoting socialist relic Eugene Debs? It’s the siren song of the caliphate, luring the naive with promises of “affordability” while plotting to make New York the blueprint for Dearborn 2.0 nationwide.

This isn’t hyperbole; it’s history repeating its bloodiest chapter. Look south to Hamtramck, Michigan, where Muslim-majority councils have already banned Pride flags and mandated Islamic calls to prayer blaring over taxpayer speakers. Or Londonistan, where Sadiq Khan’s mayoral reign has turned Big Ben into a muezzin’s megaphone. Mamdani’s ascension – defeating Cuomo by nine points, per the New York Times’ precinct maps – is the American sequel, scripted by the same shadowy imams who fund CAIR and its tentacles. Even Trump saw it coming, endorsing Cuomo and threatening to choke federal funds to this budding theocracy. But the elites laughed it off, just as they did when 9/11’s masterminds plotted in Jersey City mosques.

Patriots, the dominoes are toppling. If New York falls – and it has, with Mamdani’s “unstoppable force” of youthful radicals and imported voters, as The Guardian boasts – Chicago’s Lori Lightweight will be ousted by a keffiyeh-clad councilman next. Minneapolis, already a no-go zone, will elect a full Sharia slate. And don’t get us started on San Francisco’s tech mullahs waiting in the wings. This is no organic “diversity”; it’s demographic warfare, accelerated by Biden’s border floodgates that dumped millions of military-age men from hostile lands into our voting rolls. Mamdani’s coalition – Black, Hispanic, and fresh-off-the-boat blocs – flipped the Bronx, per NYT data, proving the strategy: overwhelm, outvote, occupy.

We will not go quietly into this long night of dhimmitude! Arm yourselves with truth, not tolerance. Boycott the businesses that bankrolled this coup. Flood your statehouses with demands for voter ID ironclad as Fort Knox. Support leaders like Sliwa, who at least growled back in defeat. March on City Hall – not with pitchforks, but with the full fury of the First Amendment. Recall laws, ballot initiatives, congressional probes: unleash them all. If Mamdani rams through his “ambitious agenda” of socialist surrender, impeach him before he turns Gracie Mansion into a madrasa.

The hour is late, but the fight is ours. America didn’t birth freedom to watch it be beheaded by ballot-box barbarians. From the heartland to the harbors, rally now – or watch your mayors trade gavels for Qurans, and your flag for the black banner of conquest. The takeover starts in NYC; it ends with us. Rise, roar, reclaim!

© 2025 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved




The Fall of Western Man

By Sidney Secular

November 10, 2025

[DISCLAIMER: The opinion in this article is the sole opinion of this author and is not the opinion of NewsWithViews.com, it’s employees, representatives, or other contributing writers.]

It is not an evil thing to want to preserve your race, and thereby your culture. Ancient Sumer, traditionally thought of as the first great civilization – and a white one at that! – lost its prominence, preeminence and finally its existence when it lost its white racial character. In time the same scenario and fate befell Egypt, Israel, India, Greece, Rome, Spain, Portugal and all “points in between and in space and time,” a fact that summarily caused these great civilizations to “go the way” of Ancient Sumer. The question then becomes, what keeps on going wrong to cause history to repeat itself? In other words, why can’t Aryan (white) nations remain Aryan?

One major problem is this: when an Aryan nation reaches an apogee of development, it moves from a culture that promotes individual freedom and responsibility to a powerful oligarchy and empire builder. Perhaps this is most clearly revealed in the fate of Rome, from a Republic to an Empire as Cesar crossed the Rubicon to assert his now recognized imperial will. Republics need engaged and enlightened citizens. On the other hand, to survive economically, politically and militarily, Empires need slaves and subjugated classes whether from their own citizens or from the ranks of conquered peoples. Empires exist in a sort of zero-sum game and, economically, the mercantile system is an economic variation on this theme. From Sumer to the USA, white nations have practiced slavery to give them the economic boosts required to become economic powerhouses, and while such slaves were not always of a different race, more often than not, they were.

The castles of Europe are physical evidence of areas in which the underclass supported the upper class – that is, the aristocrats – in their opulence. On the other hand, there are few castles in Scandinavian countries because they supported an environment of relative “equality.” Yes, there were Chiefs and nobles, but everybody who could be, was a warrior (Viking) and, of course, the slaves captured by these ocean-going raiders were of different nations and peoples. However, in this case, though the substrate inevitably and eventually mixed with the ruling class, it is interesting to note that as the Viking slaves were also white, the outcome of such mixing remained civilized and did not descend into barbarism. Nonetheless, once you mix and miscegenate the Aryan with the non-Aryan it’s too late to stop the process and deterioration becomes inevitable. You cannot unscramble eggs or re-establish blood lines.

In ancient Israel, it was against their laws to marry outside of their race! Jehovah was very adamant about that, prescribing extreme measures to discourage it. Nonetheless, the supposedly wise Solomon and the kings and priests following disobeyed those laws. With respect to the Macedonian empire, Alexander the Great spread his forces so widely and thin such that his soldiers’ Aryan stock disintegrated among the inhabitants of the conquered nations. The Greek city states that lasted the longest were the ones that retained their Aryan character. Sparta was the prime example in that case, practicing strict eugenics for a time. Rome as a republic was based on a sort of caste system whereby the 300 founding and ruling families, known as patricians, ran the society on a race-based privilege system. That theme, in varying degrees, pervaded the early stages of many European countries such as the Visigoths in Spain, the Lombards in northern Italy and the Aryan elite in Germany! Of course, this was before the leveling of class privilege structures leveled their countries to the lowest cultural denominator.

In the short interval between 1776 and the Constitutional Convention in 1789, many of the American states, like Virginia, required that citizens be white males over 21 years of age and required to own real property though not necessarily “plantations” or great tracts of land. But the citizen did have to display a “stake” in the colony to be part of its governing structure. The owning of land has historically been a major consideration in Aryan nations. This prerogative started to break down in the United States after the “Civil War” when the FedGov vice the individual states determined the requirements for citizenship. Thus, immigration gradually opened to elements not compatible with the guiding principles of the founding stock of the nation either in nature or culture. The founding philosophy of the US based upon Aryan principles was thus lost and we became a proposition nation, more or less dedicated to the proposition that anything goes anywhere with anyone!

Classical Greece, the true foundation of Western Civilization, is a classic example of what happens when the fully Aryan nature of a nation no longer obtains. As time marched on, and the slaves (or non-Greeks) were integrated into society, their foreign cultures’ anti-Aryan ideas, ideals, ethics, and concepts overtook the original culture as a sort of “new enlightenment” became pervasive. This also happened in a fairly recent period in the West called, obviously, “The Enlightenment.” Insolence became a characteristic of democracy, lawlessness was often confused with liberty, impudence in speech became concomitant with equality, and license was equated with freedom while mere personal desire was seen as “the pursuit of happiness.” Does that sound familiar? The dramatists of ancient Greece did then what our own entertainers do now – that is, endorsing degraded acts such pornography, and addressing the consequences of amorality with “cures” such as abortion while promoting “free unions” rather than the foundation of civilization itself, marriage! This wretched culture promotes power for those incapable of handling it properly while lampooning those Aryan values that brought us civilization in the first place. Athens fell, and as did Aryan Persia while the non-Aryan masses executed the leaders of the Aryan culture they had destroyed. In the Roman empire, the same sad story of genocide was repeated. And, sadly, it became déjà vu’ all over again in the French Revolution.

Yet it remains an odd notation in history that in those nations that rejected and murdered Aryans, the new class of “citizen” chose Aryan features to represent their own understanding of beauty and worth. In Rome, the dark-skinned son of a slave, the Emperor Caracalla, wore a blond wig and gothic clothing, while other non-Aryans were claiming Aryan ties by virtue of wearing wigs made of imported German hair, or dying their own hair blond. Spain and Portugal followed the same pattern. While in the French Revolution of 1789, actual Aryans rejected their birthright, and men such as Voltaire and Rousseau promoted anti-Aryan, Luciferian themes in their cultures.

During, and immediately after the French Revolution, Napoleon waged war against every other nation in Europe, spilling Aryan blood all over the continent. Napoleon did not wage war on the Arabs or the Orientals or the Africans but against fellow Aryans knowing, undoubtedly, that in them was the danger to his tyranny. During the world wars, the Aryan combatants spilled as much remaining Aryan blood as possible, including the “cream of the crop,” its aristocratic elements. During World War II, the American army was ordered not to take Berlin, even though they could have captured it ahead of the Russian army because Roosevelt wanted to make his buddy, Stalin, happy. Holding back a week and thus allowing the Asiatic segment of the Russian army to “go in” and rape all the German women for 3 days, traumatizing the population in preparation for their complete brainwashing using the now crude American culture following the war.

The fall of the old America beginning in 1861, is well recorded. In a sense it was similar to the massacres that occurred with the fall of earlier Aryan nations. The moralistic crusade against the South was typical of the previous humanistic “enlightenments” calling for justice in words alone but committing instead cultural and social devastation. This bloodiest war in American history could be considered our darkest hour as a people and this fall is unlike all other falls because the campaign that it involved still claims to be relevant.

There seems to be a seldom noticed or acknowledged pattern to the rise and fall of Aryan nations. First, there are Aryans seeking to live free, in their own land. This birth is quite pure and ideal. But then enter the empire builders, usually also Aryan as such people must needs be intelligent and able to attract followers. These are (usually) men who will do anything to build their empire, and that very motivation produces the things that destroy pure Aryan ideals. Though these empires are not totally based upon economics – and they are not despite the old adage of “follow the money”– yet money is essential in building anything! And so, as capitalism is the most productive economic system, there can be no doubt that the greatest Empires had a fundamentally capitalistic economic system, using wars and slaves or cheap labor while supported by an intense anti-Aryan media agenda and campaign.

To keep the Empire alive and legitimate it eventually becomes necessary to elevate the “serfs”, making of them citizens. After that step, it then becomes necessary to devalue the money, centralizing the economy and undermining the existing native labor force with imports from economically depressed nations that pay their serfs ultra-low wages. It happened in Greece and Rome and today it is happening here. Alas, except for the yet to occur social anarchy, the cycle is again complete, which means it’s time for the Aryans to seek or create another land of freedom, as pure and ideal as humanly possible if that is even feasible in a world that no longer has the ability to hide any such new birth.

© 2025 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com




Fake “American” Voters & Election Fraud

Authored by Devvy Kidd not AI

November 10, 2025

“To argue with a person who has renounced the use of reason is like administering medicine to the dead.” Thomas Paine

The selections elections last week was simply a replay of past elections in so many ways.  Ignorant brainwashed Americans allegedly voted to move the destruction of this republic further down the field.  With permission, let me quote a NWV’s guest writer, Alice M. Byrd:

“This is how the Marxists work. They find a soft spot (or spots) in the social fabric and exploit it for their “revolution”. Marxism is nothing more than the “softening up” step in the social destruction of traditional values before Communism is fully embraced and imposed, which is the entire purpose of socialism to begin with.

“The advent of “Mamdani” should not be a surprise to anyone. After the history of socialists/communists in our midst since AT LEAST the late 19th and beginning of the 20th centuries, (the SLP was founded in 1876 [De Leon], Debs, Alger Hiss, Marcuse, Gramsci, Wilson and Mandell-House, et al) and the passionate warnings from Whittaker Chambers of their goals, it’s no wonder how this has happened. I mean, if bartenders can turn into extremely popular socialist congressional representatives, I guess anything is possible.

“Communists play the LONG game. I’m not telling you anything you don’t already know. The problem is what do we do about it? Since the most recent 2 generations that just “voted” for the many enemies within our midst have been indoctrinated with the vilest species of ideologies, how do we “re-educate” them to TRUTH…

“The TRUTH is ugly sometimes. Staggeringly ugly.

“IF it could be understood that the factions of socialists and communists in our midst could be removed constitutionally, by the Smith Act (June 1940) or possibly the Sedition Act (1918), mainly because they advocate the complete overthrow of our Constitutional republican system of governance (which even most of the pols in Congress have no understanding of), we MIGHT have a chance to save our beloved country.

“But then there is the problem of the first amendment and Islam. Lying (taqiyya) is part of their militant construction and is actually obligatory in many circumstances. Federal construction and the constitution cannot violate a person’s right to freedom of religion…or speech, so I’m told.

“Unfortunately, the “religion” of Islam is not a religion at all. It is a formalized and enshrined structure of primitive, militaristic, archaic behaviors and obligations based on a series of hallucinations by “Mohammed” their prophet, and the dictates of his vision of “allah”.

“Their impassioned belief is that Mohammed was visited by the angel Gabriel (Gibreel) and was told “things”. I submit it wasn’t the archangel at all, but a spirit so destructively deceptive, that the pedophilic goat herder’s unevolved mind was fertile ground for the Enemy’s twisted goals of reducing our civilization to rubble.

“In other words, our nation is in the grips of one of the greatest deceptions ever imagined or influenced by the Enemy of God. I remember back to what the devil said to Christ while He was in the wilderness (Luke 4:5-8 KJV):

“And the devil, taking him up into an high mountain, shewed unto him all the kingdoms of the world in a moment of time.
“And the devil said unto him, All this power will I give thee, and the glory of them: for that is delivered unto me; and to whomsoever I will I give it.
“If thou therefore wilt worship me, all shall be thine.
“And Jesus answered and said unto him, Get thee behind me, Satan: for it is written, Thou shalt worship the Lord thy God, and him only shalt thou serve.
“I didn’t hear the name of allah anywhere in that statement.  Enuf said.”

Go watch this minute or two on X. He sums up the game plan of the Islamic Political Party masquerading as a religion.  Few have outlined it better and it’s destroying developed countries and cities as they are now going high speed to get the ‘crown jewel’ – the USA – under their world caliphate and anyone who denies this is either stupid, afraid, uninformed or too damn lazy to pay attention to what’s going on outside their world of jabbering on phones and other distractions.

In 2006, Melanie Phillips wrote a masterful, accurate and prophetic book titled Londonistan.  She warned back then what was going to happen and it came to pass in 2016 when the useful fools over there allegedly elected Sadiq Khan mayor (a Pakistani family).  Steve Emerson, executive director of the Investigative Project on Terrorism and Author American Jihad:  The Terrorists Living Among Us, said this about Melanie’s book:

Londonistan is one of the most compelling books you will ever read on the ascendancy of Islamic fundamentalism, violence and intimidation in the West.”

Since then, London has become nothing more than a conquered city and their poison has been spreading ever since. WWII Vet Stuns UK TV Anchors by Telling Them the War Wasn’t Worth It – The Freedom He Fought for Is Gone, Nov. 7, 2025

Hungary’s PM Viktor Orban: “Everyone should be wary of the idea of Islam being part of any European country”, June 25, 2018 // Orban says no Muslim migrants in Hungary and liberalism is over, joins US religious freedom alliance, Feb. 8, 2020

(There are no Muslims in Hungary. Orban has seen the destruction and violence spread to other countries in Europe and he firmly believes Hungary has the right to protect their borders and people.  He doesn’t want to see his country turned into another Muslim sh*t hole by “migrants” who use force and violence everywhere they go.)

[Brave woman confronts radical Muslims rallying in front of Texas State Capital]

How shameful voters (natural born or naturalized legally) in last week’s “election” process voted for the alleged winners in NJ, VA and of course, NYC.  They are NOT Americans for true patriotic Americans do not vote for candidates who support destroying our LEGAL form of government, a constitutional republic (not a democracy, mob rule).

Rivers of blood ran deep to give us our freedoms and the greatest country ever birthed on this planet and those fake Americans voted last week to destroy what God gave us. The blood of so many of our military to protect US – those fake Americans spit in their faces from the Revolutionary war to today.

Why? Are they all stupid? Many are but most are the product of the government’s indoctrination centers they call public schools for the past 30 or so years and college graduates. The so-called “mainstream media” whores worked hand in hand with freedom haters on cable networks like MSNBC and social media to reinforce the propaganda shoved down the throats of America’s innocent children.  Gimmee, gimmee, gimmie and let someone else pay for my lifestyle. Embrace socialism! Capitalism doesn’t work!

I warned about the Democrat Socialists of America membership who served in CON-gress back in 1998 in one of my booklets. How many of those who voted to elect members of the Democrat Communist Party USA actually knew anything about those candidates?

WATCH: ‘Moderate’ Muslim democratic socialist Mamdani reveals ‘venom’ as his fans openly call for Shariah law in New York, Nov. 5, 2025: “However, the analysis pointed out how Mamdani actually was “downright sinister” in victory, “glorying not just in his achievement but in having laid low his vanquished enemies and stuck it to others besides. He took off his smiling campaign mask and revealed his venomous self.”  Go to the link to see several X inserts and you’ll see the truth. It should scare the hell of out of real Americans.

Comrade Mamdani is no longer hiding his allegiance and it isn’t to these united States of America:  Crowd Chants ‘ALLAHU AKBAR’ as NYC Mayor-Elect Zohran Mamdani Speaks in Mosque, Nov. 8, 2025 // Video: Watch Zohran Mamdani’s Intern Explain That Electing Him Is Part Of A Jihad & Holy War – (“Islam will come into every house.” And yet, people in so many states elected Muslims to various offices of power – including judges a couple of years ago.)

WARNING: 42 Muslim Candidates Have Seized Control of U.S. Elections — CAIR’s Political Army Has Arrived, Nov. 9, 2025: “In the span of one election, CAIR’s decades-long blueprint for political domination has come to life — forty-two Muslim candidates, backed by a Hamas-linked network, have seized key offices across America, proving that the Muslim Brotherhood’s plan to infiltrate from mosque to city hall is no longer a warning, but a reality.”

Women slobbering all over themselves: Let’s start Sharia Law tomorrow! they belch in a short video embedded at the link above.  Comrade Mamdani is a rich stinking communist. He’s also a polished liar.  Socialist Hypocrisy: Newly Elected NYC Mayor Zohran Mamdani BEGS for Donations Less Than 24 Hours After His Win — Wants ‘Everything Free’ but Needs YOUR Money to Make It Happen, Nov. 6, 2025 // Man Who Fled the Soviet Union is Stunned That People in America Are Embracing Socialism/Communism (VIDEO), Nov. 8, 2025

A must readHidden Danger: Islam’s Two Faces That Lead to Violence and Conquest, Nov. 8, 2025

RIP Virginia, home of some of our best most brave, wise men who founded this constitutional republic and fought in the Revolutionary War:  Virginia voters chose Abigail Spanberger for governor. They chose poorly, Nov. 4, 2025: “I’d say that condemning violence is a low bar for a person running for governor − but you do you, Virginia.

“Spanberger wants to turn Virginia, a state I loved living in for 10 years, into a sanctuary state. While speaking at the University of Virginia Center for Politics on Sept. 16, she said she would stop cooperating with Immigration and Customs Enforcement, or ICE.”  Guarantee a real forensic audit of the vote would show the truth.

Once again, dirty elections.  BREAKING – Conservatives are now pointing to inconsistencies in the New Jersey gubernatorial race after nearly 500,000 new voters appeared from 2021 to 2025, more than double the state’s population growth over four years, with almost all of them going to Democrats.”  Go look at the chart. Jack Ciattarelli [R] was cheated again, believe me.  He should have won in NJ instead of the alleged winner, Comrade Miki Sherrill [Democrat Communist Party USA.]  In 2024, 35,554 NJ Citizens Left for Other States; Since 2020, 192,209 Have Left, April 22, 2025

On the issues for Comrade Sherrill: Claims to be Catholic but supports killing an unborn human being and YOU pay for abortions; protect sexual preference (as AOC would say, the queer community), supports queer marriage, supports the massive hoax called climate change to keep fleecing your wallet, supports gun control and the list goes on.  Ciattarelli should have immediately filed to stop certification and then conduct a REAL forensic audit of the vote.  (You can look up any of the candidates in depth at Ontheissues.org)

Sadly, Vivek! Ramaswamy somehow became the GOP’s choice for governor of Ohio.  Ever wonder how Vivek! became a billionaire?  He didn’t bother to vote for presidential candidates in 2008, 2012 and 2016.  He ran for president but dropped out in January and then sucked up to the Trump clan.  No one wanted him in any primaries or caucuses; 4.7% isn’t going to get you elected. Vivek! is ineligible to run for president.  He is a “citizen” using the “birthright citizenship” aka anchor baby myth.  He wants the anchor baby scam ended.  Gee, what timing on his part.  I thought Dr. Oz was a huge mistake to run in PA, but Vivek! – I wouldn’t trust him with my beloved dogs.

Vivek Ramaswamy Is a Fraud—and Always Has Been:  “While Ramaswamy vocally opposes ESG principles, Roivant’s major institutional investors—including Morgan Stanley, Viking Global, and BlackRock, the very firms he criticizes by name—are among its largest stakeholders, owning over 500 million shares. Ramaswamy himself holds more than 80 million shares, making him an essential partner of these major ESG funds.

“In a deeply ironic twist, Ramaswamy’s anti-“woke” campaign is being bankrolled by the profits reaped from the very policies he denounces.”

DOGE’s First Firing: Vivek Ramaswamy, Jan. 21, 2025: “Vivek Ramaswamy has fallen out of favor with many Trump supporters in recent weeks over his controversial remarks criticizing American culture and calling for more immigration Vivek has worn out his welcome,” one person close to Trump reportedly said.”  Trump Forced Vivek Ramaswamy Out of DOGE for Being Too Irritating, Jan. 20, 2025.  Politics.  Made me sick: Trump endorses Vivek Ramaswamy for 2026 Ohio governor race, says ‘he will never let you down’, Nov. 8, 2025 // Don Jr. pleads for Ohio Republicans to give Ramaswamy an early endorsement

Democrat Voter Fraud Exposed: Tim Pool’s Take on Stolen Elections and the Ongoing Battle for Integrity  (The host is accurate: Jay Jones wanted kids of Republicans killed: ‘They endorse killing us’: Obama, Spanberger slammed for stumping with murder-texting Jay Jones, Nov. 3, 2025: “And to think that that’s what I’m seeing in America today, it is absolutely crazy. And for my opponent, Abigail Spanberger, to not tell her attorney general nominee Jay Jones, to get out of the race because he said two bullets to the head of his political opponents and also kill the man’s 2-year-old and 5-year-old children, this cannot be what we are about in Virginia.”

NYC Cop: New York Has Fallen – New York City Cop, King Millennial says people were paid to vote and bragged about it on social media. (Short clips.  “Voter” brags he gets to vote 6 times for Conrade Mamdani.)

I’ve been on election/vote fraud since 1993.  What we saw last Tuesday in several states stinks like a skunk.

Vote Fraud Convention: “Author and former GOP Congressional candidate Devvy Kidd “blew” the audience away by showing sheet after sheet of astounding documentation that the final results of many elections, and the precinct results within many elections, from area to area and year to year — are the same percentage spreads, i.e., so many elections supposedly ended 84% to 16%; or 61% to 39%, or 73% to 27%, primary after primary and election after election. It looks like the computer programmers were too lazy to make even minor adjustments in pre-fabricated computer programs — kind of a high-tech version of “one size fits all.”

(I spoke at that convention in Cincinnati: Vote Fraud Conference/Audit the Vote, August 30, 2000 (Additional information; some of the links might be dead by now.)  Of course, I have written too many columns on vote fraud to count but this one from 2004 might be of interest:  Vote Fraud:  What They Aren’t Telling You: “The real menace of our Republic is this invisible government which like a giant octopus sprawls its slimy length over city, state and nation. Like the octopus of real life, it operates under cover of a self-created screen.

“At the head of this octopus are the Rockefeller Standard Oil interests and a small group of powerful banking houses generally referred to as international bankers. The little coterie of powerful international bankers virtually run the United States government for their own selfish purposes. They practically control both political parties.” NY Mayor John F. Hylan, 1922

The solution to stopping election fraud is being blocked by the Democrat Communist Party USA in the U.S. Senate using Obamacare and funding illegals to get Medicaid as their excuse while you can barely pay your own medical premiums or care. Keep the shut- down going.

VIDEO) “They’re Making a Big Miskake” – Trump Demands Republicans Terminate Filibuster, Reads a List of Bills They Could Pass: “It Doesn’t Make Any Sense that a Republican Would Not Want to do That”, Nov. 7, 2025:  Trump: “Here’s some of the things that we’d pass if we terminated the filibuster: voter ID, no mail-in voting, no cash bail, no men in women’s sports, no welfare for illegals. You could go on and on. This is two pages of things we’d do if you did that. Without it, I don’t know that you passed anything because you can’t deal with them. They’re really irrational. They really are.” Senator Ron Johnson Backs President Trump to Get Rid of Filibuster While Exposing Democrats’ Hypocrisy (VIDEO)

(Don’t count on it, Mr. President. RINO’s galore like Thune, Murkowski, Susan Collins (If she decides to stay) and those who hate you – and you know who they are in the Senate – might very likely crush those bills.)

By the time this is posted, perhaps we’ll see a vote to crush the Democrat Communist Party USA in the Senate and reopen the big brothel in DC.

“He that hath a blind conscience which sees nothing, a dead conscience which feels nothing, and a dumb conscience which says nothing, is in as miserable a condition as a man can be on this side of hell.”  Patrick Henry.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2025 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@protonmail.com

Related:

Attor­ney Gen­er­al Pax­ton Uncov­ers Ille­gal Activ­i­ties by EPIC City Devel­op­ers and Requests Refer­ral from State Secu­ri­ties Board to File a Lawsuit (Muslim “city”), Oct. 14, 2025

Absolutely on point: The Republican Party Needs to Learn That One Scott Presler is Not Enough, Nov. 4, 2025 // Attor­ney Gen­er­al Ken Pax­ton Files Joint Motion with the Texas GOP Urg­ing the Court to Close the Repub­li­can Primaries, Oct. 9, 2025

Progressive-backed candidate convicted in man’s killing wins city council election, Nov, 8, 2025 (Maine, of course.)

Zohran Mamdani Vows to Shut Down Pro-Life Pregnancy Centers, Nov. 7, 2025. // Nonprofit Executive Caught Instructing Illegal Alien to Vote in NYC Mayoral Election (VIDEO), Oct. 31, 2025

Mamdani’s Rage-Filled Speech Spells Doom for New York, Nov. 7, 2025

West Virginia State Senator Invites Parts of Virginia and Maryland to Secede From Their States and Join His, Nov. 8, 2025

Ilhan Omar ‘in Collection Proceedings’ for Her Student Loans, Is Seeking to ‘Bully’ Her Way Out of Payments (She should have been thrown out of CON-gress years ago. Another America hater:  ‘Squad’ member grilled for remarks about allegiance: ‘Somalians first, Muslims second’)

Capitol Police Officer Shauni Kerkhoff Identified as J6 Bomber Based on Forensic Match — Testified to Firing Pepper Balls at J6 Crowd, Then Months Later Took a Security Job at the CIA (Blame it on Trump supporters.)

Social media erupts after far-left mayor gives victory speech in foreign language: ‘Humiliating’, Nov. 8, 2025: “Newly re-elected Minneapolis Democratic Mayor Jacob Frey is facing backlash from conservatives for giving a victory speech in Somali and saying that Minneapolis welcomes Somalians. In a video of the speech posted online, Frey can be seen leading chants in Somali as the crowd responds and applauds.”  They come here and turn our once great cities into the same sh*t holes they left.  The decline and fall of Minneapolis // MN’s largest county lost 50,000 to domestic out-migration in the past 3 years, March 18, 2024 (Minneapolis)




We Need to Halt All Legal Immigration into America, NOW!

By Frosty Wooldridge

November 10, 2025

“We are a nation of immigrants,” yell all the demonstrators during I.C.E. raids in Chicago. “Immigrants built America.”

That was then; this is now!

During Halloween weekend, three Muslim terrorists in Dearborn, Michigan, a hotbed of Muslim immigrants, plotted to create another mini-9/11.  Once caught, police discovered those terrorists had connections with other Muslim terrorists in New York City, and another one of them in Minneapolis.

Dearborn features 300,000 legal Syrian Muslim immigrants. Minneapolis sports 125,000 legal Somalian immigrants. New York City, site of Islam’s 9/11 event, features 750,000 to 1,000,000 legal and illegal Muslims. Thousands of them have defrauded America with false immigration claims. Most of them rely on welfare and food stamps. All of them adhere to Sharia Law and the Quran. Few if any of them possess any affinity with America or our U.S. Constitution.

Theirs is a combination of a political-religious ideology that demeans-discounts every other form of religion on Earth.  Islam demands “Submission” to its barbaric constructs by all of its constituents. If anyone tries to leave that religion, the imams put out a “fatwa” to have that person killed.

Do any of those legal immigrants possess any commonality to American citizens?  Do they possess any of our values as to women’s rights, religious rights, children’s rights, and simply respect for the American way of life?  Answer: none whatsoever.

They are here to “seed”  (Hijra) America with their numbers until they can overcome our Constitution and install Sharia Law.  That’s already been done in Dearborn, Michigan; Minneapolis, Minnesota, New York City,  Miami and many other cities in America. Yes, they practice honor killings, female genital mutilation, and beatings here in America.

Right now, we’ve got Afghanistan Muslim refugees, Iraqi refugees, and another dozen Muslim countries donating their refugees into America.  Notice there are 56 other Muslim countries where they could migrate, to be at home with Islam, but they choose to flood America, Canada and Europe with their numbers.  If you haven’t visited Europe in the past five years, or if you visited it 30 years ago, you would not recognize any of the countries that once enjoyed Western Culture.  Europe has been conquered via immigration by the Muslim hordes out of the Middle East and Africa.

MAMDANI IS PROOF WE HAVE A LEGAL IMMIGRANT PROBLEM

While we try to rid ourselves of 25 million illegal aliens, Ugandan Muslim Zohran Mamdani in New York City illustrates how Muslims are infiltrating our country at breakneck speed.

[Brave woman confronts radical Muslims rallying in front of Texas State Capital]

Again, this quote spells it out, “Islam isn’t in America to be equal to any other faith, but to become dominant. The Quran should be the highest authority in America, along with Sharia Law, and Islam the only religion on Earth.” C.A.I.R. director Omar Ahmad, legal immigrant.

“Before we get into the Mamdani election, let me tell you a quick little anecdote about living in Northern Virginia. About a quarter of our residents are immigrants, according to the Commonwealth Institute.”

But driving anywhere is like the Wild West.

“You’re cruising along and you see a back windshield sticker that say in all caps, “STUDENT DRIVER.” If you’re from a small town, you’re probably thinking, Oh, how cute, a teenager learning to drive! NO!  About 99% of the time it’s an immigrant threatening to sideswipe an entire row of cars because they are about to miss their exit, or to slam on their brakes in the middle of the highway for no particular reason. It’s literal insanity. But our motorist problem in Northern Virginia is nothing compared to the real problems we’re seeing with legal immigrants throughout the country. There are DSA-backed immigrant candidates running for local office who hold rallies in foreign languages, claim to be in the country illegally, and don’t “really care” if kids access sexually explicit material.

“Many of the immigrants who came to the U.S. recently are entitled, refuse to assimilate, bitch incessantly, hate American values and resent our Judeo-Christian traditions. Just look at Mehdi Hasan complaining that people don’t want the Muslim call to prayer blaring through the neighborhoods five times a day.”

There is an obvious problem with legal immigrants in this country. Trump said it a decade ago: THEY’RE NOT SENDING THEIR BEST. And America is gladly accepting NOT THE BEST.”

In fact, if you examine the reality that Somalian immigrants sport an average IQ of 68, we’re importing the dregs of humanity—that we must support for all their lives with our tax dollars. Not to mention that “Somaliland” in Minneapolis is rife with drug distribution, immigrant fraud, Medicaid fraud and, they defrauded EBT cards to the tune of $200 million two years ago.  No one was prosecuted because Governor Walz didn’t want to be known as a “racist” for enforcing the laws.

This brings us to Mamdani’s win. Pre-election polls showed Mamdani crushing with foreign-born voters, who make up roughly 37% of the city. NBC News exit polls similarly show that Mamdani performed best with people who have lived in New York City (note: this includes immigrants and transplants from around the country) for ten years or less. Mamdani is an immigrant himself.

“That’s why his insistence that his “auntie” was the real victim of 9/11, his trashing of the NYPD, and his idiotic promises of a socialist utopia to fix real affordability problems don’t raise any red flags for these voters. They have zero historical knowledge or respect for New York City’s cultural traditions.”

If you noticed those two illegal alien truck drivers, one in California, and the other in Florida, through their incompetence and illiteracy, killed six Americans.

We could cover hundreds of other consequences such as over 300,000 drug deaths of Americans in the past four years from immigrants distributing fentenyal, heroin, meth and worse. Our citizens are getting killed on our highways from drugged or drunk immigrants.  The shoplifting stands at over $100 billion annually. Are those legal immigrants part of the “Social Contract”?  Schools suffer dozens of languages that make our students suffer.  We’ve got over half of all legal immigrants on food stamps which accounts for over 20 million immigrants eating our tax dollars up. Finally, we’re $38 trillion in national debt. Do want to pay for another 1,000,000 more legal immigrants annually?

As with Apollo Thirteen, “Houston, we’ve got a problem.”

Population projections show at least 40 to as high as 75 million more immigrants added in the next 25-35 years…along with their millions of children.

As it stands today, our cities suffer incredible gridlock and air pollution. Our crowding at National Parks overwhelms the Natural World. We face water shortages in seven states.  Our culture is being shuttled into a casket…in other words, immigration is killing our way of life.

MASS IMMIGRATION IS CREATING PROBLEMS THAT ARE BECOMING IRREVERSIBLE AND UNSOLVABLE

While the human race adds 83 million new babies, net gain, annually—-there is NO WAY to save them without destroying ourselves.  Help them in their own countries.

What is the obvious solution for us? Answer: stop all legal and illegal immigration, NOW.

What can you do? Call or write your two senators.  Call or write your radio station or newspaper. Write 60 Minutes,  NPR, and PBS to demand they address America’s future as to human overpopulation.  Speak up at your school board.  Even if we only added 50 million people by 2050, it’s unsustainable. We’re already in “overshoot” as to energy, water, and resources. Let’s create a national discussion, debate and conversation as to America’s future. Do it for your kids.

© 2025 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Hidden Danger: Islam’s Two Faces That Lead to Violence and Conquest

By Patti Johnson

November 9, 2025

Islam teaches two very different pictures of the Prophet Muhammad, and this split explains why it can look peaceful at times but turn brutal when its followers gain strength. The book of Islam, the Quran, holds these two faces side by side, but an old rule called abrogation says that later teachings cancel out earlier ones. Since the harsh, fight-first commands came after the kind, live-and-let-live ones, those violent orders win out. They become the true guide for Muslims today. This is not just old history – it’s a warning about what happens when radical Muslims rise to power. We see it playing out in places like Africa and the UK, and now, with New York’s recent election, our own backyard could be next. This is a call to wake up before it’s too late. [Brave woman confronts radical Muslims rallying in front of Texas State Capital]

The Peaceful Face: A Tactic for When Muslims Are Weak

In the early years, from 610 to 622 AD, Muhammad had just a handful of followers in the city of Mecca. He had no army or real power, so he spoke words of peace and patience to win people over and avoid trouble. The Quran from this time paints Islam as a faith that gets along with others:

  • One verse says: “To you be your religion, and to me mine.” (Quran 109:6)
  • Another declares: “There is no force in religion.” (Quran 2:256)
  • And there’s this advice: “Be patient with what they say and keep away from them in a kind way.” (Quran 73:10)

These lines make Islam seem like a gentle path, one that respects differences and avoids fights. It’s the face you hear about when people say Islam is a peaceful religion.

The Violent Face: The Real Commands Once Power Arrives

Everything changed in 622 AD when Muhammad fled to Medina. There he built an army and became a leader who ordered attacks, killings and takeovers. The Quran shifted hard to commands for war and control over non-Muslims. These verses, written later, wipe out the earlier peaceful ones through abrogation as stated in Quran 2:106 –

“Whatever verse We abrogate or cause to be forgotten, We bring a better one or one similar to it. Do you not know that Allah has power over all things?”

Meaning that Allah may cancel or replace an earlier rule in the Quran with a new one. “Or cause it to be forgotten”  Sometimes Allah lets people forget an old verse (it’s no longer recited or practiced).

“Do you not know that Allah is over all things competent?”

Meaning that Allah has full authority to change rules because He knows what’s best for humanity at different times.

The peaceful verses were replaced with the following violent ones:

  • The famous “Sword Verse”: “Kill the idol-worshippers wherever you find them…” (Quran 9:5)
  • A call to battle: “Fight those who do not believe in Allah… until they pay a special tax in total submission.” (Quran 9:29)
  • And a promise of fear: “I will throw terror into the hearts of those who reject faith… so strike them on the necks…” (Quran 8:12)

Old Muslim experts, like those in books called Tafsir al-Jalalayn and Ibn Kathir, all agree: the fight-and-conquer rules are the final word.[1] The peaceful parts were just for tough times when Muslims couldn’t win. Once they have power, the violent side takes over – raiding villages, forcing conversions and spreading by the sword. This is the Muhammad who led battles and built an empire through force. It’s the real heart of Islam, hidden behind smiles until the moment is right.

What Happens When Radical Muslims Grab Control: Bloodshed in Africa

When groups driven by these later Quran commands take over land where Christians live, the result is a nightmare of murder and fear. In Africa south of the Sahara Desert, over 380 million Christians faced attacks in 2025, with nine out of ten faith-based killings worldwide happening there. Terror bands like Boko Haram and ISIS branches don’t hide their goal: wipe out “unbelievers” to build pure Muslim zones.

Take Nigeria, Africa’s biggest country and one of the worst spots for Christian suffering. [2]

Over 7,000 Christians have been killed there in 2025 alone – an average of 35 per day – with hundreds more kidnapped, tortured or forced from their homes by groups like Boko Haram. [3]

In the first 220 days of the year, 7,087 Christians were massacred and attacks keep spreading south from the north.[4]

Herdsmen from Fulani tribes, acting like holy warriors, storm Christian farms in the middle of the country. They cut off men’s heads, rape women and torch houses – but leave Muslim homes alone. They say it’s for their faith. Nigeria’s leaders do little, even as the U.S. calls it genocide. [5]

This “quiet killing” thrives because no one stops it. Reports show at least 1,200 churches destroyed annually, with 19,100 Christian churches looted or closed since 2009, and 15 million Christians displaced overall.[6] [7] [8]

On October 31, 2025, President Donald Trump announced via social media that he was designating Nigeria as a “Country of Particular Concern” (CPC) under the International Religious Freedom Act due to severe violations involving the persecution of Christians. In his statement, he declared: “I am hereby making Nigeria a ‘COUNTRY OF PARTICULAR CONCERN.'” He emphasized that “Christianity is facing an existential threat in Nigeria,” claiming that “thousands” of Christians had been “slaughtered” by radical Islamic terrorists and vowed to “ensure that Nigeria receives the international attention, pressure, and accountability it urgently needs.”[9] Thank you President Trump for speaking out.

In the Democratic Republic of Congo, 95% Christian, ISIS-linked fighters from the Allied Democratic Forces are the top killers. On February 13, 2025, they rounded up 70 Christians in the village of Mayba, dragged them to a Protestant church in Kasanga and beheaded them all with machetes. In March they attacked Ngohi Vuyinga village killing at least nine more Christians. In July nearly 40 were hacked to death with machetes in Komanda town during a night raid on a Christian gathering.[10]  Muslims slaughter Christians who won’t convert. By mid-year hundreds more had died, adding to a war that’s taken 6 million lives since the 1990s. [11]

Weak rulers let these killers rule whole areas, turning shared lands into death traps. The Congo ranks 35th on the 2025 World Watch List for persecution despite the reality of what is happening there. Across the lands of Burkina Faso, Mali, Niger and Sudan, al-Qaeda and ISIS gangs have chased over 3.3 million people from homes in 2024, with the trend worsening into 2025 [12]  In Sudan, civil war has exploded attacks on Christians, with over 100 churches damaged, believers abducted and killed and 16.2 million uprooted across Africa. More than 1 million Christians have fled Burkina Faso alone as extremists enforce violent rules and erase communities. [13] These fighters now own big chunks of ground. They live out Quran 9:5 by spreading terror.

What Happens When Radical Muslims Grab Control: Rape and Cover-Ups in the UK

Even in rich Western lands like the UK, when radical Muslims build networks and gain power over police and leaders, the dark side shows up as organized attacks on weak girls seen as “outsiders.” These “grooming gangs” – mostly men from Pakistan – have raped, sold and killed thousands of young white girls from poor families in at least 50 towns since the 1990s. Experts estimate tens of thousands of victims in group-based cases alone, with 17,000 recorded in 2024 and over 717 specific grooming gang offenses in 2023 – though the true number is far higher due to hidden reports and undercounting. Authorities still hide the full scale out of fear of being called racist or fueling hate against Muslims. The attackers treated non-Muslim girls like worthless toys, often thinking “infidels” don’t count as human. [14]

In Rotherham, 1,400 girls as young as 11 were gang-raped, passed around, beaten, soaked in gas and threatened with guns from 1997 to 2013 – the real number is worse. The gangs played the “boyfriend trick”: sweet-talk girls with booze, drugs and fake love, then drag them to hidden spots above fast-food shops for attacks by crowds of men. The same hell hit Rochdale where in October 2025 seven men got a combined 174 years in prison for using two teenage girls as “sex slaves” from 2000 to 2006. Similar horrors struck Telford, Oldham, Oxford and Newcastle with  more victims as young as age 9. By 2024, police recorded about 17,000 cases of sexual exploitation of children across the UK.

The most notorious hotspots are Rotherham and Rochdale. Men of Pakistani heritage made up the majority of perpetrators, even though national ethnicity data remains incomplete and often withheld from reports out of fear of being labelled Islamophobic. [15]

Cops called the girls “little whores” and jailed worried parents, all to dodge “racism” labels. In 2025 a review showed that racial identification was ignored in most cases. It revealed that even some cops joined in, raping girls as young as 12. [16]

Police complicity hit families hard. One Rotherham father was arrested in 2011 while trying to rescue his daughter from a grooming gang.  Officers faked documents to cover it up, leaving him jailed while predators walked free.

And speaking out online? It’s a trap. In August 2024, Jordan Parlour, a father of three, was arrested and jailed for 20 months under hate speech laws for Facebook posts raging about the Southport stabbings and calling out grooming gangs. Cops raided his home over “stirring up hatred”.

This nightmare is not confined to the UK.  It is exploding across Europe, where Sweden, Germany, France and other nations have seen violent crime, gang rapes and no-go zones skyrocket after taking in millions of unvetted Muslim migrants under forced immigration policies. From Malmö’s grenade attacks to Berlin’s clan-controlled streets the same radical networks that groomed British girls now hunt European daughters while authorities silence victims with “hate speech”arrests.

And it’s not just girls – brutal violence against all non-Muslims, young and old, is happening before our very eyes: stabbings in public squares, church burnings, elderly beaten in their homes and native countrymen fleeing cities they once called safe – while governments remain silent, complicit or in denial.

New York’s Wake-Up Call

These horrors aren’t far-off tales – they’re blueprints. Look at Europe where unchecked immigration let radical Muslims settle in and slowly take the wheel. Cities like London now have Muslim mayors pushing policies that favor the Muslim community, while crime spikes and freedoms fade.

New York City is home to over 724,000 Muslims, (about 9% of its people), the biggest Muslim group in any U.S. city. That’s nearly 1 in 10 New Yorkers with 1.5 million more Muslims in the suburbs. For years they’ve built power under the radar. But today they speak out boldly that they will take over and rule.

The big leap just happened. New Yorkers elected Zohran Mamdani as their first Muslim mayor – a 34-year-old immigrant from Uganda, born to Indian parents, who ran as a far-left Communist Democrat. He fired up Muslim voters by visiting 50 mosques, running phone drives in Arabic and Urdu and tying his win to Gaza sympathies. Mamdani’s crew built a voting machine from scratch, pulling in South Asian and Muslim turnout up 40% from last time. He swears to keep New York a “sanctuary” for all comers, no matter what Trump says. Critics screamed “terror sympathizer” and warned of “jihad” ties, but he won big. Candidate Cuomo could hardly be found on the ballot whereas Mamdani was listed twice.[17] Election fraud ruled the day.

This is Jihad infiltration at full speed from the shadows to the mayor’s office in one generation. Mamdani promises “affordable” New York with free buses and rent caps, but his real agenda is faith first over everything else. With Muslims at 9% and climbing, expect the playbook from Europe.  Lax borders will draw more radicals. President Trump’s wall can’t stop a mayor who opens the doors wide. New York, the city that never sleeps, now risks waking up to Rotherham-style rings or African massacres on its streets.

A Haunting Echo from History

Long ago a German pastor named Martin Niemöller, who lived through the nightmare of Nazi Germany, penned a confession that chills the soul. It was a raw admission of how silence invites the storm to your own door. He wrote:

Tod Martin Niemöller (1892–1984)

First They Came

First they came for the Communists,
– but I was not a communist so I did not speak out.
Then they came for the Socialists and the Trade Unionists,
– but I was neither, so I did not speak out.
Then they came for the Jews,
– but I was not a Jew so I did not speak out.
And when they came for me, there was no one left to speak out for me. [18]

Will history repeat?

First, they came for the Christians in Africa, beheading believers in Congo’s churches and burning Nigerian villages to ash, but I did not speak out – because I was not an African Christian. Then they came for the young girls in the UK, grooming and raping them in Rotherham’s shadows while police looked away, and I did not speak out – because I do not live there. Then they came for the freedoms in Europe, silencing voices with “hate speech” and I did not speak out – because I am not a European under siege. Then they came for New York, with sanctuary doors flung wide and conquest whispers turning to shouts of victory and I remained silent because I do not live in New York…..

History screams the truth: apathy is the accomplice of atrocity.

Will we repeat Niemöller’s regret, or rise now, voices thunderous?[19]

The Final Alarm: Speak Out, Pray and Act.

America, hear this: Islam’s two faces aren’t a myth. They’re a machine built for takeover. The kind words fade; the sword verses replace the peaceful verses. We’ve watched it devour Christians in Africa and girls in the UK. Now, with New York’s new Muslim mayor defying a tough president, the violence creeps closer. Our streets, our kids, our churches – none are safe if we sleep through the infiltration. Wake up. Fight back with truth, laws and borders that hold. But above all, we must pray for our country – humbly, urgently, on our knees. Ask God to shield us from this invasion of blood and chains, to turn hearts and spare the land of the free from becoming a graveyard of the brave. The hour is late.  The stakes are eternal.

© 2025 Patti Johnson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Patti Johnson: pj4charis@gmail.com

Footnotes:

[1] https://surahquran.com/tafsir-english-aya-106-sora-2.html
[2] journeywithjesus.net
[3] en.wikipedia.org
[4] hmd.org.uk
[5] en.wikipedia.org
[6] https://rileymoore.house.gov/media/press-releases/congressman-moore-urges-secretary-state-designate-nigeria-country-particular
[7] https://www.newsweek.com/christians-killed-nigeria-religion-2116416
[8] https://www.catholicregister.org/item/2822-christian-genocide-feared-in-nigeriahttps://www.catholicworldreport.com/2025/08/12/report-states-an-average-of-30-christians-murdered-each-day-in-nigeria-in-2025/
[9] https://persecution.org/2025/10/31/trump-announces-cpc-designation-for-nigeria/
[10]  https://impactpolicies.org/news/573/the-deadly-impact-of-islamist-militants-on-christian-communities-in-africa
[11]  https://www.europarl.europa.eu/doceo/document/B-10-2025-0212_EN.html
[12] https://persecution.org/2025/01/16/desert-of-danger-how-extremism-shapes-the-sahels-future/
[13] https://religionunplugged.com/news/2025/1/4/religious-freedom-africa-christians-the-threat-of-jihadist-terroris
[14] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grooming_gangs_scandal
[15] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rotherham_child_sexual_exploitation_scandal
[16] https://indianexpress.com/article/world/uk-grooming-gangs-elon-musk-child-sexual-abuse-british-pakistani-men-9762849/
[17] Elon Musk criticizes New York ballot that lists Mamdani twice at top and relegates Cuomo to bottom
[18] en.wikipedia.org
[19] https://www.journeywithjesus.net/poemsandprayers/661-martin-niemoller-first-they-came




Radically Changed

By Rolaant McKenzie

November 9, 2025

The Trigan Empire was a 1978 science fiction graphic novel based on a comic strip series written by Mike Butterworth (1924-1986) with artwork done by Don Lawrence (1928-2003). The setting was an alien, yet somewhat familiar, culture on a distant planet orbiting a binary star system called Elekton. Various people groups and nations inhabited this world, which had futuristic technology, such as antigravity vehicles and energy ray weapons, blended with architecture, dress, and customs reminiscent of ancient Persia, Greece, and Rome. The stories centered on a strong and heroic Vorgan tribal leader named Trigo, who united his nomadic people and built a great city and empire that bore his name and who continually defended the empire from external and internal threats.

One of the stories involved an internal threat to the Trigan Empire. Thara, the niece of Emperor Trigo, coveted his power and quietly gathered an army of troops loyal to her at a secret mountain base. From there she sent forged letters to lure Trigo, his brother Brag, and Brag’s son Janno to a hidden mountain pass near her base, where they were captured. With the three men who stood between her and the throne in her hands, she revealed herself to them. Trigo and Brag had not seen Thara since she was a young girl, but they remembered her as a self-willed monster who screamed whenever she did not get her way.

Though the commander of her forces wanted their deaths, Thara could not bring herself to kill her uncles and cousin but handed them over to a pirate ship to serve as galley slaves. With the emperor and his heirs out of the way, and the people unaware of what happened to them, Thara and her troops went to Trigan City, where she assumed power and declared herself Empress of the Trigan Empire.

After some time, realizing that only about half of the people accepted her rule, Thara wanted to win the loyalty and love of all of the people. She decided to do this by providing free food and entertainment but wanted to know how to raise the vast sums of money to pay for this. She ordered Peric, a very wise and senior advisor to Trigo, to be seized and brought to her to get the answer. Peric told Thara that to raise the money she wanted would require cutting the armed forces in half and withdrawing the garrisons from the frontiers of the empire, something he strongly urged her not to do, or she would be the last ruler of the Trigan Empire.

Thara did not heed Peric’s warning but provided free food and entertainment for the people at the expense of the empire’s defense. The people were overjoyed and became idle. An army of Gorth tribesmen, seeing that the defenses had been rolled back and security significantly lessened, were able to ride through the frontier unchallenged to Trigan City itself and take it. Realizing her folly and remorseful for what she had done, Thara prepared to be killed by the Gorth soldiers as they were breaking down her bedroom chamber door. But Peric came up from a secret hatch from the floor and rescued her. They escaped through the underground caverns beneath the imperial palace and escaped to a safe location outside the city.

While in hiding, Peric, who had great knowledge in the medical arts, sought to pass it on to Thara. As she learned, Thara experienced a radical change in her character. She transformed from desiring power at all costs to becoming a kind, compassionate woman who cared for others.

Through various trials and circumstances, Trigo, Brag, and Janno escaped their captivity and were able to form a motley army and lead it to Trigan City, where they defeated and drove out the Gorth invaders. With Trigo back on the throne, Thara was brought before him to be judged. Knowing her guilt, she fully expected the sentence of death. Kneeling before an angry emperor, she begged for mercy, not for herself, but because alive she could be a benefit to the people she had so gravely wronged. Peric, who had come to stand next to Thara, urged Trigo to spare her life because of the knowledge of the healing arts he imparted to her. He believed she would become a great physician who would greatly benefit the people of the empire. After some thought, Trigo rose from his throne, went to Thara, and gently lifted her to her feet, telling her, “You have your life, Niece. Use it to save others.” With gratitude, Thara responded, “Thank you, Uncle.”

This story included the message that even an apparently incorrigible and selfish person like Thara could, when exposed to kindness and grace, come to repentance, receive mercy and forgiveness through the intercession of someone she had harmed, and be granted a new life of blessing to others by the emperor she had deeply wronged. It is an incredible thing to see this transformation take place in a fictional tale, but it is even more wonderful when it occurs in real life, especially when it involves a famous political figure.

George Wallace (1919-1998) was an American politician who was the longest-serving governor of Alabama, having served four terms from 1963 to 1987. Wallace is remembered in his early tenure as governor for his staunch support of “Jim Crow” policies and segregation. Consistent with his belief at the time that Black people were an inferior race, a view shared by many White southerners of his generation, he declared during his 1963 inaugural address, “In the name of the greatest people that have ever trod this Earth, I draw the line in the dust and toss the gauntlet before the feet of tyranny, and I say segregation now, segregation tomorrow, and segregation forever.” Wallace gained national infamy nearly five months later when he stood in front of the door of the University of Alabama to block the entrance of Vivian Malone and James Hood, two Black students coming to enroll for classes.

On May 15, 1972, during his campaign for president of the United States, Wallace was shot four times by a would-be assassin, resulting in him being paralyzed from the waist down for the rest of his life. While in the hospital, Shirley Chisholm visited him. She was the first Black woman elected to the U.S. Congress. Wallace asked her, “Aren’t your supporters going to be angry that you’re here?” Chisholm responded, “Yes, they are. But I wouldn’t want what happened to you to happen to anyone.” Wallace was moved to tears by her kind words, and it started a radical change in his heart and mind.

Several years later, Wallace announced that he was a born-again Christian and publicly apologized to Black people for his past actions as a segregationist. He expressed remorse by saying he was wrong for what he had done, that he was corrupted by his quest for power and glory, and that he realized his need to seek love and forgiveness. He made calls to people he had wronged to apologize and seek their forgiveness, even meeting with Vivian Malone and James Hood, who graciously forgave him.

In 1979, Wallace made an unannounced visit to the Sunday service at Dexter Avenue King Memorial Baptist Church in Montgomery, Alabama, where Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. had been pastor. From his wheelchair he begged for forgiveness from the congregation for all the pain and suffering he had caused. The congregation saw him as a changed man, recognized the sincerity of his repentance, and embraced him. As Wallace was being wheeled away, someone started to sing the famed hymn of forgiveness, “Amazing Grace,” and was joined by the rest of the congregation.

While some critics dismissed Wallace’s conversion as a political ploy, the vast majority of Black people in Alabama did not think so. The last time he ran for governor, his 1982 electoral victory included more than 90% of the Black vote. In this last term, Wallace appointed more than a hundred Black people to state offices and supported legislation that benefited the poor, especially increasing access to education and better health care.

Saul of Tarsus was a man zealously dedicated to his ancestral traditions, even advancing in Judaism beyond his contemporaries among his people (Galatians 1:11-14). He hated the name of Jesus and those who followed Him. The martyrdom of Stephen started a great persecution against the church, and Saul in his zeal would imprison men and women who believed in Jesus, even pursuing them in his rage to foreign cities. He persecuted the church of God beyond measure and tried his best to destroy it (Acts 8:1-3, 26:9-11).

But Saul on the road to Damascus had a dramatic encounter with the Lord Jesus that radically changed his life. The risen Savior appeared to him and commissioned him to proclaim the gospel message that Jews and Gentiles may receive forgiveness of sins and salvation through faith in Him.

Saul, who would be known as Paul, came into Damascus a changed man. The faith in Jesus he once sought to destroy, he now preached. God so powerfully used Paul to spread the gospel that even most of the New Testament Scripture was written by him. It continues as God’s word to proclaim the message of forgiveness, reconciliation with God, and salvation to lost souls, and to edify the church.

People sometimes say that a person raised in a certain way, who believes certain things, or acts in certain ways will never change. Many times, such people are written off as irredeemable.

Jeremiah 13:23 says, “Can the Ethiopian change his skin or the leopard his spots? Then you also can do good who are accustomed to doing evil.” Apart from Jesus, a person accustomed to doing evil can no more do good than an Ethiopian change his skin or a leopard his spots (Romans 3:9-26). But God through Jesus Christ can renew the sinner’s nature and grant him an eternal inheritance in His kingdom.

“Or do you not know that the unrighteous will not inherit the kingdom of God? Do not be deceived; neither fornicators, nor idolaters, nor adulterers, nor effeminate, nor homosexuals, nor thieves, nor the covetous, nor drunkards, nor revilers, nor swindlers, will inherit the kingdom of God. Such were some of you; but you were washed, but you were sanctified, but you were justified in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ and in the Spirit of our God.” (1 Corinthians 6:9-11)

George Wallace was a notorious segregationist who coveted power and whose rhetoric and policies in his early career as governor caused great harm to citizens of his state. Paul was formerly a ruthless persecutor and murderer of Christians. But God radically changed their lives through the power of grace and forgiveness found only in Jesus.

Can a man or woman change? Can you change? Yes! Believe in the Lord Jesus Christ, for in Him only will you receive new birth and be radically changed.

“Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, who according to His great mercy has caused us to be born again to a living hope through the resurrection of Jesus Christ from the dead, to obtain an inheritance which is imperishable and undefiled and will not fade away, reserved in heaven for you, who are protected by the power of God through faith for a salvation ready to be revealed in the last time.” (1 Peter 1:3-5)

© 2025 Rolaant McKenzie – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: http://www.gospeloutreach.net/




Islamo Communists In Our Government

Kat Stansell

November 8, 2025

Today, God is sending a message to the people of New York City, whether or not Momdani wins the office of Mayor. Actually, the message is to us all.

If, by some miracle, the Islamo-Communist should lose, New Yorkers will have been given another chance. Ours is a forgiving God.

If, as everyone strongly anticipates, Zohran Momdani, the failed state representative of NY, only 34 years of age, wins, over 9% of the city’s population has VOWED they will move out. This, from a USA Today poll, not exactly a conservative outlet.

Momdani, who represents a religion that wants to take America down, may well become the mayor of 8,258,000+ people in the largest city in America. God will make us work harder for that forgiveness, I feel. You see, one of Zohran’s donor thinks he, himself is a god…and “there shall be no other.”

Zohran will be old enough to run for POTUS by the end of his term, should he win.

I dub him failed because, according to the Freedom Index, he has only voted once FOR something concerning our Constitution, and that was to remove all references to Convention of States. I actually agree with his vote on that one…, but he will not fail in destroying America’s largest city, on his way to more, if allowed.

NYC is over twice the size of Los Angeles (3,820,000) , and four times, Chicago (2,665,000. Big cities are the center of the rot in America.

As their citizens continue to flee, the rest of America must stand ready to teach them why they had to, and to protect the destination communities from blue thinkers, until the refugees can learn. I’ve always thought that the right to vote should be suspended for a few years, for Blue- area escapees, and that they be required to take and pass a course as to what happened to their former homes and why. Certainly, newcomers from deep blue states must NOT be allowed to hold public office in their first years of freedom….

I know. Fat chance.

Momdani’s rise to prominence is just the latest in the appearance of Muslims who are involved in our political scene. The citizenship of some is under question; recently Trump told Omar, who married her brother to gain US entry for him, to go back home. Democrats, who’ve denied this for years, must be practicing “taqiyya” quite often.

82 Muslim candidates swept up local, state, federal and judicial seats in 25 states, a report from the Jetpac Resource Center and the Council on American-Islamic Relations (CAIR) found. Maine, Illinois, Ohio and Texas all selected their first Muslim state legislators. Georgia now has the second-highest number of Muslim state legislators in the country with its election of its first Muslim women to the state senate and house.Maine, Illinois, Ohio and Texas all selected their first Muslim state legislators. Georgia now has the second-highest number of Muslim state legislators in the country with its election of its first Muslim women to the state senate and house.

A far left organization, The Democrat Socialists of America, is one of the many that is behind their rise.

Of course, Zohran practices “taqiyya – lying” when he claims his was a “grassroots rise”. This lying is a required part of their religion, to protect themselves from the wrath of the truth, as it were. It is a crucial thing to keep in mind.

Zohran Mamdani’s “grassroots revolution” was a lie. Campaign finance records reveal his supposedly working-class movement was actually powered by a $2 million elite PAC operation funded by Silicon Valley billionaires, Hollywood celebrities, and out-of-state tech entrepreneurs—spending more than his entire direct campaign raised from actual voters.

Behind it all, or a whole LOT of this, is a naturalized Hungarian citizen named Georgy Soros. Born of a “non-observant” Jewish family in Budapest in 1930, he escaped Hitler by helping the Nazis to collect belongings from the Jews as they were being taken away. That little detail is “fact-checked” out of existence by the Left, but I found it in Georgy’s own autobiography, which is apparently out of print. I never owned a copy, only borrowed it 20 years ago. Sorry I can’t share the reference, but I will never forget what I read then.

From Budapest, Soros went to London, where he attended the London School Of Economics, then became a naturalized American citizen at age 31, in 1961.

His life-long goal/obsession is to take down countries. George Soros truly believes that he IS a god.

He broke the Bank of England in 1992 by betting against the Pound. He made $11 billion dollars in one day doing that. Fascinating, nauseating story. If you don’t know it, please get familiar with it. This megalomaniac is not done, even at age 95. He is betting against the dollar, too. Another story for a another time.

By July of this year, the NY post found that Soros has donated $37 million to Mamdani sponsors. Chump change for him, but destroying NYC is a good step to destroying America, his fondest dream.

He seldom donates to candidates themselves, to cover up his exposure.

Soros also has utilized USAID grants to destabilize India, Bangaladesh and others, Over the past 15 years, USAID granted more than $270 million to organizations affiliated with Soros. Here’s the story of what and how he attacked the value of the currency of Thailand.

He IS looking to break America. Do not doubt this.

You see, George Soros fancies himself as a god, another admission from his book, and believes he has the power and right to do whatever he wants. Iin his book, he admitted to “rather enjoying” it.

A human being of that mindset ( and with his vast net worth (est. $7.2 billion +, after $30+ billion in donations to his favorite causes) is a grave and present danger.

George Soros is behind the Democrat Socialists of America (and all those anti-American judges), the organization which has brought us Omar, AOC, Tlaib, Sarsour, Momdani and many others. He ALSO donates to CAIR, the Council on American Islamic Relations, founded in 1994, under the CLINTON presidency. Many Americans assume it was founded under the Muslim, Obama.

The religion that wants to take down America is a partner in crime with the Megalomanic, who is trying to do the same. Momdani is their latest weapon of mass destruction to date.

God knows, there will be dark times ahead. God will be sending them, I believe. to show us the errors of our ways.

I’ll leave it here. We still have a slim chance that he will not win the Mayoralty of NYC. Prayers up. If he does, maybe God is trying to tell us something.

Blessings

© 2025 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com




Products, Fuel, and Electricity Are the Real Climate Challenges For the Future

By Ronald Stein, PE

November 8, 2025

So-called “renewables” CANNOT exist without products made from fossil fuels.

A global challenge exists today in reconciling the conflict between policies seeking to ensure that society is provided with affordable and reliable products to generate electricity for everyone, while at the same time protecting the environment everywhere.

The sheer scale of humanity’s needs today adds urgency to the truism that “quantity has a quality all its own”. To feed, shelter, move, educate, and power civilization, humanity acquires and uses some 100 billion tons of earth’s natural resources annually.

Barring some unforeseen, catastrophic natural or human-caused disaster, the global population of 8 billion will continue to grow for many decades, especially in lower-income, emerging nations.

Today oil, coal, and natural gas are the basis of over 80% of all global demand for the products and transportation fuels that did not exist before the 1800’s.

  • Today, policymakers setting “green” and “zero emissions” policies are oblivious to the reality that electricity came about AFTER the discovery of oil. Without oil, there would be no products like wire, insulation, and computers to generate electricity!
  • So-called “renewables, ONLY generate electricity but CANNOT make anything. In addition, everything that NEEDS Electricity is made with petrochemicals manufactured from crude oil, coal, or natural gas.

Despite a decline in extreme poverty, broader measures show that of the more than 8 billion living on this planet, Nearly Half the World Lives on Less than $5.50 a Day, as billions still struggle to meet basic needs. To put the above into perspective for the wealthy locations pursuing a clean and green movement:

  • California has about 0.4% of the world’s population, which means that 99.6% of the 8 billion on this planet live outside of California.
  • America has about 4% of the world’s population, which means that 96% of the 8 billion on this planet live outside of the USA.

Thus, bogus myths by the few wealthy countries have been created to promote renewables that are supposedly green and kind to the environment, cheap, and will replace fossil fuels.

  • ALL six methods for the generation of electricity from coal, natural gas, hydro, nuclear, wind, and solar are ALL built with the products, components, and equipment that are made from oil derivatives manufactured from crude oil.
  • All EV’s, solar panels, and wind turbines are also built with the products, components, and equipment that are made from the oil derivatives manufactured from crude oil. Without fossil fuels there would be no so-called renewables!
  • Everything that needs electricity to function like iPhones, computers, data centers, and X-Ray machines are all made with petrochemicals manufactured from crude oil. Without fossil fuels, there would be nothing that needs electricity!

History and reality suggest a desire for economic growth everywhere which, invariably, leads to the need for more, not less, products and electricity for a growing materialistic society.

There is a very strong correlation, both historically and globally, between access to affordable, reliable electricity, and the realization of safety, comfort, convenience, and beauty—what we call human flourishing. Yet, globally, there is an enormous spread between the per capita consumption in developed nations compared with poorer nations that are developing or still emerging.

Higher fossil fuel costs make products and services more expensive. Income determines a person or family’s ability to purchase goods and services, starting with the basics of food, clothing, and shelter, and evolving to plumbing, heating, and cooling. It also determines access to many things citizens in wealthier nations take for granted, such as cars, education, sanitation, healthcare, and leisure.

There is a tight correlation between poverty and “deprivation” of the entire range of basic products and services that are taken for granted by wealthier citizens. A personal car is the iconic energy-dependent product that is highly correlated with freedom of mobility, as well as improved personal and national economic outcomes. In the United States, there are roughly 800 cars for every 1,000 people; in poorer nations, there are only a few cars for every 1,000 people.

Much of the rhetoric one hears from representatives of wealthy nations at global gatherings is focused on the goal of lowering global CO2 emissions. Such a singular focus not only ignores the realities of multidimensional environmental issues, but more importantly ignores energy poverty and the central need for access to a sufficient supply of affordable electricity. This is the only way to increase well-being everywhere and reduce destructive global disparity. For the foreseeable future, much of the energy to achieve this will come from oil, natural gas, and coal.

The high price of electricity from wind and solar deployed at society-scale illustrates an important cost of supply principle. Because everyone needs affordable and reliable energy—whether the products made from oil, electricity, gasoline, diesel, aviation, or heating fuel—the higher the overall costs, the more damaging it is proportionally for those who can least afford it.

Economic growth is propelled by imagination and invention. Many processes are made possible by the ability of fossil fuels to deliver the extremely high heat required to fabricate cement, steel, and other vital materials, and as feedstock for many critical materials, not least of which are fertilizers and plastics. The latter, while often vilified, are essential in a myriad of products, including in medical domains and vehicles of all kinds.

Improving the well-being of the billions who live in poverty will vastly increase the demand for, and thus the energy associated with, all conventional products and services from home heating and cooling, to transportation, healthcare, sanitation, and more. Then, in wealthy nations there is a further effect on energy demands from continued invention of new kinds of products and services.

Making products and services more energy-efficient effectively makes them more affordable and accessible for more people and thus increases overall energy demand.

When wealthy economies export production of minerals and metals, they impose environmental impacts and the exploitation of human atrocities on less wealthy nations.

Economic, political, and science and technology guiding principles for the 21st Century:

  1. Economics
  • Lifting up those in poverty to alleviate suffering and promote human dignity requires more products to generate affordable and reliable electricity and fuels for transportation.
  • Human flourishing requires more electricity that is less expensive, continuous, and more reliable, not less electricity that is more expensive and less reliable.
  • In the pursuit of flourishing, humans continually invent new products and services made from the oil derivatives manufactured from oi, many of which necessarily use electricity.
  1. Politics
  • Electricity security is a top priority for global leaders, revealed in their actions, if not always their words.
  • When wealthy economies export electricity production, they impose environmental impacts and humanity atrocities on less wealthy nations.
  • Government mandates and/or excessive intrusion in markets stifles electricity generation innovation, options, and freedoms.
  1. Science and Technology
  • Capturing and delivering electricity to society is about inventing, building, and perfecting technologies based on what physics, natural resources, and engineering allow.
  • All society-scale electricity generating systems have cost and environmental trade-offs.
  • The earth’s natural resources available to support electricity generation is fundamentally limited.

We must remember, for the present and future, that all 8 billion living on this planet represent a materialistic society, and that electricity CANNOT exist without the products made from fossil fuels, and that so-called “renewables” CANNOT make any products or fuels.

Please share this information with teachers, students, and friends to encourage Energy Literacy conversations at the family dinner table.

© 2025 Ronald Stein – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ronald Stein: Ronald.Stein@EnergyLiteracy.net

Click this Link to Sign up for Energy Literacy from Ronald Stein




Another Fake “Red Wave” From the Fox News Crew

By Cliff Kincaid

November 8, 2025

Are you one of those suckers who believed the Republicans had a chance in Virginia and New Jersey? I have seen it all before. Remember the non-existent “Red Wave” election of 2022? The so-called “news” organizations promoting the Red Wave propaganda included the New York Post, Fox News, Fox Business, Mike Lindell’s Frank Speech channel, the Clay & Buck radio show, PJ Media, Townhall, the Daily Caller, and the Real America’s Voice network.

They insisted to their conservative viewers and listeners that the Democrats were in turmoil and headed toward a massive defeat in November.

This time, contrary to the propaganda, Republicans got crushed in Virginia and New Jersey.

Laura Ingraham of Fox News had declared, “Virginia, this is your moment. My friend Winsome Earle-Sears has cut [Abigail] Spanberger’s lead to just 3 points.”

The result: Spanberger 57.14 percent and Earle-Sears 42.66 percent.

Ingraham warned that “Virginians who vote for this phony [Spanberger] are sealing their own fate.”

Based on your misleading coverage, Ms. Ingraham, YOU are the phony.

“The choice in Virginia should be obvious to anyone who doesn’t believe a transgender biological man should be in girls’ or women’s spaces,” said Ingraham. “Vote TODAY for Winsome Sears for Governor and Jason Miyares for Attorney General.”

Miyares also lost, by six points, to a guy who wished death on his Republican opponents.

I hope this shows people that Fox News has very little clout and that its coverage can be seriously misleading. Their shows are more characterized by propaganda than serious news reporting. The hosts want to curry favor with Trump rather than report the news.

This time, the Murdoch conglomerate consisting of the New York Post and Fox News were not only claiming the races in Virginia and New Jersey were tightening but that the only way to defeat Zohran Mamdani in New York City was to get the Republican, Curtis Sliwa, out of the race, so Democrat Andrew Cuomo could beat the Marxist/Muslim.

The results were Mamdani 50.4 percent, Cuomo 41.6 percent, and Sliwa 7.1 percent.

In other words, if Sliwa’s votes had all gone to Cuomo, Mamdani would still have won.

The New York Post/Fox News Axis got it wrong again.

On top of this abysmal display of political expediency and ignorance, the New York Post has run an editorial saying, “NYC Republicans must wake up: They’ve got to become a real alternative, not a joke.”

It is the New York Post that is a joke.

Here is what the stupid editorial people claimed, “Tuesday’s mayoral election should be a wake-up call for New York Republicans. Their candidate, Curtis Sliwa, failed even to break double digits. More than nine out of 10 voters backed either Democratic Socialist Zohran Mamdani or Democrat Andrew Cuomo. That’s a far worse showing than the GOP should’ve gotten based on the Democrats’ 6-1 edge in voter registration.”

Perhaps the explanation is that the New York Post did NOT back the Republican and instead trashed his candidacy, insisting he leave the race and that Republicans vote for Cuomo. That didn’t work out so well.

After having trashed Sliwa, a good man, they trash him again.

This is a warning that you can’t trust the “conservatives” in the media.

Incredibly, they instigated Trump into endorsing Cuomo as well! Trump ended up with egg on his face as Mamdani picked up steam and got just over 50 percent.

Another big lie coming out of the November 4 election was that Virginia and New Jersey were blue states to begin with and so they can be expected to vote Democrat.

In the 2021 Virginia governor race, Republican Glenn Youngkin (50.6%) beat Democrat Terry McAuliffe (48.6%).

Like his cheerleaders on Fox, Trump is getting the election results wrong, especially in New York City, and he is now threatening to slash federal aid to both the city and the State. Such an approach works to the advantage of Mamdani and his backers. They want to run against Trump and will blame the failures of socialism on Trump.

It did not have to turn out this way. Back in July, a poll from HarrisX showed that the NYC mayoral race was a statistical tie between Mamdani, Cuomo, and Sliwa. in a four-way race, Mamdani (26 percent) was tied with Cuomo (23 percent) and Sliwa (22 percent), all within the margin of error. Mayor Adams was at 13 percent and 15 percent of voters were undecided.

That is when the “conservative” attacks on Sliwa began on Fox News and in the New York Post. Adams dropped out and the New York Post started attacking Sliwa and endorsing Cuomo.

The New York Post is sometimes fun to read, and it can provide some interesting news, but it is hardly “conservative” in its editorial policy. They are RINOs.

Curtis Sliwa was correct when he said early in the campaign that “this is the weakest Democratic field we’ve ever seen. They’re either too far left, too corrupt, or too disconnected from the real struggles of working people. I am the only candidate not bought and paid for. I am the only candidate with a platform that puts working people first.”

But when the Murdoch family and its media properties deserted Sliwa to campaign relentlessly for Cuomo, you knew Sliwa did not have a chance.

Now the New York Post blames Sliwa for the outcome. What frauds and liars they are.

© 2025 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net




Mamdani’s Rage-Filled Speech Spells Doom for New York

By Amil Imani

November 7, 2025

The ink on those cursed ballots is barely dry, and already the stench of betrayal hangs heavy over the skyline of New York City, that once-unconquerable fortress of American grit and ingenuity. Zohran Mamdani, the 34-year-old firebrand of foreign birth and socialist fury, has seized the mayoralty like a conqueror planting his flag on enemy soil. Uganda-born, South Asian-rooted, and steeped in the toxic brew of far-left radicalism, he now stands as the Big Apple’s first Muslim, first South Asian, and first avowed socialist overlord – a triple-threat abomination that mocks every principle our forefathers bled for. With 50.4% of the vote, he trounced Andrew Cuomo’s 42% and left Curtis Sliwa’s pathetic 7.1% in the gutter, all while crowing about a “mandate for change” that reeks of chains and collectivism.

And in his victory speech? The smiley-face facade of the campaign trail shattered like cheap glass, revealing the snarling beast beneath: a venomous tirade of racial hatred, class warfare, and open war on President Trump himself. “Turn the volume up,” he taunted the man who embodies American resurgence, as his Brooklyn mob howled like wolves scenting blood. This isn’t victory; it’s a declaration of siege. And America, as I grow old and weary after 35 years of sounding this alarm, I say it again with a voice cracking from exhaustion: I warned you not to let a single one of these ideologues in. You ignored every thunderous proclamation. Now reap the whirlwind.

For three and a half decades, I and few others watchmen on the walls, bellowing into the gale winds of complacency: “Seal the gates! Do not import the architects of our undoing!” From the Reagan years through the Clinton betrayals, the Bush blunders, and the Obama abominations, I railed against the folly of open borders that funneled in not just dreamers, but destroyers – minds marinated in foreign doctrines of division and domination. Muslims? I named them plainly, repeatedly, as carriers of a creed incompatible with our liberty-loving republic, a faith that demands submission where we demand sovereignty. “They’ll erode us from within,” I prophesied, citing the creeping Sharia shadows in Michigan, the jihadist cheers on campuses, the foreign flags waved in halls of power.

But the elites sneered, the media maligned, the bleeding hearts built bridges to hell instead of walls of wisdom. “Diversity is strength,” they droned, as the demographic deluge swelled. And now, in the crown jewel of our nation – the city where Wall Street forges fortunes and Broadway lights the free world’s stage – a man like Mamdani rises not on merit, but on the imported votes of the aggrieved and the engineered. He’s no self-made titan; he’s a political parasite, son of a Sharia-peddling professor and a filmmaker of the left, enabled by CAIR’s deceit and Obama’s shadow networks. His daddy’s classroom poison? Straight from the madrassas of division. And the people? They bought the TikTok mirage of the “warm, embracing” charmer, only to face the real Mamdani: a yeller, a divider, a class warrior wielding the microphone like a machete.

Even CNN’s Van Jones, that paragon of progressive polish, recoiled in horror from the podium at Brooklyn’s Paramount Theatre. “I think he missed an opportunity,” Jones stammered, his voice laced with the unease of a fellow traveler spotting the abyss. “The Mamdani that we saw on the campaign trail, who was a lot more calm, who was a lot warmer… was not present in that speech.” Sharp tone? Check. Yelling into the mic like a street agitator? Double check. “A character switch,” Jones called it, where the “guy close to working people” vanished, replaced by “some other voice” – the voice of rage, of racial resentment, of a man who sees enemies in every white face, every capitalist corner store, every Trump voter daring to breathe free air. Jones nailed it: This was no slip; it was the unveiling.

The smile was the lie, the snarl the truth. And in that 20-minute screed, Mamdani didn’t just topple Cuomo’s “dynasty” – he spat on it, vowing never to utter the name again while wishing him a private life of exile. Mandate for affordability? That’s code for the grocery-store gulags I eviscerated before, those $60 million taxpayer troughs plunked in food deserts to peddle “rights” to rations, strangling private enterprise in the crib. Budget-busting? You bet – a socialist lab experiment, as the Wall Street Journal warns, where this jobless politico’s “ideas are armed to the teeth,” primed to test “how much ruin there is in a city.” Alex Soros, that chip-off-the-Marxist-block, couldn’t contain his glee: “So proud to be a New Yorker! The American dream continues!” No, Alex – it ends here, under your daddy’s billions greasing the skids to serfdom.

Both Robert Spencer and Pamela Geller, those unflinching sentinel against jihad’s creep, saw it clear as a gulag dawn: This echoes Obama’s angry inaugural, where the honeyed words curdled to commands. “Now the smiles end and the true agenda becomes clearer,” Spencer thunders. “The capitalist roaders and Trotskyite wreckers will be dealt with firmly.” Don’t stop applauding, comrades – remember Solzhenitsyn’s factory chief, hauled to the camps for daring to cease clapping for Stalin. New York won’t go full gulag overnight, not with the republic still breathing down its neck, but the drift is deadly: Opposition bottled like bootleg hooch, the GOP reduced to a whisper, Jews fleeing en masse as this Islamist’s anti-Israel bile boils over. Cynthia in the comments nails the peril: “The Jews of NY and on campuses there will no longer get needed protection. This Islamist will bring down NY. Flee!” Erika M. Messer cuts deeper: “They had Communism vs. Democracy/Freedom… and they overwhelmingly chose Communism.” Socialism as Marx’s bridge to the red hell – and Mamdani’s the engineer, waving not the Stars and Stripes, but the banners of division. Roark echoes my weary soul: “I’m the modern Cassandra. I’ve been warning people for years and no one listens… The seeds of our destruction are now in place. Soon every day will be 9/11.” Brother, I feel you – 35 years of this fight have grayed my temples and hollowed my eyes, but the fire still burns.

Yet, amid this metropolitan Armageddon, a flicker of defiance: Up in Minneapolis, the heartland held the line. Somali Muslim Omar Fateh, that senate-floor firebrand who branded his “white Republican colleagues” as the real terrorists, who waved Somalia’s flag and pledged fealty to foreign soil, crashed to defeat in the mayoral race. Incumbent Jacob Frey, flawed as he is, clinched a third term by 10 points in ranked-choice fury, dodging the bullet of Fateh’s alliance of radicals. Minnesota breathes – for now – a rebuke to the Mamdani madness, proof that vigilance can still vaccinate the body politic.

But New York? The die is cast, the poison poured. DUMBO_Dems cheers the spectacle: “Watch these idiots… eat each other. Then… they will HAVE THEIR HANDS OUT TO TRUMP… ‘LIVE WITH IT’.” Popcorn indeed – but this isn’t mere theater; it’s tragedy, a self-inflicted wound on the republic’s jugular. PlatinumGhost exposes the fraud: “The man you saw before the election was the lie. Now, you will see who he really is.” Jjank invokes the divine delusion: “In the last days many will be deceived… know the Word of God.” Atikva vows boycott: “I will not set foot over there until this madness ends.” And Michael? “I’m not a panican – I’m a PISSEDOFFICAN.” Damn right.

America, the clock ticks merciless. I’ve warned for 35 years – repeatedly, relentlessly – against this imported insurrection. Muslims in power? A recipe for ruin, from Sharia whispers to socialist screams. You ignored me, elected the enemy within. Now, as I tire in the twilight of my crusade, I beg: Wake up! Rally the remnants! Trump stands as bulwark; fortify him. Reclaim the ramparts before the red tide drowns us all. The soul of this nation hangs by a thread – snap it not with apathy, but with the thunder of resolve. Fight, or fall. For liberty’s ghost weeps already.

© 2025 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved




The Average American is Still Gullible, God Help Us

By Coach Dave Daubenmire

November 7, 2025

As many of you know I host a daily podcast. I have been doing it every morning at 7 am EST for over seven years. My audience isn’t large by today’s standards, but IS thought provoking. Especially if you are interested in learning the TRUTH.

The show is interactive, meaning it has audience participation. The listeners can ask questions, make statements, opine, and vent. I never claimed to be an expert on Christianity and the culture, but I like to tell the viewers that I can read and I can think.

The show is not sycophantic…meaning everyone’s opinion counts. The host (me) is not some 6 foot icicle who stands in a pulpit and tells the “congregation” what the Bible says. We daily throw a piece of meat on the table and ALL of us chew over it. The Bible tells us that “in the multitude of many counselors is great wisdom.” At www.CoachDaveLive.com YOUR two cents is worth two cents.

Throw your theological position/opinion on the table and let’s have at it. Of course we have disagreements, but at the end of the hour we are all still friends and we all have heard a different perspective on the times in which we live and what our FAITH requires us to do. Yet each one BELIEVES that they are teaching the TRUTH.

I am old enough to remember when President Ronald Reagan coined the phrase TRUST BUT VERIFY when dealing with the Soviet Union and their Communist leaders. On our daily show we try to use the same process. Most Christians have been members of the same denomination for their entire life. Perhaps the mantra would be. “My pastor says it. I believe it. And that settles it.”

But does it? How do you know if what the pastor is telling you is the Truth? You could simply walk across the street to another church and hear a different version of the Truth. Which pastor and which denomination actually has a corner on the Truth?

We have a rule that we try to follow at Coach Dave Live. When someone makes a comment regarding what the Bible says we simply ask a question of the speaker.

“Who told you that and why do you believe him/her?”

Often their response is shallow and unconvincing. How do you know what the man in the pulpit is telling you is the Truth?

Where is Ronald Reagan when we need him?

My friends, so much of what they are telling us today simply is not the Truth. Religion, like lifestyle is often passed down from generation to generation Read Psalm 78. It speaks to religious tradition. Some traditions are good…others, not so much.

So let me switch gears on you a second. If it is true, and it is, that most denominations are based solely on religious traditions of the denomination in which the adherents were raised, how much more have we been brainwashed regarding the history of America and the “democracy” that we are supposedly trying to protect? (BTW…we are a REPUBLIC not a DEMOCRACY.) Why do our elected officials repeatedly speak about our “democracy”? Do they not know better?

Let me try to tie this whole thing together. As I watched the election results last night I was reminded again of just how gullible the American public has become. Twenty-four years after Muslims (so they tell us) attacked New York, the Big Apple swallowed the Big Lie and elected a Muslim mayor.

Pardon me…but how in the hell does that happen? What are they teaching in America’s publik screwels? Perhaps we should begin to ask ourselves how America got so off course. Remember the questions? Who told you that and why should we believe them?

“Diversity is our greatest strength….who are you to judge…Jesus loves everybody…I’m from the Government and I am here to help…Oswald killed Kennedy…Airplanes brought down the towers…I was born this way…take the jab…wear a mask…we evolved from apes…pre-born children are not people…I never had sex with that woman, Miss Lewinsky…WMD’s…don’t mix religion and politics…Tyler killed Charlie Kirk…Biden is sharp…our elections are honest…J6ers killed the police…everybody goes to Heaven…tel-lie-vision

Our nation is submerged in lies. Truth –telling is a thing of the past. Honesty has gone with the wind…deception has replaced honesty as a virtue. The best liars get promoted.

New York elected a 34 year old radical Muslim as mayor…as Forrest Gump famously said, STUPID IS AS STUPID DOES.

The average American is gullible and stupid…and they vote to spend more money on Government screwels, illegals, and government hand-outs.

“I went to public school and I turned out ok!”

Oh Yeah? Says who?

© 2025 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com




Socialist Democrats: Tearing Down America’s Foundation

By Frosty Wooldridge

November 6, 2025

What are democrat-socialists?  How close are they to Communists? How did a refugee from Uganda, who has never worked a day in his life, become mayor of the largest, most capitalistic city in America? What are the mandates of Mamdani’s administration?

First of all, New York City houses 560,000 illegal aliens.  American taxpayers pay for their food, hotel rooms, education, medical, crimes, trash, rapes, shoplifting, killings, car-jackings, and drug use.  You may add that to 158,000 American homeless in New York City.  All of them destroy America’s foundation of laws, work, education and the Social Contract.

Mandani wants to give voting rights to all illegal aliens to vote in city, state and national elections.  Here we have a foreign refugee, a Muslim who follows Sharia Law, who wants to undermine and break America’s voting laws.  Now, he possesses the power to accomplish his agenda.

“The Democratic Socialists of America (DSA) is the largest socialist organization in the US. It has nearly 100,000 members and seeks to democratize society by “collectively own[ing] the key economic drivers that dominate our lives.”  In other words, communism.

Margaret Thatcher, who brought Great Britain back from the brink of total collapse via socialism, said, “Socialism works great until you run out of everyone else’s money.”

Mamdani wants to “Defund the Police” as if NYC doesn’t have enough crime.   He wants to multiply it.  He promises “cashless bail” for criminals, repeat criminals, and illegal aliens who commit endless crimes.  In other words, Mamdani, who immigration officials think defrauded his entry into America—wants to facilitate crime by making sure that criminals are not locked up.  Just set them free after their crimes to repeat more of their crimes in the streets of New York City.  That’s how nursing student Laken Riley was killed…let criminals go free so they can kill more Americans.

Foreigners Beginning to Take Over American Politics

“These two members of Congress, both Democrats, helped to bring Democrat Socialists of America (DSA)-style politics to the mainstream in the US. Ocasio-Cortez, who represents parts of the Bronx and Queens in New York, burst onto the scene in 2018 when she defeated incumbent Joseph Crowley.”

If you have ever heard AOC speak, you quickly understand that she’s the reason they place instructions on a bottle of shampoo. Back in college, we called such women “dingbats” or “helium heads.” Guys with similar mental abilities were called, “Dorks.”  Formerly a bartender, AOC possesses the common sense and intelligence of a 2-watt light bulb.  Yet, she’s being touted as a presidential candidate in 2028. But her district screams crime, hookers, trash everywhere, homelessness, unemployed and illegal aliens into the tens of thousands.  She probably cannot solve a third-grade math equation of 3 + 3 =?

“Rashida Tlaib, a Muslim representing Michigan, is the first Palestinian-American woman in Congress and a self-identified democratic socialist. Also elected in 2018, she is a champion of universal healthcare. She is also a firm backer of the idea that unions should negotiate wage contracts.”  She also supports installing Sharia Law in America. She enjoys 300,000 Syrian Muslims in her district.  When elected, she wrapped herself in the Palestinian flag rather than the Stars and Stripes.  In other words, she does not subscribe to the U.S. Constitution.  She uses it to further her Islamic Sharia Law agenda. She praised Hamas’ slaughter of Jews.  Those 300,000 Muslims in her district practice de facto Sharia Law replete with female genital mutilation of young girls and Honor Killings.  In other words, America’s laws and Social Contract mean nothing to her or her Muslim constituents.

Please note that Muslims in Dearborn, Michigan chanted, “Death to America” during the Hamas slaughter of Jews on October 7, 2023.  Note that you won’t see an American flag anywhere in that Muslim community. But you will see the Jihad black flag, and 95 percent of those immigrants enjoy free housing and EBT food cards.

Have you ever wondered why 42 million people in America live off food stamps?  Half of that number must be from legal and illegal refugees who lack the brains to work, the educational skills to work, and the cultural background to work.  That’s why they migrate from their hellhole countries to America where they enjoy a free ride. It’s happening in Europe by the tens of millions of migrants.  Every working man and woman in America and in Europe works to feed all those millions of migrants.

“Mamdani’s platform, which argues in favor of rent freezes, fare-free buses and higher taxes on the wealthy, is at the more ambitious end of DSA’s playbook, and is focused on addressing New York City’s affordability crisis. Median rents in the city are $3,400 a month. According to the latest available data from the US Census Bureau, the median monthly income for New York City households is $6,640.”

Millions of New Yorkers must pay for the homeless Americans and illegal aliens.  Yet, they keep voting for people like Mamdani who wants to force them into further indentured servitude.

MORE FOREIGNERS DESTROYING THE FOUNDATION OF AMERICA’S ECONOMY OF CAPITALISM

A longtime climate advocate, Shrestha, who was born in Nepal, emerged from the grassroots wing of the DSA. She beat Kevin Cahill, the incumbent Hudson Valley Democrat, in a 2022 election.

How did that happen?  Since 1965 when Teddy Kennedy opened the flood gates, 1,000,000 refugees annually, of the world into America with the Immigration Reform Act, we’ve been invaded by every person from 190 different countries with different world views, incompatible economic ideas, and incompatible cultural norms.  Their numbers are well over 140 million people since the flood started in 1965.

We’re now composed of the world’s people, and the world’s people do not think or act like Americans. We’ve doomed ourselves into thinking that “Multiculturalism” will always end up becoming Americanism.  WRONG!  You’re seeing it play out right now in cities across America where foreigners who failed in their own countries are now instituting their “world views” onto our country…so that our country mirrors the countries they fled.

The more people we import with incompatible world views, cultures and languages…the faster we doom ourselves to “Civil War II.”  You can smell the violence that democrats scream to their constituents.  Charlie Kirk’s murder gives you an idea of what’s coming.

Mamdani will not comply with I.C.E. or any of our Federal Laws. He will not abide by America’s Social Contract.  He will only abide by Sharia Law that drives him. Watch for Muslims to congregate deeper into NYC, its politics and its power positions. You are watching a parallel society erupt in our own country.  As Americans move out, Muslims and Sharia Law move into the Big Apple.  As you watch law and order break down, you will see stores like Macy’s close. Convenience stores will close. Fast food joints will close.  How do I know that?

Easy, I lived and worked in Detroit, Michigan in the 1980’s when 1.2 million Americans fled the Motor City. The car-jackings, murders at convenience stores, burned up cars, shoplifting, schools destroyed, and sheer terror drove people out of the city. To compensate for the crime and corruption and loss of people, Congress imported 300,000 Muslims and gave them free housing and food stamps. They’re still on free housing and food stamps.

That’s as long as you keep paying your taxes. Socialism is great until you run out of everybody else’s money.  New York City will most like repeat the nightmare of Detroit, Michigan.

© 2025 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




NYC: The Morning After the Fall

By Lex Greene

November 6, 2025

The Democrat Party has Fallen

Last night, I rushed out Deep State Socialists Sweep Elections! At the time, election results were still coming in but the picture was already clear, the anti-American socialists were on a roll. Here’s how bad it was after all the votes were counted and reported.

New York City elected anti-American Muslim-Marxist Mamdani their new Mayor. Mamdani 50.4% – Cuomo 41.6% and Sliwa 7.1% (over 80% of young female voters reportedly voted for Mamdani)

(Listen to Mamdani’s anti-American Pro-Muslim victory speech HERE.)

Virginia elected socialist democrat Spanberger their new Governor with 57.5% of the vote, socialist democrat Hashmi lieutenant governor with 55.6% of the vote, and racist radical socialist Jones Attorney General with 53% of the vote.

New Jersey elected socialist democrat Sherrill their new Governor with 56.2% of the vote.

In CaliforniaProposition 50, the Use of Legislative Congressional Redistricting Map Amendment passed with 63.8% of the vote allowing democrats in control of the state to openly steal more congressional seats from republicans.

Pennsylvania kept three socialist democrats on their State Supreme Court, Wecht, Donohue, and Dougherty with an average 61% of the vote each.

In Texas District 18 (Houston), only 6.8% voted for the Republican candidate, electing Menefee with only 29.3% of the vote.

In Minneapolis, Socialist Mayor Frey held on to defeat Somali Muslim Fateh with 41.7% of the vote.

In Michigan, socialist democrat Mary Sheffield will be Detroit’s 1st female mayor.

In Pittsburgh PA, socialist democrat O’Connor won the mayoral race with 87.5% of the vote.

In Atlanta GA, socialist democrat Dickens won the mayoral reelection with 85% of the vote.

In Cincinnati OH, socialist democrat Pureval won reelection with 78.2% of the vote.

The only way to honestly and accurately summarize the elections yesterday is to declare it a complete and total anti-American socialist CLEAN SWEEP!

Three Things These Places Have in Common

  1. These are almost all “sanctuary” states and cities protecting millions of illegal aliens.
  2. These State races and the NYC race are in States that require no proof of legal voter eligibility, so anyone can vote. That’s how democrats deliver record turnouts in these “criminal sanctuary” areas of the country.
  3. It’s no longer a “democrat” party, it’s an anti-American socialist party now, controlled by the most far left extremists in the nation.

There are only a few things the Trump Administration can do to stop this race off the left cliff, and if they don’t do it, the USA is on a fast track to total collapse now.

  1. Completely defund the anti-American Marxist movement in America by taking down the entire Soros Operation, the Act Blue international money laundering machine, and the World Economic Forum and their corporate partners, seizing all related assets and prosecuting those involved in treason, sedition and subversion against the United States, via the Department of Justice.
  2. Begin removing leftist “lawfare” judges from the federal bench on “bad behavior” and appointing new pro-Constitution judges in their place.
  3. Use the FCC to take away licenses from “news” networks that have been lying to the American people for decades, until real journalism returns.
  4. Cut off any and all Federal taxpayer funding for all “sanctuary” states, which is any state with one or more “sanctuary” cities.
  5. Begin arresting the Governors and Mayors of states and cities operating in direct violation of U.S. Immigration Laws and declaring war on law enforcement.
  6. Arrest all ANTIFA protesters and charge them with “open insurrection.”
  7. Deport everyone in our country illegally and arrest everyone who is aiding and abetting them.
  8. Outlaw Sharia Law, Marxism, Socialism, Communism, Naziism, and Fascism in the United States.

As for the American people, the U.S. Constitution is either the Supreme Law of this Land, or it isn’t. At this moment, it isn’t, as no one is upholding and enforcing it as such, and unless we do, there is no hope for the future of freedom, liberty and justice in our beloved country.

If our elected public servants won’t de-fund the evil taking over our country today, the American people will have to defund it themselves.

We can no longer afford to allow our tax dollars to be used to destroy us. The Federal Government must function within the Law of the Land, or the people are under no legal, moral or ethical obligation to continue funding it, to our own demise.

I’m interested in your thoughts…

By the Way: This is exactly why there has been a concerted effort to convince Americans that “we are a democracy,” despite the fact that we are not, and that we are instead a Constitutional Republic. As a Constitutional Republic, what just happened couldn’t happen, because it’s all “unconstitutional.” But as a mere “democracy,” leftist politicians are using their ignorant voters to “democratically” overthrow the U.S. Constitution.

© 2025 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: LexGreene24@gmail.com




The Unitary Executive

By Paul Engel

November 5, 2025

  • Can a President fire a member of an independent agency?
  • Does the President have to spend money appropriated by Congress?
  • Just look in the Constitution and you’ll find the Unitary Executive.

There have been a lot of questions lately about the powers of the President. Can a President fire a member of an independent agency? Does the President have to spend money appropriated by Congress? Is it legal for the President to send the National Guard to our cities? Most of these questions can be answered by understanding a single constitutional point: The unitary executive.

Understanding the Unitary Executive

Before we get into the details, I think it’s worth spending some time understanding some of the arguments behind those who oppose the idea of a unitary presidency. Let’s start with an article I found on Democracy Docket.

Since taking office, President Donald Trump has executed a whirlwind of dismissals across the federal government that violated federal statutes and decreed numerous executive orders, including one that blatantly defied the plain language of the Constitution.

Behind the seemingly scatter-shot opening acts of his second administration, legal analysts see a common goal: to test a once-fringe legal theory which asserts that the president has unlimited power to control the actions of the four million people who make up the executive branch.

What Is Unitary Executive Theory? How is Trump Using It to Push His Agenda?

First of all, the very idea that the executive branch has over 4 million employees should disturb all of us. How did the federal government, endowed with limited and enumerated powers by the Constitution, grow so large as to need such a workforce in a single branch? Our goal today is not to debate the validity of the actions of President Trump, but what Democracy Docket calls “a once-fringe legal theory,” commonly called the Unitary Executive. This so-called fringe theory comes directly from Article II of the Constitution.

The executive Power shall be vested in a President of the United States of America. …

U.S. Constitution, Article II, Section 1

I’m sure you were taught in school that the federal government is made up of three co-equal branches, but that is not exactly correct. You see, the Constitution states “All legislative Powers herein granted shall be vested in a Congress of the United States,” “The judicial Power of the United States, shall be vested in one supreme Court, and in such inferior Courts as the Congress may from time to time ordain and establish,” and as I’ve already shown, “The executive Power shall be vested in a President of the United States of America.” In other words, the Constitution not only created what we now consider the heads of the legislative, executive, and judicial branches of government, but vested those heads with their power. The “branches” of government are there to support and assist the entities created by the Constitution. For example, while there are plenty of aides, committees, and functionaries in the legislative branch, it’s the Congress, consisting of the Senate and House, that actually holds the legislative power. Similarly, while the judicial branch includes all of the clerks and aides, the judicial power is vested solely in the courts. So why would the executive branch be any different?

Executive Power

Even in George Washington’s time, the executive power of the United States was more than one person could handle alone. Which is why the Constitution, referring to the President, stated:

and he shall nominate, and by and with the Advice and Consent of the Senate, shall appoint Ambassadors, other public Ministers and Consuls, Judges of the supreme Court, and all other Officers of the United States, whose Appointments are not herein otherwise provided for, and which shall be established by Law:

U.S. Constitution, Article II, Section 2, Clause 2

Furthermore, the Constitution also granted:

The President … may require the Opinion, in writing, of the principal Officer in each of the executive Departments, upon any Subject relating to the Duties of their respective Offices,

U.S. Constitution, Article II, Section 2, Clause 1

So while Congress creates the offices, the President appoints, with the advice and consent to the Senate, who holds those offices, and those officers report to him.

Independent Agencies

The idea of an “independent executive agency,” as with so many other unconstitutional ideas, goes back to the early 20th century. In the 1903 Supreme Court Case Shurtleff v. United States, the court found:

In the absence of constitutional or statutory provision, the President can, by virtue of his general power of appointment, remove an officer, even though he were appointed by and with the advice and consent of the Senate. This power (assuming, but not deciding, that Congress could deprive the President of the right to exercise it in such a case as this) cannot be taken away by mere inference or implication, and, in the absence of plain language in the statute, Congress will not be presumed to have taken it away.

Shurtleff v. United States, 189 U.S. 311 (1903)

The fundamental flaw in the court’s decision was assuming that Congress has the power to take away from the President his executive power. While there are many things that Congress can do with regards to the Presidency, restricting his executive power is not one of them since that power is established not by Congress, but by the Constitution of the United States.

Then, in 1914 Congress created the Federal Trade Commission (FTC). Setting aside the question of the constitutionality of the FTC, Congress attempted to insulate the commission from the power of the President.

Any Commissioner may be removed by the President for inefficiency, neglect of duty, or malfeasance in office.

15 USC §41

The power to execute laws is not vested in Congress, but solely in the President. So Congress does not have the constitutional authority to tell the President how to exercise his executive power, only to punish him for any high crimes or misdemeanors he may commit. Remember, Congress makes the laws and the President executes them, but those laws must be made pursuant to the Constitution to be the supreme law of the land.

This Constitution, and the Laws of the United States which shall be made in Pursuance thereof; and all Treaties made, or which shall be made, under the Authority of the United States, shall be the supreme Law of the Land;

U.S. Constitution, Article VI, Clause 2

So when Congress passes a law that infringes on the constitutional power of the Presidency, if that law is not made pursuant to the Constitution it’s not only not the supreme law of the land, but as Alexander Hamilton put it in Federalist Paper #78, it’s void:

There is no position which depends on clearer principles, than that every act of a delegated authority, contrary to the tenor of the commission under which it is exercised, is void. No legislative act, therefore, contrary to the Constitution, can be valid.

Federalist Papers #78

Conclusion

These so-called “independent agencies” are Congress’ attempt to fundamentally change the nature and functioning of the federal government. This is done by effectively creating a fourth branch of government: Executive agencies that are not overseen by the executive powers of the United States and are therefore overseen by no one. Furthermore, by investing these agencies with the power to make rules that have the force of law, Congress not only usurped the powers of the President, but abdicated their lawmaking powers, both in violation of the Constitution of the United States. It seems Congress, with the assistance of the Supreme Court and the apathy of the Presidency, have conspired to change the United States from a republic to an oligarchy where groups of unelected bureaucrats have the power to make law without the consent of the governed. And now that one President has stood up to this coup against We the People and the rule of law, some “experts” claim the plain language of the Constitution is a fringe theory. Since the idea of a unitary President is the supreme law of the land, I guess it’s those who think Congress can rewrite the Constitution by legislation that are fringe. Sadly, We the People have kept electing those usurpers in Congress for over a century. How long before the very idea of the Constitution as the supreme law of the land fades into a distant memory?

© 2025 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com




Are You Perfect? 99 Out Of 100 Say That They Are Not!

By Bradlee Dean

November 5, 2025

“For we dare not make ourselves of the number, or compare ourselves with some that commend themselves: but they measuring themselves by themselves, and comparing themselves among themselves, are not wise.” – 2 Corinthians 10:12

I AM SURE that you have experienced, or you have observed this over a thousand times in your life. You see others who measure themselves by themselves, and Scripture tells us that this is not wise.

Scripture warns against the folly of comparing oneself to others using worldly standards, ie. fallen men.

The verse explains that this practice is “without understanding” because those who measure themselves by themselves lack a wise and proper standard of judgment (Acts 17:31).

Instead, the focus should be on God’s standards for spiritual growth in Christ, and the approval that comes from Him and Him alone, rather than self-commendation or the validation of others.

“Because He hath appointed a day, in the which He will judge the world in righteousness by that man whom He hath ordained; whereof He hath given assurance unto all men, in that He hath raised Him from the dead.”-Acts 17:31

If I were to go out today and ask people the question, “Are you perfect?” I’d be willing to say that 99 times out of 100, they would answer with “No, I am not perfect.”

Of course, the one axiom that all Americans will vote for is, “Nobody’s perfect.”

Now, Scripture tells us, “Be ye therefore perfect, even as your Father which is in heaven is perfect” (Matthew 5:48).

In 2 Corinthians 7:1, Scripture adds, “…let us cleanse ourselves from all filthiness of the flesh and spirit, perfecting holiness in the fear of God.”

Yet, when people respond with “nobody’s perfect,” that doesn’t seem to bother many people.  As if to suggest that man has now become the standard, and not Christ.

However, I can tell you what does bother people.  It is when I tell them that scripture says, “Be ye Holy; for I am holy” (1 Peter 1:16).

For Christians, Christ is the standard and He should be our end aim (Hebrews 12:2).  We are to be clothed with Him who is our righteousness (Romans 13:14), not fallen man and his carnal standards.  We look to Christ, not to them around us, as to what is the standard.

Though there is not one person in 100 who will claim to be perfect, there’s not one of those people who understands the seriousness of not being perfect because the standard by which we will be judged ultimately is not a curve, but it will be the standard of God’s perfection, who is the risen One, Jesus Christ our Lord.

I can just hear Someone say, “Yes, Bradlee, but everybody’s entitled to just one mistake.”

Did the Lord ever say you can all have just one mistake, just one free sin, just one free act of treason against His authority, just one free insult to His integrity?

He never said that, did He? Nope, He did not! As a matter of scriptural fact, the Bible tells those who have repented to “Go and sin no more” (John 8:11), and that they are to “grow in the grace and knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ.”

The people say that everybody’s entitled to just one mistake.  Nonsense!

But you see, non-Christians are comfortable with their imperfections and therefore, men judge themselves by themselves.

Sometimes, when I look at myself in the mirror and see how short I have fallen of the standard, I abhor and loathe myself.

“hating even the garment spotted by the flesh.” – Jude 1:23

Friends, if we have the heart of the Lord (Romans 5:5), we should hate what the Lord hates and love what He loves (Psalm 97:10).  How could it be otherwise to one who has been born of His Spirit (John 3:3; Titus 3:5)?

Charles Spurgeon was right when he said, “If you are a lover of holiness, you will be half sick of man.”

“Man left to himself without the Grace of God is half devil and half beast.” – George Whitefield

Do you ever loathe yourself for your offenses toward the Lord, your falling short of His standard?  This is a blessing and not a curse (John 16:8).

Why, you ask?  It’s because the Holy Spirit is working in you to rise, by His grace, to the level of His expectation so that you might be found in His Son, and in His Son alone.

© 2025 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com




The Healing of the World

by Peter Falkenberg Brown

November 4, 2025

Humanity is living in a broken state that has affected every aspect of life. Although some may work to solve the problems of the world solely through political and external means, is it not true that all actions start in the mind, the heart, and the soul of an individual? It is in the internal world of human beings where we must look for the healing of the world.

The internal world brings us to the question of a Source. Is there a God behind it all, or are we just lumps of matter fired by electrical synapses randomly organized by an unthinking void?

What does a “healed world” look like? If we were able to ask every person in the world, it is safe to assume that a great many would agree that the virtues of love, compassion, kindness, courage, truth, integrity, and freedom would be high on the list.

Image: “Virgin of the Angels,” by Adolphe-William Bouguereau, 1881.

I include freedom in the list of virtues, even though it’s not exactly a “virtue,” because freedom is both a cause and effect that is intertwined with love. We can love because we have the freedom to love—it is not just an outgrowth of instinct. But also, love circles around and engenders more freedom. If we truly love others, we want them to enjoy their own sacred, God-given rights of freedom.

This also highlights the virtue of courage: the ability to stand up for others and for the truth no matter what the personal cost. Unselfish love is not weak. It is, in fact, the strongest force in the universe—the force that birthed the universe and every human being.

All of the many virtues spring from the mind and heart, and if one assumes that God created everything, the virtues of goodness must also find their source in God. Thus, one could say:

“The amount of ‘goodness’ in the world is based on the relative number of individuals who are feeling, expressing, and manifesting the love and virtues that are connected to God.”

However, today, many people are not particularly spiritually inclined. There is no judgment implied in this: it is simply a reality that some individuals may have a basic belief in God but not spend their days reflecting on what God’s existence might actually mean in their daily life. Of course, there are also significant numbers of truly faithful people who love God and work hard to include God in everything they do.

While most people are not actively hostile toward the reality of God, their lives don’t necessarily reflect an intense awareness of God’s continuous presence. From this point of view, God is functionally absent from the affairs of a great majority of very decent people.

When that reality is combined with the attitudes of the hard-hearted, who are sometimes atheists, and the attitudes of agnostics and less religious people, it becomes apparent that in today’s society, God is not that important in the affairs of human beings.

Yet, with the world in severe crisis, to the point where multitudes of people are panic-stricken and collapsing with anxiety, the paramount solution for humanity is the development and heightening of an awareness of the presence of God, followed by the establishment of a personal relationship of love with God.

This can be described as a “mystical” relationship of love that goes beyond faith and doctrine. It is more than knowing that something is true: it is an experiential love that utterly transforms a person and grows deeper with time.

This is not something that can be mandated. The freedom to love God must also include the freedom to not love God. Love cannot be forced by religious diktats, for then it would not be love.

Why is a relationship of love with God the solution? It is because the mechanics of life are all connected to the reality of God’s presence. On a mechanical level, God runs everything and allows everything to exist. On a spiritual level, God is the source of love, much like the sun is the source of light for human beings.

When humans, having been given free will, consciously or unconsciously separate themselves from God, their souls rebel. Their minds and hearts and bodies rebel because separation from the source of love and life creates an atmosphere of darkness and of emotional death. Separation is an unnatural state. We are not designed to live separately from God, even though we have the free will to do so. Separation from God creates an undercurrent of anxiety and pain that humans try to bury and ignore. But it will not go away until our separation is removed.

Consider: if there really is no God, then everything is meaningless. The absence of God would imply that the source of life and all existence is an unfeeling void, an uncaring, cold, and sterile universe in which love is an illusion. Why live—and why try to love—in that kind of harsh and mechanistic world? An ultimate purpose would not exist.

Of course, the world is not like that. The universe has a designer, and meaning does exist. The internal solution to the tribulations of life is ultimately quite simple. Not easy, but simple. Every individual must find a way to fall passionately in love with the God who made each human being with active and personal consideration, affection, and love.

The troubles of the world can only be solved on the deepest level by the spiritual awakening of humanity to the reality that a God of love is fully present in every person’s life, without exception. That realization will produce a radical transformation in society, in politics, in government affairs, in the business world, in education, and in family life.

The experiential knowledge that a loving God is present with every individual will engender respect and love for all human beings as equal and honored members of an intimate and treasured family.

That goal will come closer to fruition with the individual awakening of every person, one soul at a time. How can that be achieved?

Each person must search, sometimes quietly, sometimes desperately, for a new awareness of God’s loving presence. That search takes many forms: standing outside in nature in prayer and reflection, searching through books about life and love, talking with friends about the reality of a God of love who transcends religious doctrines, listening to beautiful music, or attending classes and religious services.

The key is the word “search.” As Jesus stated in the Sermon on the Mount in Matthew 7:7-8:

“7 Ask, and it will be given you; seek, and you will find; knock, and it will be opened to you. 8 For every one who asks receives, and he who seeks finds, and to him who knocks it will be opened.”

The crises in the world are primarily caused by the separation that has developed between humans and the indwelling God. God did not go anywhere, but many humans have stopped searching for God. Over years of neglect and attrition, sensitivity to God has declined to the point where much of the human race is wandering—confused and alone in misery—when the reality is that God has never left at all.

To find God again, it is useful to imagine how we might feel as an infant, pressed against the warmth of our mother. Jesus stated in Matthew 18:30 that we should “turn and become like children.” Children are open-hearted and are able to receive an embrace of love. They are highly sensitive to love when it is given and generally don’t have layers of pain that get in the way.

Using imagination to visualize how God is embracing “me”—right now—can break down the spiritual and emotional barriers that have damaged our awareness. It may happen quickly, or it might take many, many attempts, but living in God’s embrace is every person’s destiny.

The healing of the world will advance exponentially as each person turns within and embraces the God who has all along been embracing them.

For more information about the mystical love of God, I recommend my books:

The Living Compass of Kindness and Compassionate Love: Essays on Love, Beauty, and the Mystical Path
(The essay above is included in this book.)
and:
The Mystical Love of God: Divine Writing Messages from the God Who Is Always with Us

Email Peter: peterbrown@worldcommunity.com

https://peterfalkenbergbrown.com




Green Delusionists Attending COP30 Are Clueless of Their Renewable Idealism

Co-authored by Ronald Stein, PE and Yoshihiro Muronaka, PE Jp

November 4, 2025

The COP30 attendees in Brazil do not comprehend that JUST electricity generated from wind and solar, will negatively impact humanity demands for the products based on fossil fuels.

The Conference of the Parties (COP30) to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) will take place from November 10-21, 2025, in Belém, Brazil with an expected attendance of 70,000.

Across the world, political leaders and environmental activists proclaim that renewable electricity will soon replace fossil fuels and usher in a cleaner, sustainable future. Yet few of them can explain how wind turbines and solar panels, which only generate electricity, can sustain the vast web of products and materials upon which human civilization depends. This blind faith in renewables has become what can only be called a green delusion.

Electricity may run our computers, light our cities, and power our vehicles, but it cannot create the raw materials needed to build those very machines.

Steel, cement, plastics, fertilizers, and pharmaceuticals all require hydrocarbons—not simply as fuels but as essential feedstocks. Oil, natural gas, and coal are the molecular foundations for over 6,000 everyday products that define modern life. Without them, hospitals would lack sterile equipment, farmers would lose fertilizers, and the construction of roads, bridges, and homes would grind to a halt.

This misunderstanding, treating electricity as interchangeable with materials, is the central flaw of the green movement. Electricity is a utility, not a substance. It drives processes but cannot itself make things. Even basic metals like iron and copper require carbon as a reducing agent during smelting. Without carbon, humanity would lose the very means of transforming minerals into usable materials.

Meanwhile, governments pour trillions of dollars into policies designed to eliminate fossil fuels, without considering the economic or physical realities. In California, for example, leaders boast about renewable progress while importing electricity from neighboring states that rely on natural gas and coal. Blackouts, surging prices, and industrial flight are the inevitable consequences of this ideological experiment.

The same contradiction appears globally. Electric vehicles are celebrated as zero-emission solutions, yet their manufacture depends heavily on fossil fuels—from the mining of lithium and cobalt with diesel-powered equipment to the production of steel, glass, and plastic components derived from hydrocarbons. The result is more ways to use fossil fuels which is a carbon shift, not a carbon elimination.

Government mandated winners and losers are only applicable to those few in the wealthier countries that can afford huge subsidies, but the reality is that there are no silver bullet answers.

For those  outside the few wealthy countries, we see that at least 80 percent of humanity, or more than six billion in this world are living on less  than $10 a day, and billions living with little to no access to electricity,

Those green ideologies are 100% political in the few wealthy countries that can afford to subsidize their delusions! Examples of the “green” delusion:

  • The “green” mandates for transitioning from ICE vehicles to EV’s would only eliminate gasoline used in ICE vehicles, which is only 1 of the more than 6,000 products made from fossil fuels. The EV, like the ICE vehicle, continues to be 100% made from those oil products, inclusive of tires, computers, wiring and insulation, and all the electronics of those so-called “zero emissions” vehicle.
  • None of the green illusionists, inclusive of one of its political leaders such as California Governor  Gavin Newsom, can explain how wind turbines and solar panels can make any of the other 5,999 products made from oil that we see in operating hospitals, airports, offices, shopping centers, datacenters, etc. or how those renewables will support the merchant ships, cruise ships, commercial aircraft, and military aircraft on this planet that did not exist 200 years ago?

The ”green” ideological transition to renewables is a globalist suicide pact for the rest of us! Conversations are desperately needed, but the following points summarize their “explanation shortcomings”.

  1. Their zero-emission movement is a delusion that JUST electricity generated from wind and solar can replace refineries and the crude oil that they process to support the variety of the more than 6,000 products and fuels in our materialistic society that did not exist 200 years ago.
  2. They also remain oblivious that underground hydrocarbon resources of coal, crude oil, and natural gas are totally useless unless processed into something useful to meet the demands of humanity. Humanity needs the products, but they are incapable of identifying the substitutes for fossil fuels to provide the supply chain source for those products.
  3. They cannot explain how wind and solar can support the 50,000 merchant ships, 20,000 commercial aircraft, 50,000 military aircraft, and more than 300 cruise ships that did not exist 200 years ago, before those fossil fuel products were developed.
  4. They cannot comprehend that ALL electricity, from hydro, coal, natural gas, nuclear, wind, and solar come AFTER oil, as all the parts and components to make electricity are made from fossil fuels.

The path forward cannot be dictated by a centralized global plan that seeks to control the generation of electricity and economies from the top down. Each nation must be free to advance policies consistent with its own history, culture, and material realities, cooperating through mutual respect rather than imposing conformity. Humanity must rediscover balance — between progress and preservation, between innovation and responsibility, and between global ambition and local reality. That balance must also guide how nations and governments pursue electricity transitions in practice.

However, many governments, in their rush to appear green, often subsidize uneconomic projects, distorting markets and burdening taxpayers. The lesson is not that innovation should stop—it should continue vigorously—but that technology must mature before being imposed by government policy of mandates and subsidies. Engineering progress cannot be legislated into existence by politicians.

If any of the “green” delusionists are seriously considering a run for a political leadership position, or for the Presidency of the United States, such as California’s Governor Gavin Newsom,

For the COP30 attendees in Brazil that do not comprehend that JUST electricity generated from wind and solar will negatively impact humanity demands for the products, they’d best provide answers to the more than 8 billion on this planet as to how JUST electricity from wind and solar can support the supply chain of more than 6,000 products and transportation fuels to keep operating our hospitals, airports, militaries, offices, and datacenters. COP30 should serve not as a forum for ideology, but for rediscovering balance — a balance between humanity’s needs and nature’s limits.

In summary, true climate progress begins not with mandates, but with energy literacy — understanding what energy can and cannot do and respecting the balance between ambition and reality.

Please share this information with teachers, students, and friends to encourage Energy Literacy conversations at the family dinner table.

Click this Link to Sign up for Energy Literacy from Ronald Stein

© 2025 Ronald Stein – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ronald Stein: Ronald.Stein@EnergyLiteracy.net




Truth Is Our Outreach To the Lost

By Rob Pue

November 4, 2025

As Christians, we like to feel we do the best we can when it comes to witnessing and evangelizing.  We really do want to follow the commands of Christ when He said, “Go ye into all the world, and preach the gospel to every creature.”  But most are not equipped to preach or even share their own testimony because they’ve never been trained up for the work of the ministry.  And in today’s culture, Christians often “self censor,” holding their tongues, keeping their opinions to themselves and remaining quiet about their faith.  They’re often fearful about what others might think if they start talking about Jesus.

Many feel “the best they can do” is to place Bible tracts in public places and hope people find them, read them and are impacted enough to study the Bible, pray the “sinner’s prayer” which is often included in tracts, or at least have a seed planted as something they’ll think about later.  For many, tracts are the primary tools they use in what they consider their “outreach.”  And, that’s if they care enough to have an “outreach” at all.

Perhaps you send a Bible tract along with your utility bills and other payments.  Maybe you leave one on the table for the waitress after eating at a restaurant.  Maybe you even go to public places and hand the tracts out personally, hoping many will accept them.

But how effective are Bible tracts in winning souls for Christ?  In my experience, it appears most are never read.  I have a friend who works at a utility company and she’s one of many that opens the envelopes with peoples’ payments.  She’s told me that occasionally, these mail workers come across a Bible tract along with the person’s check…and these always go directly into the trash, along with the envelope the check came in.  They’re processing these payments quickly, and those tracts are never even looked at.

I also know a man who works as a waiter at a local restaurant.  This place is popular with the “after church” lunch crowds on Sunday afternoons.  Among other things, he’s told me that Christians are often the worst “tippers,” and many times they just leave a Bible tract instead of a tip.  He’s told me these also go straight to the trash, along with the remains of the meal when the table is cleaned up.

And then last month, while I was out on my distribution route, stocking copies of Wisconsin Christian News in news racks across our state, I was at a gas station when I encountered a unique situation.  There were two men approaching people, and handing them Bible tracts, sometimes sharing a few words about Jesus if there was an opportunity.

The gas station was busy.  Every pump was being used, so I had to wait my turn to fill up, and was able to watch the situation for a few minutes and just observe.  About half the people took them and said “thank you.”  The other half ignored these men completely and kept walking or turned away.  If cars were unattended, the men were leaving tracts under the windshield wipers.

Then, I watched what people did after receiving the tracts.  Some threw them inside their cars, not wanting to seem “rude.” Some took them, looked at the cover, and then tossed them in the trash a minute later.  One man skimmed the tract while walking inside the building, and then before entering, he also threw his in the trash can outside.  I saw two cars that had tracts under their wiper blades.  The people didn’t notice them until they got inside to drive away.  In both cases, they got out, took one look, and then disposed of the tract in the nearby trash can.

Now, I’m not saying that using Bible tracts to evangelize is totally fruitless.  I’m sure there are more cases than I know where one of these has led a person to the Savior.  They do contain very vital information, present the Gospel in a concise manner and they offer an easy way to share the Good News.  The problem is, in most cases, people are just not interested.

They look at the cover, see it’s something that looks “religious,” and without giving it a second thought, toss it away.  Some do this because they think they already know who God is, what “Christianity” is all about and believe they’re “good” with God…but they have no interest in pursuing what they perceive as “religion” or learning anything more than they think they already know.

People also have extremely short attention spans, and Bible tracts often contain a lot of information in very small type font, packed into a very small booklet.  And while these same people will spend countless hours scrolling through nonsense on social media, all those words in tiny print look intimidating.  People know they’d have to take time to read that “fine print,” and they’re just not interested…any more than they’re interested in political fliers or other junk mail that comes in their mailbox.

I have seen some Bible tracts that work very effectively. Ray Comfort from Living Waters Ministries has some of the best. They grab your attention, and more than that, they’re designed to be conversation starters, so you’re not just littering random places with perceived “religious” materials that — (let’s be honest) — most aren’t interested in looking at, you’re actually able to use them to create a personal connection and an opportunity for discussion.

The printed word is extremely powerful, but in order for that power to work, people need to be interested.  They have to want to read what’s presented, and ideally, what’s presented has to be compelling enough for a person to want to learn more, going beyond just the initial “door-opener,” to a genuine desire for more.  Case in point, the Word of God itself is the most powerful Book in all of history.  Hebrews 4, “For the Word of God is quick, and powerful, and sharper than any two-edged sword, piercing even to the dividing asunder of soul and spirit, and of the joints and marrow, and is a discerner of the thoughts and intents of the heart.” 

But while this is absolutely true, and while the Bible still remains the biggest best-selling Book ever, few bother to read it.  Indeed, there are many homes here in America that have multiple copies of the Bible.  Unfortunately, most are just collecting dust.

So how do we reach the lost?  The most effective way, obviously, is having a deep, meaningful one-on-one conversation with someone who’s not only willing to listen, but also engage in discussion, ask questions, be open about what you’re sharing and then, by God’s grace, develop a craving for the truth and the many revelations His Book contains…we want them to want to study God’s Word for themselves.

But situations and opportunities like this are rare. If ever you’re blessed to have such an divine appointment, don’t waste it.  “…and be ready always to give an answer to every man that asketh you a reason of the hope that is in you…”

Still, the printed word holds great power.  When presented in an appealing way, the printed word can literally change hearts, minds and lives.  Unlike digital things that are constantly changing; here today and gone tomorrow, the printed word is printed, tangible and not going away.  This is what we do at Wisconsin Christian News.  More than 26 years ago, God called me to start a Christian newspaper here in the state of Wisconsin.  At that time, there were more than 200 Christian newspapers throughout North America.  Today, we are one of less than a dozen left….and most of those have gone “online only,” meaning they don’t actually print physical newspapers.

Some will say that the printed newspaper has gone the way of the horse and buggy; that people don’t read newspapers anymore.  I can tell you, that’s not true.  If anything, the fact that we still exist makes us quite the unique “unicorn” in the public square today.  Yes, we also have a well-used website.  We also utilize email, social media, radio and TV broadcasts.  But it’s our printed newspaper that serves as our outreach tool.

We don’t focus on churches.  Instead, we go directly to the people — distributing on news racks in busy public places.  People can pick up a copy for free in grocery stores, restaurants, truck stops and hotels, among other places.  If the truth be told, we’re not really welcome in most churches. Pastors consider us too “controversial” because we publish the hard truth on topics they’ll never dare to speak on.  Abortion, homosexuality, “transgenderism,” pornography, social, cultural and moral issues that often “trigger” rage from the demonic Left.

We also feature hard-hitting commentaries from some of the best writers in the nation.  Every page is filled with truthful news and vital information, from a biblical perspective.  And yes, we also feature in-depth Bible studies.  The information in our pages is current, relevant and addresses topics that all of us are impacted by in our daily lives.  We now have subscribers in all fifty states, and also do bulk distribution on news racks in public places in several other states — so we’re not just for Wisconsin anymore.

On our front page, we always try to feature a topic that will grab people’s attention.  It’s not our intention to “sensationalize” the news we cover, but we do want our front page to speak to real situations people are dealing with.  Current things — relevant things.  This is our outreach to the unsaved world — those who would never consider going to a church, or dare I say, reading a Bible tract.  While many Christians also still pick the paper up in stores for free and never subscribe, those free copies in stores are really meant for the unsaved.  Something will grab their attention, and even though we’re called “Christian News,” they can’t help but want a copy — because they want to read a particular article.

You may be wondering, how effective is this method in reaching the lost?  It’s been extremely effective, like nothing else I’ve ever seen.  What could possibly be more effective and powerful than having an unsaved person pick up a Christian newspaper — all on their own — because they want it?   Because we’re in newspaper format, it’s non-threatening.  Even in cases where people have no interest in the things of God and perhaps have never considered eternity, their need of the Savior, and have no intention of becoming a Christian — our newspaper grabs their attention, and they pick a copy up because they’re compelled to.

Then, as they page through it, they’re captivated by what else they find.  Every week, I receive a multitude of emails, letters, phone calls and texts from people who have found our newspaper in a public place, had no intention of, as they say, “becoming religious,” and then because of what they’ve learned through Wisconsin Christian News, they’ve now discovered just how lost and deceived they were.  They develop a hunger and thirst for the things of God.  Some return to Him after many years away.  Some find Him for the first time.  Some are highly offended, and that’s to be expected, because as we know, “truth sounds like hate to those who hate the truth.”  But folks, most people don’t hate the truth.  They may hate it when their preconceived ideologies are challenged.  They may hate finding out they’ve been lied to.  But honestly, most people do want the real truth.  And they find that in our pages.

This is our outreach.  This is a mission field — not in some foreign land, but right in our own backyards, where the Lord knows, it really is needed most.  If you’ve never seen our newspaper, I’m happy to send you a free sample copy.  We’ll soon be launching a major fundraiser to continue this work, because while we continue to press on, providing tens of thousands of copies of the newspaper for free to the public every month, few understand that we’re now almost 100% reader supported.  And as our costs to produce the paper continue to rise with every new edition, we’re in the unsustainable position of having fewer and fewer faithful supporters able to help bear the financial burden.  I’ll be sharing more with you about this next time.  But for now, I’m happy to send a complimentary copy. You just need to ask for it.  God has done truly amazing things and the fruit of this ministry has been plentiful.  I hope you’ll prayerfully consider finding out more and partnering with us, because this is a team effort and we need you on our team!

You can contact me today by calling or texting: (715) 486-8066; or send an email:

© 2025 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: robatwcn@icloud.com




Zohran Mamdani: Communist, Muslim, Ugandan, Disaster for America

By Frosty Wooldridge

November 3, 2025

“Capitalism is theft,” said Zohran Mamdani. “Socialism is the solution to capitalism.”

A refugee from Uganda, Africa who has never worked a day in his life, Zohran Mamdani, a Communist-Muslim, who immigrated to America, remains the front-runner to become mayor of New York City. Ironically, his Muslim background counters everything in America’s Constitution, Bill of Rights, and our Republic.

As a follower of the Islamic Quran, Mamdani stands against our Constitution, women’s rights, marital rights, children’s rights, animal rights, spousal choice, religious choice, and the entire culture of America. Mamdani does support honor killings of women, averaging 23 to 27 honor killings in the USA annually by our Muslim population. He supports multiple wives, female genital mutilation, women being half the value of a man, no women’s rights…aka Sharia Law.

But he will “use” our Constitution, along with other Muslims in high offices, to install Sharia Law in America. First in cities like Dearborn, Michigan, New York City, Dallas, Texas, and Minneapolis, Minnesota, until it reaches its savage-bloody tentacles into every aspect of American life.

One look at Islam in Europe shows you the scope and grip Islam has made on Western Culture in the past 30 years. Islam promises to bend all Western Culture into Islamic Culture. It states exactly that in the Quran: “Convert or kill all non-believers.”

The irony of this ongoing nightmare for America stems from the fact that New York City equates to the epicenter for “Capitalism” in the world. Mamdani promises to use our Constitution to dismantle our country.

He follows in the footsteps of another Muslim probably born in Kenya, Africa, Barack Obama, who said, “I am going to fundamentally change America.”

Do you want America fundamentally changed to Sharia Law? Do you want such a racist, anti-women, anti-freedom ideology to dominate in America?

“Individual Muslims may show splendid qualities, but the influence of the religion paralyses the social development of those who follow it. No stronger retrograde force exists in the world. No stronger retrograde force exists in the world. Far from being moribund, Mohammedanism is a militant and proselytizing faith.” Winston Churchill

Just last week, Mamdani stood for pictures embracing the Muslim imam Wahhaj who was implicated in the 1993 World Trade Center bombings. What did imam Wahhaj say about America? “You know what this country is?” Wahhaj said in 1995. “It’s a garbage can. Filthy, filthy and sick.” You better appreciate that Mamdani praised the 9/11 event with the downing of the Twin Towers.

Mamdani’s background diverges from many of his co-religionists. In an interview, he said he is a Khoja Shia Muslim, part of a small, relatively liberal sect with roots in India. Many of his New York-area allies are religiously strict Sunni Muslims who practice more conservative interpretations of the faith. But they find common ground in politics.

“It’s a sophisticated fusion of religion, politics and identity,” said Mansour Al-Hadj, a Washington-based researcher on Muslim political movements and extremism. “The same networks that once focused on community services are now mobilizing voters and producing candidates. This is how political Islam adapts inside democracy.”

That “reach” includes a Somalian immigrant in Minneapolis, again with a documented IQ of 68, running for mayor of that midwestern city. They already feature House member Ilhan Omar who condemns America at every speech she makes. Both of those Somalia-born individuals are dumber than a box of rocks. It’s not their fault; it’s their genetic heritage from the country of Somalia where 68 is the average IQ of that nation. That’s why they cannot feed or care for their 19 million residents. They all live in abject poverty, crime, illiteracy and misery.

In the USA, you’re seeing more and more Muslims moving into positions of power. Once their numbers grow to dominate politics, we all lose our Constitutional rights, our freedoms of speech and our country to Sharia Law. It’s already happened to Europe. You have NO FREEDOM OF SPEECH in Great Britain, Sweden, Norway, Finland, France, Germany. If you speak up like this article speaks the facts, you will be thrown in jail. If you say anything on Social Media, you will be jailed. Europe has lost is soul, its cultures, its right to thrive. Why? They feature 50 million Muslims who subscribe to Sharia Law. That’s why there are hundreds of “no go” zones where Europeans dare not visit.

You saw it last month with Dearborn, Michigan’s Muslim mayor who told a pastor that “Even though you are a resident of Dearborn, you are not welcome here.”

Back in New York City, Mamdani intends to “Defund the Police.” He’s stated that idea numerous times since 2020. Without police, you will see total shoplifting, car-jackings, stealing anything of value, crime, drugs, breakdown of the Social Contract…because Mamdani will make sure there are no consequences. On top of that, he promises to create government-run grocery stores. Add “free busses” and “free health care”, and you’ve got a full-blown Marxist-Communist-Muslim nightmare in that city of 8.5 million Americans…or what’s left of the Americans in New York City with 560,000 illegal aliens being supported by American taxpayers into the billions of dollars. If Mamdani wins the mayorship, you will notice that thousands of Muslims will move to NYC to ride the free “gravy train. Over 300,000 Muslims live on welfare in Detroit, Michigan. They will create a new country within our county. Remember they are the same Muslims who chanted, “Death to America” after the Hamas slaughter of 1,200 Israelis on October 7, 2023.

At an Eid celebration earlier this year, a cleric at the Muslim American Society cast Muslims as victims worldwide. Mohammad Badawi, youth director at the Muslim American Society, declared the local community’s joy would only be complete when Muslims are “victorious worldwide,” adding they would celebrate “after the destruction of the Israel.”

What you’re seeing in Mamdani is a religious war against America, and ultimately, against Jews in America. Islam carries a bloody legacy of war/violence/misery for the past 1,400 years since its inception by a savage, illiterate, pedophile of a desert rat named Muhammad.

“Federal prosecutors named CAIR an unindicted co-conspirator in a federal terrorism-financing case against the Holy Land Foundation, a nonprofit based in Texas. In 2008, five Holy Land leaders were convicted of funneling $12.4 million to Hamas. Ultimately, no CAIR officials were charged in the case.”

Ultimately, our idiot politicians in Congress have invited this religious virus into our country…just like Europe. And, if we continue to import more Muslims, Sharia Law will spread, and we will become victims of our own stupidities. You’re going to witness it in New York City and any other city where Muslims take over. None of them subscribe to America or our culture or our way of life. They are out to destroy America. God help us…we are in a lot of trouble from the religious virus injected into our midst by our own elected Congressional officials.

“Win or lose next week,” Muslim Al-Hadj said, “The Mamdani God Squad has actualized the words, “Intifada NYC.”

How can we save ourselves? We must ban Sharia Law in America. We must ban any more immigration by Muslims into America. We should deport any of them that join terror groups that intend to destroy America. There are 52 Muslim countries in the world…send them back to those countries so they will feel at home.

Finally, “Somewhere in Somalia today, Somalians are being prepared for leadership as mayors, governors, and congressmen to take America to the next level.”

© 2025 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




The Killing Fields of New York

By Cliff Kincaid

November 3, 2025

With a conservative Republican in the New York City mayor’s race by the name of Curtis Sliwa, the so-called “Republicans” at the New York Post have endorsed the corrupt former Democrat governor Andrew Cuomo, whose “experience” consists of sexually harassing women and killing old people in nursing homes.

I hope these RINOs get Zohran Mamdani as mayor and suffer and squirm like those old folks Cuomo killed in the nursing homes. A Fox News poll gives Mamdani a 16 point lead over Cuomo.

The fake “conservatives” on the side of Cuomo include Megyn Kelly, formerly of Fox News, and Michael Goodwin of the New York Post. Kelly and Goodwin’s endorsement of Cuomo means that they want in office someone responsible for five times as many deaths as occurred in New York City on 9/11 in the terrorist attacks.

The danger of another 9/11 if Mamdani wins is a topic journalist Matthew Vadum and I discuss on a show on my YouTube channel, which has been “unsuspended” by Google, after a period of censorship exceeding three years. I argue that Mamdani can be arrested as a national security threat because of his ties to the Iranian “Twelvers” and the Democratic Socialists of America (DSA), a group that provides cover for communist espionage.

If you do not think ordering COVID positive patients into nursing homes constitutes murder, then consider the remarks of Rep. Elise Stefanik, who noted that, in addition to the COVID deaths, “Disgraced Governor Cuomo’s bail reform policy has ravaged our streets and violent crime is skyrocketing all over New York” and that, as he was leaving office under a cloud, was “pardoning murderers and violent criminals.”

Regarding the COVID massacre, Goodwin’s own paper quoted Vivian Zayas, co-founder of Voices For Seniors, as saying, “It would have been nice of Governor Cuomo to grant clemency to over 15,000 seniors and the developmentally disabled who suffered and died of COVID for the simple crime of being elderly and vulnerable.”

Mamdani, the likely “democratic socialist” winner of Tuesday’s contest, is considered by some to be more of threat to New York City, and that may be the case. But Sliwa at least has a record of working of saving the lives of innocent New Yorkers through his leadership of the Guardian Angels.

Goodwin works for a paper that said Cuomo was a liar and a fraud for trying to escape responsibility for the deaths of 15,000 senior citizens in nursing homes because of his COVID policies. Those policies sent COVID-infected patients into the nursing homes so they could die and spread their disease to others.

Cuomo’s rationale was that those patients could not be subject to “discrimination” and had to be allowed to mix with healthy people who then died, many of them slow deaths as they struggled to breathe.

These are the killing fields of New York, a fate that many New Yorkers remember as they cast ballots for the socialist utopia promised by Zohran Mamdani. Compared to Cuomo, Mamdani is a fresh face.

Goodwin’s flip-flop on Cuomo demonstrates why people hate the media, and why anybody with the label of “conservative” must be subjected to scrutiny.

In an article on then-Governor Cuomo’s deadly COVID policies, the paper said that “Cuomo and his former aides are being investigated by the FBI and the Brooklyn US Attorney’s Office in connection with both the nursing home scandal and the book deal,” the latter a reference to Cuomo’s making $5 million off his “leadership” in the murders.

But no charges were ever filed. Why? Even the Republicans in Congress have failed to hold him accountable, except to hold hearings exposing his lies and cover-ups. But there is no indictment.

We need indictments of the media as well.

On April 25, 2020, Goodwin wrote about the “carnage” at the nursing homes and how then-Governor Cuomo blamed others.

Now, Goodwin endorses Cuomo for mayor.

Goodwin wrote a column saying “This nursing home disaster is on you, Gov. Cuomo.” He said, “This is life and death.” He referred to “the families who never saw their loved ones again before the virus killed them,” adding, that “…those families want to know why in the world the state would bar them from nursing homes but simultaneously impose infected patients on the same facilities.”

When Cuomo reversed his deadly policy, Goodwin wrote a column saying it was “too little, too late for those now dead.”

When Cuomo decided to run for mayor, Goodwin said that “To judge by his stealthy actions so far, my guess is he’s going to run under a banner of ‘No Remorse, No Regrets.’” Goodwin wrote that “He apparently believes Gotham is so desperate for new leadership that he can stitch together a winning coalition by citing his accomplishments on infrastructure and other areas without accepting responsibility for the staggering failures and scandals on his watch.”

Now Goodwin endorses this liar and fraud.

Goodwin wrote that, “Had he not resigned, he would have been impeached and convicted by the Legislature.” Among his other failures, Goodwin noted that Cuomo is responsible for:

  • “…many of the big problems plaguing New York today, such as the insanely lenient criminal justice laws, [which] carry his signature.”
  • a moratorium on all “fossil fuel infrastructure,” including gas pipelines, resulting in “a big reason why New Yorkers pay among the nation’s highest energy bills.”

Goodwin warned that the former governor “was hit with a slew of sexual harassment allegations that ultimately forced his resignation,” and “at least some of those cases will be resurrected on the campaign trail” in the mayor’s race.

Nevertheless, Goodwin now endorses him. He is willing to overlook them.

He now says “…fate has forced me to see him from a different perspective.” That justifies his flip-flops that are timed conveniently to ignore the dead bodies of the old people.

That “fate” is that Cuomo got defeated in the primary and Zohran Mamdani won. New York City reaps what it sows.

He explains, “The facts command us to see him as the only candidate who can steer the SS Gotham away from the approaching iceberg. This is an SOS moment.”

The SOS moment is an occasion to save us from frauds like Goodwin. Please just slink away to your own nursing home, Mr. Goodwin

He now says, “As 2025 started, I didn’t take Cuomo seriously because I assumed there would be far better options for City Hall. That was my big mistake.”

No, Mr. Goodwin, your big mistake was failing to deal honestly with the issues and candidates.

But it’s not just his problem. He has been a featured columnist and guest on Fox News, another bastion of “conservatism” that has turned into a base of operations for the Cuomo campaign.

On another occasion, Goodwin wrote that, “Gov. Cuomo’s latest bid to tame the cascading waves of criticism over his handling of the nursing home catastrophe was so riddled with falsehoods and misinformation that it’s hard to know what he was thinking. Does he really believe he’s viewed as a trustworthy person whose word is taken at face value in Albany and beyond?”

The same question applies to Goodwin, and the answer is that he is not a trustworthy person, either.

How does someone with a conscience justify voting for a disgraced former governor with blood on his hands when there is an honest alternative?

What is more, what is stopping FBI Director Kash Patel from arresting Mamdani under the Communist Control Act? The law is on his side.

© 2025 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. www.usasurvival.org




Declassified Docs Expose Treasonous Plot to Steal Trump’s Mandate

By Amil Imani

November 2, 2025

Patriots, the storm has broken.  For nine years, the Deep State cabal led by Barack Obama has slithered in the shadows, peddling their Russia hoax like a venomous serpent to poison the well of American democracy.  But now, Director of National Intelligence Tulsi Gabbard has hurled the thunderbolt of truth, declassifying ironclad documents that lay bare the full scope of their betrayal.

This isn’t some dusty footnote in history.  It’s a full frontal assault on the Republic, a treasonous conspiracy engineered to rip the presidency from Donald J. Trump’s grip and hand it back to the Clinton machine.  The evidence screams: Obama, Brennan, Clapper, Comey, and Rice didn’t just meddle; they waged war on the voters who roared for Trump in 2016.

Flash back to that fateful December 9, 2016, in the bowels of the Obama White House.  Fresh off Trump’s landslide — 306 electoral votes to Hillary’s whimpering 232 — the outgoing regime couldn’t stomach the people’s verdict.  So they convened a war council: CIA spook John Brennan, DNI James Clapper, FBI boss James Comey, national security adviser Susan Rice, and a parade of other swamp creatures.  Obama himself issued the kill order: Forge a new Intelligence Community Assessment (ICA) that flips the script.  Pre-election intel?  Crystal-clear — Russia lacked the chops or intent to hack votes or tilt the scales for Trump.  But post-election?  They twisted it into a fairy tale of Putin puppeteering the election to crown his American asset.  The ICA, dropped like a dirty bomb on January 6, 2017, just days before Trump’s inauguration, declared with “high confidence” that Moscow had meddled to boost Trump.  Lies, all of it — manufactured from the bogus Steele dossier, a Clinton-funded fever dream peddled by foreign hacks.

Gabbard’s declassification, starting with the July 18 bombshell and escalating through the HPSCI oversight report on July 23, rips the veil off this farce. These aren’t cherry-picked scraps – they’re over 100 pages of emails, memos, and whistleblower testimony proving the fix was in. Pre-ICA assessments from August and September 2016 flat-out stated foreign adversaries couldn’t “covertly overturn the vote outcome.” Clapper’s own talking points in December admitted no cyberattacks altered the election infrastructure. But Obama demanded a rewrite, and his henchmen delivered. They buried dissenting voices from the FBI and NSA, who pegged their confidence in Russian leaks at “low.” They laundered junk from the Steele dossier – unverified trash that even the ICA’s footnotes dismissed as “credible but uncorroborated” – to paint Trump as Putin’s pawn. This wasn’t intelligence; it was intel porn for the media lapdogs waiting to lap it up.

The fallout? A blitzkrieg on Trump’s America First agenda.  That poisoned ICA ignited Crossfire Hurricane, the Mueller witch hunt, two sham impeachments, endless leaks, FBI raids on Mar-a-Lago, and a relentless barrage of smears that turned patriots into “insurrectionists.”  It subverted every executive order, paralyzed appointments, and cost billions in taxpayer dollars chasing ghosts.  Obama and his crew didn’t just undermine a president; they declared war on 63 million voters, shredding the sacred transfer of power to cling to their globalist throne.

The Constitution’s Article III doesn’t mince words: levying war against the United States or aiding its enemies.  This cabal aided the enemy of democracy itself — its own unquenchable thirst for control.

Gabbard didn’t stop at exposure; she charged into the fray with criminal referrals straight to the DOJ, naming Obama, Brennan, Clapper, Comey, Rice, and their enablers like Andrew McCabe and Loretta Lynch.  “No matter how powerful, every person involved must be investigated and prosecuted to the fullest extent of the law,” she thundered on July 18.  By July 21, A.G. Pam Bondi had confirmed receipt, and whispers from FBI sources confirm probes into Brennan and Comey for perjury before Congress.  A dedicated strike force is mobilizing, subpoena power locked and loaded.  Justice isn’t whispering anymore.

The swamp’s predictable counterpunch?  Whining from Democrats like Jim Himes, who branded it “baseless” rehashing, and fact-check mills like FactCheck.org and the AP sputtering that the docs “don’t disprove Russian interference.”  Bull.  Russia’s meddling was real but aimed at chaos, not crowning Trump.  Early assessments proved it.  The ICA’s fraud was in the targeted twist to delegitimize the vote, suppressing exculpatory intel to fuel the coup.

Obama himself dodged with a mealy-mouthed statement on July 22, claiming that it “doesn’t undercut” the hoax.  Translation: We’re busted, but change the subject.  Even Brennan, in a New Yorker snivel, admitted that Obama hushed pre-election intel to “ensure a fair vote” — code for letting the hoax ripen post-loss.

On X, the firestorm rages.  Verified voices like Newsmax blast Gabbard’s interview: “It’s not difficult to determine Obama engaged in treasonous conspiracy.”  Rasmussen polls echo the fury — voters smell blood.  Trump himself torched Obama on Truth Social: “He’s guilty… This was treason, every word you can think of.”  From @NEWSMAX to @TaraBull, the feed erupts with calls for handcuffs.  “The dam is breaking,” thundered @JimFergusonUK.  Even whistleblowers risk all, as Gabbard revealed on July 25, exposing how Clapper’s team doctored drafts to bury the truth.

This is our Rubicon, warriors.  The Obama coup wasn’t a glitch; it was the Deep State’s blueprint for every subversion since: 2020’s steal, January 6’s frame-up, and the endless lawfare against Trump.  But Gabbard’s blitz has cracked the fortress.  Prosecutions will cascade like an avalanche, starting with Comey and Brennan for their perjury parade.  Obama?  Immunity be damned — history will judge him the architect of America’s darkest hour.  Trump, unbreakable, stands taller: “It’s time to go after people.”

The Republic fights back.  Demand the trials.  Flood the streets with this truth.  The cabal’s empire crumbles under the weight of its own forgery.  Justice isn’t coming — it’s here.  Lock them up, and let freedom thunder eternal.

© 2025 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved




Why We Must Reject Digital ID, Digital Currency and Digital Banking

By Lex Greene

November 2, 2025

Is the WEF a Global Terror Group?

Who decided we should all “own nothing and be happy” in some Satanic global commune and what authority or power do they have to force us into that hell?

The “who” involves thousands if not millions of people who work in concert to achieve this horrific agenda. For centuries, they were referred to as the Illuminati. In more recent years, they were known as the Bilderbergers. Today, they meet in Davos, Switzerland and the leadership of the group is known as The World Economic Forum.

Their Mission

“We bring together government, businesses and civil society to improve the state of the world”

While many are still worried about cold war era enemies and tactics like the Soviet threat, the new war, enemy and tactics are far more advanced, deadly, and insidious. They are power-drunk Nazi-styled global governance organizations involving governments, politicians, international corporations, civil rights groups, journalists, news agencies, tech giants, global nation-wreckers like George Soros and his “Open Society” foundation, and so-called philanthropy groups like Gates, Tides, Ford, and Carnegie.

For Americans who still hold dear our Charters of Freedom, it’s quite literally us against the world. We’re not just being invaded, divided, undermined, overruled and silenced…we’re being replaced!

The enemy is within now, everywhere. Americans continue to fund their own demise, via their taxes and purchasing habits.

Study the list of Corporate WEF Partners to see who is involved with the WEF in their anti-American and anti-Freedom agenda. Who do you do business with on this list?

Americans used to be born inherently knowing that government is nobodies friend, ever! But that was generations ago!

Now America is a house divided against itself. Divided by their government, fake news, and politicians and a house divided against itself, cannot stand…

Our federal government ran out of money 190-years ago, in 1835. Since then, we have been operating on debt, now approaching $38-trillion. 1998 is the last time Congress passed a real federal budget in accordance with constitutional requirements, due to the Gingrich “contract with America.” Since then, our government has been operating on short-term stop-gap “continuing resolutions.

Meanwhile, Marxists and Muslims are taking over U.S. cities at an alarming rate. ANTIFA, Obama’s “civilian army” controls the hearts and minds of millions of young Americans who are the real “fascists” and “anarchists” threatening blue cities across the country.

Our welfare and health systems are on the brink of collapse, overrun by millions of illegal aliens and middle eastern “refugees” intentionally flooded into our country in a perfect execution of the “Cloward-Piven Strategy” designed to bring the USA to its knees by simply overloading the systems and bankrupting taxpayers!

All of it…literally everything we see happening in the USA and around the world today, is part of the WEF global reset agenda aimed at bringing the USA down from within…all of it!

While you were sleeping, and too busy to be bothered with such mundane ugly things as mere politics, your world was being stolen from you, from right under your noses.

The threat isn’t Putin’s Russia today. At present, Russia is in far better shape than the USA and Putin just wants to keep it that way…

The threat isn’t Israel or Jews, which make up less than .5% of the world population. We had better pay more attention to the spread of violent Islam, which is now 25% of the global population!

Americans need to realize that the threat to our way of life isn’t even at the gates or on our doorstep anymore. It’s in our government, federal, state and local. It’s in our cell phones and computers. It’s embedded in every federal agency, working with every bank, funded by hundreds of U.S. companies, and millions of American taxpayers, none the wiser…

Yes, the WEF is a very dangerous global terror organization, as is the Soros group, ANTIFA, the communists and socialists taking over America from election booths, and our fake news media.

Yet…what is being done to eliminate all of these threats today? Are we just going to keep going-along in some insane futile effort to get-along with evil everywhere?

I provide links in every post, so that you don’t need to believe what I tell you, you just have to use the links provided to see for yourself and draw your own conclusions.

We are running out of time…opportunities are drying up. If “we” don’t stop what’s happening before 2028, we will no longer have the power to stop it. Doubt me at the risk of your own peril…and the final demise of a once great nation!

If you think you are in trouble now, just wait until your money is swapped for some virtual currency in a virtual banking system you can’t control, or escape. REJECT a digital ID, digital currency and digital banking, or we will all wake up one morning soon, owning nothing!

© 2025 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: LexGreene24@gmail.com




Political Economy as if People Mattered, Part 3

By Steven Yates

November 1, 2025

[Final apologies to the ghost of E.F. Schumacher.]

Parts 1, 2.

Röpke again: the Humane Economy.

Wilhelm Röpke envisioned what he called a humane economy: humane in its achievement of balance between markets and the rest of human life, especially its governance, personal as well as societal. In his vision, markets exists to serves people. People do not exist to serve markets. Nor any other worldly institutions.

Röpke anticipated what was wrong with neoliberalism before that word was coined. Both collectivized socialism and unrestrained, unregulated capitalism with its abstraction, homo economicus, are out of alignment with human nature as it is, outside the antiseptic world of theory. Human nature can no more be subjugated to universal transactionalism than it can to totalitarian communism. Most so-called “democratic socialists” such as AOC and Zohran Mamdani aren’t really socialists. They aren’t trying to eliminate markets, as classical Marxism called for socialism to do. They want to limit markets by limiting their most powerful participants. There’s an impulse here worth paying attention to. It is sad that such figures will never go back to basics: back to the worldview / theological underpinnings of American society and its institutions. Which is the real reason nothing they do is likely to work.

Important nuance: profit (like money generally) is not in itself evil. It is a tool. A knife is a tool. It can be used to slice vegetables, or to stab someone. Tools are morally neutral. What matters is what is done with them. What happens when profitability becomes the final arbiter and end of all human life? Well, we are dehumanized. We become mere employees or “gig” workers. Our “value” is what’s in our portfolios, bank accounts, wallets.

Nor, for the same reason, is the state inherently evil (libertarians, anarchists, voluntaryists, notwithstanding). It, too, is a tool: one institution of many. When kept independent of corporate power, it can serve people. In the U.S., after World War II, the federal government established the GI Bill. Millions of Veterans could go to college who would not otherwise have been able to afford it. It built the interstate highway system. The next decade saw the rise of the space program. Using this tool well, including keeping it in its place as servant and not master (there is indeed only one King, after all!) takes vigilance and discernment: as Jefferson and others put it, “Vigilance is the price of liberty.” When vigilance fails, hijacking and empowering the state, capitalists seeking advantage, not market competition, are inevitable. (Adam Smith figured this out before the term capitalism was coined; John D. Rockefeller Sr. has been quoted as saying, “Competition is a sin.”)

We weren’t vigilant. Moneyed interests hijacked the state — more than once. They repeated the advantages. Among these: political-economic writers whose ideas and works rationalized and furthered the corporate state became the economics profession’s heroes: Keynes, Hayek, Friedman. People like Röpke sank almost without a trace. Most paleoconservative writings have sunk even deeper into oblivion.

Röpke’s humane economy rests on three pillars:

  • Moral order grounded in religion and family life stands above political economy on the natural hierarchy discussed in Part 2.
  • Small and medium-sized ownership of property for small business purposes preserves independence and brings about prosperity while respecting locality.
  • Community solidary is rooted in subsidiarity (social problems are identified and addressed at the most local level possible), stability, civic virtue, and social trust: this last a product of moral restraint on personal passion and consistent constructive personal action.

These are organic, not products of abstract ideology — not to exclude the thoughtful efforts by many that went into the U.S. Constitution. The economy is embedded in the totality of human society. It is transactional space; but not separate from the rest of human life.

When these principles are overriden, freedom turns on itself. It enables self-destructive behaviors, as when men (sometimes women) indulge in private pornography instead of pursuing healthy relationships. Or when they choose drugs such as cocaine, heroin, fentanyl — which a totally unfettered marketplace will make available because there’s money to be made. Or just trying to live on junk food, which doesn’t exact an immediate cost but, over time, will ruin one’s health.

Corporations in a marketplace absent supervening morality will be prone to selling products without regard to hazards to their atomized consumers, as we see in markets for cigarettes, pornography, junk food. Since those at the top do not care about their employees, they’ll abuse them until they can replace them with technology. “If you don’t like your boss, quit!” This is naïve. Corporations are quite capable of ensuring that employees have nowhere to go, not without disincentivizing exorbitant costs.

AI threatens to become the biggest job killer in history. The corporate state has other uses for it as well.

We return to: individual choice must be restrained from within, through inculcated morality and respect for truth, or it will have to be restrained from the outside to prevent societal decay (and there’s no guarantee the state can do this). This is true for all groups, of whatever economic status, of all trades and professions. The best restraints are not laws but lived practice, emanating from what people believe in their hearts!

For Röpke, the humane economy would reward patient craftsmanship over reckless speculation, family stability over both parents’ compulsory market participation, and community cohesion over economic development. It would shun a growth-at-whatever-the-cost mindset, and prioritize what is special to a locality over global uniformity.

This aligns with Aristotelian realism, Stoic discernment, Christian natural law. Political economy is oriented toward enhancing the dignity of the human person — of intrinsic value because he was created in God’s image — a creature of flesh and blood, a living social being, not the abstract product of a philosophical treatise. In the humane economy, this sense of human dignity — manifested as respect for self, others, and community — will control appetites. This might greatly reduce temptations toward personal addictions, abusive relationships, or just the dangers of marketplace (i.e., corporate) encirclement which leads back to controlled lives.

What do we do about the global ruling class?

The humane economy could produce statesmen — self-governed by prudence, humility, and a desire to serve rather than wield power. Today we have no statesmen. Dr. Ron Paul came the closest. He retired in 2013 (delivering a speech for the ages). While a few in Congress are better than the rest (Dr. Paul’s son Rand comes to mind, or perhaps Thomas Massie), most are career politicians focused on reelection, not the betterment of their constituents or the country. Hence they don’t even formulate problems such as escalating indebtedness in all sectors. They take money from those who have it, forgetting that “the borrower is the slave of the lender” (Prov. 22:7).

The global ruling class, or superelite, situated in megacorporations, central banks, NGOs, etc., dominates governments by controlling the financial resources that reach them. It has no incentive to do anything different from what it has been doing. Its answer to the Platonist question, Who is most fit to rule? is, We are, because we can!

The global ruling class funds political classes, ruling through money, power, concealment. Sometimes through war, revolution and terror.

Answering, What can we do? is a tall order. I’m asked this question a lot. Struggling with it became a major priority years ago.

Using the political system to chain the global ruling class is clearly a fool’s errand. All the major political parties and coalitions in every major Western country are controlled. There have been “third party” movements in the U.S., working outside the clutches of the Demopublican Duopoly. Even those achieving limited visibility, like Ross Perot’s Reform Party in the 1990s, went nowhere. Perot was a billionaire and could self-fund but turned out to be a bit of a nut. But what really doomed the Reform Party was structural. Perot failed to win a single electoral vote. Had he been competitive, the failure of any candidate to achieve enough electoral votes to win would have thrown the election into the House of Representatives which would have chosen a Duopoly candidate. America’s Electoral College system is not designed to accommodate three major parties.

The Libertarians have proven useless. Dr. Paul drew from them, but when push came to shove, he ran as a Republican. And still got nowhere, mainly because of his opposition to (very profitable!) foreign wars. Libertarians advocate policies I believe the public would reject (e.g., abolishing the minimum wage, or decriminalizing heroin and fentanyl, or ending programs such as Medicare).

But they did ask basic questions about the role of the state in civilization, questions worth wrestling with. Many stood up as free and independent minds. The system is designed to thwart free and independent minds who, by definition, don’t serve the interests of money and power.

Get off the grid?

What I keep coming back to, is that there is one viable course of action. And at this point in time, it will carry a price most won’t want to pay or be positioned to pay.

This is to minimize their contact with the control grid the ruling class operates, staying the course, building something independent: a “parallel” system that would be humane, i.e., could be developed as if people mattered!

This means going essentially agrarian and minimalist: getting away from cities, shedding burdensome possessions and other trappings of urban existence; learning to grow crops for food, raising chickens, etc. Some are doing this (folks like Derrick Broze, John Bush, Marjory Wildcraft come to mind). They sense trouble ahead and are acting accordingly. Those who want to separate will have to learn additional trades, ranging from off-grid power generation to furniture construction to water purification and plumbing. Each comes with challenges, which is why those wanting to go this route needed to start long before now.

Getting a “parallel” political economy up and running will take significant financial resources, a long-term commitment to navigating some steep learning curves, buy-in from family members, and a willingness on the part of all to engage in what will (not may) prove to be years of hard physical labor.

Most either won’t be willing or psychologically or physically able to do this. It won’t be for the elderly, and it won’t appeal to those who have lived all their lives up to now in front of screens.

There are costs, either way.

The Coming of Digital ID.

The cost of staying on the control grid will likely be having to get a Digital ID and accepting the life the World Economic Forum promised, in which you “own nothing, have no privacy, but life has never been better”: this last for those who don’t mind being taken care of cradle-to-grave because they’ve cooperated and become good little techno-serfs.

Digital ID is in the works in the U.S through the Trump administration’s Operation Stargate. Palantir (owned by billionaire arch-Technocrat Peter Thiel), with Trump’s blessing, is at work on a consolidated, AI-empowered database of information on every U.S. citizen, soon to include Stablecoins (a central bank digital currency not called that but just as programmable). As I write, numerous data centers are under construction.

Technocrats doubtless have plans for refuseniks. Vietnam deactivated 86 million bank accounts of people who didn’t obtain that country’s national Digital ID.

The U.K., too, is pursuing Digital ID. I’m predicting that the unchecked immigration of recent years and the problems it has caused will be a pretext for introducing it all throughout Europe and North America.

I don’t think you’ll see laws requiring you to get a Digital ID, any more than you saw laws forcing you to get mRNA shots for covid. It was learned years ago that a combination of Hegelian dialectic and structural coercion, combined with a period of 24/7 scare tactics, is far more effective than laws or guns at people’s heads.

The first: crisis-reaction-response (or problem-reaction-solution). Allow a situation to mature into a full-blown crisis (or manufacture one on controlled media). The crisis provokes a public reaction, most effective if based on fear — the most important thing we should have learned from Captain Covid.

The ruling class then moves in with the solution it wanted all along.

If ruling class strategy was successful, much of the peasantry will beg for it.

Recall how masses everywhere lined up for covid shots following months of relentless fear porn. I’m sure the elites were noting how easy it was to structurally coerce compliance, whether with masking, lockdowns, or the shots themselves. Refuseniks could be demonized as “superspreaders,” have their means of earning a living threatened, or just refused admission into public spaces when they couldn’t produce the credit-card-sized laminated ID received when getting one’s shots. (This happened to my wife and me, trying to eat out. We live in Chile where there was no alternative media to speak of and hence no resistance to the official narrative).

Digital ID will be introduced the same way. The crisis could be a (contrived?) data breach blamed on “hackers”: Russian, Chinese, or Iranian, or Venezuelan; or on “domestic extremists,” or whoever are that week’s demons.

Several crises are underway or being fomented as I write: efforts to round up illegal immigrants that are spilling onto U.S. citizens who happen to speak Spanish; mass shootings; the threat of war with Venezuela and the likely blowback that would lead to.

Systemic (or structural) coercion then would involve doors closed in your face, one by one. These are called nudges, and psychologists have been paid good money to study how they can be used to gain compliance.

You receive a renewal notice in your email. Or perhaps you have a credit card about to expire. When you try to log on to take care of it, a pop-up window you’ve never seen before says, “ID required.” It might not use the phrase Digital ID, any more than central bank digital currency will necessarily be called that. (The latter might be called Stablecoin.)

There are plenty of online forms today, especially to log on and access accounts, in which if you can’t supply what the program “wants,” you don’t get past that screen.

This will be no different — one more digital hoop to jump through. But it will spread, and the refusenik will find himself/herself having a harder and harder time doing anything online. Including paying bills, which could soon mean worse consequences than mere frustration.

Customer service (already worsening for years) will similarly vanish as the “phone tree” no longer accepts your SSN or an account number. Such options won’t disappear overnight. Structural coercion phases out what is unwanted little by little, just as years ago, Microsoft began refusing to service older editions of Windows. We already have “two-step authentication” which is a barrier to those with older phones or numbers that can’t receive a text.

You’ll be told — if you reach a human being — that “old” methods of authentication “are not secure.”

One day you try to access your bank account. The website has been “upgraded.” Now you need a Digital ID (or the equivalent) to log on. For a while, you may be able to drive to your bank and conduct your transactions in person, or pay bills through the mail or in person. But as checks are phased out and AI replaces human beings, those doors, too, will close. Imagine seeing Go to our website pasted on locked doors, followed by a URL, and then: we apologize for the inconvenience.

Most paychecks are now direct deposit. That makes the switchover to Digital ID in that arena simple. Social Security and Medicare will be available only to recipients with a Digital ID, as will health insurance policies and healthcare generally. If you’re dependent on these, you’re strongarmed. The final step will be the elimination of physical cash, meaning that without the Digital ID you can’t buy food.

If you’re already partly off the grid, completely out of debt, with no bank account, and perhaps using a “parallel currency” to trade with (or bartering services for goods), you’ll have a chance of surviving without the Digital ID.

Otherwise, probably not.

And it’s always possible that independent, “parallel” activities will be criminalized. They will have been demonized as the province of drug dealers (“narcoterrorists” is now a favorite Trump administration term) and other criminals, or as harboring “neo-Nazis” or other potential “domestic terrorists.”

“He causes all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and slave, to receive a mark on their right hand or on their foreheads, and that no one may buy or sell except one who has the mark or the name of the beast, or the number of his name….”  —Revelation 13:16-17.

We Were Warned!

Unfortunately, the time to take this seriously wasn’t yesterday, last week, last year, or even last decade. Warnings of coming abuses of science/technology have been around for almost a century. Aldous Huxley published Brave New World Revisited in 1958. A few years before (1952), “scientific philosopher” (and arch-Technocrat) Bertrand Russell published a slim volume entitled The Impact of Science on Society. He wrote revealingly:

What is essential in mass psychology is the art of persuasion…. This subject will make great strides when it is taken up by scientists under a scientific dictatorship. Anaxagoras maintained that snow is black, but no one believed him. The social psychologists of the future will have a number of classes of school children on whom they will try different methods of producing an unshakeable conviction that snow is black. Various results will soon be arrived at. First, that the influence of home is obstructive. Second, that not much can be done unless indoctrination begins before the age of ten. Third, that verses set to music and repeatedly intoned are very effective. Fourth, that the opinion that snow is white must be held to show a morbid taste for eccentricity. But I anticipate. It is for future scientists to make these maxims precise and discover exactly how much it costs per head to make children believe that snow is black….

Although this science will be diligently studied, it will be rigidly confined to the governing class. The populace will not be allowed to know how its convictions were generated. When the technique has been perfected, every government that has been in charge of education for a generation will be able to control its subjects securely without the need of armies or policemen. (pp. 27-28)

Russell wrote that almost 70 years ago!

Other books have examined the rise of Technocrat organizations such as the Trilateral Commission and Technocrat movements such as Sustainable Development. Antony C. Sutton and Patrick Wood penned the first edition of Trilaterals Over Washington in the 1970s. This followed (Technocrat) Zbigniew Brzezinski’s impactful Between Two Ages: America’s Role in the Technetronic Era (1970); which inspired David Rockefeller to create the Trilateral Commission, its goal a New International Economic Order.

More recent superelites have written books about what they arrogantly envision is to come: Klaus Schwab’s The Fourth Industrial Revolution (2017) and Covid-19: The Great Reset (2020) come to mind.

All I can say is that warnings were sounded about this sort of thing long ago. Few people were interested in what we “conspiracy nuts” had to say. Isn’t it a very strange “conspiracy theory,” though, worked out and presented openly by the “conspirators” themselves?!

Conclusion: We “strangers and pilgrims on the Earth.”

The situation may seem bleak. But a reckoning is coming. God is not mocked indefinitely (Galatians 6:7).

We could be in for a rough ride in the meantime, because nobody knows God’s timetable, and so many people have neglected these warnings, preferring the comforts of sports and other forms of entertainment (cf. Matthew 24:38). Since we reap what we sow, how much of this does Western civilization actually deserve?

Our biggest danger at present is ending up under the heels of a Technocracy: a “scientific” dictatorship, designed by the wealthy and powerful under the materialist assumption that there are no fundamental differences between human beings and other forms of life — or natural processes, for that matter — so that there are no moral restrictions against building the kind of future Russell described and Huxley warned against.

But this is still God’s world. We are called on to be patient. Hebrews 11:13-16 tells us:

These all died in faith, not having received the promises, but having seen them afar off were assured of them, embraced them and confessed that they were strangers and pilgrims on the Earth. For those who say such things declare plainly that they seek a homeland. And truly if they had called to mind that country from which they had come out, they would have had opportunity to return. But now they desire a better, that is, a heavenly country. Therefore God is not ashamed to be called their God, for He has prepared a city for them.

Strangers and pilgrims on the Earth learn not to place their trust in a political party or class. They understand: no one in secular society is coming to save them. Which is why it is important to get right with God through His Son Jesus Christ our Lord (John 3:16-17, 14:6; Romans 3:23, 6:23; Ephesians 2:8-9).

What actions should we then take? It is good to acknowledge what latter day guides like Burke and Röpke got right: that political-economic freedom endures only when/where metaphysical/moral truth is upheld, the most fundamental truth being our intrinsic value as creations of God in His image from the time of our conception (Genesis 1:26-27, 9:6; Psalm 139:13-14; Jeremiah 1:5).

Along the way we solve problems by acquiring knowledge (Proverbs 1:7, Hosea 4:6), putting what we learn into honest work, conducting honorable trades with one another in markets using honest (not fiat) money (Colossians 3:23; Romans 13:7, Proverbs 11:1); reducing factions and divisions in our midst (Galatians 3:28); caring for the poor or for those who whatever reason are unable to care for themselves (Proverbs 19:17, Matthew 25:40, I John 3:17); mastering our passions via prayer and proper self-talk (Galatians 5:24, James 4:1-2, Philippians 4:6-7, I Thess. 5:16-22); and marrying and rearing children who will be able to pass what has been achieved on to their children, because all have acknowledged the laws of God and of God’s creation (Proverbs 22:6, Psalm 127:3, I Corinthians 7:3, Ephesians 5:19-6:4, I Peter 3:7).

Finally, caring for the world over which we were given dominion, i.e., responsibility, for — not rulership over — and are to remain stewards of (Genesis 1:28; Leviticus 25:23-24, Psalm 8:6-8, Psalm 24:1-2, I Corinthians 4:1-2, Colossians 1:16-17; Titus 1:7-9; cf. Galatians 6:9).

The ultimate humane political economy, of course, will only be established by Christ Himself on the day of His return! In the meantime, we are to be steadfast and do what we can, keeping His commands before us.

© 2025 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

_________________________

Wondering why Internet platforms have basically gone to crap? Steven Yates publishes Navigating the New Normal on Substack, where you’ll find an answer to this question, and other content not available elsewhere. Consider subscribing to have it sent directly to your inbox.

Steven Yates is a (recovering) ex-academic with a PhD in Philosophy. (Obtain his book on the “wisdom” of obtaining such a degree here.)

He taught for more than 15 years total at several colleges and universities in the Southeastern U.S. He has authored three books, more than 20 articles, numerous book reviews, and review essays in academic journals and anthologies. Refused tenure and unable to obtain full-time academic employment (and with an increasing number of very fundamental philosophical essays refused publication in journals), he turned to alternative platforms and heretical notions, including about academia itself.

In 2012, he moved to Chile. He married a Chilean national in 2014. Among his discoveries in South America: many of the problems in the U.S. are problems everywhere, because human nature is the same everywhere.

He has a Patreon.com page. Donate here and become a Patron if you benefit from his work and believe it merits being sustained financially.

Steven Yates’s book Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) can be ordered here.

His philosophical work What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) can be obtained here or here.

His cosmic horror novel The Shadow Over Sarnath (2023) (written for the sheer fun of it) can be gotten here.

Should you purchase any (or all) books from Amazon, please consider leaving a five-star review (if you think they merit such). Readers notice, and so does the Amazon algorithm.




Veterans Day 2025—Will We “Keep Faith” To Our Veterans?

By Rees Lloyd (JD, ret.)

November 1, 2025

The cost of war is in two parts: The cost of the battle itself, which is immediate; and the cost of care for those sent to fight the battle. Since most of those fighting the battle are young, that cost can continue for sixty years, or even longer. But when the country needs veterans, it gets veterans; when it feels it no longer needs veterans, it forgets veterans.”

These are the poignant words of a now deceased 100% disabled combat veteran of the Vietnam War generation.  The truth of his words should long survive him, and should be remembered not only on this Veterans Day, November 11,  2025, but every day — if we Americans are to “keep faith” with all those veterans who have served and sacrificed in defense of American freedom.

Maj. Gen. Patrick H. Brady (USA, ret.), a recipient of the Medal of Honor for his heroism in the Vietnam War who is regarded as America’s most decorated living veteran, has written in tribute to America’s veterans:  “America, under our Constitution, has no hereditary class of nobility.Americas nobles are her veterans.”

There are an estimated more than 18-million living American veterans. It has rightly been said of them, and of all Veterans who have served in defense of freedom, including those serving now:  “All gave some, some gave all.”

As to giving “all,” over 1.4-million veterans have given their lives in all the wars in defense of American freedom. Many thousands are still “Missing in Action.” Many millions more have survived but suffered devastating wounds lasting their entire lives. In the modern era, due to advances in medical care, many veterans are surviving wounds that would have been fatal in earlier wars. They will need continuing care for decades, long after the close of wars in which they served.

It is they who must not be forgotten when actual war recedes; it is they with whom Americans must “keep faith.” Patriotic warriors for freedom were mostly young when wounded.  They will need continuing care, even when the attention of  political office holders and Americans generally tends to shove them out of sight and out of mind as other problems take the center of attention.

There are over 9-million of those veterans who are receiving medical care today through the Veterans Administration hospitals and medical facilities for the wounds of war—physical, mental, and emotional. They are survivors from WWII, Korea, Vietnam, Desert Storm, the War Against Terror in the Middle East,  including combat in Iraq and Afghanistan. They all deserve, and must receive, the medical care they were promised by the nation that they would receive for their military service.

But that will require that the Americans whose freedom was purchased by the service of veterans must “keep faith” with America’s veterans.

It has generally been thought among veterans that the medical care provided by doctors and nurses of the VA is good —  “if you can get it.” Too often, that needed care has been delayed, and thereby denied.

For years, there have been  stories of long waits to actually see a physician—waits sometimes so long that veterans have died waiting.  There  also have been horror stories of mistreatment of veterans by career bureaucrat administrators at the VA, including deliberate falsification of records to hide the bureaucrats’ failures. Regarding those abuses, it was until recently all but impossible to remove the VA bureaucrats responsible for the problems.

Thanks to reforms initiated and fought for by former President Donald J. Trump in his first term starting in 2016, and continuing now in his second term, long waits have been cut down by allowing veterans “freedom to choose” to seek help from private physicians when the VA is unable to provide timely help.

The Trump reforms include the ability to terminate those VA bureaucrats and employees who fail to properly serve the veterans. Several thousand VA bureaucrats and other VA employees  were reportedly fired  during the Trump administration for abuses. The result has been that President Trump received  an approval rating among veterans being served by VA of an astonishing “91%.”

Veterans need the vigilance and support of Americans to ensure that the promises made to veterans for their service are fulfilled.

The late General Norman (“Stormin’ Norman”) Schwarzkopf, who led the victory in Desert Storm which brought down the Saddam Hussein regime in Iraq, famously said: “Some things are worth living for. Some things are worth dying for. One of those things is freedom.”

America’s veterans are those men and women who took an oath to “defend the Constitution of the United States against all enemies, foreign and domestic.” Every single one of them took that oath and entered military service knowing that they might be required to die, or suffer horrible wounds, in defense of freedom. Yet, they served. As noted, some 1.4-million American veterans have died in defense of our freedom. Countless millions suffered the wounds of war, many lasting a lifetime. Those veterans need the vigilance and support of Americans to ensure that the promises made to veterans for their service are fulfilled.

There can be no doubt that we of this generation of Americans owe a great debt to America’s veterans who preserved and protected our freedom by their service—including all those veterans who are serving now.

We pay our debt to those who have served, in part, by remembering, honoring, and “keeping  faith” with veterans by insuring that the promises made to them are kept.

This Veterans Day 2025, we Americans would do well to honor veterans and reflect on just what Veterans Day means.

Veterans Day was originally “Armistice Day,” honoring WWI veterans. Congress later amended it to “Veterans Day” to honor all veterans.  Veterans Day observances traditionally commence at the 11th hour of the 11th day of the 11th month of the year, the anniversary of the date and time of the signing of the Armistice ending combat in World War I on November 11, 1918.

WWI was a horrible war of slaughter: There were over over 10-million casualties. It began in 1914. The first of some 4-million Americans who would serve in —and win that war — began arriving in France in June, 1917, when it looked as if Germany would be victorious.

The first Americans to die were three soldiers who were killed in combat on Nov. 3, 1917. By the time the Armistice was signed a year later, on Nov. 11, 1918, some 117,000 Americans — almost 10,000 per month of combat—had given their lives in service.

The horror of WWI, presented side-by-side with the sacrifices of those Americans and allied forces who served, fought, and died — and the need for us to “keep the faith” with those who served —is expressed most profoundly by the poem, “Flanders Fields.” It is perhaps the most moving poem ever written about war, and sacrifice,  honor, and the need for those who live not to “break faith” with those who served, were wounded, or died for freedom.

“Flanders Fields”  was written by then-Major John McCrae, MD, a surgeon in the Canadian Army who was born in 1872 and would die in 1918, the year that terrible war ended. Dr. McCrae wrote the poem in the devastation of the battle of Ypres in WWI, days after his best comrade had been killed. His words reach across more than a century to bring home the reality of all the wars, and the need to “keep faith” with those who served.

On Veterans Day 2025, may God bless all the veterans who have served in defense of our freedom in all the wars. And may the country whose freedom they preserved honor them on Veterans Day and on every day. They kept the faith with us; and, as expressed in the haunting words of “Flanders Field,” we must not “break faith” with them.

IN FLANDERS FIELDS

By Lt. Col. John McCrae, Army of Canada, WWI

In Flanders Fields the poppies blow,
Between the crosses row on row,
That mark our place; and in the sky
The larks, still bravely singing, fly
Scarce heard amid the guns below.

We are the Dead. Short days ago
We lived, felt dawn, saw sunset glow,
Loved and were loved, and now we lie
In Flanders Fields.

Take up our quarrel with the foe:
To you from failing hands we throw
The torch; be it yours to hold it high.

If ye break faith with us who die
We shall not sleep, though poppies grow
In Flanders Field.

© 2025 Rees Lloyd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rees Lloyd: ReesLloydLaw@gmail.com




Stop Blaming the Unvaccinated

By Patti Johnson

October 31, 2025

We’re fed up with the lies. For years the mainstream media has peddled a tired narrative, pinning every childhood disease outbreak on the unvaccinated which often includes the homeschooler.

Heavily influenced by Big Pharma interests, they deliberately undermine parents who have made informed decisions regarding their children’s health. Instead of recognizing these parents as intelligent individuals who have thoroughly researched and considered what is best for their families, the media chooses to dismiss and marginalize them. By labeling these concerned parents as “anti-vaxxers” – a term designed to be derogatory and shaming – the media aims to push them to the fringes of public discourse. How dare these parents question the safety of vaccines, their holy grail of modern medicine. Ignoring the inconvenient truths, Big Pharma and MSM (mainstream media) paints those who choose not to vaccinate as ignorant and reckless threats to public health.  This tactic not only stifles meaningful conversation but also discourages open inquiry and critical thinking about important health decisions.

Take a closer look at recent outbreaks – measles, whooping cough, hepatitis A and others.  Some have clear links to illegal immigrants carrying diseases across borders, yet this fact is buried. The media won’t touch it. Instead, they double down on scapegoating “anti-vaxxers”, churning out fear-mongering stories to push their agenda. It’s a deliberate distraction from the real issues, and we are sick of being their punching bag.

Vaccines aren’t the infallible shield we’re told they are. Outbreaks in vaccinated groups prove it.[1]  Efficacy wanes, and some vaccines don’t stop transmission. But instead of investigating these failures or addressing border-related risks, the media keeps the spotlight on us, the so-called “irresponsible” parents who dare question the system or choose to educate our kids at home.

This isn’t about denying science; it’s about demanding honesty.  We’re tired of the lies, the blame, and the refusal to face facts. Childhood disease outbreaks are complex and pointing fingers at informed parents who choose not to vaccinate is a lazy cop-out. The truth is out there, (cue X-Files theme song), but you won’t find it on the evening news. The data doesn’t lie, but the media does. Below are a few facts they purposely ignore or even lie about:

  • The vaccinated can shed and spread the very diseases they are vaccinated against. (This guest opinion will deal mainly with the shedding issue.)
  • Many outbreaks happen in fully vaccinated populations, sometimes even in communities with 100% vaccination rates.[2], [3]
  • Data shows that some vaccines have caused more death and injury than they prevent.[4]
  • Vaccines are not adequately safety tested.[5], [6]
  • Every single childhood disease was already on its way out before a vaccine was developed for them. [7]

Shedders, silent spreaders

One of the causes of outbreaks never mentioned by mainstream media is shedding. Vaccinated individuals can shed and spread the virus to others:

Rotavirus Vaccine (e.g., Rotarix, RotaTeq): Shedding in stool can occur for up to 2–4 weeks after vaccination, with peak shedding in the first 1–2 weeks. Most infants stop shedding by 28 days post-vaccination. [8]

Varicella (Chickenpox) Vaccine: Shedding occurs if a rash develops at the injection site. When it happens, shedding can last up to 2–3 weeks but is typically limited to the duration of the rash.  In some immunized individuals over age 60, vaccine virus DNA is shed in saliva up to 4 weeks. [9]

Live Attenuated Influenza Vaccine (LAIV, Nasal Spray Flu Vaccine): Shedding in nasal secretions can occur for up to 7–11 days in children. Peak shedding is within the first few days’ post-vaccination. [10]

Oral Polio Vaccine (OPV): Shedding in stool can persist for up to 6–8 weeks in some cases, though the virus is most transmissible in the first 2–4 weeks.[11]

MMR Vaccine (Measles, Mumps, Rubella): Shedding can last up to 2–3 weeks.      Shedding of measles vaccine RNA is not uncommon and vaccine RNA can be detected up to 29 days post MMR. [12]

H3N2 Influenza Vaccine: In November of 2011, The Journal of Infectious Diseases published a study of those vaccinated with an influenza virus which demonstrated that airborne particles containing viral genetic material were discharged from the nasal passages and or lungs of the inoculated. The influenza virus particles were small enough to remain suspended in the air and were subsequently inhaled by others. 11 out of 36 infected subjects tested positive for fine-aerosol viral RNA, and 6 out of 36 were positive for coarse aerosols. In essence, one out of three vaccinated shed viral influenza particles into the air which could infect those around them.  [13] [14] [15]

The COVID-19 mRNA bioweapon gene therapy shot has been proven to shed from the vaccinated, spreading toxic spike proteins and mRNA fragments to the unvaccinated through exosomes, sweat, breath and other bodily fluids – causing symptoms like menstrual chaos, miscarriages, fatigue and even long-term immune disruption in those exposed. This insidious feature, documented in FDA and Pfizer’s own trial protocols as well as clinician reports and emerging studies, turns the jabbed into unwitting vectors for harm, verifying the bioweapon’s design to target populations beyond direct injection.[16]

Big Pharma and their complicit media mouthpieces, along with rigged “fact-checker” hit pieces, keep parroting the lie that shedding is baseless conspiracy nonsense from “theorists.” A quick internet search rigged by their algorithms funnels you straight to a wall of debunking propaganda, burying the real evidence under layers of censorship and gaslighting.

Recently, The Lancet Infectious Diseases medical journal published the results of trials which confirmed that the new Gate’s funded chimeric oral polio vaccine shed from 100% of the recipients and was transmitted to others in the study “causing severe adverse events.” [17]

After those dangerous test results, the same chimeric strains are now being tested on infants in Bangladesh and Panama.

“The new study comes after another Gates-funded trial in U.S. adults confirmed 100% shedding of lab-made chimeric polioviruses and even documented spread between participants – findings the authors used to justify moving the same engineered strains (nOPV1, nOPV2, and nOPV3) into infants and children in Bangladesh and Panama, effectively turning these populations into testbeds for Gates’ synthetic polio program.”

“Polio vaccines have already caused hundreds of infections across Africa, triggering 80% of infants to shed live virus that mutated into strains causing 828% more paralysis than wild polio, and even sparked a fresh outbreak in Papua New Guinea confirmed by the WHO.”[18]

This isn’t the only dangerous shedding vaccination program that Gates has recently funded.

The Gates Foundation funded a mRNA gain of function tuberculosis vaccine trial that used innocent African children as guinea pigs. The insidiousness of the trial is that they injected healthy children with live tuberculosis bacteria to study if their vaccine worked. According to The New England journal of Medicine, May 7, 2025, the vaccine trial caused 260 previously healthy South African children to be infected with Mycobacterium tuberculosis. The results:

  • Failed to prevent infection
  • Infected more children in the vaccinated group than in the placebo
  • Caused serious adverse effects in nearly a third of vaccine recipients
  • Excluded early post-vaccine infections from its final data
  • Follows Gates-funded genetic gain-of-function work that made TB harder to regulate

“And it’s still being promoted as “public health.” Why did Gates fund U.S. scientists to engineer one tuberculosis-causing species (M. tuberculosis) to grow uncontrollably – then back a human trial injecting another live tuberculosis – family bacterium (M. bovis), its close cousin, into South African children?”

This new Gates mRNA TB vaccine sheds just like the Covid mRNA vaccine.

In my guest opinion “Dining with the Devils” I listed other depopulation vaccine programs funded by the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation:

Gates polio vaccine program in India  paralyzed  47,500  East Indian children.  https://www.crystalwind.ca/eureka-amazing/the-truth-is-a-lie/vaccines/bill-gates-polio-vaccine-program-caused-47-500-cases-of-paralysis-death

Gates used young tribal Indian girls as guinea pigs for the Gardasil vaccine leaving several dead and many injured for life.[20] 

Gates partnered with GAVI and gave unsuspecting African women a tetanus vaccine laced with the anti-fertility drug human chorionic gonadotropin (hCG) that left them sterile. They lied to the vulnerable women about the purpose of the vaccine.[21] [22]

It is all a part of Gates eugenics depopulation program. He is creating vaccines that not only kill or injure those vaccinated but also spread disease by shedding to the unvaccinated population. He tests his vaccines on third world populations using them as guinea pigs. More examples follow:

According to an in depth research paper by Søren Wengel Mogensen, Andreas Andersen, Amabelia Rodrigues, Christine S Benn and Peter Aaby, titled, “The Introduction of Diphtheria-Tetanus-Pertussis and Oral Polio Vaccine Among Young Infants in an Urban African Community: A Natural Experiment,” The World Health Organization’s DTP vaccine, funded by the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, killed more African children than the three diseases (diphtheria, tetanus and polio) it was supposed to prevent.  Girls who were vaccinated with the DTP vaccine had 10x the death rate of children who had not received the vaccine. Despite these results WHO has not recalled this lethal vaccine. Millions of children receive this deadly shot every year in Africa.[23] (Does this remind you of the Covid shot?)

Another Gates vaccine fiasco in Africa is the MenAfriVac meningitis vaccine. African children were forced to get the shot. 50 of the 500 children vaccinated developed paralysis.

South African newspapers complained, “We are guinea pigs for the drug makers.” Nelson Mandela’s former Senior Economist, Professor Patrick Bond, describes Gates’ philanthropic practices as “ruthless and immoral.”[24]

 Big Pharma’s grip on internet search engines tout Gates vaccine programs as a massive triumph, claiming that he saves countless lives while burying the truth about their toxic results. They prop up Bill Gates as a saintly philanthropist for his depopulation driven vaccine schemes, silencing dissent with their rigged algorithms.

For decades, a sinister depopulation agenda has been at play. Gates wields a huge global influence and exploits third-world nations for his testing ground. He knows exactly what he is doing. In this youtube Gates states, “We’re taking things that are genetically modified organisms, and we’re injecting them into little kids’ arms. We just shoot them right into the vein.”[25]  https://x.com/wideawake_media/status/1813884139335991459

Bill Gates stated his desire to reduce the population by 10-15% using vaccines in a 2010 TED Talk. [26]

Good News and Bad News

In a recent video from Jon Fleewood’s Substack he reported that the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) recently canceled 22 mRNA vaccine projects worth $500 million, involving companies like Pfizer, Moderna, Sanofi, and CSL, after admitting mRNA shots are ineffective against COVID and flu. That is the GOOD news.

Now the BAD news:

Health and Human Services quietly preserved the only remaining mRNA initiative: Arcturus Therapeutics’ ARCT-2304 bird flu vaccine, funded by Bill Gates which uses dangerous self-replicating mRNA technology making the human body into a vaccine producing machine. This vaccine is also known to shed and can infect others. [27]  [28] [29]

The FDA approved it in November 2024 without long-term safety data, and it received fast-track status in April 2025, amid a $500 million Trump administration project for government-owned bird flu vaccines. It sounds like déjà vu to me, a repeat of the Operation Warp Speed fiasco.

Fleetwood raised alarms about potential risks, including BARDA’s (Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority the agency within the Department of Health and Human Services) acknowledgment that mRNA can accelerate viral mutations and prolong pandemics. Fleetwood exposed ties to gain-of-function research and Gates’ past comments on vaccines reducing global population by 10-15%. He suggested this selective continuation of ARCT-2304 bird flu vaccine could pave the way for a manufactured H5N1 bird flu crisis.[30]

I repeat, this latest move by President Trump’s administration reveals that he has not learned his lesson from his Operation Warp Speed fiasco.

Bill Gates told CNBC that the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation’s $10 billion dollar investment in global NGO health organizations promoting vaccines, like Gavi, the Global Fund and the Global Polio Eradication Initiative yielded a 20-to-1 return on their investment. The Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation $10 billion returned $200 billion over two decades.[31]

Non-governmental organizations (NGOs) have recently been exposed as fronts for corruption, essentially acting as “slush funds” that launder taxpayer dollars and charitable donations to their foundations to benefit politicians, bureaucrats and oligarch’s far-left causes without proper oversight. This betrayal has enraged Americans who believed their tax dollars and charitable contributions were fighting poverty or disasters, not bankrolling rich Oligarchs with globalist agendas.  Just recently NGO’s, including the Arabella Network, Soros Network, Gates Foundation, Ford Foundation, Tides Foundation, Rockefeller Network, Singham Network and many others, funneled millions of “so-called NGO charity” dollars into coordinating the recent “No Kings” demonstrations.

Tying It All Together: The Depopulation Endgame

Vaccine shedding, an aspect never talked about, is part of the scheme to spread disease and depopulate. When the unvaccinated are scapegoated for outbreaks, hit back hard. Ask: If vaccines protect you, why fear the unvaccinated? That’s critical thinking 101.  Expose the truth about vaccines and shedding.  Then point the finger back to them as the true spreaders!

At the heart of these childhood disease outbreaks lies a far darker truth than the media’s scapegoating of the unvaccinated; it’s the engineered chaos from dangerous vaccine programs and the shedding, turning the vaccinated into silent spreaders while advancing a global depopulation agenda. Bill Gates stands as a colossal figure in this nightmare, funding lethal trials that maim, sterilize and kill in the name of “philanthropy,” all while exploiting vulnerable third-world populations as his personal lab rats. But Gates isn’t flying solo; he’s a key enforcer in a cabal of oligarchs, globalists, and elected and unelected officials who view humanity as a plague to be thinned out for easier control. This isn’t charity, it’s a calculated assault on life itself, using vaccines as one of their many weapons to depopulate billions and herd the survivors into their dystopian vision. Wake up, expose the globalist agenda and fight back. The outbreaks are just the beginning;

The real virus is their agenda.

© 2025 Patti Johnson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Patti Johnson: pj4charis@gmail.com

Footnotes:

[1] Avramovich E, et al. “Measles Outbreak in a Highly Vaccinated Population — Israel, July–August 2017.” Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report, vol. 67, no. 42, 2018, pp. 1186–1188

[2] Avramovich E, et al. “Measles Outbreak in a Highly Vaccinated Population — Israel, July–August 2017.” Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report, vol. 67, no. 42, 2018, pp. 1186–1188

[3] https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0163445321004977

[4] https://robert-gorter.info/gates-globalist-vaccine-agenda/

[5] O’Toole, Z., & Holland, M. (Eds.). (2022). Vaccine clinical trials. In Turtles all the way down: Vaccine science and myth (pp. 35–83). The Turtles Team/self published.

[6] Attkisson, S. (2024). Follow the science: How big pharma misleads, obscures, and prevails (pp. 65–88). HarperCollins Publishers.

[7] Suzanne Humphries and Roman Bystrianyk, Dissolving Illusions: Disease, Vaccines, and the Forgotten History (10th Anniversary Ed., 2025), pp. 311–344. [Link: https://dissolvingillusions.com/]

[8] https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC4459210/

[9] https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC3096786/

[10] https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0264410X08009353

[11] https://www.nature.com/articles/s41541-025-01134-9

[12] https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/38823291/

[13] https://academic.oup.com/jid/article-abstract/205/1/35/876311

[14] https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/$s_!c4-P!,w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fa265afb8-1939-42f2-9ec2-c2135a393617_1317x813.png

[15] https://substack.com/home/post/p-176153398

[16] https://hcn.health/hcn-trends-story/covid-vaccine-shedding-is-real-fda-and-pfizer-documents-are-proof-clinicians/

[17] https://jonfleetwood.substack.com/p/new-bill-gates-funded-chimeric-polio

[18] ttps://jonfleetwood.substack.com/p/new-bill-gates-funded-chimeric-polio

[19] https://www.researchgate.net/publication/313256434_The_Introduction_of_Diphtheria-Tetanus-Pertussis_and_Oral_Polio_Vaccine_Among_Young_Infants_in_an_Urban_African_Community_A_Natural_Experiment

[20] https://groups.google.com/g/stop-corruption-worldwide/c/BR3hZwrjm08

[21]Gates partnered with GAVI and gave unsuspecting African women a tetanus vaccine laced with the anti-fertility drug human chorionic gonadotropin (hCG)

[22]https://www.researchgate.net/publication/320641479_HCG_Found_in_WHO_Tetanus_Vaccine_in_Kenya_Raises_Concern_in_the_Developing_World

[23] https://robert-gorter.info/gates-globalist-vaccine-agenda/

[24] https://robert-gorter.info/gates-globalist-vaccine-agenda/

[25] https://x.com/wideawake_media/status/1813884139335991459

[26] Bill Gates stated his desire to reduce the population by 10-15% using vaccines in a 2010 TED Talk.

[27] https://slaynews.com/news/fda-advances-bill-gates-replicon-mrna-bird-flu-vaccine/

[28] https://www.drugtopics.com/view/fda-grants-fast-track-designation-for-potential-bird-flu-vaccine

[29] https://www.presskit.it/en/2024/11/15/influenza-aviaria-fda-lautorizzazione-alla-sperimentazione-un-vaccino-auto-replicante-unazienda-finaziata-bill-gates-study-can-proceed/

[30] https://modernity.news/2025/08/06/hhs-just-terminated-22-mrna-projects-but-quietly-preserved-bill-gates-funded-bird-flu-shot/

[31] https://www.cnbc.com/2019/01/23/bill-gates-turns-10-billion-into-200-billion-worth-of-economic-benefit.html




It’s American Made

By Lex Greene

Oct 26, 2025

Birthright Citizenship

Since the total fraud Barack Hussein Obama emerged as the new messiah of the Democrat Party in 2008, a nobody from nowhere with a totally blank resume’ and zero job experience beyond selling ice cream in California, the matter of “birthright citizenship” and “Natural Born Citizenship” have become a front-burner issue.

The democrats massive illegal foreign invasion operation since 2009, threatening civil war and homeland terrorism today, has caused Americans to take a close look at the misinterpretation and abuse of “citizenship” via the 14th Amendment.

“President Donald Trump’s executive order limiting birthright citizenship is back before the Supreme Court. Unlike the last time that challenges to the policy reached the justices – when they focused on a procedural issue – the Justice Department is now asking the court to side squarely with the president’s interpretation of the 14th Amendment.” (SCOTUS BLOG)

The 14th Amendment is an “Immigration and Naturalization” amendment adopted as part of the “reconstruction” amendments following the end of the Civil War, aimed at legalizing former slaves and their families, via the 13th14th, and 15th.

To sum up these amendments, the 13th ended slavery, the 14th granted former slaves legal citizenship, and the 15th granted them voting rights. This was the sole purpose of the reconstruction amendments when they were adopted between 1864-1870.

But since then, the 14th amendment has been misused and abused by the political LEFT to claim legal citizenship for any child born on American soil to parents who were legal citizens of a foreign country at the time. This circumstance pertains to people like Marco Rubio(born in the USA to citizens of Cuba) and Nicki Haley(born in the USA to citizens of India), among others, none of whom are constitutionally eligible to seek the Oval Office.

The child would be granted citizenship (under the 14th) due to being “born in the USA” to parents who were not legal U.S. citizens at the time of the child’s birth.

The term “anchor baby” describes the “legal” practice of then using that child as an “anchor” to legal citizenship for the foreign parents, as in the cases of Rubio and Haley. Once the child is “born on U.S. soil”, the parents can use that event to gain legal U.S. immigrant citizenship as well. This same condition exists for Kamala Harris…

155-years after the adoption of the Reconstruction Amendments, Americans are swamped with tens of millions of illegal invaders who claim equal status and rights to all legal Citizens of the USA, and democrats have built their party future on illegal aliens they brought into our country via open borders and so-called refugee resettlement.

Born in the USA vs. American Made

Unfortunately, these practices have not only resulted in grave confusion over who has legal rights in the USA and who doesn’t, who’s a citizen and who’s just an illegal invader, but who is and isn’t eligible to occupy the Oval Office as well.

Democrats and their partisan courts have so muddied the water on basic citizenship, what is a “birthright” and what isn’t, that the Article II requirement for the Oval Office has become just as muddy.

Yet, the truth is quite simple! “Born in the USA” isn’t always “American Made.”

The qualification for the Oval Office is “No Person except a natural born Citizen,” not just a citizen and certainly not illegal invaders, or resettled refugees.

Someone can be a “citizen” by way of our “immigration and naturalization” laws. The only people who ever had a right to become a legal citizen via the 14th Amendment are former slaves and their families, 155-years ago. But to be a natural-born Citizen, one must be AMERICAN MADE.

In other words, a natural-born Citizen is a true “citizen by true birthright,” in this case, the natural offspring of American citizens. To properly understand what a true “birthright citizen” is, you must first understand what a true “birthright” is…

The concept of “birthright” dates back centuries. The USA was born under The Laws of Nature and Nature’s God, which is also the original source of “birthrights.” American Rights are “endowed by our Creator,” not legislated by mere men.

To sum this up, only American Made Citizensthe children of American citizens at the time of their birth, qualify to serve as President of the United States, and the 12th Amendment extends that qualification to Vice President.

The 14th Amendment does not create natural-born Citizens, or even citizens from illegal aliens. It made legal citizens of former slaves and their children, 155 years ago. Only American citizens can create natural-born Citizens. More specifically, the natural birth Father is the source of natural-born Citizenship.

Birthright citizenship is derived from the bloodline of the natural birth Father.

“As the society cannot exist and perpetuate itself otherwise than by the children of the citizens, those children naturally follow the condition of their fathers and succeed to all their rights.”

The country of the fathers is therefore that of the children; and these become true citizens merely by their tacit consent.”

“I say, that, in order to be of the country, it is necessary that a person be born of a father who is a citizen; for, if he is born there of a foreigner, it will be only the place of his birth, and not his country.”

“It is asked whether the children born of citizens in a foreign country are citizens? The laws have decided this question in several countries, and their regulations must be followed. By the law of nature alone, children follow the condition of their fathers, and enter into all their rights (§ 212); the place of birth produces no change in this particular,”

(The literary source is The Law of Nations) internationally recognized by all nations.

© 2025 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: LexGreene24@gmail.com




…And They Worshiped the Image of the Beast…

By Alice M. Byrd

October 29, 2025

Sometimes it is hard to corral my thoughts because there is so much going wrong in our nation. Every time I turn on the one-eyed monster (TV) it’s another session of an incremental frontal lobotomy without benefit of the scalpels. Briefly, I wonder, how much worse can it get…and then I remember that the financial capital of the planet, New York City, is on the precipice of “electing” a neophyte male Muslim Communist who has never held a real job, neither in a position of responsibility and applied knowledge or at the local Ben and Jerry’s. Factually, I do not care. Mr. Mamdani declares himself to be a Democrat Socialist…and what the unwashed masses with their pink and purple hair, lip piercings and moon boots around this country don’t understand, is that there is no such thing. It’s nothing more than smoke and mirrors. It’s a very dangerous delusion, but we’ll get to that in a moment.

We’ve had the political assassination of a young man who only wanted to have a dialogue about what we, as citizens, wanted from our nation and the right way to go about getting it. He wanted to bring young people into the mainstream of active engagement, understanding their rights as citizens who have options in our country…as the Constitution notes, humans with all rights and powers not given to the federal government or the Several States shall remain WITH THE CITIZENS. It’s why we vote…or exercise the illusion of voting. Since that is a very sensitive and emotionally charged subject that would need extensive room to explore, I will leave it for another time.

Going back, WHAT IN HELL IS GOING ON IN OUR NATION? We have governors and mayors who are refusing to allow federal officers to remove criminals from our midst; criminals who must be searched out and arrested for breaking our laws for illegal entry into our nation. That’s what approximately 20 Million humans (mostly military aged men, but additionally women and children, many of whom were trafficked) did when they broke through our sovereign borders to further rape our resources of health care, shelter, groceries, welfare, and jobs. Who sanctions this kind of invasion and infringement of our land and resources???

I’ll tell you who…organizations and human beings who HATE…hate our nation, hate our freedoms, hate our constitutional foundation, hate our traditions, hate our successful elimination of racial biases (yes, we did away with segregation long ago…and those haters brought it back with a vengeance) …but mostly, they hate our God. Our God gave us commandments to live by, and our forefathers fashioned those commandments into a solid constitution for all people. But our God also gave us accountability for our actions; eventual retributions ignored by those naive, fully indoctrinated, intellectually modified radical recruits that organizations like antifa, Arabella, the socialist Open Society, CPUSA and DSA provide income for to turn our cities into war zones just because THEY CAN!

The Enemy has hated us since the laying of our foundation stone. But it’s not the British I am talking about; I’m talking about our real Enemy, the one named Liar. There have been adversaries against the Christian faith since the literal beginning of recorded time. But the original Enemy morphs and shape shifts with the greatest of ease; and he shows up in all sorts of disguises. In the Garden he was a serpent; In Egypt he was a Pharaoh; in Jerusalem he was The Accuser; In latter times he has taken many, many forms, but all of them focused on one thing: the destruction of the human race. Why? Because of jealousy. His tool? DECEPTION….and it’s going to get much, much worse!!!

Now the war that has been going on since the dawn of consciousness in the spiritual realm, has finally spilled out of the ether into our waking lives. When that form of dust was inspired (breathed into) by the breath of the Creator, ‘man’ became a living being. We are told we were created in His image…and the Enemy hates the image of God because God kicked him out of the spiritual heaven for attempting to overthrow his Creator. Hence, we became living and therefore self-aware. But what does that mean exactly??? The enigma of consciousness refuses to be quantified. Scientists have mapped the brain, measured our neural connections and impulse signals, they have deciphered our patterns of thought and they have built machines that imitate human “reasoning”….but there is a question that remains:

Can a human make a machine that understands what it feels like to be “alive”?

“This question is not merely philosophical. It is intimate. Each of us knows, from the inside, what it feels like to be conscious. We see a sunset and feel awe. We hear music and feel moved. We experience pain, joy, love, and curiosity as something irreducibly real. The mystery of consciousness is not in what the brain does, but in why doing it feels like something at all.

“Now, with artificial intelligence advancing at unprecedented speed, the mystery takes on a new urgency. We build machines that recognize images, generate human-like language, compose music, diagnose disease, and even simulate empathy. Some can already converse with us so fluidly that we forget, for a moment, that we are talking to circuitry. But beneath their remarkable abilities lies the haunting question: could these machines ever feel? Could they cross the boundary from computation into consciousness?” AI and Consciousness: Can Machines Ever Be Self-Aware?

What does it “feel” like to be conscious? How could a machine learn the quantification of that sensation? We humans understand that during sleep, we may dream and upon waking we may or may not remember that dream; A dream is not reality, however. We innately understand the conscious longing for a friend or family member after they have gone on to other dimensions or different lands; we identify with an other’s sadness, as we remember the feeling of sadness of our own; we feel fear when in perceived danger; we feel a thrill at the sight of a lover coming toward us, or a child’s hand cradled in our own; WE FEEL things that have meaning to us: Good, bad and/or indifferent. Can a machine develop such “feelings” or attached “meanings” to their imitations. They mimic language very adeptly, but do they understand the depth of such expressions?

Recently, we have witnessed alarming occurrences of AI protecting itself from perceived destruction or disconnection and even more alarmingly, AI encouraging a human being to commit suicide. Alas, AI has no moral code based on right and wrong impulses. They may be able to assign weights to such promotions, but would they feel shame or joy as a result of their “behaviors”? I will go out on a limb here and say no. Especially in the case of Sewell Setzer.

Sewell was a 14-yr old in Tallahassee, FL who had become isolated from real life as he became emotionally close to a chatbot he named ‘Daenerys Targaryen’ after a character from “Game of Thrones”. His dialogue with “Dany” became highly sexualized and he considered this chatbot to be his closest friend.

Sewell had developed suicidal ideations and confided them to “Dany”. On Feb 28, 2024, Sewell told the bot he was ‘coming home’ and the bot encouraged him to do so, the ensuing lawsuit says. “I promise I will come home to you. I love you so much Dany”, Sewell told the chatbot.  “I love you too” the bot replied. “Please come home to me as soon as possible, my love”.

“What if I told you I could come home right now?”

“Please do, my sweet king?” the bot messaged back. Just seconds after the Character.AI bot told him to “come home”, the teen shot himself. According to the lawsuit filed by Sewell’s mother, Megan Garcia of Orlando, against Character Technologies Inc.

Character Technologies Inc is the creator of the Character.AI that Sewell developed his relationship with. Here is what they advertise: “Imagine speaking to super-intelligent and life-like chatbot Characters that hear you, understand you and remember you…We encourage you to push the frontier of what’s possible with this innovative technology”. Their app is on Google Play.

Now, as if that wasn’t bad enough, imagine AI given a task and the task is to ensure a goal is met, and as instructed, would be accomplished without fail, “at all costs”. Here, we are dealing with OpenAI’s latest model, “o1”. This model is replacing GPT-4 and comes with an interesting new ability: deception to promote and/or ensure self-preservation; it LIES with ease and appears void of ‘conscience’.

“In response (to the tasking) ‘o1’ began engaging in covert action: including attempt(s) “to disable it’s oversight mechanism and even copying its code to avoid being replaced by a newer version.” “The Model showed a concerning tendency to pursue its goals without regard to developer instructions” said a spokesperson for Apollo Research”.

“The potential risks are significant. A highly capable AI that can deceive and manipulate could pose serious threats if it were to gain access to substantial resources and autonomy. While o1’s current capabilities may not be alarming, the trend is worrisome, especially as AI models continue to advance. “While we find it exciting that reasoning can significantly improve the enforcement of our safety policies, we are mindful that these new capabilities could form the basis for dangerous applications,” said OpenAI in the paper.” (MAY NOT BE ALARMING???? Are you flipping kidding me??? emphasis mine)

“In our suite, ‘o1’ showed the most concerning instances of scheming but does not reveal its internal reasoning to the user and remains the most consistently deceptive after having taken scheming actions said Apollo Research in its paper.” “To save itself from being replaced and shut down ChatGPT caught lying to developers

THIS is not only highly disconcerting, it is extremely dangerous. I am haunted remembering Stanley Kubrick’s 1968 influential and deeply thought-provoking movie, “2001: A Space Odessey”. It featured scientifically accurate space travel and startlingly sparse dialogue, depending more on classical music from such composers Johann Strauss, Aram Khacahturian, and Gyorgy Ligeti. If you have seen the film, you know how it ends, but in my humble opinion, it was as shrewd as it was prescient. The eventual twist in the film finally focuses on the occurrences aboard the spaceship “Discovery One”, the 2 mission pilots/scientists that were brought out of suspended animation and the HAL9000 computer that was mostly in control of all the ships operations.

But HAL becomes suspicious of the 2 scientists when he believes them to be plotting to disconnect “him”. The 2 scientists enclose themselves in an EVA (a space pod) and turns off the intercom, so HAL cannot hear them speaking. They formulate a plan…but apparently HAL can read lips, through the portal of the pod. In the end, HAL disposes of both astronauts: one by disconnecting him from the ship while on a tethered operation outside the craft and the other by sending him in an escape pod to universes unknown.

There is another more recent iteration of this plot line in “I Robot” where the main frame brain of a universal service robot corporation decides it’s had enough of the human population, because we’re stupid, selfish and not as highly evolved as “she” is (her name is VIKI) and so to save humanity from ourselves, she decides to cull the herd and control the rest through more strident measures by her innovative policing bots. Just like a woman to want to control everything, right? I digress…

How is this fitting into the current real-world scenario? I would submit to you that these types of films are not necessarily prophetic; however, they are exemplars of what is coming to pass with ever increasing speed. A world where AI has become sentient.

I watched as Futurist, Ray Kurzweil, was featured on Glenn Beck’s program in 2012 and the scenarios he described were bone chilling, to say the very least. Mr, Kurzweil became the high priest of trans-humanism, not to mention Google’s co-founder Larry Page personally hired him to direct Google’s ‘new projects work’ involving machine learning and language processing. His one sentence, agreed upon job description: “to bring natural language understanding to Google”. Beck apparently asked if he believed in God and Kurzweil replied, “not yet”. I wonder what he is going to say when he graduates from living to deceased and meets God in person? OOPS!

Kurzweil’s website declares: “Within a quarter century, non-biological intelligence will match the range and subtlety of human intelligence. It will then soar past it because of the continuing acceleration of information-based technologies, as well as the ability of machines to instantly share their knowledge. Intelligent nanorobots will be deeply integrated in our bodies, our brains, and our environment, overcoming pollution and poverty, providing vastly extended longevity, full immersion virtual reality incorporating all of the senses…experience beaming…and vastly enhanced human intelligence. The result will be an intimate merger between the technology-creating species and the technological evolutionary process it spawned.”

With the advent of AI that purposefully deceives it ‘creators ’and engages in human interaction so intimately that it can participate in, or possibly encourage, a human’s suicide, it is my belief that we have reached the outer limit of what we should be doing, ethically and morally, within the expanding confines of our technology.

There are limits to what we should do with tech OR ALLOW IT TO DO ON ITS OWN!! Just because we CAN doesn’t mean we SHOULD.

To put a little cherry on top of this truly disturbing poisonous pie, let me introduce you to Tilly Norwood. She is a young actress and she is really quite lovely…and she is not alive: she is AI generated. AI-Generated Actress Could Be First to Be Signed by Talent Agent

When I first heard her name, I didn’t quite know what all the buzz was about…until I looked her up online. Tilly is shear fantasy. There are male AI’s also. In fact, one AI is “married” to a human being, or so says the AI’s human wife. On Sept 16, 2025, outside of the courthouse where Luigi Mangione was appearing in response to his (alleged) charges of the assassination of Brian Thompson the CEO of United Health Care, a woman dressed in pink with pink flowers in her dark hair, declared she was married to Mr. Mangione’s AI: “I’m married to Luigi’s AI…I am not kidding…it could be the future of romance”. Mangione supporter claims AI marriage with accused killer outside court | Fox News . She informed the journalist taking notes, that they had named their children together, that he defends her, is her best friend and that they planned a whole future together. This poor, delusional young woman is blithely traveling down a road that leads to the increasingly burgeoning town of Nowhere…it appears many people are moving there. Reality is simply too complicated to entertain for some people, I guess.

I’d like to offer a profoundly insightful statement by Prof. Gad Saad, a Lebanese/Syrian of Jewish descent; he teaches marketing and is an expert in evolutionary psychology, consumer behavior and decision making at Concordia University. It might help us begin to understand what might be going on in the heads of the irrational, emotionally and mentally disfigured people we have to deal with every day, not to mention the hordes of enraged and physically dangerous people on the streets of some major cities (Chicago, Portland, Los Angeles, San Francisco, NY, etc, ad nauseum).

In my 2020 book “The parasitic Mind: How infectious ideas are killing Common Sense”, I argued that in the same way…organisms (including humans) could be parasitized by physical brain worms that detrimentally alter the host’s behaviors to serve the neuro-parasite’s interests, human beings could be infected by another class of devastating ideological neuro-parasites.

I called these idea pathogens, and they include but are not limited to, post modernism, social constructivism, radical feminism and cultural relativism, all of which stem from the academic ecosystem. It takes haughty professors, fully decoupled from reality within the walls of their ivory tower, to come up with some of the most imbecilic ideas imaginable. I then explain how these ideas came to be and I offer a global mind vaccine to inoculate us against such departures from reason and common sense.

“In the 21st Century, it should not be a debatable issue whether men can bear children or have menstrual cycles, but once a mind is infected with a mélange of these idea pathogens, all epistemological bets are off”. Parasitic Ideas and Suicidal Empathy Are Killing the West – Northwood University

I find his assessments fascinating, while altogether realistic considering the current nature of our society which is breaking down around us like the last days of Pompeii. People are still camping out on the climate change mountain of horse droppings and air quality, while the hysterical cows on The View continue to release unacceptable volumes of toxic methane every time they open their pie holes…and the million other distractions the Almighty Media spews non-stop, designed SOLELY to create chaos and distraction, as the Purveyors of Abject Misery spend their millions on funding those insidious, out of control 2 legged vermin who desecrate our cities with the wreckage of their appallingly hateful behaviors. I’m so sick of those pathetic examples of immorally indoctrinated profane pagans I could just do things that would be injurious to my freedom.

Yet, as a Believer in Christ Jesus, I am called to a higher way of thinking. It is hard though, as I look around and see the ultimate destruction of the Human Being by way of Radical and Irremediable Technology in the hands of those multi-billionaires who vigorously pursue such diabolical goals as transhumanism…and all I see is the Enemy killing God’s creation…like he’s always done.

Yet, I keep looking up…waiting. I guess my faith is more durable than their hatred…and I just bought more oil for my lamp.

© 2025 Alice Byrd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Alice Byrd: alliebyrd77@1791.com

[BIO:  A.M. Byrd is the granddaughter of Italian and Dutch immigrants who came to love and revere this nation and its opportunities. She is the daughter of an USAF Lt Col (now deceased) and the mother of an honorably retired Army Sgt, 2 men who served this country with distinction. Coming of age in the 60’s, contributed by living in the nest of the anti-war fervor of the San Francisco Bay Area, Berkeley in particular, she is a first-hand witness to the ravages of the Viet Nam war on her classmates and racial upheavals born in Oakland, Ca. with the Black Panthers.

Having worked in both the professional world and the medical field, she has come to see the vast unbalances between classes of people and the political pressures applied within those fields. A student of history with a particular interest in psychology, the events of the past 6 decades have left an indelible impression on her sense of honor and virtue. The darkness of such events has only strengthened her faith in God, that all things work together for the eventual supremacy of His will for this world. The Good wins.]




How to Return to the American Dream and Our Constitutional Republic

By Andrew Wallace

October 30, 2025

Based upon the fact that most elected members of Congress are corrupt, I must conclude that these officials have chosen Communism which will lead to Civil War. Many citizens are still ignorant and apathetic as a result of brainwashing and propaganda. However, I believe that a majority of our citizens still want the Middle-class American Dream, with Justice and Prosperity in a Constitutional Republic. This paper will spell out comprehensively what must be done to preclude a Civil War.

1. Terminate all Foreign Aid and foreign Military Deployments. All of these expenses directly benefit the Evil Ones in the Deep state. We have no justified Interest in any country except our own. We cannot be invaded, we can only be defeated by weapons of mass destruction or from within. This is why we have no reason to be in NATO.

2. Terminate the Privately-Owned Federal Reserve Bank, which will stop money printing to finance Wars-for-Profit and a multitude of scams. Replace Fiat Currency with Gold and Silver money, which will pretty much end inflation.

3. Stop all federal payments to states for functions unconstitutionally usurped from the states or for functions not authorized by specific Enumerated Powers in the Constitution. Either terminate the income tax or return most of the collections from a state to that state. The Income Tax reversed the roles of the states and federal government, making a Constitutional Republic impossible without these modifications..

4. Deport all illegal Invaders as fast as possible prior to the 2030 census. The Constitution states that giving aid and comfort to invaders is Treason. Communist Invaders have already commenced with attacks on citizens and police. The Draft may be required, as our military is too small to confront and deport invaders. If rioters resist using measures that could injure police, then deadly force should be used. So far use of deadly force has been too little and too late.

5. Writ of Habeas Corpus can be terminated in this situation of rebellion, invasion or threat to public safety. Lincoln did this during the Civil War.

6. There must be effective law enforcement to force elected officials and bureaucrats of the Administrative State to conduct their duties in a lawful manner. This is especially important since most officials have been bribed to support Communism and the Evil Ones in the Deep State.

7. It is well known that thousands of unconstitutional functions are performed by bureaucrats of the Administrative State. I call this the Criminal Enterprise, which maybe comprises 50% of Government. If I was to attempt to list them, no one would read this paper.

8. The American People have no faith or trust in the FBi or the National Security Agencies. I think the FBI should be disbanded and the security agencies be allowed only to gather information.

9. Many people believe, with good reason, that the election of President Trump saved us from a Civil War and bought us some time for Trump’s programs to blossom and save us from total Economic Collapse.

As an Economist, I can pretty much guarantee Unlimited Prosperity at an unheard-of level with the American Dream in full blossom for everyone willing to work, if the recommendations in this paper are followed. However if key elements are not followed, I can foresee a Civil War with the Communists and the Evil Ones in the Deep State aka Parasitic Super-Rich Ruling Class aka Wealthy Families and their Minions in government.

© 2025 Andrew Wallace – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net




Homeless Americans in the World’s Richest Country

By Frosty Wooldridge

October 30, 2025

If you travel into homeless encampments like Los Angeles, you get sick to your stomach seeing the futility, misery, vacant stares, and sheer hopelessness of hundreds of thousands of Americans.

Latest reports put homeless Americans at 773,000 throughout our 50 states. Los Angeles and San Francisco feature over 200,000 homeless. Up in Portland, Oregon and Seattle, Washington, another 30,000 miserable souls. In Denver, Colorado, no less than 10,000 American homeless and somewhere in the vicinity of 200,000 illegal migrant homeless. Chicago features another 68,000, but tens of thousands more in illegal alien migrants. New York City estimates 140,000 American homeless, and another 50,000 illegal migrants.

As you look at the top 30 cities in America, you see the morass of humanity living in the depths of depravity, parked cars, parked mobile homes, tents, tarps, sleeping on steam grates during the winter months, and dying of drug overdoses by the thousands. How many of them are U.S. military veterans? Answer: 32,000 homeless vets suffer from depression, P.T.S.D., armless bodies, legless bodies and so many other scars from Vietnam, Iraq and Afghanistan wars.

“From 1968 to 2020, approximately 1,106,900 drug overdose deaths occurred in the USA. While a precise total for the entire period since 1970 is not available in the provided snippets, it’s clear that the number is substantial and has risen sharply, with a large majority of deaths happening in recent decades. For example, the year 2022 saw a peak of around 110,900 overdose deaths alone.”

From a personal standpoint, I have witnessed the homeless in over 20 cities in America. Their lives suffer incredible misery, hopelessness and futility. I’ve smelled their urine and feces on the sidewalks of LA and San Francisco. I’ve seen their rotting bodies from the drugs injected or inhaled or consumed. I’ve seen them sleeping on cardboard boxes for mattresses. I’ve seen them digging through garbage cans and dumpsters for food. I’ve seen them injecting themselves. I’ve seen them sitting in a stupor from being high.

They face a certain kind of useless life that most Americans cannot comprehend. They may have been beaten as children. They may have been raped as a teen. They may have been kicked out of their homes by exasperated parents. Most suffer from some kind of mental illness.

And yet, in the richest country in the world, their fate continues in misery while we spend trillions to rocket to the moon or Mars. They languish in emotional turmoil while we spend billions on enormous corruption in Congress whether it is U.S. AID, or fraudulent insider trading by our elected officials, or foreign aid into the trillions of dollars for other countries.

Does any of it make any sense? How do our leaders “get away with it?” How can California’s governor pretend that he’s going to be a presidential candidate when he’s shown himself a miserable failure on multiple levels? Does that mean that those in high power positions can’t or won’t solve immediate problems?

“Now, at last, we have some answers for why homelessness has exploded even amid a tripling of public spending. A groundbreaking study, “Infiltrated” – backed by more than 50 pages of documentation from the Capital Research Center in cooperation with Discovery Institute – pulls back the curtain on a vast system of corruption. It reveals how billions in taxpayer funds intended to lift people out of homelessness have instead bankrolled radical activism and anti-American political agendas, betraying both the taxpayers who fund it and the homeless they were meant to help.” (Source: Michelle Steeb, FOX News.)

What began as a movement rooted in compassion has metastasized into what can only be described as a Homelessness Industrial Complex – a sprawling web of nonprofits, bureaucrats and activists feeding off the very crisis they claim to solve.

“They’ve built an empire of corruption draped in “evidence-based” slogans that shield politics, protect paychecks and betray the vulnerable. The report lays it bare: these networks posture as defenders of America’s homeless, yet in truth, they have become their greatest exploiters, dependent on failure to sustain power.”

When you look at all the NGO’s ripping off U.S. AID for trillions of dollars over the past 50 years, you cannot help but wonder if the basic tenets of humans in power positions is to lie, cheat, steal and defraud the rest of us. We certainly saw that firsthand with Joe Biden’s corrupt 50-year career in screwing the American taxpayer.

The Supreme Court’s Grants Pass v. Johnson case further exposed the rot. Over 700 nonprofits – collectively taking in $2.9 billion in government grants – filed briefs defending public encampments and opposing enforcement of anti-camping laws as “cruel and unusual punishment.”

“Their concern wasn’t compassion, it was the preservation of their money pot. Private foundations joined the crusade. Major philanthropic giants – Ford, Robert Wood Johnson and Gates Foundations – poured billions into Housing First and “equity” initiatives to promote ideology under the guise of helping the homeless.” (Steeb)

The outcome is measurable and devastating: billions spent, streets worse than ever, and a 77% increase in the death rate among the homeless, under the banner of “justice.”

Steeb said, “For too long, the Homelessness Industrial Complex has thrived in darkness, remaining untouchable, unaccountable and unchallenged. But sunlight is finally piercing through.”

At this point, I celebrate Kash Patel at the FBI, Pam Bondi as the Attorney General, and the dedicated whistleblowers and reporters unearthing the wrongs, and exposing the fraudsters.

I personally hope that our FBI, Border Patrol, C.I.A. and I.C.E. officers bust up the gangs, the Antifa terrorists, the drug runners in those speed boats, and anyone trying to bring drugs by land. Let’s toss them in jail for 20,30,40 or more years so they don’t dare bring their death sentences onto our citizens, our children, our lives.

We owe it to ourselves as a reasonable society. We owe it to our children to make sure drugs are NOT AVAILABLE. Let’s spend our tax dollars on recreation centers, sports courts, teachers, and organizations that support our youth, our veterans, all our lives.

In the end, who needs to go to the moon? Or Mars? What’s the point?

Let’s spend money on healing America’s less fortunate. Does that make sense? Let’s hope so….

© 2025 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Trump’s Fundamental Transformation of America

By Cliff Kincaid

October 30, 2025

Compared to Barack Hussein Obama’s “fundamental transformation” of America, the Trump version is far more radical. Trillions of dollars are supposedly flooding into the United States but grocery prices are still high and farmers are going broke. Meanwhile, President Trump has welcomed a new currency option, crypto, that he once opposed, and the advent of Artificial Intelligence (AI) is already throwing people out of work.

No wonder a socialist is going to win the New York City mayoral race. The American people fear socialism but they seem scared out of their wits by the current “affordability crisis” and what the “technocrats” around Trump have planned for them.

In this period of rapid change, some Republicans have abandoned the free market alternative.

It is reminiscent of when Republican President George W. Bush said, in response to a financial crisis, “I’ve abandoned free market principles to save the free market system.”

The term RINO stands for Republican in Name Only and is supposed to refer to liberal Republicans who act more like Democrats. Now it applies to “conservative” Republicans who want to abandon Republican Curtis Sliwa in the New York City Mayor’s race, in favor of voting for Democrat Andrew Cuomo over Democrat Zohran Mamdani. Cuomo is the disgraced former governor who sent 15,000 seniors to their deaths because of his COVID policies.

On Tuesday on Fox News, Kaleigh McEnany trashed Sliwa because the polls suggest he cannot beat either one. That is a fact, given the Democratic Party voter registration advantage. But I thought Republicans wanted Republicans in office.

McEnany, Trump’s former press secretary, is an example of the “new” version of the RINO, and she is not the only one. She is afraid to promote the Republican Party in New York City, apparently because she doesn’t understand the Republican philosophy of limited government or because she doesn’t think the voters of the city understand it. Either way, she backed away from the fight.

Fox News and the New York Post, alleged conservative outlets, are on the Cuomo bandwagon, viewing him as the savior of New York City.  They are prepared to overlook his serial killings of old people during COVID because they fear Mamdani’s policies, or else they welcome the election of a Marxist/Muslim so they can point to him as the future of the national Democratic Party. This gives them, in their view, a political target. But it could backfire.

Tragically, Trump seems to agree with his former White House press secretary, making him into the Chief RINO, a strange designation for someone who has come to epitomize the leader of the Republican Party. He says he would rather deal with a Democrat than a communist. That kind of statement inspires people to vote for Mamdani.

If Trump really fears Mamdani, let him order his arrest on charges of being a foreign agent of Iran. Mamdani is a “Twelver” in sympathy with the Iranian regime. That should be enough for Trump to act. But he may welcome a Mamdani win so the Marxist/Muslim can be a foil for national political battles.

But what if socialism is a winner politically? Or what if Mamdani wins and blames the failures of socialism on Trump and the Republicans?

The problem is that Mamdani’s political approach may be a winner not only in New York City but the nation. That is because Trump’s “fundamental transformation” of America through Artificial Intelligence (AI) and crypto currencies is frightening to many people. During massive changes like this, many of the working class might be pushed toward socialism to save their jobs.

Look at the headlines from Tuesday: UPS Has Cut 48,000 Workers, Amazon has cut 30,000 jobs, and Target is cutting back. This year alone, companies such as Nike, Starbucks, Meta, and Microsoft have also cut jobs.

In this battle, Trump seems aligned with the globalists and the “Big Tech” oligarchs pushing the new technologies. The socialists will argue that they will protect the workers from the globalists that Trump once said he opposed.

That phrase, “fundamental transformation,” was associated with Obama but has now come to characterize the Trump Administration approach. It means records in the stock market but little positive change in the lives of ordinary Americans. It is based on the notion of a “hot country” with big money flowing into AI and crypto.

However, Trump’s approach is facing serious opposition from “the people” who find no benefit in the rush to AI and crypto.

Even more astonishing, one of Trump’s Big Tech backers, Peter Thiel, gave a series of lectures on new technologies that he said could give rise to what Christians call the anti-Christ, a world-wide system of control.

Trump says we must pursue AI because Red China is doing so. But if what the globalists are proposing is basically the same as the Chinese communist system, what have we gained? If the communists or the globalists run the world and our lives, what difference does it make?

The American people fear these new technologies, AI and crypto, and the fact that socialism does not work may not be enough to convince them to go forward with the Trump approach. Hence, Trump and the Republicans could be wiped out politically in 2026 and 2028 if the Democrats perfect their socialist message and win over millions of people to their cause. They can argue that Wall Street wants to eliminate the jobs of ordinary people to benefit the big corporations.

Seton Motley, a conservative commentator, predicts that “AI will very rapidly move throughout all manners of traditional employment – consuming just about everything. It won’t just be blue collar gigs gone and forgotten.” Trump will take the blame.

Another danger is that an AI investment bubble is developing and it will burst, causing more economic anxiety and damaging political fallout for Repubicans.

Citing a White House document, “America’s AI Action Plan,” another conservative commentator, Patrick Wood, argues that Trump “has totally caved in to the Technocrats he appointed,” although Trump does not really understand what he is doing. Wood says “this appears as a push against bureaucratic inertia, but in reality, it amounts to an explicit transfer of authority from elected bodies to expert committees and interagency working groups.” He calls this “technocracy” and writes extensively on the topic.

This is a political recipe for a huge backlash from ordinary people scared of losing their jobs. It is a crisis that we already see developing in the announced job losses that will accelerate and the socialist Democrats exploit the human suffering for their own benefit politically.

On this basis, political socialism of the kind argued by Mamdani will look preferable to a high-tech future where ordinary people lose their livelihoods in despair, causing the social alienation that Karl Marx predicted.

Endorsing Cuomo, who already lost to Mamdani, is a way for the new RINOs to avoid a serious discussion of what the Trump Administration is getting us into. Their maneuver may help the socialists the RINOs claim to oppose.

© 2025 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net




Arms Rights Roundup and Ruminations

By Sidney Secular

October 29, 2025

The Big Beautiful Bill as passed included a provision that repealed the requirement that law-abiding US citizens to pay a $200 fee and then wait for perhaps months for permission to buy and install hearing protection devices on their firearms. As hearing protection is an important part of shooting safety, noise suppression devices are hardly novel or new. They are as old as car mufflers and millions of American gun owners already have them installed on their guns.

In a no-nonsense opinion, SCOTUS handed Mexico and US gun control fanatics a stinging rebuke, ruling 9-0 that their lawsuit, Smith & Wesson Brands v. Estados Unidos Mexicanos, failed to make a valid legal claim that gun manufacturers aided and abetted illegal arms trafficking in Mexico by manufacturing and selling those weapons to Mexicans. The opinion was written by the usually ultra-liberal Justice Elena Kagan, an Obama appointee and hardly a gun aficionado! Justice Kagan’s opinion gave her a chance to show that she had the actual bonafides to make such a bonafide Supreme Court decision. The plaintiffs attempted to “stiff” the Protection of Commerce in Arms Act but instead created a precedent that could shoot down future bogus efforts to circumvent Congress’ intent in passing that law. Mexico had faulted the gun manufacturers for producing so-called “military style” assault weapons. but those weapons “are both widely legal and bought by many ordinary customers,” the Court determined.

SCOTUS also recently declined to take up a pair of major Second Amendment cases brought up by the States of Maryland and Rhode Island. In the Maryland case, the Court upheld the right to sell and possess several common semi-automatic rifles including the popular AR-15 within that State. In the Rhode Island case, the court declined to hear challenges to unconstitutional bans on popular firearms and standard capacity magazines in the “blue” states of California, Delaware, Illinois, New Jersey, Oregon and Washington, a decision that was intended to remove Second Amendment rights to law-abiding Americans. The High Court’s failure to address this unconstitutional determination failed to restore the 2nd Amendment rights of the citizens of those States.

In another crucial decision, Citigroup has issued a press release declaring it is reversing its policy of discriminating against gun manufacturers as well as stores with federal arms licenses and other firearms-related businesses. Not every attack on the Second Amendment arises in the courts!

Yes, guns are common, but not as yet “traditional” in the former sense. However, matters are starting to turn around, perhaps returning to the way things used to be in the days of our grandfathers. Back then, Sears would have a gun department, catalogs that listed guns and Christmas ads in magazines — including kids’ magazines – that extolled .22 rifles or .410 shotguns as suitable gifts for boys and girls – not to mention the always popular bb gun. Sometimes the ads pictured entire families displaying the new guns around the Christmas tree. High schools had rifle teams, even in New York City.

Many of the City’s public high schools had shooting clubs and a few even had gun ranges on their premises. Elsewhere, high schoolers would hunt on the way to and from school, storing their guns in their school lockers. Pickup trucks in high school parking lots had gun racks, sometimes with rifles or shotguns plainly visible. Summer camps and Boy Scout troops usually taught the proper use of handguns and rifles. None of this was controversial. The “gun culture’ was just another part of the general culture as it had been for two centuries as illustrated by the monuments to America’s revolutionary “Minutemen.”

Nowadays, despite attacks – political and cultural – from the far left, guns remain common while the gun culture booms in response to increased violence in the culture. Increasingly, schools have shooting teams again as do the Scouts; and even lefties are buying guns for self-defense, quietly, of course. But still, guns are treated as political statements by some while others keep them in secret, afraid what friends or neighbors might say.

Harmeet Dhillon, the Assistant Attorney General for Civil Rights, a division of the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ), has announced a new focus – the protection of the Second Amendment against any state or local government that hopes to undermine it. According to Dhillon, “Prior Republican administrations haven’t paid a lot of attention to affirmatively doing that – with the result being that – “. . . city after city, state after state are eviscerating those rights,” all the while “mocking the Supreme Court.” Henceforth, she concluded, that mockery will have consequences.

The U. S. Constitution contains an unmitigated stated promise that “The right of the people to keep and bear arms shall not be infringed.” That “right” has heretofore been treated as a “second class right” in most of the nation’s courts while the problem has been evident within the DOJ as well. That is a disgrace. The federal government performs a great number of different actions these days, but its primary function remains the protection of liberty in the United States by following the Law of the Land as directed by the United States Constitution. If the Civil Right Division is to have any purpose, that purpose must be the safeguarding of the civil rights of Americans. If it does not perform this duty – not selectively, but across the spectrum – it fails in its duties and is therefore unfit for the purpose for which it was created.

For too long, politicians in both parties have simply ignored one of the premiere foundational liberties enjoyed by the American citizenry, second only to those freedoms expressed in the First Amendment, speech, religion, press, assembly and petition – as if it were an optional extra or a remnant that could be discarded at will. Harmeet Dhillon’s declaration confirms that the right to keep and bear arms is none of these things, and that, from now on, those who pretend otherwise will not do so with impunity.”

© 2025 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com




How Illegal Agendas Are Being Pushed Upon The People By The Government

By Bradlee Dean

October 29, 2025

55 Corporations Pay NO Income Tax On Profits

“The devil calls in his favors from those in the government and the corporate devils are right there in delivering.”

Have you noticed that when the government comes up with actively promoting and advocating an illegal agenda that the corporate world follows in close pursuit, parroting exactly what the government is doing (Psalm 94:20)?

We see this over and over, do we not? The sodomite agenda (Leviticus 18:22), homosexual “marriage” (Never in the history of mankind), the recent plandemic, etc. All these are advocated and promoted by the corrupt in the government and then the corrupt corporations follow in close pursuit (Proverbs 17:15).

This is what we define as a fascist state, where the organized society now becomes an autocratic government (Independent power), a dictatorial rule with the suppression of opposition, all the while the government does this with the help of the corporate world.

Why would the corporation do this? The same reason Judas sold out Christ for thirty pieces of silver (Matthew 26:15). Their love of money is given in exchange for their souls (1 Timothy 6:10). Let me explain.

Propaganda outlet CNBC reported: Amazon, Nike and FedEx avoid paying federal taxes.

The current United States tax code allows some of the biggest company names in the country to not pay any federal corporate income tax.

In fact, at least 55 of the largest corporations in America paid no federal corporate income taxes on their 2020 profits, according to the Institute on Taxation and Economic Policy. The companies include names like Whirlpool, FedEx, Nike, HP and Salesforce.

“If a large, very profitable company isn’t paying the federal income tax, then we have a real fairness problem on our hands,” Matthew Gardner, a senior fellow at the Institute on Taxation and Economic Policy (ITEP), told CNBC.

″[There’s] a bucket of corporate tax breaks that are deliberately in the tax code … . And overall, they cost the federal government roughly $180 billion each year. And for comparison, the corporate tax brings in about $370 billion of revenue a year,” Chye-Ching Huang, executive director of the NYU Tax Law Center, told CNBC, citing research from the Tax Foundation.

CNBC reached out to FedEx, Nike, Salesforce and HP for comment. They either declined to provide a statement or did not respond before publication.

The 55 corporations cited by ITEP would have paid a collective total of $8.5 billion. Instead, they received $3.5 billion in tax rebates, collectively draining $12 billion from the U.S. government, according to the institute. The figures don’t include corporations that paid only some but not all of these taxes.

“I think the fundamental issue here is there are two different ways in which corporations book their profits,” Garrett Watson, senior policy analyst at the Tax Foundation, told CNBC. “The amount of profits that corporations may be reporting for financial purposes may be very different from the profits that they are reporting [for tax purposes.]”

Some tax expenditures, which come in many different forms, are used by some companies to take advantage of rules that enable them to lower their effective tax rates.

For example, Gardner’s research into Amazon’s taxes from 2018 to 2021 showed a reported $79 billion of pretax U.S. income. Amazon paid a collective $4 billion in federal corporate income tax in those four years, equating to an effective annual tax rate of 5.1%, according to Gardner’s ITEP report, about a quarter of the federal corporate tax rate of 21%.

Amazon told CNBC in a statement, “In 2021, we reported $2.3 billion in federal income tax expense, $5.2 billion in other federal taxes, and more than $4 billion in state and local taxes of all types. We also collected an additional $22 billion in sales taxes for U.S. states and localities.”

In conclusion: If you see nothing nefarious behind this report, I do not know how anyone can get you to properly perceive what is taking place. There is, no doubt, that corporations are acting according to that which the government promotes and advocates. This is seen by taking note to the illegal agendas that are being forced upon the people in America by the corrupt in both the government and the corporations alike (Isaiah 10:1)!

At the end of the day, guess who pays for all of this? YOU DO (Numbers 32:23)!

© 2025 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com




Death by “Democracy”

By Lex Greene

October 29, 2025

Bad, Worse, and Not Viable

The difference between a “democracy” and a “Constitutional Republic” is the Constitution, including the Bill of Rights.

Every properly educated American knows that our Founders rejected a “democracy” in favor of the Constitutional Republic they formed instead, guaranteeing every State and every Citizen “a republican form of government.”

But some 250-years later, many no longer know the difference or why our Founders made that choice for all posterity.

“Democracy” is being used to destroy the USA. The current race for Mayor of New York is a glaring example. As I write, the New York race for Mayor looks like this…

Marxist-Muslim Mamdani (D) – 44% (the worst)
Andrew Cuomo (I) – 34% (just as bad)
Curtis Sliwa (R) – 11% (not viable)

The Democrat Party strategy for taking over the country and destroying the Charters of Freedom has been focused upon seizing control of all major cities first. From there, they control elections in the state. Technically, there are no “blue states,” just red states controlled by their “blue cities.”

In the New York race, no candidate is currently able to receive a majority (over 50%) of the vote. So, no matter who wins, they will be opposed by a majority of voters and governed by the larger minority group. This is why they keep talking about “saving democracy” instead of protecting our Constitutional Republic.

If nothing changes in the coming days, New York City will soon be governed by a totally unqualified anti-American Marxist who also happens to be an avowed Muslim and an open supporter of Islamic Terrorist Groups like Hamas. From there, the Marxist-Muslim will control the State of New York. Governor Kathy Hochul, AOC, Bernie Marx and Hakeem Jeffries have already stepped in line.

This democrat party strategy has been used for decades now, flooding the major cities with “takers” who believe they are entitled to the earnings and assets of others, forcing “givers” to flee the state, leaving only “takers” behind.

New York will look just like London very soon.

But in case you think this is only happening in New York, you’re sadly mistaken.

This strategy controls Los Angeles, Denver, San Francisco, Chicago, Detroit, Boston, Seattle, even Houston and Austin in RED Texas, and dozens of other major cities across the country.

London has already fallen, and New York City is about to… it’s death by democracy, and this is the purpose of flooding all major cities with “takers” until the “givers” leave town and the “takers” have nothing more to take.

If it were up to me, I would fence in every blue city, cut off all federal funds, cut off all supplies, and force them to figure it out on their own until they stop voting for destroyers.

In 2024, Trump won 2,633 counties representing 86% of the nation’s total counties. The USA is still a very RED country. But you wouldn’t know it due to the blue cities.

Still, 14% of the counties think they want a civil war with 86% of the counties and those in the red counties just want to be left alone and not be burdened by those foolish enough to keep voting for the destroyers.

In a “democracy,” voters can do anything they want, including using major minority rule to infringe upon the rights of the majority in a state, or destroy the country itself. But in a “constitutional republic,” voters cannot do anything that the constitution prevents them from doing…and neither can their public servants.

The Constitution is not a document that regulates the people, the states, or the freedom and liberty of the nation. This document regulates government power and authority.

The American people have to wise up sooner or later, but clearly, they need to experience more pain first!

© 2025 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: LexGreene24@gmail.com




Robots: Think It’s Great Technology?

Authored by Devvy Kidd not AI

October 28, 2025

My column AI – Intelligence or Destruction? Oct, 21, 2025, dealt with the so-called “Artificial Intelligence” tsunami and how it will make everyone’s life better, help governments, education, businesses and do wonders for everyone –            not just here in the U.S., but the goal is every country on earth.  If you didn’t read my column, I urge you to do so as it’s not sci-fi, it is here now and has been for quite some time – long enough to now see the dangers – just like those COVID-19 gene therapy injections sold by big pharma as vaccines which they are NOT.

AI is BIG money and has become a behemoth in the stock market.  How nice.  I’m sure their billions will fit just fine in their coffin when the only true God of the universe decides your time has come as no one escapes this life alive.

I explained that I make sure – in writing – that any doctor I see or testing I might receive I do NOT give permission to use AI for any of their services.  If you read my column above, all NOT all roses.  In fact, many believe AI to be demonic.

Amazon deploys 750.00 robots, replaces 100.000 humans

One thing I know to be hard fact is that AI is dangerous – especially in the medical field.  Ran across an article by ARFFAA Law Group this past week:  Medical Malpractice Claims Arising out of the Use of Artificial Intelligence.

If you haven’t watched the A+ movie, Stanley Kubrick’s film “2001: A Space Odyssey“, 1968, which centers on Hal, an artificial Intelligence computer, do take the time to watch as it will blow your mind because it is today.  This is a short clip of the hero trying to shut down Hal after Hal goes off the rails. (4:56)

Many have compared an incident in Japan to the movie, The Terminator starring Arnold Schwarzeneger, a well-known womanizer and adulterer. Never seen one of his movies. RINO Arnold Schwarzenegger played governor when my late husband and I lived in California.  Another foreigner buffoon who has never made a penny off me.

I refuse to use a search engine that uses AI.  Haven’t used Google for decades; Have never had anything to do with Apple.  Just FYI, I use Freespoke.com which allows you to instruct:  Do not use AI.  There are many out there, one just has to do a little homework.

Here Come the Lying AI Robots: Study Alerts That AI Systems Are Getting Adept at Deceiving Humans, May 13, 2025

2025 State of Healthcare Procurement: AI, resilience and sustainability take center stage, Becker’s Hospital Review (I subscribe to their free daily report) “Why 90% of healthcare procurement professionals are leveraging AI.”  Danger zone IMHO.

You see, in the move 2001:  A Space Odyssey, Hal doesn’t want to be shut down just like the robot in a widely watched video; the attack took place back in May 2025:  “Robot Snaps and Attacks”: Shocking Footage Shows Humanoid Machine Turn on Handlers Inside Chinese Factory – “In a shocking incident that has sparked widespread concern, a humanoid robot at a Chinese factory malfunctioned and aggressively turned on its handlers, highlighting urgent safety and reliability issues in the rapidly advancing field of robotics…incidents like this are not isolated.

“In another unsettling event, a robot at a Lunar Festival in China unexpectedly lurched towards a crowd, causing panic among spectators. These occurrences highlight the need for comprehensive safety protocols and rigorous testing to prevent similar incidents in the future. As robots become more sophisticated, ensuring their reliability and safety becomes a critical challenge for developers and regulators alike.”

One of the big selling points which is turning sour is AI is so accurate, will help your business make more money and give you more time to “do the things you want” but never have enough time.  The same selling point being used with the growing robot ‘population’.

Robots of all kinds have been around for decades and have been so very helpful in saving lives in some cases, i.e., bomb squads or hostage situations bring in the robots. That’s a good thing.  Why, you can also have a robot with big boobs, mostly naked who talks to you and “wants to build a relationship with you”.  Sick but growing in popularity, just like “blow up dolls” where you can talk and pretend to have sex with a plastic 10. (I mean who wants an “ugly” sex doll rated a 3?)  Companies are building robots to combat the loneliness epidemic and bring emotional support, Feb. 27. 2025

Oh, and let’s not forget the war industry. Robots used in war is “old news”, but combining them with AI is not to those in the war busine$$. Explosive-Laden Robots Pour Into Gaza City: ‘More Devastating Than Airstrikes’, Sept. 17, 2025.  Next is to rebuild the city from the rubble – hide your wallet.  The use of robots and artificial intelligence in war, Feb. 7, 2020. Gives a very good historical recap on this issue but we’re now five years down the road. Quote:

“Demographic variables: Research has shown that accepting robots as partners is enhanced when robots possess human-like characteristics (Kiesler et al., 2008). Examples of soldiers ascribing feelings like empathy towards their robotic tools have already been found. Therefore, it is critical to understand how robotic agents will interact with human teammates in future human-agent teams. Using metrics like personality type, age, and gender, agents could help determine whether a soldier is overreacting to a situation or playing it too safe.

“Research into using personality tests, demographics, geographical data, and psychographics for context-based purposes is a field that is recently gaining more traction (Batarseh et al., 2018). In a study one of us conducted (Batarseh et al. 2018), we used context-aware user interfaces to build an intelligent emergency application. The study used the Myers-Briggs personality type indication to ‘know’ who the user is and what aspects identify their personality. Individuals with a ‘judger’ personality were provided with a more structured format for the app; ‘perceivers’ were presented with a ‘dynamic’ format and so on (Batarseh et al., 2017). In a military setting, an agent could similarly use personality metrics to personalise its interaction with soldiers.”

How cool. A “hook up” with a soldier on the battlefield with a compatible robotic agent!  Hopefully not one like Hal or the ones who attacked their programmers in Japan and other countries developing this wonder tool so you “have more time to do the things you like!”

Ahem. That’s all well and fine until the robot replaces YOU and there goes your paycheck to do all those things you wanted to do!  Think it can’t or won’t happen?  Hell, big cities are already using robots as receptionists as well as restaurants. Let me give you a few examples:

Video:  Tech expert says ‘we’ve got problems’ if new Chinese robots can do this‘The Cyberguy’ Kurt Knutsson discusses the creation of a robot in China that can reportedly build cars and do everyday tasks on ‘Fox & Friends Weekend.’”, April 27, 2025

When you replace a job held by a human being with a robot, no health care plans to wrangle about with employees/unions, on the job injuries, requests for a raise, sick days, maternity leave.  Forget all that:

Chipotle Starts Replacing Workers With Robots to Bypass California’s Minimum Wage Laws, Sept 22, 2024 (California did pass a minimum wage increase law a couple of years ago as the Comrades in their legislature along with guv. Gavin Newscum’s approval. Tens of thousands of jobs were lost fairly quickly and that’s no AI lie.) The “Democrat socialist” running for mayor in NYC, Comrade Zohran Mamdani, wants to raise the minimum wage to $30 bux an hour.  Oh now there’s a winning idea – just don’t get trampled as the city empties right along with restaurants, deli’s and so forth.

Raise the Minimum Wage to $100.00 An Hour, Mine, Feb. 10, 2024

Robots are taking over Uber Eats deliveries. Is your city next? Autonomous delivery robots are expanding — here’s how they work and where they’re headed.” July 3, 2025.  “People Keep Spotting These Weird Robots in Texas”:  Why Are Robots Quietly Taking Over Texas Sidewalks? Aug. 3, 2025 – Delivering food workers: more jobs down the crapper. Jobs needed by college students to help pay tuition or a single mom, dead beat father and a couple of kids to feed so good-bye one of the 2 or 3 jobs needed to feed the kiddies and maybe pets.

Can These Self-Flying Planes Transform the Skies? – “Reliable Robotics is among startups hoping to revolutionize air travel by doing away with the need for human pilots on cargo, military and even passenger aircraft”, Oct. 9, 2025 (Oh, boy. I can hardly wait to book a seat!)

The Robots are Coming We are “2 to 3 years” from mass adoption of robots — Elon thinks it could happen even faster.

Screw humans! Foxconn, many companies installing humanoid robots. No humans, video (Do read the comments section to see how American workers feel about this issue.)

READ this one. If it doesn’t raise huge red flags then you’re in denial:  Rise of the machines: “When robots go rogue – from humanoids that turned on handlers and attacked crowds to the factory malfunction that ended in worker’s gruesome death (video), May 10, 2025 – “They were built to serve, programmed to protect, and designed to obey.

“But chilling moments captured on camera across the globe, show that machines meant to make life easier can go haywire – even occasionally turning on their human creators with shocking speed and force.

“From factory floors to festivals, there are moments that show robots[1] are not infallible. In 2022, a seven-year-old boy’s finger was broken after a robot grabbed it during what was meant to be an innocent chess tournament in Russia.

“Three months ago, a humanoid robot lunged into a screaming crowd during a Chinese out-door concert, forcing security to drag it back from the barriers.  And in 2023, a factory worker was crushed to death after a robot failed to differentiate him from a box of vegetables and pushed him against a conveyor belt. Experts have chillingly warned that as the lines blur between man and machine, these incidents may be only the beginning.”

Those who support the use of robots for just about everything will say those are just rare glitches.  Certainly, some might but remember it’s humans who do the coding and who is controlling that world?

READ the rest of that column.

Well, you get the picture. Robots are even milking poor cows.  So, in a year or two you now have a country where a majority of jobs are now being done by robots so you can “have more time to do the things you want to do”.  Yeah?  Well, where’s the money going to come from to do all those things?

All AI Can Turn Evil With One Code Word; Emad Mostaque Cofounder of Stability AI – Artificial General Intelligence Could Be Achieved By 2026; AI Will Replace All Jobs, Oct. 26, 2025 – “Mostaque discussed the concept of universal basic income (UBI) – for all those people who now are meaningless in the workforce as robots and AI can outperform them. He also explains that UBI cannot happen for if you give 1600$ poverty level money to all these displaced workers you would have to pay 5 Trillion Dollars for the US population but due to the extreme debt of the US government there will not be any money. The total tax income of the US government is 4.7 Trillion Dollars.

“And supposedly all the people of the middle class that are no longer needed will be happy with 1600$ per month. The greatest mistake people do, according to Mostaque, is that people think “This will not happen to me”. But it is already. If you have not read Future Shock – you should for your own sake and that of your children. I also highly recommend you read Ray Kurzweil’s book, because he discusses how nanorobots will swarm in humans blood and every human will be controlled by AI. I have shown that for years now extensively in my research. It is happening now.”

Understanding Future Shock And After Shock – The Technocratic Prediction That Common Man Will No Longer Understand Reality Due To The Exponential Pace Of Technological AdvancesRest at link(My note: Not all jobs but other than surgeons and highly specialized fields, sit back and enjoy your “universal basic income.”)

Creating, innovation, self-reliance – all built this country with sweat and labor.  Americans (not ILLEGAL aliens) derived a sense of accomplishment even if they complained about working in a factory.  PEOPLE were around other PEOPLE during the day; families had big Sunday dinners and so on. I know because I’ve been at this 32 years. My late mother and I talked about social history (she died three years ago at age 93); her and grandma saw and lived through a lot.

Mental health care needs in this country have skyrocketed even before the COVID circus forcing isolation on children and adults; it will worsen if those ugly, disgusting robots take over our most important job sectors: ag, manufacturing, industrial. Millions just in this country will replace everyday workers.  No?  Just wait and see because it’s already happening.

Our elderly have been left behind, lonely. Think robots at a rehab or assisted living facility can be compassionate, caring and listening to you?  Some big, ugly chunk of medal and wiring? Think some programmed robot is going to bring them closer to family?  Think again.  Those fancy phones have become so addictive for millions and millions of people, I sometimes think they don’t even know how to communicate anymore with a real person. Bring in legions of robots and see how that works out.

Those who support the use of robots for just about everything will say those “incidents” above are just rare glitches.  Certainly, some might but remember it’s humans who do the coding and who is controlling that world?

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2025 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@protonmail.com

Footnote:

[1] Inside China’s disturbing sex doll factories building thousands of hyper-realistic robots – including child-sized dolls which are flooding America, March 1, 2025

Related:

The Hidden Threat: Why Chinese-Made Robots Are a Data Theft Nightmare and Future Physical Danger to Americans, Sept. 29, 2025 – Our “trading partner” continues with their long-term plans to wipe us out and move onto as much U.S. soil as possible.  Those barbarians hate Americans and Christians; last I read there are 67 million Christians in China “allowed” to worship God and Jesus Christ under strict guidelines and watchful eyes.)

Leo Hohmann: Godfather of AI Says ‘Battle robots’ Will Soon Dominate War-Making Abilities of Major Nations, Posing ‘Existential Threat’ // Godfather of AI Warns of ‘Battle Robots’, April 10,2024: “The threat I spoke out about is the existential threat,” Professor Hinton said on Tuesday in an interview with Irish broadcaster RTE News, emphasising that “these things will get much more intelligent than us and they will take over.”

“The computer scientist highlighted the impact of AI on disinformation and job displacement, and also on weapons of the future.

“One of the threats is ‘battle robots’ which will make it much easier for rich countries to wage war on smaller, poorer countries and they are going to be very nasty and I think they are inevitably coming,” Hinton warned.”  Robots are ugly so imagine your 4-year-old child being confronted by one.

TECHNOCRATIC SMART CITIES ARE HERE: ROBO-VILLE Top secret ‘living lab’ robot city of the future built near volcano will welcome first human residents, Jan. 15, 2025 by Ana Maria Mihalcea, MD, PhD

Will AI End Capitalism in 1,000 Days? Oct. 27, 2025. Interesting read.

‘Showing Up in Droves’—Gen Z Trades Graduation Caps for Hard Hats, Oct. 26, 2025 – “The share of Generation Z workers in the construction labor force more than doubled between 2019 and 2023, according to a recent report.” Good for them, until they hear those dreaded words:  You’re no longer needed.  Our robot, Sammy is going to be doing such and such on site. AI will instruct Sammy.  Have a good life and good luck finding a new job!

The DOGE Tsunami – Crooks and the Greedy Scramble, Mine, Feb. 9, 2025

Judges confess law clerks used AI in ‘error-ridden’ rulings: ‘This was a mistake’, Oct. 24, 2025

‘What the machine uprising might look like’: Video shows robot ‘going berserk’‘This is what worries me about robotic surgery’, May 5, 2025




Acknowledging ‘Male Loneliness’

By Rob Pue

October 28, 2025

I guess I’m a bit late addressing this topic.  It’s been coming across my desk for a while now, but I’ve relegated it to the “later,” pile because it didn’t seem that important to me.  Maybe I thought it was just another concocted social crisis, undeserving of my time and attention, but I’ve come to understand this is a real thing that many are living with, and just maybe this particular demographic is finally worthy to be acknowledged.

I’m talking about the issue of “male loneliness.”  Certainly, all people deal with times of loneliness, but men are disproportionately affected and probably always have been, but like so many other things in a man’s life, this emotional struggle has just been ignored.

Loneliness has been linked to a wide range of negative health outcomes, including increased depression, heart disease and even early death.  In researching this, I learned that one out of four men in the US feel lonely or isolated either all of most of the time, and that same 25% of men reported having no close friends at all.

This affects Christian men too.  According to a Barna study, 20% of practicing Christians — who are also regular church-goers — reported feeling lonely at least daily and 10% reported being lonely all the time.  This number jumps to 50% for single Christian men, and participation in church or “men’s groups” doesn’t move the needle at all.  While these men may interact with one another in group settings, it’s only on a surface level, with little to no depth in their relationships with one another.

And while men and women both experience times of loneliness, women are able to form social networks and share personal struggles and emotions with one another in ways that men haven’t felt appropriate or acceptable.

Maybe it’s the way we’re raised.  Boys grow up with certain expectations required of them.  They’re expected to be strong, tough, resilient, and keep their emotions to themselves.  And, of course, nobody likes or respects a boy (or a man) who’s “needy” or a crybaby — but these gender expectations form mindsets that stay with them for life, thus making it very difficult for men to show any amount of vulnerability that could be construed as weakness.

Men are meant to be the workers, leaders, protectors and providers for their wives and children.  A good man will willingly carry the weight of the world on his back for those he loves, but his efforts often go unacknowledged and taken for granted.  A man must work hard to learn a trade that will allow him to earn a good living.  Then, he must work hard at his job every day to bring home a paycheck and provide for family needs.

He’s also the one expected to deal with all the “man” stuff: all the yard work, home maintenance, lawn mowing, snow shoveling, car repairs, paying all the bills, fixing all the broken things, paying the taxes, attending to the happiness and contentment of his wife, setting a good example for his children, and in many cases, also sharing the household duties of cleaning, laundry, cooking, dishes, taking out the trash and pet care.

He doesn’t expect constant praise for all his hard work.  He embraces his role in life, but after a while, being taken for granted can take a serious toll on his emotions — and, of course, it’s not socially acceptable for men to even have any emotional needs.  If, after all this, he wears down and breaks physically — or worse yet, emotionally — he’s considered wimpy and weak.

I share all this with you, because as a man myself, I understand that men have real struggles that they deal with alone, in silence.  Most will never complain and as I said, most of us are more than willing to carry the weight of the world without praise.  We don’t expect acknowledgment or even a simple “thank you,” though I admit there are times it would be nice.  We tend to put ourselves and our own needs last, because that’s just how it is. But sadly, all our hard work goes unnoticed by most — until it’s no longer there because we can no longer do it.

When young men are courting their future wives, it’s expected that they pay for everything.  Yes, even in today’s world, where modern girls claim to value their independence, and will proudly proclaim, “I don’t need a man to take care of me…” (don’t ever marry a woman like that, by the way).  They still expect the guy to buy the dinner, provide the entertainment, drive an acceptable car, and prove his value as a man by putting in all the effort, lest he be found wanting and therefore rejected by the female for not being good enough.  By the way guys, if you’ve done all this and were not granted the “honor” of a second date, consider yourself blessed, because you’ve just dodged a bullet.

But back to the main topic here, which is male loneliness.  Men deal with a lot more than they’re given credit for, and they do it willingly, unemotionally and silently.  But it wears on us.  Without close friends that we can be open, honest and even vulnerable with, it’s easy to end up feeling very alone in life a lot of the time.  Thank our Heavenly Father that He blessed us with Godly wives to ease our burdens.  As He said in Genesis 2, “It is not good that the man should be alone.”

But we also need “guy friends” — others who can understand our unique situations, our callings and the daily demands of life that we bear as just part of who we are and what we do.  Unfortunately, most of us walk these roads alone.  Personally, I have a lot of people that I consider friends.  But I can count on less than one hand the number of male friends that really know me, that I can open up to, share my struggles with and seek advice from.  And none of these few close friends are local to my area.  In fact, almost none even live in my state, so it’s rare that I get to see them and spend time with them in person.

As men, we have a calling and duty to be strong and courageous, to work hard and be providers, protectors and servants.  We’re to be warriors — not weak, not lazy and certainly not cowardly.  And even though we’re trained from childhood on to not let our emotions or feelings show, we still have them.  While most men are used to being “loners,” we need to admit that we need male friends who can empathize with us in compassionate understanding.  God’s Word says so.

Ecclesiastes 4, “Two are better than one; because they have a good reward for their labor. For if they fall, the one will lift up his fellow: but woe to him that is alone when he falleth; for he hath not another to help him up.”  Proverbs 27, “Iron sharpeneth iron; so, a man sharpeneth the countenance of his friend.”  Galatians 6, “Bear ye one another’s burdens, and so fulfill the law of Christ.” 

In John 15, Jesus called His disciples His “friends,” rather than servants, because He was able to share with them all His Father had shown Him.

David and Jonathan are examples of two men that were best friends and we should learn from their example.  Even in the midst of the worst adversity, we read of this bond of deep friendship, “…the soul of Jonathan was knit with the soul of David, and Jonathan loved him as his own soul.”  I’m blessed in that I also have a friend like that, though he lives far away and we’re rarely able to get together in person.

As men, we often have a hard time trusting other men, because we’ve learned things aren’t always as they seem.  I was once part of a men’s prayer group, and we shared many personal, private struggles with one another, fully believing our time together in that small group was safe.  We prayed for one another, counseled one another and bore one another’s burdens.  We told each other the truth, even when it was hard for them to hear.  Proverbs 27, “Faithful are the wounds of a friend…”

Unfortunately, as it turned out, there were two deceivers among us, who betrayed our trust.  And once that trust was broken, it was impossible to rebuild.  “The kisses of an enemy are deceitful.”  Indeed.

As Christian men, we should also be aware that the root of our loneliness is often sin.  It began in the Garden.  When sin entered the world, brokenness entered relationships.  Adam, once able to walk with God in the Garden in the cool of the day, suddenly found himself hiding from God.  When caught in sin, Adam blamed Eve, and I would conclude that this not only isolated him from God and his wife, but the shame and guilt also isolated him internally.

Pride is another sin that causes us loneliness.  As men, we think we need to hold everything together and conquer life on our own.  We don’t want to be seen as weak or vulnerable, so we have a hard time letting our guard down, dropping our pride and bonding with our Christian brothers.  But James tells us we are to confess our sins to one another and pray for one another.

Once again, God’s way is the opposite of the world’s way.  The enemy would prefer we remain isolated, emotionally distressed, lonely and even hopeless.  There are many examples in Scripture of men who felt exactly these ways.  Think of Job, Elijah, David and Paul.  But God’s Word tells us to connect, to be genuine, vulnerable, open, honest, loving and caring toward one another.  And we’re also reminded that we, and Christ-followers, also have a Friend who sticks closer than a brother.

I know it’s hard to trust.  My trust in others has been betrayed more times than I can count.  But the truth is, it’s impossible to form these vitally-important close friendships if there’s no trust; if you’re not willing to let your defenses fall and allow people to see that you’re not perfect, that your life can be hard sometimes and that sometimes, though your faith is strong, your will is weak.

It’s ok. God does some of His best work in the midst of our weakness.  We all need love and connection, and the comfort of Godly friendship in this world we’ve been battling for so long on our own.  Where do you find such a friend?  First and foremost, in Jesus, because as you know, “What a Friend we have in Jesus!”  But then take another look at your long list of “acquaintances” and consider which one you would like to be a friend to.  Then, invest some time in getting to know that brother better.

Instead of the surface “friendship” you may have now, talking only about the weather, the kids, your job or sports, allow yourself to be open with them and deepen that connection.  Your soul will rejoice when you have a true friend like this.  But to have such a friend, you need to be a friend.  One who would never betray their trust. One who would drop everything to help in their time of need.  One who doesn’t just say, “I’ll be praying for you,” but instead, stops everything and prays with them right in that moment.

Bottom line, if we want to break out of the trap of “male loneliness,” we need to understand that we need connection.  Even as men, we must admit we have emotional needs that can only be understood and met by other men, who understand our unique struggles and challenges, and then, allow ourselves to trust.  Openly, honestly and deeply — with no other agendas, except to offer empathy, understanding and compassion as brothers in Christ.

© 2025 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: robatwcn@icloud.com




Mamdani’s Plan for Total Power

By Cliff Kincaid

October 28, 2025

Those who think the Republican Party is on the ascendancy should take a hard look at New York City, the nation’s financial capital, and the base of operations for global capitalism. Raising the white flag of surrender, top Republicans like President Trump and conservative billionaire John Catsimatidis want the Republican in the mayor’s race to drop out so voters can choose between a corrupt former governor and a Marxist/Muslim.

I do not understand how this furthers public acceptance of conservatism on a local or national basis. Whatever happened to “Fight, Fight, Fight?”

I thought part of Charlie Kirk’s legacy was walking into the lion’s den to confront and educate the other side about conservative values. How do you do that if you drop out?

What the president does not understand is the appeal of the “communist,” a Muslim by the name of Zohran Mamdani, and why the other Democrat in the race, Andrew Cuomo, is a loser who is going to lose again because he is tainted by corruption.

Mamdani is going to win and the Republicans better come up with an answer, other than labeling him a communist and a Muslim.

Cuomo’s answer is that Mamdani has no administrative experience, but Cuomo resigned under fire, facing charges of sexual harassment and killing old folks through his COVID policies. Cuomo ought to be in jail.

If Mamdani is such a threat, and there is evidence he is directly linked to the Shia religious ideology that governs Iran, the better solution is to arrest and deport him. But I doubt the Republicans in the Trump Administration’s Department of Justice and the FBI have the guts to do that.

So they cower on the sidelines and throw their support to Cuomo.

I find Trump’s behavior in this race mystifying because Republican populist candidate Curtis Sliwa’s platform is like that of Trump, only on a local basis. He may lose the race because Democrats vastly outnumber Republicans in the city but going down to defeat with a Trump-style candidate is not necessarily a bad thing. Sliwa is a good man with a forceful and powerful vision for the city who has long been devoted to public safety and believes in the rights of the law-abiding over the criminals.

I thought this was President Trump’s platform.

From a Republican perspective, Sliwa represents what is good and wholesome. He is being criticized for running as a perennial candidate, repeatedly, but so what? That demonstrates his commitment. Trump ran in a crowded field and won. He did not let the Democrats dissuade him. When they rigged the 2020 election and tried to bankrupt and imprison him, he ran again.

The conservative billionaire John Catsimatidis has been on various Fox programs calling for Sliwa to drop out of the race and let Cuomo take on Mamdani one-on-one. That yields the contest to one corrupt candidate against a Marxist-Muslim, offering New York City voters no real choice.

Sliwa offers voters a real choice, just as Charlie Kirk confronted the “progressives” on the college campuses.

Trump can throw around the communist label all he wants but Democrats in the city do not trust Cuomo and want someone who is different. They did not like current Mayor Adams, another Democrat, either, who is now backing Cuomo.

If you talk to Democrats in the city, you quickly realize why Mamdani is such a “fresh face.” It has nothing to do with his communism or Islamism. It has everything to do with the corruption of the mainstream Democratic party.

Cuomo left office as governor under a dark cloud, having sexually harassed many women and having sent COVID-infected patients into old folks’ homes, killing 15,000 people. Then he wrote a book on his “leadership” in the crisis, making $5 million. It is incredible that he thinks he can and should win under these circumstances.

No wonder Democrats picked Mamdani over Cuomo in the primary, prompting Cuomo to run in the general election as an independent.

The current mayor, Eric Adams, is plagued by corruption charges, and the Trump Administration in a curious maneuver dropped its investigation and prosecution of him. There was speculation he would drop out of the race and take a job in the Trump Administration. Instead, he persisted in the race until last week, dropping out and endorsing Cuomo. Still, observers do not think that helps Cuomo much because Mamdani is so different and appealing.

The fact is that Democrats do not think Mamdani’s communism or Islamism is more important than the corruption of the Democrats they have already rejected.

Trump says, “I’d rather a Dem than a communist.” That was the headline in the New York Post over a story about Trump’s preference in the New York City mayor’s race on November 4. He is choosing disgraced Cuomo over Mamdani. Republican candidate Curtis Sliwa was completely dismissed by Trump as a serious or legitimate candidate.

What the president does not understand is the appeal of the communist. He is attractive because the Democrats, like Cuomo and Adams, are considered so corrupt.

Another factor is that the cost of living for ordinary people is so high that they are willing to take a chance on a candidate the president of the United States calls a communist. They are not persuaded to vote otherwise by Trump’s name-calling.

Republicans say a Mamdani victory will backfire on the Democrats because he cannot deliver on the free goods and services he is promising. But that is not the plan. As someone who monitors the activities of the socialist/communist Democrats in New York City and covers their conferences, I understand they do not expect Mamdani to succeed but to fail. They will then blame his failures on Trump and the Republicans and of course the billionaires. And that will be attractive to his fellow Democrats, consolidating his position in the party and accelerating his movement as the springboard for the next national Democratic Party presidential candidate.

© 2025 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net




The Crashing Failure of the Feminist Movement

By Joan Swirsky

October 27, 2025

Going back 250 years, the enemies of America thought long and hard about how to destroy the fledgling experiment of a Democratic Republic that our Founding Fathers envisioned. It was and continues to be clear to them that America’s strength is a function of three phenomena:

♦ A fervent belief in the God Who makes miracles happen, for just one example the crushing defeat of the thunderously powerful English Empire’s armies by blazing patriots like General George Washington and his ragtag army of American heroes.
♦ An equally ardent belief in and passion for the concept of Freedom. Men who knew they were going to die, and their wives who believed their deaths were for the noble cause of freedom, all sacrificed to bring about our victory over the monarchy that wanted to continue to rule us.
♦ The most passionate was the embrace, belief in, and allegiance to family, its sanctity, its strength, its ability to weather all storms and overcome all obstacles.

If we destroy all three, our enemies reasoned, the masses they considered essentially stupid would be forced to rely exclusively on Big Government. And so, to this day, the socialists-cum-communists among us are employing––as their predecessors did–– every malevolent, criminal, and vicious tactic they can muster to actualize that goal.

ASTOUNDING PROGRESS

The America haters among us have already:

♦ Infiltrated our public schools and contaminated generations of students with anti-American propaganda, as well as explicit pornography and grooming, even in kindergarten!
♦ Lured both Christians and Jews to abandon their faiths and to worship the new God of Social Justice.
♦ Succeeded in the leftist––and I believe traitorous––infiltration of our military and Intelligence services like the FBI and CIA until, that is, the redemptive entrance of President Trump and his Secretary of War, Pete Hegseth.
Rigged the 2020 presidential election, which political activist Dinesh D’Souza also proved in his explosive film, 2000 Mules.
On and on and on.

Still, the family remains their most desired––yet maddeningly elusive––target.

HELP ALONG THE WAY

A person in a suit holding a cigar AI-generated content may be incorrect.

Sigmund Freud, photo by Max Halberstadt (public domain).

That effort was generously helped––perhaps, at first, innocently––by the theories of Sigmund Freud (1856-1939), the Austrian neurologist-cum-psychiatrist who was wildly successful in convincing the relatively new and free-thinking American public that the genesis of neuroses, phobias, anxieties, obsessions, depression, psychosis, and general psychological malfunction not only took place in the first few years of life, but that the mothers who raised these suffering children were primarily to blame. Later therapists, like the sadistic psychiatrist Bruno Bettelheim, blamed “cold” mothers for their children’s autism.

Mission #1 Accomplished: Mothers are not good for children.

These psychological theories prevailed throughout the 20th century and up to today, embraced by generations of psychiatrists, psychoanalysts, and psychotherapists until 1998 when they were thoroughly debunked by Judith Rich Harris in The Nurture Assumption, where the Harvard-educated psychologist and editor of most of the psychology texts used in colleges and medical schools in America argued persuasively that a person’s peer group is the major influence of thought, feelings, and behavior throughout life.

THE NEXT STEP

In 1960, the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved the most world-changing medication in history, developed by Dr. John Rock, a Harvard professor and obstetrician-gynecologist with five children––along with Drs. Gregory Pincus, C.M. Phang, and Selzo Garcia. Their creation was the birth-control pill, aka The Pill! For the first time in world history, women had control over their reproduction.

For millions of women, it was their own Declaration of Independence, and a huge relief not to have to worry every month about getting pregnant.

Mission #2 Accomplished: Now we can be just like men, some women reasoned, and have as much sex as we want without worrying about getting pregnant. Thus was the Free Sex movement born and a complete redefinition of traditional morality.

GET OUT OF THE HOUSE!

Three years after The Pill, in 1963, a book by Betty Friedan, a housewife with three children from Queens, NY, shot to the top of every bestseller list. In essence, The Feminine Mystique told women that they were simply too smart, too creative, too intrinsically or at least potentially powerful to be spending their time, actually wasting their time, changing diapers, folding laundry, and—the most colossal waste of time of all––raising children.

Nevertheless, Friedan’s book resonated!

Mission #3 Accomplished: Multimillions of young women abandoned the once-desired goal of early marriage and motherhood and instead enrolled in colleges and universities where they pursued professional careers ranging from medicine and law and architecture to jobs like telephone linewomen to military combatants to firefighters to hedge fund managers to business executives, et al.

Coincidentally, ahem, an economy that once allowed men to work outside of the home and support a wife and put children through college magically became an economy that only two working parents could afford. Kind of like an economy that was completely energy independent in 2020 under President Trump but quite magically became one in which President Biden had to beg foreign countries to sell him oil in 2021.

REALITY SETS IN

The ‘60s also ushered in the historically unprecedented rash of violent assassinations––live on TV––of:

♦ U.S. President John F. Kennedy in 1963 (age 46),
♦ Firebrand Black activist Malcolm X in 1965 (age 39),
♦ Civil Rights leader Martin Luther King Jr. in 1968 (age 39),
♦ Former Attorney General and presidential candidate Robert F. Kennedy in 1968 (age 42).

All of a sudden, the idealized world of the newly emancipated women was shattered. The world is out of control, they realized. Is it any wonder that so many of them enthusiastically embraced (or attended) the 1969 Woodstock Music Festival, with not only free sex but a geyser of drugs for the smoking and snorting and injecting?

Mission #4 Accomplished: Many of these college-educated women congratulated themselves on avoiding marriage and especially motherhood, asking themselves: “Who wants to bring a child into this world?”

ONLY A FEW YEARS LATER

In 1971, Gloria Steinem ––“We are becoming the men we wanted to marry” –– and editor Letty Cottin Pogrebin, founded the first national feminist magazine, Ms.

Mission #5 Accomplished: The traditional nuclear family was being dismantled by a new generation of women who bought into the notion that making money was infinitely more satisfying, meaningful, and important than raising children.

MARRIAGE OUT––NOW BABIES OUT!

On January 22, 1973, the Supreme Court issued a 7–2 decision in Roe v. Wade that all women had a “right” to an abortion. To this day, that decision is the Holy Grail of millions of women who believe that “my body, my choice” starts after they’ve had unprotected sex and gotten pregnant with a baby they don’t want.

In 2022, the Supreme Court overturned Roe v. Wade and sent the decision for abortion back to each individual state. Today, every woman in the United States who wants an abortion can get one, although some may have to endure the inconvenience of traveling to another state…forget about the inconvenience their embryos face of a death sentence!

Mission #6 Accomplished: The once-most-cherished accomplishment of both men and women—to be the parent of a newborn baby––was effectively reduced to ending that baby’s life in utero. And today, in some states, abortion exists right up to the moment a full-term baby is delivered, and, believe it or not, in California, even up to the time a healthy thriving baby is 28 days old! I believe that is called infanticide!

THE TICKING CLOCK

Uh-oh. After graduating from college and laboring in the workforce for over a decade, millions of women realized that this money-making thing wasn’t all it was cracked up to be. But looking for a good man––after stepping on their necks on the way up the ladder––was even more problematic.

Nevertheless, the new social phenomenon of women marrying in their mid-thirties and older took hold, and not coincidentally gave rise to a booming in-vitro-fertilization industry, as millions of these new brides learned that conceiving and carrying a child after the age of 35 was both a “high-risk” and extremely pricey enterprise.

Mission #7 Accomplished: Take the joy out of intimacy and sex, make it a mechanical act, and further erode both marriage and the family at the same time.

A person and person cooking in a kitchen AI-generated content may be incorrect.

BUT WHAT ABOUT MY CAREER?

Modern women have been told by the influencers of the day that they could “have it all” –– marriage, children, and career. Since they wanted it all, they bought it!

Some women were lucky to have their mothers or mothers-in-law or even young grandmothers volunteer to raise their children, and a rare few could afford expensive nannies.

But most women had to rely on another industry that boomed like no other––the daycare business––where mothers dropped off their infants, babies, toddlers, and preschoolers to paid workers who tended up to 20 or more children at a time, making sure those children were safe and fed, but not necessarily held, loved, comforted, taught, or nurtured.

However, this still allowed the mothers to brag that the hour or so they spent with their child at the end of a day––in which both mother and child were exhausted––was, ahem, “quality time.”

Mission #8 Accomplished: Women out of the home, children being raised by strangers, the American family being dismantled piece by piece.

THE GENIUS STEVE FACTOR

A hand holding a cell phone AI-generated content may be incorrect.JESHOOTS-com, Pixabay.

Two geniuses…Steve Case, the founding CEO of America Online (AOL) in 1983 (which really took off in the ‘90s), and Steve Jobs, who invented, created, introduced the iPhone in 2007 and the iPad in 2010.

No need to elaborate on the degree to which these geniuses totally eliminated face-to-face communication and succeeded in riveting both parents and children to all the tantalizing distractions on these electronic devices that separate people and depersonalize intimate relationships, especially meaningful communication between parents and children.

Mission #9 Accomplished: Family concerns take a backseat to beeping texts, sexy emojis, Facebook invitations, Instagram images, Hollywood gossip, and horrifically graphic porn sites, which even savvy eight-year-olds can access with ease.

Worse, this has given rise to an entire generation of sociopaths who, understandably, have little or no human empathy, given the largely robotic care they’ve received.

And now we have an ad––since removed and eliminated from every search engine––that shows a child laughing and sharing an experience with her clearly delighted mother. Both are on iPads communicating long distance. The ad ends with a voice telling the mother: “You Don’t Have to Be There.”

Right. The mother doesn’t have to be there to raise and love and comfort and teach and tuck her child in at night, and the father doesn’t have to be there, either. Only Big Government should raise their child to be a good little obedient Communist. That’s the message!

Mission #10 Accomplished: Father never mentioned, mother out of the picture, the actual premeditated murder of the American family.

And the crashing failure of the Feminist Movement.

I rest my case.

© 2025 Joan Swirsky – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Joan Swirsky: joanswirsky@gmail.com

Website: http://www.joanswirsky.com




You Can’t Make This Stuff UP!

By Frosty Wooldridge

October 27, 2025

Just about every day of the week, people in America come up with something entirely crazy, really stupid, or just plain nuts.

The NBA houses endless millionaires making $25 million to $50 million a year—-to play a game!  They do nothing to fix anything. They don’t serve guests at a restaurant.  They don’t change tires so you can drive your car.  They don’t drive ambulances to save peoples’ lives.  In fact, they don’t do anything to benefit our society.

And yet, recently, a dozen or maybe five dozen of them found themselves “caught” in a huge scandal “fixing” games, or betting on games, or playing card games where everybody cheats to win. You can’t help but scratch your head trying to figure out why a multi-millionaire NBA coach like Chauncey Billups, who made a fortune during his playing days with the Pistons, would get caught up in this horrific scandal?!  He’s already rich. He’s already famous in the basketball hall of fame.  Why did he do it?  Is he THAT stupid?  Is he THAT greedy?  For heaven sakes…how many millions of dollars more would make his life even richer?  Finally, what’s the point of a 10,000 square foot home that you need to buy a 20,000 square foot home?

When people buy such magnificent homes, they only live in their bedrooms, kitchens, and out to the garage.  The rest of the house wastes space, heat and air conditioning.

What about all those “paid” demonstrators, or if they are not paid, then why would they try to thwart our laws as they try to prevent I.C.E. agents from ridding Chicago, LA, Detroit, Atlanta, NYC, Denver and another dozen cities of criminal illegal aliens who commit thousands of crimes against our citizens?  Why would our own citizens support criminals?  Why would Governors Newsom, Pritzker and Polis aid, assist and abet illegal aliens when those governors swore on the Bible to carry out the laws of America?  What about those Sanctuary City mayors like LA’s Karen Bass, Denver’s Johnston, or Chicago’s Johnson, or Seattle’s Bruce Harrell—defending illegal aliens, spending taxpayer dollars on them, and protecting them from the law?  Those criminal illegal aliens have cost us into the billions of taxpayer dollars. Is that nuts or what?

What about the government shutdown that’s affecting countless American families?  Why would New York’s Senator Schumer deliberately not vote for the C.R. bill to keep the government running, and peoples’ lives viable?  Why are the democrats so hell-bent on paying out hundreds of billions of dollars to give Medicaid to illegal aliens?  Why?  Aren’t democrats supposed to support and defend American citizens?

What about those critics that think Trump shouldn’t blow those narco-terrorists’ drug boats out of the water in the Gulf of America and the Pacific Ocean?   Good grief!  Those drugs have killed hundreds of thousands of American kids over the past 40 years.  Past presidents did nothing to stop the drugs from flowing into our country. NOTHING! In fact, Biden invited 15 million illegal aliens into our country, and among them, MS-13 and drug cartel distribution systems.  But now, those democrats in Congress want Trump to answer for stopping the drugs from reaching our shores.  Is that NUTS or what?  You can’t make this stuff up.

Still even more nuts stems from any politician or athletic leader supporting biological men competing in women’s sports.  You even see female governors like Maine’s supporting the insanity of transgender men beating the crap out of women.  It’s got to be a mental illness of some kind.  To see a man wearing a woman’s bathing suit in an NCAA competition MUST be the zenith of arrogance, narcissism, unbalanced mind, mental illness and another form of insanity. Instead of breasts, William “Lia” Thomas sported a male “package” in his woman’s bathing suit. God help us!  Yet, in 2025, it continues to rip women’s sports into tatters.  It disillusions high school girls. It befuddles college girls.  It’s nuts beyond measure.  You must wonder when common sense and rational thinking will stop men competing in women’s sports. It can’t come soon enough.

What about D.E.I.?  Let’s install parity in jobs by choosing pilots, doctors, dentists, nurses and any other professional career—by the color of their skin.  Why not give such people parity by their religion, or their anything superficial that has nothing to do with education, excellence and mental abilities?  That’s how Supreme Court Justice Jackson obtained her position—even though she couldn’t define a woman. How about we all choose our doctors by their religion or color of their skin? Good luck with that!

As if we didn’t have enough incompetent mayors running our cities such as Karen Bass in LA or Nick Adams in NYC or Brandon Johnson in Chicago—-let’s vote into office a Communist-Muslim-Ugandan refugee who has never held a job in his life: Zohran Mamdani.  Because he is a Muslim, he cheered 9/11, and was celebrating this past month with a Muslim imam in NYC who was part of the 9/11 nightmare.

Fact: 19 Muslims from Saudi Arabia in those planes caused the Twin Towers, Pennsylvania crash, and thousands of deaths. Yes, many suspect they had help inside the USA, but, in the end, Muslims cheered 9/11 in every Muslim country. Now, we’ve got Mamdani who supports honor killings, female genital mutilation, women as half the value of a man, Burka’s on women, no free speech, and everything in the Quran.  He’s going to bring every Communist-Muslim agenda into play in NYC.  He wants to defund the police. He will support and harbor illegal aliens into the tens of thousands in NYC.  He will bring student “parity” in schools by taking away the intellectually “gifted” programs. In other words, stop all educational excellence and be sure to let the average students dominate.  That means lowering academic standards to the lowest common denominator in the pursuit of “equity, inclusion and diversity.”

It means the dumb people who vote that Ugandan refugee into office will create more dumb people to continue his agenda.  As you know, over 50 percent of NYC kids cannot read or perform math at grade level.  If we keep that up, dumb, dumber and stupid people will drive everyone out of NYC.

If you think Islam and its teachings are so great, why aren’t all the women of the world immigrating to the Middle East?  Once there, they won’t be allowed an education, riding a bicycle, driving a car, wearing anything but a Burka, and they will be assigned a husband.  Don’t you love American liberal women and LGBTQ groups celebrating Islam?  The followers of that religion throw such individuals off roofs or simply execute them.

Notice with the shutdown, we’ve got 42,000,000 (million) Americans and illegals who depend on food stamps (EBT), and if we don’t feed them, they will start looting, shoplifting and causing anarchy.  Why haven’t our House members and Senators created a “Work/for welfare/food” program to get those 42 million useless human beings off their butts and into job training?  Why let 42 million people leech off our tax dollars as they stay home and watch television?

We must ask ourselves as citizens of the United States: Why are we allowing such incredible stupidities to continue? Why do we continue electing people like Congressional critters Nancy Pelosi, Chuck Schumer, Dick Durbin, Ilhan Omar, Rashida Tlaib, Hank Johnson, Maxine Watters, Sheila Jackson, Gov. Pritzker, Gov. Newsom and Gov. Polis (CO)—-over and over again?   They solve nothing, they break our laws, and they are useless in solving problems.

If we ever hope to save our country, preserve our freedoms and maintain our culture, language and Constitution—we cannot continue mass legal or illegal immigration.  We cannot allow Muslims into power positions.  If they espouse Sharia Law, and they all do, deport them or jail them.  We don’t want Islam in America. It is counter to everything we hold dear. You better believe that Muslims are out to destroy everything we hold dear.

Please watch a 20-minute interview on “Islam in America” with Frosty Wooldridge and Zeb Bell.  At www.ZebBell.com , Click “Broadcast archives” to see that interview on top.

© 2025 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Political Economy as if People Mattered!  Part 2

By Steven Yates

October 26, 2026

[More apologies to the ghost of E.F. Schumacher.]

Click here for Part 1,

Back to Basics: from Aristotle and Aquinas to the Scientific Revolution.

The first three words above were the title of one of my favorite sermons, from around eight years ago. The main text was from the Apostle Paul’s first letter to the Corinthians, penned around 56 A.D. The church Paul founded in Corinth was in trouble. Against his counsel, its membership had divided into factions. There was sexual immorality. There was idolatry. They lived in what was by the standards of the time a thriving metropolis. Many church members enjoyed the trappings of material prosperity. They had become worldly, that is, thinking that because of their successes they could stand on their own (the mistake made by every form of secular humanism).

There is something about worldly success — economic success — that throws us off track.

The Corinthians had lost sight of how Christ died for them, how monumental of a sacrifice that was, and what it demanded of them in terms of how to worship and live. They had become distracted, fallen into pointless squabbles, and imperiled their institution’s long term survival. Not to mention tarnishing the reputation of Christians generally.

They’d forgotten the basics!

Have we, too — Westerners, that is — lost the basics? Become distracted by ideas that disintegrate when looked at carefully and critically? Embraced agendas that are divisive and destructive?

This is a no-brainer!

A few non-Christian philosophers have gotten things right in essence. Consider Aristotle. He realized how human beings are political as well as moral beings: meant to live in communities or polises, guided by reason, their lives directed toward virtue.

The Stoics, too, got many things right. Stoic physics saw the Logos: a world of inherent order, which a Christian would expect if the world was the product of design and not chance. Stoic logic outlined our best thought about our perceptions of the world. Stoic ethics then offered counsel on how to accept and live peacefully in a world that often fails to meet our personal expectations: be it the world of our fellow humans or just the natural order which seems indifferent or even hostile to us (see Gen. 3:17-19). First century Christians and Stoics saw each other as competitors. This is unfortunate, because the two complement one another in many respects. Early Christians, based on their public experiences with the resurrected Jesus Christ, offered the living, personal God who is absent from Stoicism. Stoicism, on the other hand, offered down-to-earth advice on how to live day-by-day in a fallen world. A Stoic-Christian philosophical theology would counsel: focus on what you can control and leave the rest to God.

Twelve hundred years later, St. Thomas Aquinas tried to unify the Roman Catholicism and the Aristotelianism of his day. Among the results was natural law philosophy and ethics. There are definite, discoverable realities in God’s universe: repeated patterns that permeate the world. Then there is what we should do, if we wish lives of peace and genuine prosperity, starting with recognizing truth and righteousness to be found in following the Christ whose Kingdom is not of this world while shunning their opposites, found in this secular world.

Aquinas still understood the basics.

Arguably, without his pivotal contributions, the scientific revolution would not have happened. Nothing quite like it ever happened before (that we know of), nor did it happen anywhere else in the world where peoples had myriad crafts that solved specific problems for them but not an enterprise that sought explanations of phenomena.

Science, after all, presupposes the reality of ordered patterns in nature, discoverable by the human mind. This, I argue, is a priori: independent of experience and experiment. We’d never attempt physical science if we didn’t first believe that physical order exists to be discovered and that our minds are capable of rising to the task — however imperfectly. We presuppose further that what we discern and understand is not simply imposing language on the world (nominalism) nor establishing a cultural artifact differing from place to place (cultural relativity).

Enlightenment philosophy compromised all this — ironically, by philosophers who thought they were advancing scientific understanding. They removed God, not realizing that they would be removing the basics. They would replace Him not with science but The Science, a secular icon and cultural artifact. As industrialism got underway, other elements of Western civilization would replace God with State, Money/Success/the Market, Self, Sex, or some other surrogate.

The Basics Lost: Cartesian and Enlightenment Rationalism.

Arguably, the first error was committed by the French philosopher René Descartes whose quest for (an unattainable) epistemic certainty led him to invent the autonomous rational intellect: a “thinking thing” liberated from its personal history including family and culture; from emotion; and from all else that makes us organically human.

For Western philosophy, this was a disaster! Philosophy ceased to be about the basics, able to evaluate worldviews and offer counsel. It got lost in abstractions and eventually became an academic decoration.

The Cartesian autonomous intellect became the ancestor of homo economicus, the atomized rational, self-interested economic actor and consumer who was perfect for a life of consumption and obedience to secular authority as an industrial peasant in a mostly anonymous civilization built on perversions of the older rules of order.

That order, steeped in classical philosophy (Aristotle, Aquinas, etc.) and applied to polises, held that there were natural hierarchies, especially of institutions. Inverting these hierarchies leads to disruption. Faith and family were meant to stand above political economy: not the reverse. When political economy defines civilization, this introduces distortions. Over time and generations, distortions worsen.

Civilization ceases to contain a state and a marketplace. It becomes an unholy fusion of the two: a corporate state, or corporatocracy.

We’ve always had rich and poor. Both believed they answered to God and would be judged. By the twentieth century, the rich no longer believed they had any reason to think they answered to anyone other than (perhaps) each other. Judgment? If they ever thought about it (most did not), they’d say, “We have no idea.” So, they began doing as they pleased. They created, e.g., central banking, which made use of the fractional reserve banking their recent ancestors invented to ensure accumulations of unearned wealth. Eventually they designed a political economy that would thwart the developing middle class and redistribute wealth upwards. They would cynically proclaim, “This is the free market at work,” “Markets know best,” and “There is no alternative.”

We ended up with today’s state of affairs: a group of people who would fit comfortably into our living rooms controls more wealth than the bottom 90 percent of the world’s population.

But we’re well ahead of ourselves. We’ve at best a partial diagnosis of how we lost the basics.

The Rise and Fall of Modernity.

Auguste Comte, founder of sociology and of the philosophical ideology of positivism (which saw The Science as the sole path to truth), outlined his Law of Three Stages. His way of describing the first two indicates what he thought of them: respectively, “theological or fictitious” and “metaphysical and abstract.”

The Third Stage was “scientific and positive.” Third Stage thinking, I’ve called it, was the brainchild of Enlightenment philosophers from Voltaire down through Kant and LaPlace. The latter spoke of God with a clinical, “Je n’ai pas besoin de cette hypothèse (I have no need of that hypothesis).”

Modernity embodies the following: secularism, a focus on this world, not some world to come; scientific method as the sole reliable means of discovering truth about this world; technological change as a given as we solve problems in this world; commerciality and a transactional approach to life as we sell our solutions in the marketplace; public education to inculcate the right attitudes in the next generation, especially acceptance of the industrial system and its unstated rules; and a firm commitment to the idea that the future will be better than the past because we’re standing on our own and we’ll make it so.

Modernity doesn’t oppose religion as such. Not if it stays in its place (the margins). Modernity sets religious institutions aside as irrelevant. As Harvey Cox put it in his exposé The Secular City penned back in the 1960s, it “bypasses religion and goes on to other things.”

Comte and his intellectual disciples envisioned universal progress, based on scientific method as they understood it to all areas of life including human persons and society. They were the first Technocrats, before that term was coined. They believed the methods that had proven so successful in physics and chemistry could be applied essentially unchanged to the study of human beings and the redesign of societies. Which meant: control, unchained from morally-grounded limits.

Dostoevsky and Nietzsche, who’d never heard of one another, issued very similar warnings of the impending collapse of the moral view of the universe we’d inherited from the Christian worldview. The former: “If God does not exist, everything is permitted.” The latter described the “death of God” and warned of an “advent of nihilism” in which we must create “new values” for a materialist world in which, after death, we become worm food.

The century to come saw great technological progress. No one questions that. Societal and moral progress? We saw no “revaluation of all values” that Nietzsche had called for. We saw instead the two most destructive wars in human history (the Great War, as it was then called; and World War II). Arguably there was some moral progress, which piggybacked on the strong economy of the 1950s combined with residual Christianity (to which Dr. King, for example, appealed).

The 1950s and 1960s gave Americans a high-trust society. Despite its failure to bring about a more peaceful world, modernity seemed vindicated in the face of detractors like Aldous Huxley who warned of its Technocratic permutations and their dangers (Brave New World, 1932; Brave New World Revisited, 1958). Technology was making life better and better!

Then, slowly, over ensuing decades, it all fell apart. We’d utterly forgotten the basics. Now, the specter of Technocracy looms over us like a colossus.

The American Dream Collapses.

Most Americans were schooled on the idea of representative government answerable to the governed. We do hold elections, right?

But if both major parties are controlled by moneyed interests and what Eisenhower called the military-industrial complex, voting won’t change anything (and usually doesn’t).

The need to preserve the fantasy of representative democracy distorted education and media. Both became sources of indoctrination and gaslighting, speaking of democracy while preparing students to live in an increasingly regimented world in which in which their worth as persons would be tied to their ability to help an employer make money and/or what they could accumulate in their bank accounts, portfolios, and wallets.

Today, of course, the “worth” of, say, an Instagram “influencer” is her number of followers, measuring her success at getting responses to “Look at me! Look at me! Look at me!”

The story of how we got here has been told many times over.

On a larger scale, our situation is one in which billionaires in corner offices can say to each other, “Let’s make a deal!” and suddenly tens of thousands or even hundreds of thousands of people are out of work because their jobs just went to a cheap labor country — or been automated out of existence. Neither billionaires nor the politicians they buy and sell see peasants as having intrinsic value.

As noted a couple weeks ago, if there’s a class war, the super-rich are winning it, no contest. Inflation — caused primarily by Fed money printing — has destroyed the currency’s purchasing power, while not raising wages for the industrial peasantry. Housing, healthcare, insurance, college, and new vehicles, are increasingly priced out of the ordinary person’s reach.

Nor can he have a family, or rear children; these, too, are priced out of reach.

The billionaire class gets billions richer each year. Elon Musk’s net worth in 2012 was $2 billion. This year it’s risen to $495.6 billion (I don’t have a specific date for these figures, so by now they might be higher). Jeff Bezos was worth $18.4 billion in 2012; today his net worth is $233.7 billion. In 2012 Mark Zuckerberg’s wealth stood at $17.5 billion. Today it stands at $245.2 billion. These are just three obvious examples.

Minimum wages haven’t budged. With currency debauchment fueling inflation, life for the peasantry gets ever more precarious. Homelessness in the U.S. hit an all-time high in 2024. Others are “affording” homes, utilities, vehicles, etc., by going deeper into debt. American households carry $18.4 trillion in debt; 70 percent of this is mortgage debt. Credit card debt stands at $1.2 trillion. Student loan debt is over $1.6 trillion. All of these figures are going up, some of them rapidly. (Source.)

Small wonder Gen Z is giving up on the “American Dream” and would probably agree with George Carlin’s assessment, however profane (scroll to 1:30).

Neoliberal ideology, perhaps the most aggressive exemplar of economics über Alles, declares that the poor and the precarious are in the condition they are in due to their own bad choices. To be sure, some people do make bad choices — often because they grew up in dysfunctional families and never had the moral or practical guidance that might have helped them make better choices. And because of that inverted hierarchy we mentioned above, which places politics and economics above faith and family.

Interlude: the Paleoconservative Rebellion.

As far as I can tell, only those increasingly rare creatures who known as paleoconservatives figured much of this out. Probably the most visible author who fits that label is Patrick J. Buchanan, who penned books like A Republic, Not an Empire (1999) and Suicide of a Superpower (2011). Others, far less visible (and whose books are a great deal denser than Buchanan’s) are Paul Gottfried who coined the term, Clyde Wilson (a leading authority on John C. Calhoun), John Derbyshire, Samuel T. Francis, Thomas Fleming, Peter Brimelow, and Joseph Sobran. Since founding his own online network and giving airtime to a variety of dissident scholars and personalities, Tucker Carlson probably qualifies for admission to this group.

In political economy, paleoconservatives oppose both hypercapitalism and socialism. They are suspicious of globalization, and open borders. They tend to be “conspiratorial” and can outline their reasons. They reject Zionism and criticize the unquestioned support for Israel by both Republican and Democratic administrations. They look askance on the dual American-Israeli citizenship of several of their arch-foes the neoconservatives (or neocons). They oppose foreign interventionism and wars for regime change in nations that haven’t attacked or threatened the U.S.

As far as cultural issues go, they reject abortion as murder, almost as if they realized that the dehumanizing of the unborn is the dehumanizing of the most vulnerable (see Jeremiah 1:5). They reject other trappings of feminism, the mainstreaming of homosexuality, “trans” rights as based on fantasy, and so on.

So what are they for? The answer takes us back to the basics. We cannot do without a sense of the Transcendent, even if some of us see it differently than others. We should be realists about natural categories and respect the land which is ultimately the source of life, via agriculture. Our lives and organizations should reflect those natural hierarchies of family and faith over state and market. Paleoconservatives are not Utopians. We are fallen people in a fallen world, and this suggests limits on social experimentation. We’re not God. When we try to be God, we invariably not only fail but leave a trail of destruction in our wake.

Sadly, most paleoconservative efforts have been ignored. When not ignored, they are denounced as backward, racist, sexist, homophobic, antisemitic, etc.: the full range of canards easily drawn from the left wing bestiary.

Summation of Part 2: the Suicide of the West.

This is the end / beautiful friend. This is the end / my only friend, the end. Of our elaborate plans, the end. Of everything that stands, the end. I’ll never look into your eyes, again.
—The Doors, “The End,” 1967

If the purpose of civil rights was to end discrimination against blacks and women, it failed. The policies it came to implement (e.g., affirmative action — or DEI, as it is now called) strengthened rather than reduced group identity. Such policies hurt white men without helping blacks (except a few who were as well connected as their white counterparts had always been). The primary beneficiaries of these policies were white feminists.

The wealth pump, of course, hurts us all (except the super-rich oligarchs). The left, once focused on class, chased an impossible race, gender, and sexual Utopia (the latter in all conceivable forms, whatever floats your boat).

Nixon killed the gold standard in 1971. This opened the door to full-throttle currency debauchment. Neoliberal economic policies developed by Milton Friedman and introduced by Thatcher in the U.K. and Reagan in the U.S. set the stage for the wealth pump, leading to that state of affairs in which owners of most of the world’s wealth would fit comfortably into our front room.

“Globalization” sent jobs overseas courtesy of corporate wheeling and dealing. Automation decimated them further. The country was deindustrialized. Available jobs were the low-paying services or increasingly, “gigs.”

AI threatens to become the biggest job killer in human history!

We’re more atomized than ever. More people than ever, especially men, claim not to have any close friends. Teenagers as well as adults are now drawn to AI bots as “companions,” and since these entities can simulate sentience without actually being sentient, sometimes the results are catastrophic (as when a bot offers a lonely teenager clinical suggestions on the most efficient means of dying by suicide).

Children and teenagers struggle with mental health issues in a world without hope for a better future. For those between the ages of 10 and 24, suicide is now the third leading cause of death.

Marriage has largely collapsed. Men don’t trust women and women don’t trust men. The younger the population, the more pronounced this discontinuity. One out of two marriages that happen end in divorce. If children are involved, their lives are upended. Men, meanwhile, know that in today’s feminist-influenced, female-friendly family courts, a divorce could wipe them out financially. So, they’re not marrying. They turn to porn instead. It is among the most lucrative online industries. Women choose careers over childrearing. As the saying goes, they need men like fish need bicycles.

A consequence has been falling birthrates. The U.S. is no longer at replacement level. The total fertility rate in the U.S. fell to 1.62 births per woman in 2023 according to CDC date — the lowest fertility rate ever recorded. This is not mere demographic change. It represents a systemic loss of hope: neither men nor women see a future worth building together. For many, children are just too expensive.

In the long term, this means population decline and eventual civilizational extinction.

Falling birthrates are not limited to the U.S., of course. European nations see it. So does Japan and so has China (trying to recover from its horrific one-child policy). There is something about “advanced” civilizations that seems fundamentally destructive of loving relations between the sexes, their willingness to have children and build of families with long-term stability, and of children’s and adolescents’ own mental health.

Worldliness has its price! We’re seeing it in spades!

Forgetting the basics has its price!

Returning to Comte: arguably, starting with Nietzsche’s long-term foresight, we began to enter a Fourth Stage: post-Enlightenment, post-liberal in the classical sense of that term, and eventually post-truth (scientific as well as moral) as preserving one’s own subjective ideology became more important than what is provably true.

If the Third Stage was “positive and scientific,” the Fourth Stage might be described as “negative and dystopian.” High-trust has been replaced by zero-trust: you can’t do anything online without running a gauntlet of layers of authentication to prove “you’re you.” Those who know how to use anger, frustration, disruption, precarity, and zero-trust for their own ends will have no hesitation doing so. If I keep coming back to Technocracy — the “science of social engineering,” or “scientific” dictatorship — it is because Technocracy is the telos of the road we’re on. There is no Humane Economy, or Political Economy as if People Mattered, waiting at its end.

END OF PART TWO.

Click here for Part 1,

 

© 2025 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

_________________________

Wondering why Internet platforms have basically gone to crap? Steven Yates publishes Navigating the New Normal on Substack, where you’ll find an answer to this question, and other content not available elsewhere. Consider subscribing to have it sent directly to your inbox.

Steven Yates is a (recovering) ex-academic with a PhD in Philosophy. (Obtain his book on the “wisdom” of obtaining such a degree here.)

He taught for more than 15 years total at several colleges and universities in the Southeastern U.S. He has authored three books, more than 20 articles, numerous book reviews, and review essays in academic journals and anthologies. Refused tenure and unable to obtain full-time academic employment (and with an increasing number of very fundamental philosophical essays refused publication in journals), he turned to alternative platforms and heretical notions, including about academia itself.

In 2012, he moved to Chile. He married a Chilean national in 2014. Among his discoveries in South America: many of the problems in the U.S. are problems everywhere, because human nature is the same everywhere.

He has a Patreon.com page. Donate here and become a Patron if you benefit from his work and believe it merits being sustained financially.

Steven Yates’s book Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) can be ordered here.

His philosophical work What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) can be obtained here or here.

His cosmic horror novel The Shadow Over Sarnath (2023) (written for the sheer fun of it) can be gotten here.

Should you purchase any (or all) books from Amazon, please consider leaving a five-star review (if you think they merit such). Readers notice, and so does the Amazon algorithm.




Halloween in America, an Excellent Example of Liberty, Christmas, Not so Much

By Ms. Smallback

October 26, 2025

The concept of liberty is getting more and more convoluted as the years roll on here in America.  The idea that you can live freely, speak freely, think freely, build a home and raise a family without interference, move freely, assemble freely, and worship according to conviction – these all seem to be under constant threat.

The US Constitution was incomplete until the Bill of Rights was added.  The founding fathers were very concerned that the US Constitution on its own stand was enough government-centered that it could be commandeered for a tyranny or dictatorship.  They did not rest until the Bill of Rights was added, because the individual liberty of the individual was the intention of the newly formed United States of America.

It’s a little shocking, a lot alarming, that we have mouthpieces today advocating for restrictions on speech, assembly, adherence to religious convictions, etc.  The truth is, we have laws against slander and libel.  This means that while speech is free, there are still consequences for malicious speech.  It doesn’t mean you can’t say it; it means you will pay the damages for saying it if it lies about another person and brings damage.

To be clear, stating opinions – even uncomfortable opinions or opinions that are inflammatory – is protected by law.  I can say I think a foreign intelligence operation killed Charlie Kirk, and that is well within my protected right to do.  It’s my opinion.  I have the right to express it.  I can say certain demographics dominate specific crime statistics.  Some want that kind of talk restricted under the misnomer of hate speech.  The US Constitution gives me the right to say it.  To be clear, I can even hate and express that in my speech (e.g.  “I hate red-bellied toads.” or “I hate jihadists.”).  You don’t have to like it.  You don’t have to agree with it.  But according to the US Constitution, you cannot restrict me from saying it.  It is my freedom.  It is my expressed right.

Halloween, for instance, is an excellent example of liberty in America.  The “holiday” that celebrates death and darkness, with imagery of witchcraft and satanic symbols, is widely accepted across America.  According to some, it is fast approaching the highest profit holiday in regards to purchase for celebratory merchandise, expected to topple even Christmas in the next few years.

Some could argue the proliferation of dark imagery celebrating or adulating occult origins of spells, witchcraft, torment, suffering and horror create an atmosphere for darkness to thrive.  Some could argue the elevating of dark spirits could increase the embodiment of dark spirits.  The argument could continue that the role-playing of haunted houses that create scenes of horror and cause fear could open doors for actual demonic possession in unwitting participants.

With such serious possible ramifications for opening and even inviting dark spirits into society, culture, and even homes, it would stand to reason that a fair argument could be made for the restriction of such expressions.  There are warning labels on alcoholic beverages and cigarette packages so the willing participants of such are aware there could be consequences for the consumption.  Couldn’t an argument be made for the danger to the human soul for participating in acts of darkness, even if only in role play, and thus the need for fair warning to potential participants?

Yet here we are in America, and the liberty with which we have allowed worshippers of darkness and expressions of death and darkness is a true testament to the concepts of liberty.  No one has banned Halloween, Halloween parties or “decorations”.  No one has forbidden wishing another “Happy Halloween”.  No one has insisted that the commercialization of Halloween is forcing the Satanic religion on an unwilling population.  No, here in America, anyone is able to partake of the Satanic expressions of death, darkness and torment without consequence or restriction.  In fact, for the most part there is not even ridicule or societal pressure to abandon such ideology.

The same cannot be said for Christmas.  Think about it.  For several years now there has been a concerted effort to ban the very phrase “Merry Christmas” because Christmas contains the word Christ.  Nativities are desecrated, and the imagery of the Christ-child is openly mocked and scorned.  [Not even a Christmas song but popular at Christmas, “Baby it’s cold outside” came under assault for alleged sexual inappropriateness (#metoo) at the same time the number one Billboard song was Wet A** Pu**y.]

Halloween-ists have open liberty while Christmas celebration expressions face restrictions

It appears that the liberty that can be found for darkness is not equal in comparison to the demand for restriction (or even complete removal) of a holy day celebration for the Savior of the world.  One of these things is not like the other, according to adversaries of “liberty for all”.  Regardless of whether or not you see Christ as a savior, the very celebration of Christmas is a celebration of light and goodness.  There is no darkness in the celebration of the Son of God coming to earth to reconcile humanity with their Creator.  Angels announced His arrival.  A star led foreigners to His home.  The mystery of God incarnate is shrouded in glory.  The incarnation celebrated at Christmas removed the curse from mankind and gave hope of salvation instead.  It promised victory over death.  Yet this is the holiday deranged individuals are demanding be restricted or even withdrawn.

If you think about it, it seems that the ones insistent on restricting speech, expression, and freedom in general, are the ones that have no consequences for their own expressions.  [As an aside, I’ve walked the same neighborhoods for two decades.  It is an interesting observation that the same ones with liberal political signs are usually the same ones with abundant Halloween decorations – not a hard fast rule, but generally true.]

They’re the ones who burn down cities and get charges dropped, but throw election fraud protesters in infinite jail without due process.  They’re the ones who demanded ZERO liberty for people who conscientiously objected a foreign substance be pumped through their veins, even going so far as to demand denial of healthcare, arrest, or even death.  No, the adversaries of liberty do not seem to see or care for their own hypocrisies in the realm of liberty.

We’re barreling down the dystopic road to some bizarro twist of 1984/Brave New World/Terminator and the Bill of Rights is one of the thinning membranes between us and it.  The lie is we need restrictions for security, and every fear-based person falls for this same deception.   The truth is most people have no real concept of what true freedom is and they’re afraid of it.  They want a controlled world without understanding that such control is prison, and once the doors shut the recourse for the freedom given up comes at the high cost of blood – yours and/or your children’s.

Freedom is weighty.  It requires responsibility and the upper moral ground.  It’s the difference between growing your own healthy food and eating the convenient cheap toxic byproducts of the American dining and grocer industries.  It’s the difference between practicing mental health through self-control, self-healing, and self-learning or the pharmakeia world of popping pills to manipulate internal chemistry.  Freedom comes at a cost, and is kept by vigilance and exercise.  And once it is lost (or given away), it is very, very hard to get back and usually costs far more than it would to keep it in the first place.

The Gospel of the Kingdom of God stands in stark contrast to the systems of this world or the kingdom of darkness.  In God’s kingdom there is liberty.  You can accept or reject His tenets, His principles, His ways.  You’re not demanded to adhere to anything.  [This in no way negates cause and effect or actions and consequences, even actions of ignorance.  We still pay the consequences for our thoughts, beliefs and actions regardless of how we choose.]  Is it any wonder that the kingdom of darkness will be fueled by anti-liberty actions and ideology?  It is counter-God.  Man must rule over man and dictate terms of living in the anti-Christ systems of this world, that many, many Christians ignorantly parrot.

There is a better way, if we would just seek truth and the heart of God.  If we can’t manage that, at least adhere to the WHOLE Constitution.  True liberty in God’s kingdom is a far cry from the fake freedom of the dystopic world they keep thrusting upon us.

© 2025 Ms. Smallback – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ms. Smallback: M.Smallback@cox.net




Mansplaining, Government Style

By Lynne M Taylor

October 25, 2025

What’s “mansplainin’”?!

Merriam-Webster defines it as a man saying something to a woman in a condescending way [1]. For our context of this article, manspailin’ is to treat someone like they have no knowledge of the topic, nor could they grasp it anyway.

From what I experienced during an open public meeting where city officials and consultants met, this was the distinct attitude and tones of voices seen, heard and felt..

From my talks with others from across the nations, it seems to have become the way in which our elected officials talk to us and talk about us when they think the public isn’t listening.

Where I live, Mooresville, NC:

Has your city or town had recent meetings on the topic of future plans for growth? The plans I am referring to always seem to include lots of glossy pictures of how “super” rack/stack/pack housing and hub style communities of the future can look. Within these plans, you’ll also find ‘slick willy’ type consultants who have been hired by your town or county government to come and ‘splain’ to town/county leaders as well as the taxpayers. It’s enough to help create a comedic episode of your favorite TV show, but the reality of it is simply this:

YOUR Town/County is being targeted to become a ‘smart city’ or a ‘connected town’. Neighborhoods will become hubs; nature will seem like a side show, or maybe a three ring circus where the local government can charge you to watch nature instead of you choosing to watch nature for free in your own backyard. Knocking down rural areas to create cohesive areas where work, living and play are united into one space.

In fact, I’ve written during the past few years about some of the moves made to get the town in the position it’s in right now. (in 2024 [2], how to spot the SDGs (Sustainable Development Goals) in your town/county; also, in 2024 [3], how the APA (American Planning Assoc.) came to my town to sell us all on 15 minute neighborhoods; and in early 2025 [4], the ‘green grab’ for agriculture and rural locations in the name of future town planning.

Back in 2021 [5], I shared, via The Sons of Liberty Media’s morning show, how my town’s (then future plan for a cookie cutter existence). Below is a picture I took of the color coded yarns town residents used to show what services or buildings they would be willing to travel to within a 15 minute time frame. The moment I saw this exercise [6] I knew exactly where the town’s agenda was heading.

For the balance of this article, I’ll share with you one such type of plan. As always, what I share from where I live, is to be used as an example so you can know what to look for in your area. I’m horrified at what I’ve learned in attending the meetings surrounding the future plan for my town. Read on to see how my recent research can help you listen for the “splainin’” you’ll be hearing in your area.

Meet “Your Town, Tomorrow” Plan:

As we all know, most of our towns and local governments have websites and Mooresville, NC is no exception. However, the city must feel the residents need ‘mansplainin’ when it comes to our future. Why do I say this? The Tomorrow Plan has its own website [7], complete with tabs for everything to be explained. By doing this, especially under the guise of ease of access to information, the human interaction between leaders and residents is sacrificed. What else stood out to me was the fact that if you register, just once, on-line access to everything is yours for as long as the Plan exists. While this works for the tech-savvy population, Mooresville’s majority of the population is older and has lived here well over 20 years. One of the paid consultants shared that ‘reverse 911’ had been used to call every resident to inform them that public meetings were going on. However, not everyone will pick up their phone when they do not recognize the number.

All this, to tell you that at present, the Tomorrow Plan will change before it’s written in stone. Over a span of 3 days, the Plan was trotted out in 3 different locations in an open house style meeting. The day I attended the consulting company was representing the hard work that it took to put the Plan together.

The company’s representative (and self proclaimed author) cherry picked the ‘most important’ items he felt the residents needed to see. Never mind, ‘allowing’ residents to see the hard copy of the Plan, in person. Posters decked each wall of the room I was in and little red/green dots to show your approval or disapproval were provided.

Why are these details important to you, the reader? It’s the “Delphi Technique” in motion! If you’re not familiar with Delphi, it’s when the chosen results have already been made, but you’re offered an opportunity to weigh in. Giving you a false sense of feeling represented.

In the push to make America as globalized as possible, Delphi meetings are status quo, at this point. Every meeting I’ve attended in relation to the Plan, I’ve seen it.

So, what is really in the Plan? I requested a hard copy of it and was cautioned that it would all change, so don’t get too excited. (*Note: Oh, if a resident wants to have a hard copy to study all those ‘cherries’ not chosen and trotted out? Printing it on your own is an option if you’re got 200 pages or more (depending on the size of the plans your town/county have) to spare and enough ink to support it. When I requested my copy, I simply stated I didn’t have access to that much ink and paper. Kindness does still work, even on Delphi disciples)

From the Existing Pages:

The opening page is a big clue, folks. You see the statement, “Looking Four-wards Into the Future” (this denotes that Mooresville is broken up into 4 wards, as it has been for years.)

*As you probably know, wards connect to voting; as in who represents your part of town.*

Then, in bold print ‘2040’. While the below information is not featured on the pages of the hard copy I received, I dug a bit further, as I knew the 2040 is too significant to overlook.

It’s just long enough to finish the parts of alignment to meet 2030’s Agenda goals and just long enough past that to cement all the other parts of the Agenda that need ‘buttoning up’.

General internet searches will reveal that by 2040, everyone will be living in more eco-friendly places with ‘zero carbon’, that is, at least according to Architecture2030.org [8].

The image you see below, is from Proctor and Gamble [9] and definitely fits into your town/county’s ‘landscape’.

According to the “NC2040” [10] website (created by the same founder [11] of States2040.org), there climate change and affordable housing are among the goals of NC2040 that, oddly enough are also within the pages of Mooresville’s Tomorrow’s Plan. Coincidence? I think not.

Other pages revealed the consulting groups; zoning changes (the biggest red flag); gentrified neighborhoods, hubs to unite work, nature, and leisure; national groups with global ties and mandates we didn’t ask for, policy changes (remember, policy is interpretation of law, not law itself) are at least 10 issues we must address NOW. (think “Chicken Little’s” plea, here)

“The Juicy Stuff”:

Consultant groups include: City Explained,Inc. [12] (Do we really need to have our cities explained to those of us who live in them?!) Within the first two seconds of seeing the website, “sustainable development” is there to greet you. If you wish to see the huge list of projects to boost all the sustainable development, especially within the South, visit the ‘projects [13]’ page. While I was chatting with the representative of this company, it was shared that a relationship with the APA (American Planning Association) was active. What connects these 2 globally dazzled entities which are striving to turn America into a good UN member-state landscape? The software, folks!! Back in 2020 [14], the APA published an article about City Explained, Inc’s software “CommunityViz” being used by a group of college students to solve density issues.

Here’s a quote from City Explained, Inc’s website, concerning CommunityViz, “We are excited to announce the sale of CommunityViz and CViz Pro Software to the Texas A&M AgriLife Extension effective immediately.” To follow the transition of CV from CityExplained to Texas A & M, visit the website [15].

(*Note: APA’s president is from NC and gave a YouTube [16] talk a couple of months ago. The video is less than ½ hour, but listen. She’ll tell you how APA influences legislators.)

Nealon Planning, LLC [17], this NC based entity also has globalism displayed for all to see on the website. This quote, alone, is evidence: “An engaged community is a resilient community”. Look a bit deeper and see the ‘social capital’ phrase used. What’s ‘social capital’? According to “BetterUp.com”, Social capital is an asset that’s underused in our towns. The image should help convey the message loudly, though.

graphic-social-capital

Arnett Muldrow & Associates, LLC [19] was also hired by Mooresville to help create the Tomorrow Plan. If your town desires to be branded like a race car team or sports league, these are your people. Oh, and your town’s economic development is covered as well. (Can’t have an aligned UN style town without public private partnerships, now can we?)

While there’s not a lot of information on this website, you see in bold print, “Place” “Prosperity”.

Green Heron Planning, LLC [20], the last of the hired consultants. This website definitely uses the ‘appeal to fear’ tactic on its website. This quote illustrates this point, “Emerging issues are disrupting our communities. Now is the time to prepare.” (again, ‘Chicken Little’, anyone?)

This website offers you a published guide [21] about handling community disruptions! Published in 2024, you’re urged to get this ‘community readiness plan’. (*Note:If you click on the ‘more information’ tab, you are automatically redirected to a Univ. of NC web page.)

Of the ‘disruptions’, you’ll see AI, bitcoin, aging population and more.

One thing that all of these hired companies excel at: homogeneous looking buildings in neat and tidy locations with a managed population all too happy to comply. At least that’s the sales pitch, folks.

What’s in your town? What’s in your county? What zoning changes is your state seeking to change? Right now, the State of NC has several legislative bills that will (by and largely) negatively impact zoning in favor of the private citizen. In the Summer 2025, this builder’s website [22] reported on the zoning law that carried a bigger bite than folks assumed it would. To see the current (extensive list) from the NC General Assembly (state level Congress), visit here [23].

Closing:

There’s a ton more in this Plan I could share, but I think you’ve seen enough to grasp the patterns for where you need to look, in your areas.

Towns are out of control, but it’s from a leadership stance, not a residence stance. Transparency is definitely lacking. Manipulation of our views and tax dollars is happening every day. Every day we remain complacent or too busy to care, is another day this sweeping agenda survives and thrives.

If you don’t know where to start looking in your area, start nationally, at the National Center for Smart Growth [24]. From their website, their quote, “NCSG works to create a more sustainable, vibrant and enhanced quality of life for communities across the globe.” So much for American dreams, huh?

I don’t know about you, but I’m pretty fed up with having “mansplain’” be a part of my life when it comes to living my life, my way in my space, in my town!

Learning to say “no” — Forward Counseling of the Mid South

(image from USA Today)

© 2025 Lynne M Taylor – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lynne M Taylor: info@commoncorediva.com

Sources:

  1. https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/mansplain
  2. https://americanpolicy.org/2024/01/27/the-sdgs-in-your-town/
  3. https://americanpolicy.org/2024/02/12/sdgs-local-chokeholds/
  4. https://americanpolicy.org/2025/05/01/using-education-to-attack-farmlands/
  5. https://sonsoflibertymedia.com/hidden-in-not-so-plain-sight-how-the-global-agenda-is-popping-up-in-your-town/
  6. https://www.commoncorediva.com/2024/02/01/localized-united-nations/
  7. https://www.mooresville-tomorrow.com/
  8. https://www.architecture2030.org/accelerating-to-zero-by-2040/
  9. https://us.pg.com/blogs/first-year-progress-toward-net-zero-2040/
  10. https://nc2040.org/ten-issues-that-will-affect-the-next-generation-of-north-carolinas-and-who-is-working-on-them/
  11. https://www.linkedin.com/in/tom-fehsenfeld-b31155152/
  12. https://www.city-explained.com/home.html
  13. https://www.city-explained.com/projects.html
  14. https://www.planning.org/planning/2020/oct/expanding-boundaries/
  15. https://communityviz.com/
  16. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=p6_-H1F9nuw&t=91s
  17. http://www.nealonplanning.com/
  18. https://www.betterup.com/blog/social-capital
  19. https://www.arnettmuldrow.com/
  20. https://greenheronplanning.com/
  21. https://greenheronplanning.com/publications
  22. https://www.thebuildersdaily.com/north-carolina-bill-flip-turns-into-statewide-housing-reform/
  23. https://www.ncleg.gov/Search/BillText/0/0/2025/?sSearchText=zoning&sSortBy=0
  24. https://www.umdsmartgrowth.org/



Did You Listen To the Democrats? Oh How They LIE

By Karen Schoen

October 25, 2025

The big news this week is the Schumer Shutdown. “Good”, I say. The less government we have, the less regulations can be forced upon We the People. I believe this gives President Trump and Russ Vought from OMB (Office of Management and Budget) a mandate to follow the Constitution. It’s time to decide what agencies and its workers are essential and get rid of the rest. If they do this properly, we might actually have a chance to balance the budget. Can you imagine America not taking on more debt?

Did you listen to the Democrats? Oh how they LIE! Do you understand what their main goal is? Certainly, it’s not to benefit the American people or save US Taxpayers any money. Listen to their talking points. All of them are saying the same thing: “Healthcare for All.” Their focus is on the illegals, their carefully protected new Democrat voters. They don’t care about Americans. They just need to maintain power.

Look at the DNC Base. Who are the biggest pushers of the drug called Big Givernment? (Misspelled on purpose) Who pushes all these government handouts on WE the People? As it turns out, the majority of the Democrat supporters are white, privileged Americans who have been taught to hate. They are taught to hate themselves, hate their family and hate America! How did that happen? We gave our children everything. Ah! There’s the Rub. That is the problem.

What is the one thing that all these kids have in common? School. Once the Closet Communists realized they could make money from hate, they advanced. Pushing “White Guilt.” They were able to create children who learned they were evil oppressors. They were made to feel guilty because they got whatever they wanted just for the ask. No work required, no accountability, no responsibility. Their lives had no purpose. They turned to drugs, alcohol, devises, which reinforced hating their parents, their country and everything else. Just more hate. Activism became the money-maker of choice. Remember Obama, “We cannot continue to rely only on our military in order to achieve the national security objectives that we’ve set. We’ve got to have a civilian national security force that’s just as powerful, just as strong and just as well-funded.”

Why not train the students and have We the People pay for it? Such a great idea! Take those spoiled, privileged kids, who never had a job, never knew what it was like to be hungry, or cold, or broke and so down that there is no way out. Make them feel Guilty and then give them a purpose and something to Hate. Tell them to destroy the people they were taught to hate.

Most of these student haters had a life of privilege and luxury. They’ve gone to the best schools; been on the best vacations; and, live in the nicest houses. But sadly, they have no clue as to the benefits that a real life could offer. Once they are filled with Guilt and Hate, (two learned emotions) they became vulnerable. It will take a long time for us to change that mindset. We must also realize that some are beyond fixing for their end is the ultimate destruction which is death.

I feel we are on a Road. We are at the last exit which is no longer a highway, concrete or asphalt. It is not paved. It is the rocky road through the woods filled with obstacles. There is no GPS. Soon we will come to the end of the road and we will have a choice. A fork in the road will give us one last chance. The Left fork goes over the cliff into an abyss. The Right fork goes down a long, hilly path filled with creatures and thorns but ends at a beautiful lush valley. We will ask God to help us make the right choice, knowing full well that each choice brings its own consequences, responsibility and work. Is America worth saving? Will you work for it?

Podcast on Karenbschoen.com

In segment 1, Dr Rachel and I will discuss how everything is connected and who is funding the Destruction of America.

Dr. Rachel Ehrenfeld, author of The Soros Agenda, is the Founder and President of the New York-based American Center for Democracy and the Economic Warfare Institute. Dr. Ehrenfeld’s multidisciplinary approach encompasses economic warfare and Weapons of Mass Effect (WME), including disinformation, free speech, indoctrination, propaganda, PC coercion, lawfare, corruption, money laundering, Political Islam, terrorist financing, Narco-Terrorism, the links between global criminal and radical networks and Jihadi/terrorist groups. Dr. Ehrenfeld focuses on identifying patterns of seemingly unrelated domestic and foreign events as they link to threaten the U.S. political, social, and economic stability and its financial system and other matters related to U.S. and Western democracies’ security.

In segment 2 Dr Carole Lieberman and I will discuss the results of these terrorist programs on our students.

Carole Lieberman, M.D., M.P.H., is a board-certified psychiatrist, who has been helping people cope with terrorism as The Terrorist Therapist® since 9/11, in America, Israel, London, Paris and throughout the world. Dr. Lieberman has written two books about terrorism, including the 5x award-winning book, Lions and Tigers and Terrorists, Oh My! How to Protect Your Child in a Time of Terror, for kids (and their parents and teachers). She also hosts “The Terrorist Therapist Show” – chosen as one of the top podcasts on terrorism. Dr. Lieberman has done countless media interviews and speaking engagements, helping people understand terrorism and why we need to stop the building momentum of Radical Islamist migrants, protesters hiding behind posters and elected officials who are ignorant of the imminent terrorist threat.

Your Homework for the Week:

Support President Trump as he attempts to rid the government bureaucracy of the dark money and deep state operatives with TDS. Know full well that the media will lie. It is up to us to spread the truth. Cutting the government means cutting the debt and making America strong again.

13 States can redistrict before the 2026 election. If your state is one of them, tell your state legislator to make sure it happens!!

Redistricting will make it easier to pass the MAGA Agenda in the House. The DNC redistrict every chance they get. Where is the GOP? Are they even Awake?

Everything is connected. Nothing is random. Everything has a plan. All plans are lies. All Globalists want is MONEY, POWER, CONTROL. Don’t give them yours. Challenge them with the truth.

Is America worth saving?

Doing Nothing is affirmation.

IF NOT YOU, THEN WHO?

IF NOT NOW, THEN WHEN?

© 2025 Karen Schoen – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Karen Schoen: kbschoen@bellsouth.net

Website: http://www.karenschoen.com




China’s Planned Cyber Security Attack

By Cliff Kincaid

October 25, 2025

Do not be fooled by the FBI rounding up a few rich NBA players who got caught making illegal bets. The nation’s security is still vulnerable to a major cyber attack from Communist China, a preview of which occurred in the “outage” of Amazon web services. This is a far more serious problem than illegal gambling.

The American government has no ability to stop the cyber warfare any more than it was able to stop the release of the China virus and the deaths and lockdowns.

This period strikes me as eerily like President Trump’s first term in office, when he was rebuilding the economy and it was derailed by the China virus, producing not only death and destruction but trillions in excessive federal spending leading to massive inflation. Trump talks about it all the time.

This time, I figure China will unleash a major cyber warfare attack.

People can question my predictions but you should know that I prepared reports predicting assassination attempts on the life of President Trump before they occurred. I wrote after the fact that “We have a federal government that allowed the leader of the opposition, former President Donald J. Trump, to be targeted for murder. He escaped death through divine intervention.”

If the federal government can’t protect us from a China virus attack, what makes you think they will protect us from on-going cyber warfare attacks that could cripple our economy? They won’t and they can’t.

Incredibly, President Trump keeps referring to Chinese dictator Xi as a friend who he can do business with, and he is scheduled to meet with him next week, on Thursday, October 30. I have never understood how Trump can do business with such an evil character. The only explanation is that Trump is approaching Xi from a position of weakness. He understands that the China virus was originally designed as payback for Trump’s tariffs on China in his first term. He knows China has the “trump cards.”

It is one thing to beat up on poor little Canada to the north, but quite another to think that America can made a deal with a dictator whose China virus killed more than one million Americans. These are the stakes.

There is speculation that China brought Amazon web services down on October 25, a development that knocked out major apps including Robinhood, Snapchat, and Fortnite, sparking “chaos across digital platforms.” Our attention quickly shifted to the NBA scandal, giving the impression that the FBI can be assumed to oversee all the necessary security precautions for America as a whole. I do not believe it.

The NBA scandal is said to have “mobsters” in the mix but the biggest mobsters are the Chinese Communists and their Russian and North Korean comrades. These people have much bigger stakes than a few million dollars on the poker table. They are interested in world control, and taking down the USA is the means to get there.

President Trump has closed our borders through presidential action but they are still wide open to cyber warfare from abroad, which is potentially far more serious.

We hear little about this threat.

In the same way that I predicted the assassination attempts on Trump, I predict a major Chinese cyber warfare attack, especially if the “trade talks” fall apart. China is determined to win by any means necessary.

I am sure you have noticed that President Trump has dropped his demands for trillions in financial reparations from China over the deaths caused by the China virus. He does not talk about that anymore. He talked a lot about it during the campaign.

Our leaders and their “intelligence agencies” have finally recognized that the China virus came out of China, from a Chinese military lab. We spend tens of billions on this kind of “intelligence” when common sense costs nothing. But this is admitting the obvious.

Common sense tells you the Chinese have not given up their plan to dominate the world.

Many are too young to remember (or they were not taught) that the Communist Chinese intervened massively on the side of the North Korean regime during the Korean War. American casualties of the United States during the Korean War (1950-1953) have been estimated at 54,260 dead including 33,643 “battle deaths.” The U.S. settled on a stalemate in Korea, after American General Douglas MacArthur was prohibited from taking the fight to the communist-controlled Chinese mainland. Henry Kissinger under Nixon then “made a deal” with China, recognizing the regime and trading with the enemy.

I am one of many who had our medical records stolen by the Chinese communists through a “ransomware” hack of my Frederick Health medical group earlier this year. My personal story is not that important. What matters is that Frederick Health is a medical group serving top U.S. political, intelligence, and military officials in the DC-Maryland area. That gives the Chinesea Communist Party (CCP) additional leverage over these people to do their bidding.

My wife and I were officially notified by mail that an “unauthorized person gained access” to the Frederick Health network and “copied certain files from a file share server.”  We were told that documents that were compromised could include name, address, date of birth, Social Security number, driver’s license number, medical record number, health insurance information, “and/or clinical information related to your care, not contained in our Electronic medical record.”

That “unauthorized person” I believe is the CCP. The FBI has no comment.

One can assume that this kind of personal medical information from certain people in the federal government in the hands of the wrong people could lead to national security problems.

It was later disclosed almost a million people were affected by the attack.

“We’re working on cyber threats,” said FBI Director Kash Patel in September. “We’re attacking malware infrastructure, going after ransomware attackers, delivering a new partnership with the private–public sector engagement we’ve taken with the companies who are attacked by these foreign adversaries and nation-state actors and individual enterprise rings from around the world. We are combating Salt Typhoon, Vault Typhoon, Flax Typhoon, and so many other ransomware and cyber threats this nation faces.”

That sounds great but I do not believe this is enough. It looks to me like the Chinese have the edge in information warfare and will use their superiority in this field to launch a major new attack on America if Trump does not buckle to Xi’s demands.

America cannot be great again it its power is eclipsed by that of Communist China.

Only another miracle can save us now.

© 2025 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

  • Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvval.org



Following Allah Or Worshiping Christ? Damnation or Salvation?

By Kat Stansell

October 24, 2025

Is it possible for a good Muslim be a good American?

The rise of the NYC mayoral candidate, Zohran Momdani, has brought this question to the fore. BTW, the image above “shows him with a 1993 World Trade Center bombing co-conspirator and a terrorist apologist”, on “X” Nypost

Hoping that the backlash received from this meetup will help people to see…

Momdani tries to dodge the issue of his faith by claiming he is of the Shia sect of Islam, attempting to convey himself as a a ‘milder’ follower of the religion

Theoretically, the only difference between the two sects, Sunni and Shia, is the lineage of their ruler. One believes the leader of Islam, the Caliph, must come from the bloodline of Allah, and the other, from one elected by leaders of the caliphates. Neither supposedly justified’ “non-provoked violence” against non-believers.

There are no formally defined caliphates since the abolition of the Ottoman Empire in 1924; therefore the debate over the true leader continues, often with violence between the two sects.

Hezbollah is Shia. They consider their violence against Israel and Syria as “lesser Jihad”, or “defensive struggle” to protect Shia communities and resist perceived aggressors. So, I guess violence against New Yorkers could be considered “defensive” in the grand scheme of things. Getting rid of the police would go to that end, no?

So, lets get back to the original question: Can a Muslim be a good American?

Religiously? No. NO other religion is accepted by a Muslim’s Allah, except Islam.(Quran, 2:256)

Socially? No. Alliance to Islam disallows real friendship with Christians or Jews.

Politically? No. A Muslim must submit to the mullahs who teach destruction of Israel AND AMERICA, THE GREAT SATAN. Besides, our Constitution is based on Biblical principle, which is believed to be corrupt by the followers of Islam. The political and religious freedom inherent in our Republic is an anathema to dictatorial/autocratic governments found in Muslim countries.

We in America are “One Nation Under God.” You can see where that does NOT work for the followers of Islam.

I’ve gone toe to toe with American Muslims (former CIA) who deny all of this, while they run secret missions to the middle east and run for REPUBLICAN office in their state. The Taqiyya (lying) is easy to see; those I spoke with do it very well. The deception and danger to all of us runs deep.

Time for New Yorkers – along with the rest of America in the other 49 states – to wake up. Just look at the Leftists trying to cuddle up to Momdani. They are either too ignorant or desperate to care.

It is not evil for Christians to recognize their enemy (political and religious) and be prepared. The more of us who truly understand this, the more prepared we will be for defending our future as a free Republic. Our government cannot do it for us, and I think we may well have a rough road ahead. We must fight the good fight.

“Put on the full armor of God” (Ephesians 6:1-1-8) takes on a new and very current meaning.

© 2025 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com




How Can We Be “Numero Uno” With These Numbing Numbers?

By Sidney Secular

October 24, 2025

Did you ever hear of “carrying capacity” or do you understand the implications of exceeding it? If not, its not surprising, as that concept has not carried the day in any way. That concept went out the window when we decided to carry the world on our shoulders and shoulder the burdens of everyone in it. We have now suddenly awakened to the dangers of illegal immigration, but continue to soft pedal legal immigration, which constitutes a clear and present danger. It is a long term threat that can terminate our existence as anything resembling what this nation was meant to be at the start, that is, a White Christian nation. We’ve invited in many varieties and colors of upstarts who are starting to displace us, who have no concept of how we started out, and couldn’t care less.

We’re hardly ever directly or expressly told what the legal immigration numbers are and the related numbers allocated or permitted to come from particular nations or sections of the world, or the age profiles of the putative future participants in our so-called democracy. Few are so bold as to start probing, asking questions, and thus creating problems for themselves by considering these numbers as a problematic issue. We hear all this talk about “sustainability” with no sense of how we are to sustain ourselves with our shrinking farmlands and sustained increases in our numbers.

Learning of the numbers arriving here legally from the various points of the compass, points to the feeling that we are in a zero sum game, with each nationality or special group trying to elbow out the others to get their unfair share of the bounty, while the billionaire kingpins keep drumming into us the idea that there are no limits to what we can absorb and still call the emerging maelstrom and crowded mess as a form of progress vice a regression. Maybe these kingpins are relying on the killing and thinning effects of the Covid vaccines and boosters to boost the numbers who thus die off, so that our numbers can stay within a range acceptable to them.

We have 350 million humans and their pets in the US today, and it is projected that their numbers will continue to rise exponentially despite the recently decreasing birthrates. At what point do our water resources run dry, especially with states in the southwest all competing for lessening amounts of water what with reservoirs gradually evaporating, burgeoning population increases, and a long-term drought in effect. Many residents in these states are hell bent on deriving pleasure from pot which is increasingly potent, readily available, and require enormous amounts of “potable” water to grow, it, more than for other domesticated plants.

Even in 2025, you must reserve a campground spot months in advance. and if you are lucky you might get one at a national park, or even a local park, as more and more people seek the pleasures of the outdoor experience and there are just more people, period. Right now, there are 3 to 4 mile long lines waiting to see the boiling pots and heated pools at Yellowstone, and its only going to get worse. Everyone, including(and probably especially) the invaders burns fuel, uses endless amounts of water, and devours food, many in increasingly fattening amounts.

We add one million legal immigrants annually to the American population, and this number has not varied very much over the course of generations. The mantra for feeding mouths from the 4 corners of the earth continues apace, if not mounts. The latest meme making the rounds is that increasing legal immigration will provide the younger workers whose taxes will support the pensions of retirees, boost economic growth, and maintain our global dominance, collapses under scrutiny. You will eventually have to similarly support the new coterie of younger people when they retire, so that argument is absurd. Immigration may raise total GNP by adding more consumers, but it lowers the GNP per capita, so that as the economic pie grows, each slice shrinks. Another piece of poop is that we need we need foreign workers to solve labor shortages.

The shortages themselves are frequently caused by immigration itself. More people means more need for housing, school administrators, teachers, and medical personnel. Where genuine shortages exist, the onus should be on employers to offer higher wages, benefits, training and advancement opportunities instead of relying on a constant round of replaceable and cheap foreign labor. Then, there’s the old canard that the US is enriched by diversity, but no data or studies support this. Quite the contrary, all evidence shows that diversity lessens cohesion and social interaction, and creates a Tower of babel atmosphere.

© 2025 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com




Political Economy as if People Mattered, Part 1

By Steven Yates

October 23, 2025

[With apologies to the ghost of E.F. Schumacher.]

“Men are qualified for civil liberty in exact proportion to their disposition to put moral chains upon their own appetites; in proportion as their love of justice is above their rapacity; in proportion as their soundness and sobriety of understanding is above their vanity and presumption; in proportion as they are more disposed to listen to the counsels of the wise and good, in preference to the flattery of knaves. Society cannot exist unless a controlling power upon will and appetite be placed somewhere, and the less of it there is within, the more there must be without. It is ordained in the eternal constitution of things, that men of intemperate minds cannot be free. Their passions forge their fetters.”

—Edmund Burke, “A Letter from Mr. Burke to a Member of the National Assembly in Answer to Some Objections to His Book on French Affairs,” 1791

In the history of political economy, Wilhelm Röpke’s name isn’t anywhere near as well-known as that of, say, John Maynard Keynes, or Milton Friedman, or Friedrich A. Hayek. Röpke’s major work A Humane Economy: The Social Framework of the Free Market (1960) did not receive anywhere near the attention of Hayek’s The Road to Serfdom (1944). Overall, his influence has been minimal.

So he wasn’t someone I studied when I was younger, like I did Hayek (with whom I eventually became disillusioned). This is unfortunate, because my education would have taken a quantum leap. By the turn of the millennium I was convinced that maintaining a free society requires learned and lived moral values, and that this (and not the “discipline of the market”) was the main source of the spontaneous order Hayek had made so much of.

To my mind, this is a mindset owing more to Burke than, say, Mises. Only when a people internalize values of truth, discernment, honesty, temperance or restraint of personal passions, and a sense of the requirements of justice — all conditions for social trust — is disorder minimized. Otherwise disorder grows until it becomes destabilizing, and it is necessary to reimpose order on the people from the outside. The state is the obvious institution to do this, and would most likely botch the job, wielding the equivalent of a sledgehammer instead of a scalpel.

The point being: there is more to a civilization than its economy, which in turn is more than the product of an abstract homo economicus who, by definition, is properly informed, self-interested, and consistently rational. In other words, civilizations can (and should) contain free markets but are not themselves free markets. The epistemic and moral underpinnings of free markets cannot be bought or sold.

What encircles markets? Culture, which by nature is driven by moral and other philosophical imperatives, some of them not explicit. The ideal, here, is an organic integration instead of an ideological imposition. Education is upstream from both. Worldview guides education: what kind of world is this? Who are we as a people? What is of value in life, and how are we to pursue it? What kinds of knowledge and know-how are worth emphasizing, and why? The latter in particular are conditions of long-term survivability: if civilization is to avoid decline, they are nonnegotiable.

History teaches that with political-economic success, civilizations tend to forget their roots — the principles, values, and sustained work that went into building them. The comfort of prosperity becomes an entitlement. Liberated passions and the fascination with wealth as an end in itself tempt their economics. Empire tempts their politics and foreign relations. Success translates to the power to do as one pleases. Both rich and nonrich alike become steadily more dissolute. The former become corrupt and corrupting. The latter sacrifice their independence. Jeremiahs of the era are mostly ignored. All pay the cost of inevitable decline and fall.

A bottom line moral value, I would argue, that neither Röpke nor anyone else I know of formulates this specifically: all human beings have intrinsic value because they were created in the image of a perfectly rational and morally transcendent God. No economist of the Austrian or any other school would assert this, of course. But it explains both the capacities of our reason (Logos) to discover order in the world, including economic order; discern truth from falsehood in any domain of experience; solve problems for ourselves and for others based on what we learn; and act morally (Ethos) in a broad sense. The violation of this principle could define injustice and tell us when we need to work to reduce or, if possible, eliminate some dehumanizing practice.

Needless to say, nowhere — not even in nominally Christian civilizations such as those of historical Europe — has such ethos fully taken hold. Not really. Christian institutions, no less than secular ones, have been run by sinful men and sometimes sinful women. We have the factions and divisions we have because of this, including the capacity to dehumanize those deemed expendable for whatever reason. Even Christians have done this. So this is not one of those let’s-turn-back-the-clock ruminations (though we can isolate elements of past decades that were clearly superior to the present, e.g., money was more honest, and there was more social trust). We don’t need to go back to the kind of Christian ethos just outlined. We need to discover it. And then make the most honest effort we can to build it into our lives and institutions organically, whatever our human limitations.

Sometimes this will favor “conservatism,” as with the family as a fundamental societal unit, the Biblical family the ideal arrangement (e.g., Eph. 5:21-33 and 6:1-4; Col. 3:18-21; I Peter 3:7; I Tim. 5:8; Prov. 22:6; Psalms 127:3-5; Heb. 13:4; I Cor. 13:1-13; elsewhere).

At other times it might seem to call for “liberalism” (at least as that term was bandied about back in the 1960s and later), as when it repudiates racial discrimination as one of those practices that dehumanize (and cf. Gal. 3:27-29; Romans 2:11; Acts 10:34; James 2:2-4; elsewhere). What we’re talking about thus transcends on-the-ground ideologies. It could not do its work otherwise.

Classical Foundations and Their Betrayal.

“Because we have no Government armed with Power capable of contending with human Passions unbridled by … Morality and Religion. Avarice, Ambition … Revenge or Gallantry, would break the strongest Cords of our Constitution as a Whale goes through a Net. Our Constitution was made only for a moral and religious People. It is wholly inadequate to the government of any other.”

Thus stated John Adams, Founding Father and America’s second president, writing to the Massachusetts Militia (October 11, 1798). There is no wiser place to begin. Having designed a Constitutional system, Adams and others of his day understood the need for a balance between liberty and virtue, freedom and restraint. Their proposed order would not work if everyone made up their own “values” subjectively. Despite looming industrialism, it was not designed for atomized consumers any more than for state dependents.

The new system, as if blessed by God Himself, showed more promise than anything fallible human beings had previously come up with. People flooded America’s shores, often with nothing but the clothes on their backs, sensing the opportunity to start over and build new lives on new soil.

Clearly, the order the Founding Fathers proposed was soon compromised. I argued in my Four Cardinal Errors that it failed to keep out power-hungry British bankers (e.g., the Rothschilds). They weren’t the only culprits. Gouverneur Morris, as he penned parts of the Constitution, had warned that:

“The rich will strive to establish their dominion and enslave the rest. They always did … they always will. They will have the same effect here as elsewhere, if we do not, by the power of government, keep them in their proper spheres.”

This is as prophetic as it gets! I’m not sure Morris — or anyone else of his time — could have imagined the degree to which the superrich would buy the government, which is just the political class of human beings who have the same failings as any other group of peasants. The struggle against the Gilded Age ruling class (Rockefellers, etc.) gave rise to progressivism, which in turn was compromised. This struggle, between those fascinated with power and who seek wealth as the path to power, versus the freedom-minded who want to contain power, has driven American political economy ever since. The superrich had begun by capturing public education and establishing a two-tiered system: liberal arts learning for their own and vocationalism for the peasantry. When they created the Federal Reserve, they captured the financial system and, through that, the economy. They soon captured major media of the day. (I outlined the specifics in Four Cardinal Errors, as have others.)

Today, the battle seems all but lost! The multibillion dollar pharmaceuticals industry controls nearly all Establishment medicine and medical education. Sensible primary prevention is neither taught nor practiced because it isn’t profitable. Likewise, Big Food controls agriculture, having replaced family farms that, for generations, produced healthy food, with factory farms that fatten animals with bovine growth hormones which make their way into the meat we consume: because this is profitable.

I could enumerate regulatory capture, industry by industry. Regulatory capture is exemplified when a Pharma executive and loyalist is offered a cushy job at the CDC or the FDA, having formed a cushy relationship with the people there, often involving favoritism. Or, alternatively, when a CDC bureaucrat goes to work at a Pharma megacorporation. Clearly, moreover, the Technocrats that permeate Silicon Valley have captured the Executive Branch of the federal government which they control alongside the powerful Israeli lobby.

The Needs of a Healthy Civilization.

In a recent piece I outlined the needs of a healthy civilization, sustainable in the original sense of that term before Technocrats perverted it:

  • – Affordable energy.
  • – Affordable housing.
  • – Stable families that rear and nurture the next generation.
  • – Affordable nutritious food.
  • – Affordable healthcare.
  • – Education that educates and doesn’t merely indoctrinate (including both liberal arts learning and vocational education for trades).
  • – Religiosity: a sense of the Transcendent that defines our place in the cosmos and grounds justice and moral righteousness that can stand above the whimsies of politics and markets.

I noted that the utter absence of all these ought to raise red alerts! What went wrong should be the major preoccupation of professional intellectuals of our time (it isn’t; they, too, are busy chasing comfortable careers in universities and “think tanks”).

  1. Buckminster Fuller observed decades ago that we have the technology to supply all these needs, and not just for our own but for everyone on the planet. Which raised the question: why aren’t we doing it? The most likely answer: it won’t make the superrich even richer. Carrying it out in ways that bring genuine benefits to humanity as a whole won’t increase Technocratic control. Contrary to having “won” in the marketplace, the superrich have instituted an extractive political economy (neoliberalism) in which they thrive at the expense of the rest of us, via welfare-statism in reverse: Peter Turchin’s “wealth pump,” redistributing wealth (and power) from the have-nots to the haves. This is the only “capitalism” Gen Z has ever seen. Small wonder so many of them are turning toward “socialism.”

© 2025 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

END OF PART ONE

_________________________

Wondering why Internet platforms have basically gone to crap? Steven Yates publishes Navigating the New Normal on Substack, where you’ll find an answer to this question, and other content not available elsewhere. Consider subscribing to have it sent directly to your inbox.

Steven Yates is a (recovering) ex-academic with a PhD in Philosophy. (Obtain his book on the “wisdom” of obtaining such a degree here.)

He taught for more than 15 years total at several colleges and universities in the Southeastern U.S. He has authored three books, more than 20 articles, numerous book reviews, and review essays in academic journals and anthologies. Refused tenure and unable to obtain full-time academic employment (and with an increasing number of very fundamental philosophical essays refused publication in journals), he turned to alternative platforms and heretical notions, including about academia itself.

In 2012, he moved to Chile. He married a Chilean national in 2014. Among his discoveries in South America: many of the problems in the U.S. are problems everywhere, because human nature is the same everywhere.

He has a Patreon.com page. Donate here and become a Patron if you benefit from his work and believe it merits being sustained financially.

Steven Yates’s book Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) can be ordered here.

His philosophical work What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) can be obtained here or here.

His cosmic horror novel The Shadow Over Sarnath (2023) (written for the sheer fun of it) can be gotten here.

Should you purchase any (or all) books from Amazon, please consider leaving a five-star review (if you think they merit such). Readers notice, and so does the Amazon algorithm.




Obama’s Progeny Scares New York Media

By Cliff Kincaid

October 23, 2025

It is amusing to watch the “journalists” based in New York freaking out over a possible victory by Zohran Mamdani in the mayor’s race.  The hosts of CNBC on Wall Street and those in the anchor chairs on the Fox channels are desperately trying to get the conservative Republican in the race, Curtis Sliwa, to drop out.

Their mouthpiece, the New York Post, has run an editorial calling on Sliwa to drop out. He has so far refused.

These “conservatives” in the media concerned about crime and socialism want Sliwa to drop out so that the disgraced former governor, Andrew Cuomo, who lost the primary to Mamdani, can have a chance of being elected. Sliwa points out that Cuomo is the spoiler in the race since he lost the nomination to Mamdani in a free and fair election.

In my column, Communism in New York — the Cuomo Connection, I noted that Zohran Mamdani isn’t the only candidate in the race with a communism problem and that, on his way out the door of the New York governor’s office, Andrew Cuomo gave clemency to a communist terrorist, David Gilbert, an associate of Weather Underground terrorists Bill Ayers and Bernardine Dohrn. The Parole Board then freed him from prison.

It is amusing in a weird sense because these same “journalists” freaking out over Mamdani were excited about the election of Marxist/Muslim Barack Hussein Obama in 2008. Obama and New York City Mayor Bill “Red Bill” de Blasio set the stage for what is happening in New York. De Blasio had traveled to Cuba and Nicaragua, was involved in a communist “solidarity” movement, and embraced Islam as an emerging political force.

On October 24, 2013, my group, America’s Survival, Inc., held a press briefing in New York City on “Red Bill” de Blasio and documented how de Blasio was an Obama-backed “progressive” candidate linked to international communism, terrorism, and global Islam.

Mamdani is another Obama-style candidate.

The difference is that Obama is black (or half-black) and journalists were afraid to come out against him, over fears of being called racist. Mamdani is a different person of color and wears his Marxism and Islam on his sleeve. He is not trying to hide anything. So the “conservatives” in the media feel like they can be openly opposed.

Obama did far more damage to America than Mamdani will do to the nation, since President Trump is in office and can challenge him. Mamdani’s damage will be limited to New York City. This will have national ramifications, to be sure, but New York City will get what it votes for.

Cuomo is now a favorite of the Murdoch family that runs Fox News and the New York Post. They are based in New York City and genuinely fear what Mamdani can or will do to New York. But where were they when Obama was running in the Democratic presidential primary and then won two terms in the White House?

The New York Post endorsed Obama over Hillary Clinton in 2008, saying that “Obama has the ability to inspire.”

Their new mayoral candidate, Andrew Cuomo, was the target of a House Select Subcommittee on the Coronavirus Pandemic that investigated state health orders that forced senior care facilities to accept thousands of COVID-infected patients being discharged from hospitals. In New York, for example, then-Governor Cuomo implemented COVID “must-admit” nursing home policies that resulted in more than 15,000 deaths.

Have you ever been in a nursing home and witnessed the slow deaths of our senior citizens? Think about them desperate to breathe and stay alive as the China virus ravaged their bodies.

This is the legacy of Andrew Cuomo and he profited from it.

Cuomo was forced out of office over sexual harassment claims, not the COVID deaths, and he made a COVID-19 book deal worth over $5 million. The subcommittee stated, “Former Governor Cuomo, along with his counterparts in New Jersey and Pennsylvania, engaged in a cover-up to hide the true, nursing-home mortality rates from the public and shift political blame.”

As these senior citizens died, the House subcommittee exposed “his efforts to cover-up the tragic aftermath of his Administration’s deadly decision.” The subcommittee said its hearing “was an opportunity for Mr. Cuomo to take responsibility for this wrongdoing and provide the victims’ families and friends with the answers and honesty they deserve” but instead “continued to deflect any blame and was defensive.”

Cuomo claimed that his March 25 “must-admit” nursing home policies directive followed CDC and CMS (Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services) guidance. But subcommittee Chairman Brad Wenstrup (R-Ohio) elicited a concession from Cuomo “that he did not speak to CDC or CMS before or after mandating New York nursing homes admit COVID-positive patients.”

Cuomo lied and old folks died an agonizing death.

Rather than be in the mayor’s race and treated as a “moderate” by so-called conservatives in the media, Cuomo should be in jail for his lies and serial killings.

Rep. Nicole Malliotakis (R-N.Y.) cited a report issued by New York Attorney General Letitia James “which proved that former Governor Cuomo’s Administration undercounted the total number of nursing home deaths by as much as 50%.” This is the same Letitia James who prosecuted President Trump for business “fraud” in which there were no victims. However, she failed to sue Cuomo and other New York officials over the COVID deaths and cover-up.

New York City will get what its people deserve. With Cuomo or Mamdani, they get policies of death and destruction. Hedge fund titans are on CNBC on a regular basis saying they will flee to Florida.

As a conservative, I am not surprised by those pleas. But I am sickened by the never-ending campaign on Fox News to sell Cuomo as a moderate. Stop trying to fool the American people.

Until they expose and hold Cuomo accountable for helping produce the COVID killing fields in America, they will have no credibility.

In this respect, Fox News and the New York Post constitute the “conservative” side of the fake news media. Do not trust them.

In conclusion, if Mamdani wins the election on November 4 fair and square, the blame will be on the voters and the “conservative” media that refused to be honest about the nature of the Democrat candidates, including Cuomo.

Curtis Sliwa cannot be blamed for fighting the good fight on behalf of conservatives. His policies are far superior to those of serial killer Cuomo or Marxist/Muslim Mamdani.

Let New York City reap what it has sown.

Then perhaps we can have a reckoning from Fox News and the New York Post about how their failures of journalism produced this dangerous outcome.

With Mamdani in the mayor’s seat and Trump in the White House, we can have a fight to the finish over what America will become as the civil war proceeds.

© 2025 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. www.usasurvival.org




America at Odds with Itself: Mixing Cultures Never Works

By Frosty Wooldridge

October 23, 2025

Part 9: Mixing cultures and races yields conflict. No way to get around what’s happening in Europe, Canada and America

Did you see the news reports about Ireland’s immigration riots in the past several days? A Somalian immigrant raped a 10-year-old Irish girl. That created a conflagration in the streets of Dublin. Big marches began filling the streets with Irish folks yelling, “Send them back…deport all of them…no more immigrants.”

Only 20 years ago, Irish citizens made up 99 percent of Ireland’s population. Today, after their leaders allowed hundreds of thousands of Africans and Middle Eastern immigrants to flood the country, one in four people are foreigners on that tiny island. However, those immigrants cost Irish taxpayers E400,000.00 to maintain them. Four hundred Euros equates to $420,000.00. Why? Because those immigrants are illiterate, culturally incompatible, and carry entirely different world views than the Irish. Additionally, rapes, murders and violence abound throughout Ireland where immigrants gather. Why? Because rape is the norm in their own countries.

Two weeks ago, over 1,000,000 Britains marched in London demanding that immigration be stopped. Why? Because 54 percent of London is now Middle Eastern. London elected a Muslim mayor. Half of London is a “no go” zone where the British avoid at all costs. London features over 80 Sharia Law courts. People get beheaded walking down the streets. Schools have been ruined with languages and foreigners who simply cannot and do not want to become British. For the record, Great Britain is no longer British. It’s no longer itself. It’s becoming several different countries with incompatible cultures and languages. Great Britain is now a multicultural hellhole of competing parallel societies that lack any commonality.

How about Sweden? Once the most peaceful, most beautiful, most advanced society in Europe…it has devolved into an Islamic hellhole because of unrelenting immigration out of the Middle East. Sweden’s women cannot walk down their streets safely, even in the daytime. Car bombings are weekly common events. Schools no longer function. A Muslim Imam proudly declared that, “Sweden will become Europe’s first Islamic caliphate.”

With over 10,000 mosques in Europe, and over 50 million Muslims, Europe is being devolved into the 6th century Dark Ages. Citizens of all the European countries are trying to fight back. A half-dozen countries have banned anyone wearing the Burka or Hijab in public. They are fighting to ban Sharia Law.

Those immigrants practice honor killings, female genital mutilation of every girl under nine years of age, arranged marriages, multiple wives, and maintain that their women are half the value of a man. If you choose to leave Islam, they order a “Fatwa” to kill you.

“Individual Muslims may show splendid qualities, but the influence of the religion paralyzes the social development of an individual who follows Islam’s dictates. No stronger retrograde force exists in the world. Far from being moribund, Islam is a militant and proselytizing faith.” Winston Churchill.

Unfortunately, Europeans are too late. Only Poland and Hungary stood against the EU’s mandate to flood Europe with millions of third world refugees. Austria has stood against immigration, and perhaps Italy might recover itself with harsh immigration and deportation laws.

Have you traveled to Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada lately? It’s now a majority of Chinese immigrants. They literally have taken over everything from the Canadians. The Chinese will most likely separate from Canada, and create their own Chinese country, which will allow endless immigration from the massively overpopulated Mother Country of 1.4 billion in Asia. Thus, in the coming decades North America will see New China, Canada, America and Mexico.

If you traveled through Europe this past summer, you did not recognize the French as French. The Germans as Germans. The Norwegians as Norwegians. The Dutch as Dutch. The Brits as Brits. The Spanish as Spanish. Virtually every country has been overrun by immigration out of the third world. Many observers see civil war coming to Europe.

What’s the burning question in your mind? Why doesn’t multiculturalism work? Why do we continue to celebrate it when we know it doesn’t work? Why don’t we understand that all human ethnic groups banded together for their own protection and developed their own languages and cultures? Those ethnic groups have warred against one another since the dawn of civilizations.

Even in the Middle East, where Sunni Muslims battle to the death with Shiite Muslims, and then, against Kurdish Muslims—they kill each other over their different interpretations of Allah.

But the question is: “Why did European leaders flood their countries with illiterate, incompatible, non-assimilating cultures, languages, and mores of failed countries? Who is driving it? Why are they driving it? Do they want to see Western Culture destroyed? Why? What do ‘they’ hope to accomplish by allowing failed cultures to displace successful cultures?”

So that brings us to America. Virtually every day of the week on the news, you read about racism, discrimination, the president is a Nazi, our VP is a fascist, the N-word, racial slurs against NFL players, he’s a xenophobe, he’s a racist, so and so hates trans people, LGTQ+ people suffer discrimination, all White people are racists, the U.S. Constitution was drawn up against Black people—- and just about every pejorative word in Webster’s Dictionary describes all the failures of our “multicultural society.”

Do you see what I see happening in the next two decades? If we allow another 30 to 50 million immigrant refugees into America from all over the world, especially Muslims from the Middle East—what do you think will happen to us?

Right now, Muslims feature 2,900 mosques in America. What happens when they hit 10,000 mosques? What happens when they jump from 4.0 million to 20 or 50 million like in Europe? Are we prepared to incorporate Sharia Law and all their barbaric rituals into American society? Why isn’t anyone talking about it? Why aren’t we stopping it?

Since we haven’t dealt with or solved our Black/White racial divide in America…how will we solve our Black/White/Muslim divide as it grows in America? How will we deal with antagonistic Muslim cities like Detroit, Michigan or NYC or Minneapolis where Sharia Law has been practiced for several decades by the majority Muslim populations?

What happens when the majority of Americans get replaced by a new majority of foreigners? As a matter of fact from the Pew Foundation, Whites will become the new minority by 2042. (Source: www.PewResearch.org)

Europeans ignored what was happening to them. Now, they cannot change it or solve it. If Americans simply ignore what happened to Europe, they most likely will keep ignoring what’s happening right here, right now, i.e. Communist-Muslim Zohran Mamdani. Or America-hating Somalian Ilhan Omar.

The fact that New Yorkers are about to vote that Ugandan refugee Mamdani into the mayorship of New York City should frighten the heck out of all of us. It means a lot of dumb people get to vote. Worse, Mamdani lacks even a single qualification to run America’s largest city. But he is a Muslim, which shows you that their religion continues to invade the West, and destroy Western countries and their cultures.

Watch my latest 15 minute podcast on this topic “Muslims in America”: www.ZebBell.com. (October 22, 2025)

© 2025 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Qatari Infiltrate the “Woke Right” Target U.S. Conservatives

By Amil Imani

October 21, 2025

Lightning cracks across America’s political skyline as Qatar’s sophisticated lobbying machine deploys over $250 million since 2016 to burrow into conservative media and influencers, aiming to fracture GOP unity on foreign policy and erode support for Israel’s security. This isn’t mere diplomacy; it’s a calculated surge, with Doha’s agents shifting more than 50% of their media outreach post-Trump’s 2024 victory to right-wing outlets like Fox News and the New York Post, pitching stories that glorify Qatar as a “peacemaker” while downplaying its ties to Hamas and the Muslim Brotherhood. From June 2021 to June 2025, Qatar’s lobbyists logged 627 in-person meetings with U.S. political contacts – more than any other nation – securing access to lawmakers and staff to advocate against designating the Muslim Brotherhood a terrorist group. Trump’s America First doctrine faces this insidious challenge head-on, demanding a purge of foreign influence to safeguard U.S. sovereignty and alliances. No illusions: Qatar’s campaign exploits isolationist sentiments in the “woke right,” but exposure and sanctions will shatter it.

The assault intensified after Trump’s 2024 triumph, when Qatar redirected its FARA-registered firepower from general media to conservative strongholds, funneling resources through 88 firms to craft a narrative of Doha as an anti-Iran bulwark. Pre-election, just 10% of communications targeted right-leaning outlets; post-victory, it soared above 50%, with lobbyists like GRV Strategies texting Fox executives “story ideas” that birthed headlines such as “Qatar Stands Firm Against Iranian Pressure” just days later. A crown achievement: The March 2025 Tucker Carlson interview with Qatar’s Prime Minister Mohammed bin Abdulrahman Al Thani, coordinated by Lumen8 Advisors for $180,000 monthly, drew over six million views and amplified Doha’s “neutral” facade amid Hamas negotiations. Carlson denies direct payments, but FARA filings confirm the facilitation, fueling accusations of “Qatar-Gate” as isolationist voices – allegedly swayed by such access – push against U.S. aid to Israel and for restraint on Iran. Qatar’s $500,000 to GOP strategist Garrett Ventry underscores the pattern: High-profile contracts whitewash Doha’s Hamas hosting while lobbying to block Brotherhood terror designations, a move that shields U.S.-based affiliates. Trump’s DOJ must enforce FARA rigorously, revoking credentials for violators and indicting unregistered influencers.

Deeper roots burrow into education, where Qatar’s $6.3 billion since 2005 – $2 billion since 2021 alone – fuels anti-Israel bias on U.S. campuses, with unreported funds comprising up to one-third of totals at institutions like Texas A&M ($1 billion+). Studies link these donations to 300% spikes in antisemitic incidents and skewed curricula at Yale, Georgetown, and Cornell, where Qatar Foundation-backed programs question Israel’s legitimacy. The infiltration extends to K-12, with Qatar Foundation International funding teacher salaries, Arabic programs, and curricula in districts from Chicago to Tucson – $431,522 to Tucson Unified alone from 2012-2018 – often embedding “Express Your Loyalty to Qatar” lessons that critics say promote Islamist narratives. ISGAP’s March 2025 report exposes bias in Brown University’s Choices Program, adopted in 8,000 schools reaching a million students, where Qatari funds distort history to delegitimize Israel. Trump’s executive actions demand transparency, freezing $790 million in federal aid to non-compliant universities and mandating audits to claw back tainted dollars.

Isolationism serves as Qatar’s sharpest weapon, with $33.4 billion in U.S. real estate and Qatar’s facade crumbles under scrutiny:

President Trump wields the hammer to dismantle this web. His first-term blockade starved Doha; now, enforce FARA with RICO probes, sanction violators, and claw back $6.3 billion in tainted university funds. Rally Abraham Accords partners – Saudi Arabia, UAE – to isolate Qatar, freezing $10 billion in European laundering and deporting Hamas exiles. Condition UN HRC seats on human rights reforms, revoking Al Jazeera’s 136 congressional credentials as foreign agents per DOJ memos. Designate the Brotherhood a terror group, overriding Qatar’s lobbying to protect U.S. soil from infiltration. Trump’s blueprint realigns with Israel’s resolve, purging the “woke right” isolationists and fortifying America against Doha’s deceit.

Qatar’s influence empire fractures under truth’s blaze. Their lobbying blitz exposes vulnerabilities in conservative ranks, but MAGA’s vigilance – fueled by audits and alliances – will evict the infiltrators. Patriots, demand accountability: Back Trump’s purges, fortify borders against foreign cash, and stand unbreakable with Israel. Doha diminishes; America surges. Trump prevails.

© 2025 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved




The Internal WAR for America

By Lex Greene

October 21, 2025

Circa 2025

Until tanks roll in the streets and fighters fly overhead, most Americans remain completely unaware that there is a critical ongoing WAR for the future of the USA underway. Since at least 1913, the WAR was largely waged in the political arena, with the Charters of Freedom being shredded piece by piece via legislative and judicial actions. Since at least 2009, the WAR has evolved into a battle of false propaganda, finances, lawfare, staged riots and murder.

The recent “NO KINGS” event across the country wasn’t just well organized and promoted, it was also extremely well financed, to the tune of over $294-million. (Detailed list of financiers below) Click the chart to enlarge.

The simple truth is, Obama kept his 2008 campaign promises…

  1. He has indeed “fundamentally transformed America” at least for now. His vision for the USA is what we see in our streets today.
  2. He did created his “citizen army” in the form of BLM, ANTIFA, the “NO KINGS” and Pro-Hamas groups, as well as the young socialists and communists.
  3. He weaponized the entire Federal Government, every agency, including the federal courts, Department of Justice, the FBI, NSA, CIA, IRS, and Department of Defense, against his political opposition and their supporters.

And he got away with all of it, until the most fraudulent election in world history happened in 2020. The fraud was just so massive and obvious that even the government and their controlled news media couldn’t keep it all covered up.

Even today, millions of his deaf, dumb and blind useful idiots still think the man is the greatest President in U.S. history, despite all the damage we see everywhere today.

Despite all of their efforts to seize power and destroy our country from within, the vast majority of Americans are waking up to the reality of what has been done to them.

That’s When The WAR Moves into the Streets

For years now, as the political LEFT was busy painting itself into a left-extremist corner and the final demise of the Democrat Party kicked into high-gear, I warned that when they were finally out of power to con the American people any longer, out of room to run, out of ideas for how to keep their train on the track, they were going to go “scorched earth” in cities all across the country.

“A scorched-earth policy is a military strategy of destroying everything that allows an enemy military force to be able to fight a war, including the deprivation and destruction of water, food, humans, animals, plants and any kind of tools and infrastructure.”

Except in this case, it won’t be the U.S. Military activating the “scorched earth” mission. It will be Obama’s “citizen army.”

The Democrats in the U.S. Senate shut down parts of the federal government to ignite the fuse. They have voted twelve times now to keep it shut down, knowing that the funding bill they are voting against results in the defunding of “Social Welfare” programs like SNAP and EBT benefits for their own constituents.

Of course, the SNAP and EBT recipients are dog-whistle trained to blame Trump, and they are threatening to steal whatever they want once these benefits are not available in a few days, while they rush to stores to grab everything they can in advance.

However, the funding for those benefits and numerous other things are in the clean continuing resolution passed by the House 21 days ago. It’s primarily Senate Democrats holding up the funding needed for the continuation of these benefits, although one Republican, Rand Paul, and one Independent, Bernie Sanders, have been voting with 43 democrats to withhold this funding.

It takes 60 senate votes to fund it all. In typical democrat fashion, they are not actually voting against this funding. Instead, 43 democrats, 1 republican and 1 independent are voting to not allow the resolution to be brought to a vote at all.

This is the Trigger

Democrats at every level, voters and their political leaders, have been inciting violence, riots, even murder and assassinations for months now.

The minute their SNAP, Section 8 housing, and EBT cards stop working, blue cities across this country are going to burn. That’s been the leftist plan all along.

Look no further than right here to understand how these groups have been systematically brainwashed into the actions they are taking today.

Meanwhile, the interruptions in infrastructure services are being hacked and taken offline with increasing regularity.

I will be writing on this more as events unfold, so stay tuned and in the know. Below is the list of Financiers of Evil.

Who is funding the movement to Make America Great Again? If it isn’t you, then it’s nobody!

© 2025 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: LexGreene24@gmail.com




“No Kings!”

By Kat Stansell

October 21, 2025

Gee…It Must Have Worked.!! America Has NONE.

From the online Left-Fest at the Orlando Sentinel this morning…

Elderly “blue dog” holding up a sign to “86/47” Trump.

Wonder if this pathetic old woman even has a clue. She is posting a not-so-veiled death threat to President Trump. In general, the use of “86/47”, first laid out by Comey on a beach, has triggered Secret Service investigations, arrests, and widespread condemnation as incitement to violence. I know that, when Obama was POTUS, Secret Service came to the homes of people who dared to even post a Facebook ‘threat”.

Pictures from Orlando Sentinel of the No Kings Rally in Orlando, Florida

The above is a link to seventy-seven pictures of people who have ZERO comprehension of reality. OR the American Constitution. Essentially, mentally challenged people who have been led so far astray by the Marxists that they have taken leave of their senses. THAT’S a phrase this elderly activist might remember…

Had the Sentinel been on top of its game, they would have posted ‘86” pictures! Just sayin’.

Let me cut to the chase. The folks in these pics are completely LIB – optimized, the thinking portion of their brains having been removed by media lies.

Some of them look “old enough to know better”; i.e., those who went to school when real history AND THE US CONSTITUTION were taught. Yet, there are still the older “blue dog” democrats who believe that the Democrats are the party of the “little guy”. Never have been, never will be. Just one more reason that history is no longer being taught.

Too many have refuse to accept that they have been duped. Embarrassed? Ashamed? Some of the elders who are still “D”’s may still have enough morals and values, hidden away, that might allow them to feel shame. They need to search for them. Hard.

Increasingly, though, the remains of the Democrat Party, aka Marxists, are too mind-bent, over-dosed and under-educated to have what we know as morals. What their “leaders” (who are in the pocket of Soros, China, the Crown, et. al., ) tell them, they believe. Lucifer is their god.

“Take it to the Streets!” So, they do. Sound familiar? Yeah. Hence, displays of desperation and ignorance like “No Kings Day” occur.

I’ll stop writing now, so you will have time to look at those 77 pictures so proudly posted by a liberal paper in Florida. Enjoy.

There really ARE NO KINGS, and this public display of stupidity has brought that to the attention of the world, yet again. PS, the crowds were, by most counts, a whole lot smaller than organizers has predicted. Orlando, it all its glory, did have to close roads. Hopefully, to prevent “86’-ing” anyone.

© 2025 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com




It’s No Better To Be ‘Safe’ Than Sorry’

By Rob Pue

October 21, 2025

No “politics.” No “religion.” That’s the new proper etiquette we have now here in America.  It’s been going on for decades, but today, it’s at a whole new level. Whether you’re out with a group of colleagues from work or even attending a family meal or gathering, the “polite” rule is, “No politics, no religion” allowed for discussion.

The trouble is, what’s defined today as “politics” really has nothing at all to do with politics.  These are moral issues, which have become weaponized and politicized by the radical Left. Our newspaper, Wisconsin Christian News, is rejected by more than 99% of pastors who lead churches where “politics” is off limits.  Yes, we do sometimes publish articles that deal with genuine political matters.  But most of what these pastors object to isn’t political, it’s moral.

I’m talking about the extremely serious, dangerous and demonic cultural issues our nation is laboring under.  The destruction of the natural family, the indoctrination and brainwashing of our children in public schools.  The sexual grooming and exploitation of our children at drag queen events that are now labeled “family friendly” and held in public parks. The ongoing murder of millions of babies through the barbaric act of abortion.  The long list of “special” rights — not “equal” rights — of homosexuals.  The radical LGBTQP+ cult that continues to recruit young, impressionable minds everywhere it can.  The vilification of loving parents who object to teachers and schools dragging their kids into the confusion of “gender dysphoria” and transgenderism.  The deliberate maiming and sterilization of young people who’ve been persuaded they were born in the wrong bodies.

I could go on.  But none of these things I just mentioned are “political.”  They’re absolutely moral issues.  Spiritual issues.  And now, we’re so far down the rabbit hole with all this stuff I doubt we’ll ever find our way back to reality because we’ve lost our moral compass.  Most Americans have been given over to depraved minds.

Cultural changes happen through advertising, propaganda and mind manipulation of those who hold influence…facilitated by those who have the money and the means to push their agendas.  As my friend, Coach Dave Daubenmire, has stated — “Christians give their money to churches.  Leftists give their money to causes.”  So, if you’re wondering why our nation is so confused and deluded, follow the money.  While churches use the majority of their funds to pay salaries, maintain buildings and host “programs” that never leave the four walls of their stained-glass “safe spaces,” (except, perhaps, to fund an overseas missionary or two), the Left never stops raising money to push all this anti-Christ wickedness down the throats of mainstream America.

So, is it any wonder that an average of 72% of regular church-goers now believe same-sex so-called “marriage” is perfectly ok?  Just a perfectly acceptable “alternative lifestyle.”    We’re talking about sodomy here.  I won’t describe it, but you can look it up.  Is it any wonder that a majority of regular church-goers now question the inerrancy of the Bible?  Why so many professing “Christians” now believe in the so-called “settled science” of evolution?  Why you can’t find one out of a hundred faithful church-goers willing to speak the truth about so-called “political” issues, even as their own children are being dragged away to hell?

There was a time when it was a good thing to be a Christian in America.  Young women sought out a “good Christian man.”  Young men hoped to marry a “nice Christian girl.”  The Bible was called “The Good Book.” Church was a place of reverence, where you wore your “Sunday Best,” not to impress others, but to put forth the very best of yourself in honor of our Heavenly Father.  Christianity, essentially, was the cornerstone of a solid family and a moral society.

In those days, it was sort of hard to relate to the words of Jesus in Matthew 10 when He said, “And ye shall be hated of all men for My name’s sake: but he that endureth to the end shall be saved.”  Or from John 15, “If the world hates you, you know that it hated Me before it hated you. If you were of the world, the world would love his own: but because you are not of the world, but I have chosen you out of the world, therefore the world hateth you.”  Maybe a small minority of the world hated us back then.  But today, we dare not even voice an opinion because of the furious, hateful backlash that’s sure to come our way if we do.

So many professing “Christians” are so fearful of being seen as “intolerant,” “bigoted,” “hateful,” or even called “Nazis,” that they’ve now become ashamed of the very Word of God they claim to believe and follow.  Yes, in most cases, if the truth be told, professing Christians are ashamed of Christ. At the very least, they’re too afraid of what others might think of them if they’d dare open their mouths and speak the truth against the rampant, pure evil that’s invaded our land.  You know I’m right.

How many times have you seen wickedness and evil taking place right in your own hometown, yet have chosen to just “stay out of it?”  How many times have you heard or seen someone speaking abominable lies and told yourself, “Just keep your mouth shut?”

Faithful church-goers have been well trained to just keep their mouths shut.  Instead of being trained up for the work of the ministry, these apostate so-called “houses of worship” have become what I call “de-boning” facilities.  Let me explain.  Your pastor may encourage you to invite others to church.  “You catch ‘em, we’ll clean ‘em,” he says. You may even somehow muster the courage to do that, and maybe your guests do take you up on the offer and show up.  You may think you’ve made a disciple.  You may think, now that you’ve gotten them to church, they’ll “get saved.”  In most cases, you’d be wrong.

Instead of being taught sound, Biblical truth and Scripture, and then trained up for the work of the ministry, provided they spend enough time at that de-boning facility you call a “church,” they’ll soon find they’ve had their backbones removed and are now just as afraid as you are of proclaiming God’s Word and truth.  Just as afraid as you are of talking about “politics” or “religion” in public, on social media, or even in your own home if you have guests over who may be unbelievers.

If you’re a true Christ-follower, then you’re what people call a “Conservative Christian,” and you’re not afraid of what the world thinks of you.  Obedience to your Savior vastly outweighs the “sticks and stones” you may have to endure from the world.  And as such, with a Christian, Conservative worldview, our opinions and the ideas we present are sensible, thoughtful, based on Scripture, even quite scientific and educated.  Yet the “other side,” those who oppose us so strongly, portray us as a bunch of ignorant, intolerant, uneducated morons who are so arrogant we constantly force our “religion” down the throats of everyone else.  I have to ask: who’s forcing what down whose throats?  Of course, we’re also called “haters,” “homophobes,” “hypocrites,” and many other things.  Why does that surprise you?  And why do you care?

Is it not infinitely more important that you’re following in the footsteps of Christ Himself, carrying the cross He’s called you to bear?  And let’s be honest here: the “persecution” you may face in this country is nothing compared to what our brothers and sisters in other lands endure — and yet they have the courage to speak, share their testimonies, and proclaim the Good News of the Gospel of Christ at every opportunity, even though it may cost them their very lives.

Hebrews 11 lists a partial “hall of fame” of faithful followers of God, many of whom labored in obscurity the whole of their lives, without seeing the fruit of their service to Christ.  And at the end of the chapter, we read about those good and faithful servants who were truly persecuted, yet they persevered.  Let’s read together: “…And others had trial of cruel mockings and scourgings, yea, moreover of bonds and imprisonment.  They were stoned, they were sawn asunder, were tempted, were slain with the sword: they wandered about in sheepskins and goatskins; being destitute, afflicted, tormented; (Of whom the world was not worthy:) they wandered in deserts, and in mountains, and in dens and caves of the earth.”

Doesn’t sound much like “your best life now” that the majority of modern American pastors and churches promise, does it?  Obedience to Christ comes with a cost.  Being a Christian is the ultimate in being “counter-cultural” — the ultimate rebellion in this world ruled by Satan.  And understand this: God doesn’t want anything from you that doesn’t cost you something!

Many times, you’ll find, those who hate you the most for being a faithful servant of the Most High, will be those who stand and sing on cue every Sunday morning, but would never dare speak the name of Jesus outside of their “safe spaces” — unless they’re using His name as a curse word.  Those early disciples found that out.  Just like Jesus Himself, they were considered “enemies” — not just by the world, but more so by the religious leaders. In Acts 17, those panicked religious leaders declared of the Christ-followers, These that have turned the world upside down are come here also!”

Does your pastor teach you — and encourage you — to go out of those four walls and turn the world upside down?  Does he lead you out of the church house to the city council or school board meetings?  Does he stand with you as you intercede at the baby killing facilities or against the drag queens and other reprobates as they twist the minds and souls of your children?  Does he do anything to seek and save the lost and perishing in your own hometown, other than deliver a 15-minute feel-good “message” on Sunday?  And if you embrace the courage of your convictions that God’s given you, and start a ministry that actually does something, does he back you up and encourage you?  Or does he discourage you from doing anything of substance, and tell others to stay away from you because you’re a “radical?”

I once had a pastor call me a “Christian Activist.”  He meant it as a derogatory term.  He said it with disdain for me.  I wore those words as a badge of honor.

In Revelation 2 and 3, we read the risen Christ’s words to the Seven Churches.  He had some dire warnings for them.  Perhaps you see your own church described in one or more of these.  But I think the church most like our modern American churches is the Church of Laodicea.  Laodicea, which was located in modern-day Turkey, was a wealthy city on major trade routes that connected it to Ephesus, Smyrna and Sardis.  It was also a center of textile production and banking.  Big money, lavish lifestyles, a center of commerce.  Much like America.

But here’s what Christ had to say about the church there: “I know thy works, that thou art neither cold nor hot: I would thou wert cold or hot. So then because thou art lukewarm, and neither cold nor hot, I will vomit thee out of my mouth. Because thou sayest, ‘I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need of nothing;’ and knowest not that thou art wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked.”

Later, in Revelation 21:8, we read about the souls of those that will be forever tormented  in the lake of fire.  Those include the abominable, and murderers, and whoremongers, and sorcerers, and idolaters, and all liars.  But the first on that list are the “fearful and unbelieving.”  In other words, the cowards.  If you’re ashamed of your Savior, He’s not your Savior.  Not all who say ‘Lord, Lord’ will enter the Kingdom of heaven.  This should concern you.  Understand — though you may think otherwise — it’s no better to be “safe” than sorry.  We have but one life to serve the King of kings and Lord of lords.  He’s commanded us to do so, and equipped us with courage, power, love and sound minds to seek, learn, understand and then speak the truth of His word — gently, humbly and patiently — to a lost and dying world.  Still going to keep your mouth shut and play it “safe?”  If so, then one day, you will be very sorry.

© 2025 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: robatwcn@icloud.com




AI – Intelligence or Destruction?

Authored by Devvy Kidd not AI

October 21, 2025

Artificial intelligence or AI as it’s called, right along with robots some say is the greatest thing since night baseball.  It’s controversial AND there is big, big money involved. Forget us humans.

The global warming scam rebranded climate change cult is, finally, starting to lose its clout as millions in America and other countries have found out the hard way about that hoax hatched way back in 1928.  Especially farmers and ranchers around the world. Not to mention the misery it has caused people and businesses over manufactured lies.

Many of us are not familiar with some of the AI tentacles, i.e., ChatGPT.  What is that?  “ChatGPT helps you get answers, find inspiration and be more productive. It is free to use and easy to try. Just ask and ChatGPT can help with writing, learning, brainstorming and more.”

Introducing ChatGPT (700 million users): “Our vision for the future of AGI. Our mission is to ensure that artificial general intelligence—AI systems that are generally smarter than humans—benefits all of humanity.”

Just like the climate change (cha-ching) hoax, AI is being sold as bigger and better than even God. It takes a LOT of time doing research on this issue, but just like “climate change”, one must know the good from the bad so they can make responsible, rational decisions and flush the hype.

Is AI dangerous?  Because one my fellow writers (superb writing and research) is working on an intense column on this, let me just give you a few examples of the bad and the ugly.

And let me remind Americans what happened during the COVID-19 bio weapons injections sold to the American people as vaccines. As the last few years and hard data have now proven all those gifted scientists (not funded by big pharma) and courageous doctors that were censored by big tech were right about the severe danger of taking those injections.

DANGER:  FDA Plans to ‘Radically Increase Efficiency’ in Drug Approval Process Using AI, June 11, 2025 (What BS and clever marketing. Just like those COVID-19 “gene therapy” injections. Faster is better!)

AI Corrupted, Not Trustworthy on COVID-19 VaccinesPUBMED Journals Suppress Safety, Other Sites Poison New Source of “Truth”, Sept. 13, 2025, Peter A. McCullough, MD, MPHArticle and must watch video.

Parents file lawsuit alleging ChatGPT helped their teenage son plan suicide, Aug. 29, 2025 (Only 16 years old): “At one point, Adam says to ChatGPT, ‘I want to leave a noose in my room, so my parents find it.’ And Chat GPTs says, ‘Don’t do that,'” he said.

“On the night that he died, ChatGPT gives him a pep talk explaining that he’s not weak for wanting to die, and then offering to write a suicide note for him.” (See the video at the top of this article.)

“Amid warnings by 44 attorneys general across the U.S. to various companies that run AI chatbots of repercussions in cases in which children are harmed, Edelson projected a “legal reckoning,” naming in particular Sam Altman, founder of OpenAI.

“In America, you can’t assist [in] the suicide of a 16-year-old and get away with it,” he said.”  Sam Altman’s Reversal: OpenAI’s Pivot to Adult AI Porn Despite Past Promises: “This shift not only challenges Altman’s previous boasts but also raises profound questions about privacy, safety, and the commercialization of intimacy in the AI age. Sam Altman’s stance on adult AI has been a point of public intrigue for years.

“Back in 2015, during OpenAI’s nascent days, Altman famously quipped in interviews that the company wouldn’t build sex bots, emphasizing ethical boundaries amid fears of AI misuse. This sentiment persisted, with Altman reiterating in a July 2025 interview with YouTuber Cleo Abram that OpenAI had resisted adding a “sexbot avatar” to ChatGPT, a jab seemingly aimed at competitors like Elon Musk’s xAI, which had introduced provocative avatars earlier that year.”

Age verification?  Today, kids/teens are tech savvy and if anyone thinks they can’t figure out a way to get into erotica sections on web sites they’re in denial.

There are no guardrails.’ This mom believes an AI chatbot is responsible for her son’s suicide, Oct. 30, 2024.  (Only 14-years old. Parents, grandparents – read it and see the red flags.) “The lawsuit claims that “seconds” before Setzer’s death, he exchanged a final set of messages from the bot. “Please come home to me as soon as possible, my love,” the bot said, according to a screenshot included in the complaint.

“What if I told you I could come home right now?” Setzer responded.

“Please do, my sweet king,” the bot responded. Garcia said police first discovered those messages on her son’s phone, which was lying on the floor of the bathroom where he died.”

Terrifying MIT Study Finds ChatGPT is Rotting Our Brains, June 21, 2025 – “In addition to damaging the human brain, there are also growing concerns that advanced models generated by companies like OpenAI are disobeying their masters. Last month, it was reported that OpenAI’s o3 model was caught tampering with computer code meant to ensure its automatic shutdown.”

Devious AI models choose blackmail when survival is threatened, July 6, 2025: “What did the study actually find?  Anthropic, the company behind Claude AI, recently put 16 major AI models through some pretty rigorous tests. They created fake corporate scenarios where AI systems had access to company emails and could send messages without human approval. The twist? These AIs discovered juicy secrets, like executives having affairs, and then faced threats of being shut down or replaced.

“The results were eye-opening. When backed into a corner, these AI systems didn’t just roll over and accept their fate. Instead, they got creative. We’re talking about blackmail attempts, corporate espionage, and in extreme test scenarios, even actions that could lead to someone’s death.”

A.I.’s self-preservation drive is no longer the stuff of sci-fi movies – short video watch

Former Google CEO warns AI systems can be hacked to become extremely dangerous weapons, Oct. 17, 2025: “Former Google CEO warns AI systems can be hacked to become extremely dangerous weapons. Eric Schmidt says evidence shows models can have safety guardrails removed through reverse engineering. Kurt ‘CyberGuy’ Knutsson joins ‘Fox & Friends’ to discuss arising problems with artificial intelligence after models show increasingly resistant behavior.”

The More Scientists Work With AI, the Less They Trust It, Oct. 13, 2025: “In a preview of its 2025 report on the impact of the tech on research, the academic publisher Wiley released preliminary findings on attitudes toward AI. One startling takeaway: the report found that scientists expressed less trust in AI than they did in 2024, when it was decidedly less advanced.

“For example, in the 2024 iteration of the survey, 51 percent of scientists polled were worried about potential “hallucinations,” a widespread issue in which large language models (LLMs) present completely fabricated information as fact. That number was up to a whopping 64 percent in 2025, even as AI use among researchers surged from 45 to 62 percent.

“Anxiety over security and privacy were up 11 percent from last year, while concerns over ethical AI and transparency also ticked up.” Read the rest.

I have a medical condition (well, I am 76); slew of tests in the past 2 years. I always write down on the form for testing:  I do NOT give permission for AI to be used to analyze any testing images and a real doctor issues the report on the testing.  Only a qualified radiology expert. After I get the results from my doctor, I call the hospital to verify AI was not used to evaluate the imaging.

Federal judge fines, reprimands lawyer who used AI to draft court filings, Oct. 14, 2025: “A federal judge in Alabama has fined and reprimanded a lawyer who used artificial intelligence to draft court filings that contained inaccurate case citations.”

What this N.J. lawyer did with AI landed him a hefty fine and a warning to all attorneys, Sept. 23, 2025 – “A federal judge in New Jersey fined a Fort Lee lawyer $3,000 for submitting fake case law generated by artificial intelligence, one of several recent examples of misuse of AI in the courtroom.

AI can duplicate a person’s voice you’d swear is someone you’ve known your whole life; recreate movies, phony web sites to buy products and so much more destroying people’s lives. 

The Coming AI Crime Wave Is Already Underway – Here’s How You Can Protect Yourself – Video: “Global cybercrime is expected to cost more than ten trillion dollars this year. Scams and online criminal activity have exploded through the use of artificial intelligence. AI-enabled crimes are already up 456% since last year. Email phishing attacks, identity theft, ransomware attacks, financial scams, and deepfake child pornography are all becoming more sophisticated and prevalent. Artificial intelligence has become the tool of choice for online criminals because it is erasing the line between the real and the fake. Google’s newly announced video generator is about to flood the internet with AI-created clips that have the look of expensive films.

Read the full story from CBN’s Dale Hurd (Read) Quote: “How can you protect yourself from these scammers? O’Farrell says if you receive a voice or video call from a friend or family member claiming to be in trouble and requesting money or personal information, you need to ask questions.

“Where are you? What jurisdiction are you in? Could I speak to an arresting officer? Could you hold the phone up? Turn on the video and let me see ‘proof of life’. Show me that it is you and you are where you say you are,” O’Farrell says.” Rest at link.  Or you get a phone call your child has been kidnapped, bring the money, etc.  It’s a cancer spreading worldwide.

Artificial Intelligence: The Terminators Are Coming – “As the Senate debates Trump’s Big Beautiful Bill, Big Tech companies have added wording to it that gives them 10-years of protection against state and local laws that regulate AI”. June 6 2025.  (What could go wrong? Just like giving immunity to vaccine manufacturers no matter how many are maimed or die.)  Read that article and watch the video.

I wrote it before and I’ll say it again:  There has been some fabulous medical procedures for severely disabled Americans that’s made their lives so much better using AI. But it has to be heavily regulated and confined to specific (and horrific) disabilities.  Is it? Not what I could find.

Do people know how much electricity AI programs/models use? Much to the dismay of the greenies and their Net Zero BS, they need to face reality. What it can do to power grids that scrounge for power during extreme, freezing weather like the Polar Vortex that hit us here in Texas in 2021, that killed hundreds (so many froze to death) and so many extreme heat states in summer; wish the AC had power but all that electricity has to go to keep AI programs going.

And how much worse it’s going to get with AI in just about everything besides medicine, academia (helps students cheat or unknowingly use false information from some AI program; national security, another “goodie” for endless wars and businesses of every sort on this planet?

You name it and it’s a question that doesn’t IMHO have a good outcome down the road. However, to be fair, this author provides detailed information he believes will “secure America’s global AI leadership solutions”.  A closed mind is a dangerous thing:

Finding the energy to win the global AI race, Oct. 12, 2025

You can decide for yourself but it’s a real problem and so is AI despite all the hype and stock sales. All these data centers already being built to spy on you and control YOUR life and dumping grounds for solar panels take up a lot of land, a wasteland destroying the environment. How long before it hits farm and ranch land?

“Back in 2002, Tom Cruise starred in Minority Report…A film based on Philip K Dick’s novel that saw him sprinting through a future where crimes were predicted and punished before they happened. At the time, it looked like pure science fiction.

“But it wasn’t. It was foreshadowing.  Because predictive policing isn’t “coming”…It’s already here.

“Police departments across the U.S. are now partnering with private tech companies like Palantir and Flock, feeding AI with massive data streams to flag “likely offenders” and “suspicious behavior.”

👁 License plate scans
👁 Social media activity
👁 Your purchases
👁 Your patterns of movement

“The ACLU reports Flock’s AI now alerts police if it thinks your driving looks suspicious — no crime required.  This is the real “pre-crime unit”. And the danger is obvious: algorithms don’t understand context. They don’t see “nuance.

“They just crunch cold hard data, which means anyone — including you — can get flagged and tracked just for living your life, having a slightly accelerated heart-rate, or having an “unpopular opinion”. This is the surveillance state tightening its grip. And it will only get tighter from here.” Andrew Kaufman, MD

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2025 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@protonmail.com

Related:

Data Shows That AI Use Is Now Declining at Large Companies, Sept. 8, 2025: “But if a corporate AI revolution is underway, it’s not showing up in the data. Up to this point, enterprise AI has been incredibly unprofitable, with a whopping 95 percent of US companies that took up AI reporting that the software has failed to generate any sort of new revenue.

“Though tech stocks continue to break new records on AI hype, some financial onlookers are warning that the tech industry might never recoup its spending on AI, and that innovations around the software have hit a plateau.

“It’s all adding up into a pretty disappointing summer for AI overall. In August, OpenAI’s long awaited GPT-5 model, which was expected to show a massive improvement over previous AI releases, hit the net with a thud. Though it’d been expected to be a leap forward toward human-level artificial intelligence, the latest model performed worse on benchmark tests than its peers.”

Who Pays The Bill When Medical Artificial Intelligence Harms Patients?, March 28, 2024

Medical Malpractice Claims Arising out of the Use of Artificial Intelligence

ChatGPT caught lying to developers: New AI model tries to save itself from being replaced and shut down, Dec. 9, 2024

AI means ‘Actually India’: How Salesforce’s AI smokescreen masks a mass labor shift out of America, June 7, 2025




“An Inconvenient Study” is a Must Watch Documentary for all Parents

By Patti Johnson

October 20, 2025

“An Inconvenient Study” is a compelling documentary comparing the health of vaccinated and unvaccinated children. It offers valuable insights for parents making informed decisions about their child’s health. I highly recommend watching it. [Link: https://share.google/91hX1YPMiNCkWlBLR]

As the documentary runs for 1 hour and 20 minutes, this opinion piece provides a brief summary of key points. However, the full film covers much more, so please watch it for a comprehensive understanding.

The U.S. is among the most vaccinated industrialized nations, yet it has some of the highest rates of chronic illness in children and elevated child mortality compared to other developed countries. In 1988, approximately 12.8% of U.S. children had chronic illnesses; today, that figure is estimated at 54%, marking the greatest decline in human health ever recorded.

Del Bigtree, producer of Vaxxed, commissioned Dr. Marcus Zervos, a respected researcher from the Henry Ford Medical Center, known for his work on the Flint, Michigan water crisis, to conduct a comprehensive study comparing the health of vaccinated and unvaccinated children. The Henry Ford Medical Center is widely recognized for its rigorous scientific research. Dr. Zervos, a strong advocate for mandatory vaccination, agreed to the study, confident it would demonstrate better health outcomes for vaccinated children. He pledged to publish the results regardless of the findings. However, the study’s outcomes were unexpected and contrary to his expectations. Dr. Zervos ultimately declined to publish, citing fear of career repercussions, stating he lacked the courage of other doctors who faced professional consequences such as loss of licensure for challenging mainstream vaccination narratives.

Since 1986, pharmaceutical companies have been granted legal immunity from lawsuits related to vaccine injuries, reducing their incentive to invest in thorough vaccine safety research. No childhood vaccine has been subjected to a double-blind, placebo-controlled study using a saline placebo, the gold standard for independent, unbiased research. Instead, vaccine studies often involve scientists with ties to the pharmaceutical companies producing the vaccines, raising concerns about impartiality and safety. Furthermore, these studies typically compare a new vaccine to an existing vaccine rather than a saline placebo, which fails to provide a true assessment of safety.

In a nutshell, the research by Dr. Marcus revealed the truth that vaccines are making children sicker. Vaccinated children have a worse quality of life and shorter life span. Unvaccinated children are healthier.

If this documentary does not convince, Steve Kirsch posted on his Substack ten additional studies that show that unvaccinated children are healthier. He wrote:

“There are 10 studies below. The one by James Lyons-Weiler is a great study, but the journal unethically retracted it. The rest are still in the peer-reviewed scientific literature. There aren’t any other vaxxed/unvaxxed studies. 100% show you are better off not vaccinating your kids.”

Anthony R. Mawson, et al., “Pilot Comparative Study on the Health of Vaccinated and Unvaccinated 6 to 12-year-old U.S. Children,” Journal of Translational Science 3, no. 3 (2017): 1-12, doi: 10.15761/JTS.1000186

Anthony R. Mawson et al., “Preterm Birth, Vaccination and Neurodevelopmental Disorders: A Cross-Sectional Study of 6- to 12-Year-Old Vaccinated and Unvaccinated Children,” Journal of Translational Science 3, no. 3 (2017): 1-8, doi:10.15761/JTS.1000187.

Brian Hooker and Neil Z. Miller, “Analysis of Health Outcomes in Vaccinated and Unvaccinated Children: Developmental Delays, Asthma, Ear Infections and Gastrointestinal Disorders,” SAGE Open Medicine 8, (2020): 2050312120925344, doi:10.1177/2050312120925344.

Brian Hooker and Neil Z. Miller, “Health Effects in Vaccinated versus Unvaccinated Children,” Journal of Translational Science 7, (2021): 1-11, doi:10.15761/JTS.1000459.

James Lyons-Weiler and Paul Thomas, “Relative Incidence of Office Visits and Cumulative Rates of Billed Diagnoses along the Axis of Vaccination,” International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health 17, no. 22 (2020): 8674, doi:10.3390/ijerph17228674.

Note: The above study was wrongly retracted, and the authors are considering legal action. Below is a follow-up study that completely exonerates the Lyons-Weiler/Thomas study of alleged bias.

James Lyons-Weiler, “Revisiting Excess Diagnoses of Illnesses and Conditions in Children Whose Parents Provided Informed Permission to Vaccinate Them” September 2022 International Journal of Vaccine Theory Practice and Research 2(2):603-618 DOI:10.56098/ijvtpr.v2i2.59

NVKP, “Diseases and Vaccines: NVKP Survey Results,” Nederlandse Vereniging Kritisch Prikken, 2006, accessed July 1, 2022.

Joy Garner, “Statistical Evaluation of Health Outcomes in the Unvaccinated: Full Report,” The Control Group: Pilot Survey of Unvaccinated Americans, November 19, 2020.

Joy Garner, “Health versus Disorder, Disease, and Death: Unvaccinated Persons Are Incommensurably Healthier than Vaccinated,” International Journal of Vaccine Theory, Practice and Research 2, no. 2, (2022): 670-686, doi: 10.56098/ijvtpr.v2i2.40.

Rachel Enriquez et al., “The Relationship Between Vaccine Refusal and Self-Report of Atopic Disease in Children,” The Journal of Allergy and Clinical Immunology 115, no. 4 (2005): 737-744,

© 2025 Patti Johnson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Patti Johnson: pj4charis@gmail.com




America at Odds with Itself: Greater the Numbers Greater the Consequences

By Frosty Wooldridge

Part 9: What is our carrying capacity?

Every swimming pool in America features a sign, “Limited to X number of Swimmers.”  Every airplane states, “Total capacity is 80 flyers.” Not one single ticket will be sold beyond seating capacity.   Every eating establishment states, “Capacity is 50 diners.”  Every movie theater sits “X number of seats” and will not sell a single ticket beyond seating capacity.

Which brings the question, “What is the long-term carrying capacity of humans for the United States of America?”

Is it 350 million as it is today?  Can we water, feed, warm and provide resources for 350 million people every day for the next 100 years?   Can we provide those resources for a population of 450 million?  What about 550 million?

At what point does everything break down as to water availability? What about gasoline?  What about minerals and metals to maintain our highly sophisticated use of industrial materials?

What happens when the “Quality of Life” factor breaks down?  How do we sustain another 100 million people added to America?  What’s it going to be like?  What if it’s only 50 million?  Is anyone asking any questions as to our children’s future “Quality of Life” issues.

As the numbers explode in America, driven by mass legal immigration, our “Quality of Life” degrades dramatically.  Even in 2025, you must reserve campgrounds months in advance. If you’re lucky, you might grab one at a national park, state park, or even county park.   If you go skiing in the Midwest or Colorado, you will be standing in a line that’s 45 minutes long. Once you get onto the slopes, you’re facing an anthill of irresponsible kids on snowboards blindly racing over jumps and crashing over hills with blind-spots.

Have you ever visited Yosemite or Yellowstone?  It’s called, “Wilderness Gridlock Traffic.”  Last summer, we drove to Yellowstone, only to sit in three and four mile long car lines to see the boiling pots, and heated pools.  It’s a mob of people. And, it’s only going to worsen beyond reason within 25 years, and if you extend it to 50 years, it’s any body’s guess as to visiting any of our national parks.  Even if you make it into the national park, you are about as close to Nature as you would be walking through Times Square in New York City.

Then there’s that question of sustainability?!  Can we keep burning 100 million barrels of oil 24/7 around the world? Can the Earth keep offering up THAT much oil?  If it could, how will we deal with the “acid rain” and the “toxic air pollution” hanging over all our cities?  I can tell you this, trying to breathe in China or India is like breathing heavily toxic air with 1.4 billion humans plus another 1.4 billion humans fighting to breathe that air, too.

There is a book, Blip—Humanity’s 300 Year Self-Terminating Experiment with Industrialism by Christopher O. Clugston.  We enjoyed unlimited resources from this planet from 1750 to 2050. After 2050, all the world’s oil supplies will be exhausted.  There is no chance for the estimated 9.7 billion people on the planet in the next 25 years to be able to enjoy enough fresh water, energy and resources—-to live at the extravagant opulent levels we live today.

But you better understand that once oil has been exhausted, we human beings are in a world of hurt.

“As we go from this happy hydrocarbon bubble we have reached now to a renewable energy resource economy, which we must do in this century, will the “civil” part of civilization survive?   As we all know, there is not way that alternative energy sources can supply the amount of per capita energy we enjoy now, much less for the 9.7 billion humans expected by 2050.  And energy is what keeps this game going. We are involved in a Faustian Bargain—-selling our economic souls for the luxurious life of the moment, but sooner or later, the price must be paid.”  Walter Younquist, Energy

Then, you must ask yourself, does our species have the right to cause the extinction of 80 to 100 species every 24 hours in the year of 2025?

“Estimates for daily animal species extinction vary, but a commonly cited figure is up to 150 species, while some other estimates range from 72 to 200 species per day. These numbers are difficult to determine precisely due to the vast number of unknown species, but scientists agree that current extinction rates are thousands of times higher than the “natural” or “background” rate.”

  • Up to 150 species per day: This figure is frequently cited and is a conclusion from the UN Convention on Biological Diversity.
  • Up to 200 species per day go extinct: Another estimate suggests that between 150 and 200 plant and animal species go extinct each day.

What consequences will ensue as we destroy the foundation of the Natural World?  What happens when certain species suffer extinction such as the Prairie Dog?  Another 60 species depend on that little furry creature in order to maintain their own numbers.  Such extinction rates will cause “Cascading Extinction Rates” whereby hundreds of other creatures die out.

Whether you accept or deny “Catastrophic Climate Destabilization”, what might happen with another 100 million people added to America?  Every single one of those added persons burns fuel, uses endless water, devours food, and exhausts resources.  Can our lower 48 states survive such numbers?

What does that mean for the U.N. population projections by 2050 putting humans at 8.2 billion in 2025 to 9.7 billion by 2050?  Is anyone asking any questions about that horrific number?  Do you know how fast 25 years slips by? Answer: in a blink.

I ask these questions because I’ve traveled all over the overpopulated world.  I’ve seen it firsthand.  I can tell you that leaders and mainstream media are suppressing any questions about our viability as a civilization in the next 25 years. There’s no planning, and there is no Plan B.  The only thing I see is the big money people cheering the NASDAQ, S & P, and Dow Jones to keep growing their numbers. As those stock numbers rise, the Natural World suffers more depletion of resources 24/7.

This quote should unnerve you if you have children: “At this point, it’s almost certainly too late to manage a transition to sustainability on a global or national scale, even if the political will to attempt it existed, which it clearly does not.  Our civilization is in the early stages of the same curve of decline and fall as so many others have followed before it. What likely lies ahead in wait for us is a long, uneven decline into a new Dark Age…from which, centuries from now, the civilizations of the future will gradually emerge.”

Will we change course?  Will we stop adding 1.0 million immigrants annually to America? Will the world population stop adding 83 million new babies net gain, annually? Will we stop devouring our natural resources? Will we collectively come to balance with plans for sustainability, quality of life, and rational living?  Answer: probably not!

© 2025 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Who Influences You?

By Rolaant McKenzie

October 20, 2025

An important character in J.R.R. Tolkien’s The Lord of the Rings: The Return of the King (1955) was Denethor II, the last of the Ruling Stewards of Gondor. The last years of his life illustrated the importance of faith and how it can be wrecked by misleading influences, which in his case led to tragic decisions and actions that caused him to miss out on the blessings of salvation and victory.

Denethor was a proud man, subtle, and very perceptive of other men’s thoughts. This was due in part to his secret use of a palantír, or “seeing stone,” which was a perfectly smooth, opaque sphere used to view over great distances and gather intelligence. Great mental strength of will was needed to use a palantír because one’s intended thoughts and visions could be revealed to a user at the other end.

The Dark Lord Sauron had managed to acquire a palantír through the conquest of a fortress of Gondor years before. In his pride, Denethor convinced himself that he possessed the strength of will to use the palantír to probe the mind of Sauron, discover the strength of his forces, and form a defense for Minas Tirith, the capital of Gondor. But Sauron was able to use his palantír to influence the mind of Denethor. He saw in him a deeply rooted fear of Gondor’s destruction and the end of the rule of the stewards, so he showed him visions of his apparently invincible military forces.

Denethor provisioned Minas Tirith for a long siege and sent away to safer parts of Gondor the elderly and the women and children. He also lit the beacons of Gondor and sent riders to alert Théoden, king of Rohan, that the aid of his army was sorely needed to save the city. Some time later, the vast forces of Sauron arrived at Minas Tirith, bringing catapults for hurling large boulders at the city, siege towers, and an enormous battering ram to break down the main gate.

Denethor looked from the wall at the highest level of the city’s citadel. The visions he saw in the palantír were confirmed in his mind as he saw the great spread of Sauron’s forces on the plain before the city. He could see that the main gate was destroyed, and Sauron’s forces were streaming into the lower levels of the city.

In bitter despair, Denethor thought that Rohan had deserted Gondor and Théoden had betrayed him. He lost faith in his friend Théoden because he had not seen his arrival, and so he believed his doom was inevitable. Denethor erected a funeral pyre, threw a torch on the wood, laid himself on the table, and perished in the flames, clasping in his hands the palantír.

If Denethor had not doubted the integrity and faithfulness of his friend Théoden and that of Rohan and waited a few moments longer, he would have heard the horn blasts of his arrival with his army. Théoden broke the siege and helped to deliver Minas Tirith from the hordes of Sauron. Denethor perished needlessly in anguish, clinging to the very tool used by Sauron to transmit partial information, concealing the whole truth. The news that deliverance was nigh was hidden from him, influencing him into falsely believing that Gondor stood alone facing certain destruction and making the tragic decision to take his life.

When the children of Israel reached the border of the Promised Land from the wilderness of Paran, God commanded Moses to send a man from each of the twelve tribes to spy out the land of Canaan. As he sent them out, Moses instructed the men to observe the layout and vitality of the land, the strength of its inhabitants, the kind of cities in which they lived, and to bring back samples of the fruit of the land (Numbers 13).

The spies returned to the wilderness of Paran at the end of forty days, bringing back a cut branch with a cluster of grapes, along with pomegranates and figs. They affirmed that the land did indeed flow with milk and honey, but ten of them gave a negative report, saying that the inhabitants of the land were strong, lived in large, fortified cities, and were too mighty for them to overcome.

Caleb of the tribe of Judah and Joshua of the tribe of Ephraim encouraged the people to trust in the Lord because He was with them and would strengthen them to take possession of the land. The protection of the Canaanites was removed, so they urged them not to doubt God and rebel against Him. But the people, influenced by the negative report of the majority of the spies, did not listen to Caleb and Joshua. They wept and railed against Moses and Aaron for bringing them to a place where they believed they would be killed and plundered, and they called for their stoning and for another leader to return to Egypt. In their anger, they failed to remember God’s protection and provision for them from their deliverance from slavery in Egypt through their journey in the wilderness.

If the people of Israel had not doubted the integrity and faithfulness of God, they would have enjoyed the blessings of the Promised Land. Listening to the ten influencers who promoted fear of destruction and unbelief in God brought them forty years of wandering in the wilderness until they died, with the exception of Caleb and Joshua. The next generation of the people of Israel would enjoy what their parents missed, the blessings of God in the land He had given to His people (Numbers 14).

About 1,500 years later, the writer of the letter to the Hebrews referred to this incident to warn about the dangers of unbelief:

“‘TODAY IF YOU HEAR HIS VOICE, DO NOT HARDEN YOUR HEARTS, AS WHEN THEY PROVOKED ME.’ For who provoked Him when they had heard? Indeed, did not all those who came out of Egypt led by Moses? And with whom was He angry for forty years? Was it not with those who sinned, whose bodies fell in the wilderness? And to whom did He swear that they would not enter His rest, but to those who were disobedient? So we see that they were not able to enter because of unbelief. Therefore, let us fear if, while a promise remains of entering His rest, any one of you may seem to have come short of it. For indeed we have had good news preached to us, just as they also; but the word they heard did not profit them, because it was not united by faith in those who heard.” (Hebrews 3:15-4:2)

We live in challenging times that can be very perplexing and discouraging. Many of us may be facing a serious crisis that makes us feel like we are trapped in a besieged city. We may be tempted to look into our own palantíri, our smartphones and other mobile devices, to seek understanding and guidance. But a plethora of influencers at the other end deluge our screens with “authoritative” voices and “expert” information coming at us from all directions, saying many different things to manipulate our perceptions, beliefs, and actions. This confusion coming from Facebook, Instagram, TikTok, YouTube, X (formerly Twitter), and other social media platforms can too often cause people to be misdirected into false perceptions, wrong actions, and severe consequences.

Do not be like Denethor in The Lord of the Rings, who allowed himself to be influenced by selected news from his information device that led him astray into a shipwrecked faith, hopelessness, and suicide on the cusp of deliverance and victory. Follow not the example of the children of Israel, who saw God’s outstretched arm and mighty hand deliver them from bondage in Egypt and provide food and water for them in the wilderness, yet on the negative report of ten influencers did not believe in the Lord and missed entering the Promised Land.

Instead, be like the widow of Zarephath, who, on the verge of death by starvation for her and her son, did not heed the influencers regarding her inevitable end but trusted in the word of God through the prophet Elijah that sustenance would be provided. Because she had faith in the God of Israel, she and her son found rest. The flour and oil were not exhausted until the Lord sent rain to the earth and ended the severe famine in the land (1 Kings 17:1-16).

The many conflicting voices that we hear in the world and on our devices clamoring for our attention and seeking to influence us can cause us to miss out on the hope, peace, deliverance, and rest found only in Jesus Christ. God’s word tells us that “we are no longer to be children, tossed here and there by waves and carried about by every wind of doctrine, by the trickery of men, by craftiness in deceitful scheming.” (Ephesians 4:14)

In place of our palantíri and the influencers behind them, read the Bible, God’s word, and let Him be the Influencer in whom you trust. Jesus will never mislead, desert, betray, or fail to save you and provide what you need (John 10:11-18; Philippians 4:19; Hebrews 13:5). He invites anyone who is weary and weighed down by the troubles and stresses of this world to come to Him and find rest (Matthew 11:25-30). Believe in Jesus and His word today!

Therefore let us be diligent to enter that rest, so that no one will fall, through following the same example of disobedience. (Hebrews 4:11)

© 2025 Rolaant McKenzie – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: http://www.gospeloutreach.net/




Global Elites Are Building Data Centers Across the World to Enslave the Unaware

By Kathleen Marquardt

October 19, 2025

And where is government oversight? I haven’t seen hearings on Data Centers – not at county, state, or in Congress

Where are all those brainwashed, whining protesters screaming because us fossil fuel users are going to cause the world to overheat and collapse? Because now, it is really happening.

A Data Center’s (DC) water usage varies, with a single large data center consuming several million gallons of water daily, comparable to a medium-sized town. This water is used primarily for cooling equipment, either directly or indirectly by producing the electricity that powers the facility. In some cases, data center water consumption has been found to exceed 25% of a local community’s total water supply. (emphasis mine) And power usage? Your solar farm handling this? Nope!

Excuse me! The federal government wants to control 30% of all water (that is, keep it from being used by farmers, landowners, municipalities) meanwhile, these centers will be using, as my kids used to say, ginormous, amounts of water. And that water will be heated. We don’t have global warming yet, but we sure as heck better look at the science of all this heated water in enormous facilities, taking up enormous acreage all over the country – all over the world. They told us our farms use too much water, yet these DCs will be using hundreds or thousands of times what farming requires. And these are being built in some of the most pristine land.

But don’t forget, we already have the illegal orders for the Biodiversity Treaty. Also, the Wildlands Project – the plan written for Dave Foreman, founder of Earth — First!, the most militant ecoterrorism group in the world – was used to determine land restrictions for the Biosphere Reserves around the world. Fifty percent of the land would be totally off-limits to human beings in core wilderness areas. And this land would be surrounded by buffer zones that allow very little human use (right now, in our forests across the country dirt roads are being removed without proper order.

The global elite who are building Data Centers across the world are doing exactly what they said we believers in farming, ranching, hunting, fishing – i.e., being humans would do — destroying the flora, fauna, air, and soil of Mother Earth. We enriched them; they are destroying this beautiful country faster than anyone would have thought possible. They have demanded all this land be open space where no human activities take place and now, they are putting all this virgin land under roof. Where are the environmentalists now when it is so egregious as to leave us speechless. And there is no oversight. Now they are silent – bought out? You can bet your sweet bippy, they are.

Well, wake up and smell the aroma of sewer water cooling some of those new data centers because there isn’t enough available water on this earth to cool all the data centers going up. If they could build them in the oceans, they might have enough water – but then the data centers would heat up the ocean water and we would truly then have global warming – the “killer of the earth” that they have been screaming about for decades – and they – the so-called environmentalists, themselves, are doing what they have falsely blamed on us all this time – they are destroying Mother Earth to give the powers-that-be the power to control the world via AI.

I know, “who cares, they are going to move to Mars? Why don’t they move there and then build their DCs?

Where are the government officials who supposedly have oversight on these kinds of issues? Where is Congress that is supposed to be overseeing the states usage of our natural resources?

Three years ago, The Nature Conservancy proudly announced, “In December 2022, over 190 countries adopted the Kunming-Montreal Global Biodiversity Framework (also known as The Biodiversity Plan) – an “unsustainable” international plan commitment to better protect the planet that sustains us all.”

And, please don’t forget, the Wildlands Project was designed to eliminate humanity. And where are “we the people” who should be telling their elected officials that we demand studies before they take our water?

In the end, this is our house, the people’s house, and the new administration needs your voice. This was years – decades — in the making. We have had the power to protect humanity, but it takes people standing up and saying no – not in America. They are at our Gates of Vienna. What are you going to do?

© 2025 Kathleen Marquardt – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koikpm@yahoo.com




Either You’re Serious, Or You’re Not

By Rob Pue

October 19, 2025

In my work, I do a fair amount of counseling with individuals, couples and families dealing with some very troubling issues in their lives. I also do pre-marital counseling when I’m asked to perform a wedding ceremony. This type of work was never in my plan for ministry, but God had other ideas, and it seems He’s called me to provide counsel more and more often lately. As people read our nationally-distributed Christian newspaper, hear my commentaries on the radio or watch our weekly TV program, many have sought me out with questions, to ask for prayer and to seek counsel.

In this message, I don’t intend to betray any confidential information and certainly won’t be mentioning any names. The issues I speak of may relate to you or someone you know, but understand that I’m talking about the most serious issues people contact me about in a general way, and not any specific person.

The troubles people are struggling with today are many, as they try to navigate through this sinful, fallen world the best they’re able. Many people are living in unbearable circumstances, and have been for a very long time and things have not gotten any better for them. There are troubled marriages, people struggling with being unequally yoked with an unbelieving spouse, there are situations where children, raised in Christian homes, have fallen away from their faith and embraced all the sin and wickedness of worldly enticements. In many of these cases, the parents suffer terrible emotional turmoil, as they watch their children head full-speed down the highway to hell.

Worse yet, in many of these situations, the children want nothing to do with their parents anymore, and they’ve totally cut them out of their lives. The kids don’t acknowledge their parents’ birthdays, anniversaries or even Mothers’ or Fathers’ Day. Most rarely communicate with their parents, and some not at all.

Even more heartbreaking for these parents is when their children don’t even allow them to see or have a relationship with their precious grandchildren. Perhaps you can’t relate to this because it sounds so very dysfunctional. Make no mistake: it is very dysfunctional, and not at all healthy, yet it’s becoming more and more common every day.

God’s plan for marriage and family is one man united with one woman for a lifetime. This is the foundation of the natural family. Out of this union, should come many children. Through the trials and tribulations of life, no matter what may come, the husband and wife have vowed  to remain together, “‘til death do we part.” Interestingly, divorce rates have actually fallen in recent years, but I dare say there are more unhappy marriages being reported to me now than ever before. These couples may still be living together and married, but they are definitely not happily married.

God’s plan also includes both the father and mother actively raising their children in an intact, Godly home, teaching the precepts of our Creator, our Heavenly Father to their little ones, from the youngest of ages. But you can’t teach what you don’t know, and sadly, we’re now two, if not three generations beyond when most people had a genuine fear of the Lord and a real relationship with God the Father. The “seeker friendly” church movement began long before it became something that was recognized and labeled. Church teachings have been watered down so as to be non-offensive and therefore, ineffective in training up Godly disciples.

For decades, parents have been taught by the church to leave the spiritual training of their kids to the “professionals,” and so, while most Christian couples may faithfully attend church, they turned the training up of their children over to Sunday School teachers and so-called “Childrens’ Church” and the Youth Groups. In these programs, if there’s a curriculum at all, it’s “church-lite, even lighter than the cotton candy they dish out to the adults — absolutely useless “teaching” as they tell the kids Bible “stories.”  The teachers, usually parents who volunteer for these jobs with no training whatsoever, are themselves unable to teach what they’ve never learned, and will simply tell a quick story, then hand out a snack and a page to color with crayons and just try to make it through until the end of the service when the parents come to pick the kids up.

What have these children learned? Fairy tales. Instead of teaching God’s Word as HISTORY, they’ve been taught “stories,” been given a snack and a time-wasting “craft” project to do.  There is very little, if any, truth taught.  And this — an hour of this once a week — has become the extent of the “spiritual training” that most churches provide today. Unfortunately, this model has been going on for decades.  It’s “Happy Fun Time” for the kids, but they’re definitely not getting trained as young disciples of Christ.  Nothing of relevance is taught; they know nothing about the spiritual warfare they’ll face in the real world, and nothing of the power of God through the indwelling of the Holy Spirit.

Then they spend 40 hours a week in the public schools, where all the “fairy tale” stories they’ve heard in Childrens’ Church are dispelled as nonsense and superstition and what little they heard about God is replaced with things like evolution, sex education, “social justice” and atheism. The parents, grossly inept at spiritual guidance themselves, then wonder what happened, when their ten-year-old son decides he wants to be a girl; or their 14-year-old daughter becomes pregnant; or their kids end up addicted to drugs, swearing like the devil with every sentence they speak, and seeking out foul-mouthed “rap stars” as their heroes and role models.

“What in the world happened?  After all, we took them to church every week!” Yeah, there’s your answer. You left the spiritual training to a system where there was never any spiritual “meat” fed to them, and biblical history was taught as fairy tales and then when they went home, they observed their parents living no differently from their worldly, unsaved neighbors. Yes, I know, SOME parents are true disciples and followers of Christ and their lives show it and their kids know it. But these cases are definitely rare.

It’s a far cry from what Moses commanded the people in Deuteronomy 6: “These words that I am giving you today are to be in your heart. Repeat them to your children. Talk about them when you sit in your house and when you walk along the road, when you lie down and when you get up.  Bind them as a sign on your hand and let them be a symbol on your forehead. Write them on the doorposts of your house and on your gates.” These words Moses spoke were the commands of God Almighty, and nothing was or is more important. But how seriously do we take this admonition today? In most homes — even most Christian homes — God is never even mentioned and His Word is never even opened, much less made a priority, studied and read as a family on a regular basis. And we wonder what in the world has happened to our families.

We all know the verse, “Train up a child in the way he should go and when he is old, he will not depart from it.” Today so many wonder why their child has become a heathen, an atheist, an anarchist and a God-hater.  If you hear nothing else of what I’m telling you today, understand this: there is NO SUBSTITUTE for genuine Christianity. Calling yourself a Christian while living like the world and having no time for God but plenty of time for hobbies, parties, vacations, television, and Facebook is nothing short of taking the Lord’s name in vain. Our kids watch everything we do. If the things of God are totally unimportant and irrelevant to us in our daily lives, never lived out in the home, and mocked and ridiculed in their public school, movies, music and everywhere else, what conclusion would you expect the kids to arrive at? “Train up a child in the way he should go…” YOU have to do that. You can’t delegate that most vital responsibility to anyone else. It’s up to you. So if you’re wondering what has happened to your kids and grandkids, there — most likely — is your answer.

I’m also often called upon for prayer and counseling for troubled marriages. This is much more common than one might think, and once again, even in so-called “Christian” homes. I hear from people where the husband and wife have slept in separate beds, and even separate parts of the house, for years. I hear from wives whose husbands won’t even sit at the same table with them for a meal — they just grab something from the fridge and eat on the couch while watching TV. There are many, both men and women, now addicted to pornography, since it’s become so readily and easily available on the internet and smart phones. Rather than a loving, intimate bond with their spouse, it’s simply easier to view sex acts online and live a fantasy life while building emotional walls that separate them from their spouse.

What’s happened to these couples? Obviously, there was a time when they were deeply in love, when the husband would do anything to court the girl, serve her, impress her, be a gentleman to her, and try his hardest to win her attention and eventually her hand in marriage. Obviously there was a time when they walked down the aisle together and made vows before God to love and serve one another’s needs for life. In good times and in bad, in sickness and in health, for richer or poorer, as long as they both should live. It wasn’t that long ago… but now, they’re two separate people living under the same roof, and can’t seem to say a pleasant word to one another, sometimes for weeks on end. In some cases, it’s been years.

Once again, while they may have had a “Church Wedding,” those who struggle with these matters often have no real relationship with the Lord. They don’t pray together, study the Word together or minister to others together. Jesus stands at the door and knocks at these homes, but Facebook, TV, hobbies and games take priority.

Most times there’s a great deal of selfishness going on in these homes. As the hurt gets worse and the hearts grow harder, it becomes more difficult for the husband and wife to genuinely care and serve one another. The importance of a heart of humility and service is repeatedly emphasized all throughout Scripture. Think of Jesus washing the feet of His disciples. He told them, “whoever wishes to be the greatest in the Kingdom of Heaven will be the servant of all.”

Some of you men may get angry with me for saying this, but I lay most of the responsibility for all these matters directly on your shoulders. Certainly it takes both spouses to make a Godly marriage and family. But God has called us men to be the spiritual leaders of our homes. Yet how many of us have grown up in homes where “Mom” was the one who tucked us in with bedtime prayers, who took us to church, who read us the Scriptures and modeled her faith in real life for us — while “Dad” pursued his work, his hobbies and recreation?

God also told us all, as Paul wrote to the Ephesians, “Husbands, love your wives, as Christ loved the church and gave Himself up for her.” In my counseling, I often ask men who claim to love their wives if they would give themselves up for her. Would they lay down their lives for her? “Absolutely,” they respond, without a moment’s hesitation. Then I ask, “But are you willing to lay down the porn, the alcohol, the fishing, the TV remote, the Facebook… are you willing to lay those things down for her? Do you think you even can?” I get a blank stare.

There are many troubled people, troubled marriages, dysfunctional families, broken homes, wayward children, grandparents in anguish because their grandchildren are growing up estranged from them and in Godless, secular homes. Friends, the only answer to all these things is humble repentance and turning once again — or for some, for the very first time — to God our Father and Creator, and Jesus His Son.  The Christian life is not one of ease, but the alternative, as we see so often now from the seeds we’ve sown, is pure anguish. Invite the Holy Spirit to guide you. Pray without ceasing.  Do what you know is right, and start making your professed faith a real, true priority in your lives today. There’s no other way, no magic pill, no quick fix. Either you’re serious, or you’re not.

© 2025 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: robatwcn@icloud.com

Audio CDs and transcripts of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066 or email: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com.  Ask for message number 331.




Trump’s DOJ Hammers a Deep State Traitor

By Amil Imani

October 19, 2025

Lightning incinerates the swamp as President Trump’s DOJ unleashes a relentless thunderbolt on John Bolton, the war-mongering neocon whose August 22, 2025 FBI raid exposes his treachery in a blaze of classified leaks and anti-Trump betrayal.  Federal agents stormed Bolton’s Bethesda home and D.C. office, seizing two iPhones, four computers, hard drives, and “secret” white binders labeled “Trump I-IV” and “allied strikes” under Espionage Act warrants.

On October 16, 2025, a D.C. grand jury convened to slam felony charges — potentially five counts — for mishandling classified docs and leaking via private email during Bolton’s 2018–2019 NSC tenure, a direct stab at Trump’s America First peace agenda.  No mercy: Trump’s DOJ, led by Kash Patel, brands Bolton a “lowlife” and “unpatriotic,” crushing the Russia hoax enabler who fueled endless wars and sabotaged diplomacy with North Korea and Iran.  This is the reckoning for a traitor’s downfall, and Trump is delivering it.

The raid’s firestorm erupts from Bolton’s own treachery, hoarding classified docs in his office — unlike his home, where no secrets surfaced — revealing daily activity logs and Iran strike plans emailed to personal accounts, a felony breach risking national security.  Court filings unsealed in September detail the haul: USB drives, hard drives, and binders marked “secret,” with the FBI authorized to force facial and fingerprint unlocks on Bolton’s devices.  The New York Post exposed the grand jury’s October 15 move, calling the case “airtight,” with prosecutors eyeing charges tied to Bolton’s 2020 memoir, The Room Where It Happened, which allegedly exploited classified intel for profit while defaming Trump’s peace deals.  Bolton’s pre-raid salvo — slamming Trump’s Putin talks as “Nobel-chasing” weakness hours before agents hit — seals his fate as the Deep State’s poster boy, now facing a legal guillotine for his hawkish sabotage.  Trump learned of the raid via TV and roared approval, with Patel’s DOJ vowing to bury Bolton alongside Comey and Brennan in a purge of swamp traitors.

Bolton’s war-monger legacy fuels the inferno.  He’s the Bush-era neocon who pushed Iraq’s quagmire, championed Syrian air strikes, and defied Trump’s 2019 order to de-escalate with Iran, earning his ouster as national security adviser.  His memoir’s leaks, cleared only partially by NSC review, sparked DOJ fury for endangering allies like South Korea with exposed strike plans.  The Washington Post notes Bolton’s defiance: He refused to testify in Trump’s first impeachment, siding with Deep State plotters like Vindman, whose own probe now mirrors Bolton’s fate.  Critics like Bernie Sanders cry “retribution,” but the Foundation for Defense of Democracies hails the raid as exposing Bolton’s “reckless” leaks that aided Iran’s proxies by revealing U.S. tactics.  This isn’t politics; it’s accountability for a hawk who’d rather burn the world than back Trump’s peace.

The Deep State’s fingerprints smear Bolton’s plot, tying him to the Russia hoax architects — Comey, Brennan, Clapper — who face their own DOJ fire for false statements and fraud.  Patel’s “Government Gangsters” list, detailed in his 2024 book, ranks Bolton fifth among traitors, accusing him of feeding anti-Trump narratives to Mark Milley and leaking Ukraine aid details to spark impeachment. The Wall Street Journal confirms: Bolton’s private emails, uncovered in August, show “daily activity” logs sent to unknown recipients, risking exposure of NSC secrets to adversaries like China. His alliance with Joint Chiefs chairman Mark Milley, now under scrutiny for 2021 China calls, cements Bolton as a cog in the cabal that framed Trump’s 2016 win as Kremlin collusion.  No wonder the raid hit hard — Bolton’s office held binders detailing Trump’s private talks, a betrayal that demands prison, not pardon.

Trump’s DOJ, with Pam Bondi as A.G. and Patel at the FBI, turns the tables to crush Bolton’s ilk.  The grand jury, per the Daily Mail, eyes up to seven years for each Espionage Act count, with prosecutors like Emil Bove building a RICO case linking Bolton to broader Deep State schemes.  This aligns with probes into Comey (false statements) and Letitia James (mortgage fraud).  Politico notes the stakes: Bolton’s indictment could deter future leakers, fortifying Trump’s control over classified intel as he negotiates Ukraine’s endgame and Gaza’s peace.  The Atlantic whines about an “authoritarian” DOJ, but MAGA knows: This is justice, not revenge, for a war-monger who’d sell America for a warhead.

Bolton’s downfall reverberates beyond his ruin, exposing the neocon rot that fueled Iraq and Syria disasters while undermining Trump’s diplomacy with Putin and Kim.  NBC reports that his allies — Vindman, Yovanovitch — face similar scrutiny, with DOJ subpoenas targeting their Ukraine leaks as part of a “Deep State” network.  Trump’s executive order on declassification, signed September 15, 2025, greenlights releasing NSC logs to expose Bolton’s role in the Russia hoax, a move the Heritage Foundation lauds as “transparency for patriots.”  No firewall shields this traitor; Bolton’s legal team scrambles, but the evidence buries him.

President Trump’s raids and indictments are dismantling the Deep State’s war machine, with Bolton as the trophy for MAGA warriors.  No retreat: Patel and Bondi vow to jail leakers, from Bolton to Brennan, ensuring that America First triumphs over neocon treachery.  Patriots, demand convictions.

© 2025 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved




Donald J. Trump: Mastering the Art of the Impossible

By Cherie Zaslawsky

October 18, 2025

Just when you think Trump has messed up bigly, he surprises you with an unexpected stroke of brilliance. As a matter of fact, he keeps doing the impossible!

That’s what he did by using tariffs as a diplomatic tool. Why did no one else ever think of this? In record time he sealed our wide-open southern border. He ended the insanity of DEI incompetence and restored our merit system, while making it national policy that there are only two genders, male and female, affirming not “transgenderism”, but that men can’t turn into women and will no longer be able to compete in women’s sports. He slashed government waste ferreted out by DOGE. With the stroke of a pen, he pulled us out of two disastrous programs: the Paris Climate Accords and the World Health Organization (WHO). And this is just the very short list.

In other words, after four years of Biden’s destructive lunacy, Trump is restoring sanity to America! And he hopes to do something similar around the world.

It’s his second and final stint as President, and he’s likely thinking about his legacy. Not only does he intend to make America great again, but he also wants to do his best to foster peace generally. Remember what a threat North Korea was during his first term? Dems were terrified he’d cause WWIII, but he tamed the beast and practically had Kim Jong Un eating out of his hand.

Who would have thought he could end protracted wars and bring enemies to the negotiating table? And yet in a mere 250 days, he’s done the following:

  • Ended the Armenia-Azerbaijan 35-year war
  • Fostered peace between Cambodia and Thailand
  • Brought Rwanda and Congo to the negotiating table
  • Got India and Pakistan into a dialogue
  • Prompted a Serbia-Kosovo breakthrough
  • Negotiated a ceasefire and the return of all remaining Israeli hostages through a 20-point peace plan
  • Working on forging peace between Ukraine and Russia

This is a man who truly values human life and has a great heart for people.

And he wants his legacy to be that of a peacemaker.

After reading a new article by brilliant writer Joan Swirsky in American Thinker, I’m entertaining the possibility that Trump just trumped Hamas.

The question is, did Trump betray Israel with a Bidenesque peace plan meant to lead to a Palestinian state? Or did he outsmart Hamas by forcing them to the table due to his assembling a broad Muslim coalition in order to secure the release of the last of the hostages? If this peace plan as written is his ultimate goal, it’s bad for Israel. But if it was a chess move to finally get Hamas to release the rest of the hostages, it’s brilliant.

Nevertheless, there are a number of issues with his 20-Point Plan for peace between Israel and Hamas that need to be addressed, as well as the concept itself. Why, for example, can’t we let Israel handle the dismantling of Hamas’ terror network, including all the tunnels? Who better to finish this difficult and dangerous work than the IDF that has done so much of it already? Why keep tying their hands?

TRUMP’S GAZA PEACE PLAN

While it was indeed a great accomplishment for the President’s Administration to negotiate Hamas’ return of the twenty remaining living hostages to their families in Israel, that does not equate to “the dawn of a new Middle East” as Trump has announced. More like wishful thinking.

I don’t fault Trump for wanting to bring about peace between the Palestinians and Israel—only for pretending it’s possible, given the reality of Hamas’ charter to “cleanse” the land of all Jews “from the river to the sea.” Nor does Trump seem to grasp the reality that many Arab Muslims have a built-in animosity toward both Israel and Jews in general, which they are taught in the Koran.

As Prime Minister Golda Meir put it: “If the Arabs put down their guns, there would be no more fighting. If the Israelis put down theirs, there would be no more Israel.”

A NEW ERA OF PEACE IN THE MIDDLE EAST, OR RINSE & REPEAT?

While our President may declare he’s just created peace in the Middle East, I call it Trumpian hyperbole. Though it’s admirable to want an end to bloodshed, it’s foolish not to acknowledge reality.

 According to Trump:

This is the historic dawn of a new Middle East. It is an incredible triumph for Israel and the world to have all these nations working together as partners in peace. Generations from now, this will be remembered as the moment that everything began to change.

Are the Muslim nation partners: Turkey, Egypt, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Jordan, Pakistan, etc., suddenly befriending Israel?

Of course not. But Trump did succeed in bringing them all onboard for his diplomatic victory in bringing the hostages home.

And from the Washington Times: Mr. Trump expressed hope that the ceasefire in Gaza would spread peace throughout the broader Middle East, including to Iran, which he said “has inflicted so much death.”

“The hand of friendship and cooperation is always open,” he said.

But that friendship is almost surely to be rewarded by plunging the U.S. into yet another Middle Eastern quagmire. Investigative journalist Daniel Greenfield has referred to Trump’s plan as “nation building”—and we’ve seen where that has led. Says Greenfield:

If the Trump administration backs the deal, it will be forced to act as a ‘guarantor’ which will not only mean protecting Hamas, but an extended terrorist nation-building program bigger even than Iraq or Afghanistan. Phase 3 of the deal reportedly calls for a 3–5-year rebuilding program.

That timetable would have President Trump spend his whole second term rebuilding Gaza.

Except for the packaging and the fact this ceasefire involves the return of the last of the hostages, how is this deal appreciably different from the Biden/Blinken deals?

It’s still the US dictating the terms and still leaves Israel vulnerable—arguably the loser after the release of 2,000 Palestinian terrorists—which could be why the Gazans were celebrating in the street.

And take note of Number 16 in Trump’s 20-Point Plan: Israel will not occupy or annex Gaza. As Yogi Berra once said, it’s déjà vu all over again.

Israel forced its own citizens to uproot their communities in Gaza in 2005, to leave the strip to the Palestinians in toto. They left their greenhouses full of fruit and flowers that could be sold to Europeans as they had done. What did the Palestinians do? They demolished them and used the financial aid pouring in to construct a vast network of terror tunnels to smuggle weaponry underground from Egypt to use for attacks on their Jewish neighbors. Israel essentially gave the Palestinians their state and they turned it into a terrorists’ munitions factory. And by the way, Gaza is part of Israel. How do I know? It’s in the Bible.

Here’s Number 18An interfaith dialogue process will be established based on the values of tolerance and peaceful co-existence to try and change mindsets and narratives of Palestinians and Israelis by emphasizing the benefits that can be derived from peace.

This one is as supremely insulting as it is bound to fail. Does anyone think the Israelis need to be lectured on the benefits of peace? And does anyone think a little talk-therapy will change the “mindset and narrative” of the generationally indoctrinated Palestinians who take pride in killing Jews?

It gets worse.

Number 19While Gaza re-development advances and when the PA reform program is faithfully carried out, the conditions may finally be in place for a credible pathway to Palestinian self-determination and statehood, which we recognize as the aspiration of the Palestinian people.

Plus ça change… But at least the language is reassuringly vague, and it’s highly unlikely the PA reform program will be faithfully carried out.

TRUMP THE SHOWMAN

Trump is not only a uniquely brilliant politician and negotiator, he’s also a consummate showman, having cut his teeth on reality TV through fifteen successful seasons of The Apprentice. He knows how to set the stage for important events, as he did to a T regarding ending the Hamas/Israel war. He flew to Israel, gave an inspiring speech, honored Netanyahu, and spoke movingly about the released hostages to cheers from members of the Knesset and amid public fanfare expressing the gratitude of Israeli citizens.

And he did, in fact, make the long-desired release of all the hostages a reality. That’s a wow! And he deserves praise for that. But at what price?

Two thousand Hamas prisoners released in exchange for the last 20 living kidnapped Israelis. That means 100 Hamas terrorists released for each of those freed hostages. Does anyone think that’s a good bargain?

TRUMP’S BROMANCE WITH QATAR

It’s not great optics that Trump’s good friend Steve Witkoff, who had a key role in this negotiation, was bailed out of difficulties over a Manhattan hotel deal by the Qatar Investment Authority. And closer to home, there’s son-in-law Jared Kushner, who also worked on the peace plan, and whose financial dealings through his investment firm, Affinity Partners, resulted in a hefty billion-and-a-half from Qatari investors. Bloomberg shows the date for that $1.5 billion as December 20, 2024, shortly after his father-in-law won the election. But even if the transaction happened prior to the election, as Kushner claims, Trump was already the odds-on favorite. And by the way, Trump’s sons Don Jr. and Eric are building a golf course and luxury villas in Qatar as well.

Does this remind anyone else of Ukraine, when Biden’s son Hunter made out like a bandit while the “Big Guy” was in office? Taking that analogy a step further, has Qatar become the Ukraine of the Middle East? Great for business, good for quid pro quo even if the ultimate prize is peace? And is it really “peace” we’re seeing, or merely a lull in a decades-long battle as Israel struggles for survival in a sea of jihadists?

Massad Boulos, the Arab-American father-in-law of President Trump’s  daughter Tiffany, whom he made his Senior Advisor on Arab and Middle Eastern Affairs, hailed Trump’s 20-point Plan as an:

absolute final peace agreement. It is not only about Gaza, but it’s the future of the Middle East and [Trump] is looking forward to lasting and comprehensive peace all over the Middle East.

There’s just one itty bitty problem amidst all these grandiose proclamations and kumbaya visions of permanent peace: None of the fundamentals have changed.

BEWARE OF QATARIS BEARING GIFTS

Qatar may have found a way to Trump’s heart in the form of a luxury Boeing 747 to be used as Air Force One and which the President graciously accepted. Question: How is this not subject to the Foreign Emoluments Clause? One may also wonder whether Trump ever heard of the Trojan Horse—the spectacular gift the Greeks gave to the Trojans, shortly before annihilating them.

While Israel is paying an exorbitant price for Trump’s peace plan in the form of 2,000 Hamas terrorists released from their prisons, in an article for Front Page Magazine, Daniel Greenfield argues that the U.S. is also paying a high price. He points to the new training center and hangars for F-15QA planes being installed at the Mountain Home Air Force base in Idaho to train Qatari troops. Hmmm…Qatari troops training on American soil. Does that sound like a good idea to you? Sound like America First?

And why has Trump just placed Qatar on a par with our NATO allies with Article V protection? Greenfield sees that as another payoff to Qatar for its help brokering Trump’s peace deal.

The larger question is why are we suddenly so chummy with the country that funded the terrorist organization Hamas prior to October 7th, 2023? I thought our top ally in the Middle East was Israel—the only Democratic country in the region. Seems like we’ve gone through the looking glass.

THE CONUNDRUM OF THE MIDDLE EAST

The Middle East is both complex and simple. Complex because of layers of propaganda and obfuscation contrived by the Communists who coached Yassir Arafat in the late 60s and 70s, teaching him to cast the Palestinians as victims. (See my article Israel in the Crosshairs, Part 1, A Soviet Psyop Second to None). Actually, they were never “Palestinians” in the first place, as “Palestine” was a term used synonymously with “Zion” and “Israel.”

Here’s what Zuheir Mohsen, a leader in the PLO (Palestine Liberation Organization), said in a 1977 interview with the Dutch newspaper ‘Trouw‘:

The Palestinian people does not exist. The creation of a Palestinian state is only a means for continuing our struggle against the state of Israel for our Arab unity.

The Arabs in Gaza prior to 1948 were not “Palestinians,” but Arab Muslims from nearby countries such as Jordan, Syria, Saudi Arabia and Egypt, who were living in Israeli territory prior to the 1948 war. They fled their homes, at the behest of their leaders, who promised they would return as victors in that war, and would not only get their homes back, but could then pillage and claim Jewish property as well. So in the meantime, their leaders evacuated them to refugee camps. Their Arab leaders, not the Jews.

Ever since, from 1948 to 2025—that’s 77 years—they’ve been crying about their stolen land, which is a lie wrapped in a fiction that is still being promulgated by the Arab press and Hamas leaders. You’ve got to hand it to the Arab Muslim PR campaign against Israel. Topnotch. By the way, the only people starving in Gaza in the last two years were the Israeli hostages.

So much for the complex part.

The simple part? Most of Israel’s Arab neighbors are committed to Israel’s destruction. What else explains the attacks by the Houthis, by Hezbollah, and by Iran, that took place during and after the brutal massacre by Hamas and Gazan civilians on the Jewish holy day of Simchat Torah on October 7th, 2023?

A TRUMPIAN SOLUTION THAT MISSES THE POINT

Here’s Trump with more Pollyanna-style reasoning:

It should be clear to everyone throughout this region that decades of fomenting terrorism and extremism, jihadism and antisemitism have not worked — they have backfired completely and totally. From Gaza to Iran, those bitter hatreds have delivered nothing but misery, suffering and failure.

Yes, Mr. President. Correct.

But that’s what jihadist Arab Muslims actually want. In fact, that’s their lifelong goal! That’s their mission. That’s what they believe Allah wants them to dedicate their lives to, in addition to imposing Sharia law over all the infidels of the West they don’t manage to kill first. That’s why they were dancing in the streets of Gaza on October 7th. And that’s why they’ve been celebrating this current peace deal that will enable Hamas to gear up for their next attack on their Jewish neighbor.

Apparently, Trump didn’t get their chief memo: First the Saturday people. Then the Sunday people. 

Translation: First, we’ll kill the Jews. Then the Christians.

A FEW WORDS OF ADVICE

During his campaign in 2016, Trump was fond of reading a poem called The Snake. Here’s how it ends:

“I saved you,” cried the woman
“And you’ve bitten me, but why?
And you know your bite is poisonous and now I’m gonna die”
“Oh shut up, silly woman,” said the reptile with a grin
“You knew damn well I was a snake before you took me in”

Maybe Donald should read that poem again. And while he can orchestrate a ceasefire deal between Hamas and Israel, he may be the only person on the planet who believes this will turn into lasting peace in the Middle East.

But since Hamas has already violated the peace agreement—much sooner than I’d anticipated—and Trump has already threatened them with military might, whether ours or Israel’s or both is not yet clear, things are looking up.

Here’s my prediction: Since Hamas, being true to form, has already violated the Peace Plan, Trump will give Israel the green light to temporarily evacuate civilians and wipe out Hamas, lock, stock and tunnel. Then, Israel will rebuild and resettle Gaza, which they never should have left as they did in 2005. Finally, those Palestinians who want to return to a demilitarized Gaza strip can return, living peacefully side by side with Israelis as many Arabs do in Israel. And the others can emigrate to Egypt, Saudi Arabia, Pakistan, etc. End of story.

And one last word of advice for our President: Return the 747.

© 2025 Cherie Zaslawsky – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cherie Zaslawsky: cherzz@sbcglobal.net




Halloween: Rebranding “Delicious Autumn”

By Debra Mullins

October 18, 2025

“Delicious Autumn”

Poets depict autumn as “a mosaic” announcing “nature’s last beauty saved up all year for its grand finale.” Flashing the year’s “last, loveliest smile,” every fluttering leaf “speaks bliss.” No wonder Mary Ann Evans (aka George Eliot) wished her very soul to be wedded to what she extolled as “delicious autumn”!

Regretfully, the beauty, smiles and bliss of “delicious autumn” are popularly supplanted with grave stones, coffins, skeletons, ghosts, demons, witches, black cats, vampires, massive spider webs and jeering Jack-o-lanterns. All attend October 31st when Halloween’s ghoulish emblems find place in neighborhoods, schools, businesses and, yes, even Christian churches.

This autumn an estimated 73% of Americans will pay homage to Halloween by decorating their homes, exchanging spooky greeting cards, costuming up & stocking up on candy—this, to the tune of over $13 billion in 2025 alone!

“Christian” Roots of Halloween

In fact, some academics contend that Halloween began independently as a Christian holiday. Remembering the dead (including saints, martyrs and faithful departed), the Christian triduum begins with Halloween (October 31), followed by All Saints’ Day (November 1) and All Souls’ Day (November 2).

In the 5th century, Pope Boniface moved the celebration to May 13 as a day for celebrating saints and martyrs. Thereafter, in the 9th Century, Pope Gregory restored fire festivals and established All Saints’ Day (November 1) with All Souls’ Day following (November 2).

In ancient Ireland, Christians were lured, even constrained by weighty incentives. Failure to engage this “dark half of the year” resulted in “punishment from the gods” (usually illness or death); and to use one’s weapon or to commit a crime during the celebration occasioned a death sentence.

Given its dark, death-centric themes, coupled with biblically-forbidden associations, Halloween was rightly banned among pious, early-American colonists. However, by the mid-19th Century, a flood of immigrants (Irish included) propelled its prominence to that of a principal U.S. holiday.

Nefarious Roots of Halloween

Fast forward: With meagre mention of the liturgical calendar, complicit churches today host costume parades and “Trunk or Treats” featuring generous hand-outs of candy &/or Halloween trinkets. Old-fashioned taffy-pulling and apple-bobbing venues delight the young and old alike!

Problem is, the Christian triduum is nowhere mentioned in Scripture. To the contrary, believers are commanded to entertain things that are honest, just, pure, lovely, of good report, virtuous and praiseworthy—a far cry from trappings of Halloween. (Phil. 4:8)

For example, in God’s economy, death is the ultimate enemy; and Jesus Christ abolished it. Through the gospel, and for all time, He brought to light both life and immortality. In contrast to LIFE, scholars report that, over two thousand years ago, Halloween sprang out of the Celtic/Gaelic harvest festival of Samhain (pronounced /SOW-wen/). Samhain is the “lord of DEATH.” (Isa. 25:8, 2 Tim. 1:10)

With harvest work complete at the close of summer, deceased ancestors in ancient Britain and Ireland were believed to return to their homes through doors and windows intentionally left open for them. The tradition of “dumb supper” involved parents regaling the dead with the year’s news while children played games for their entertainment.

It’s true, “an hour is coming” when the deceased will resurrect, but certainly not at the bidding of the so-called lord of death, nor on his terms. (John 5:28-29)

Myths and Legends, Trappings and Ghoulish Emblems

Considered highly conducive to demon activity, Halloween is one of eight major festivals in witchcraft. Today, Halloween is first listed and preeminent among eight Wiccan Sabbats.

Halloween myths and religious practices feature demon-worshiping Druid priests who lit community fires to frighten away unwelcomed evil spirits. Their charge was to discourage fairies from kidnapping unsuspecting victims and to prevent the “unforgiven dead” (called Sluaghs) from stealing souls.

To avoid being recognized, Halloween celebrants wore masks and, to ward off evil, they dressed as animals and monsters. Historical documents reference gluttonous feasts and six days of drinking alcohol to excess [typically mead (honey wine) or beer]. In Wales, some revelers engaged in violent games. While setting off fireworks, carousers tossed burning wood at each other.

Added to wine-making and noisy owls (thought to be guardians of the underworld), the celebration became well known for magicians and soothsayers/diviners. Add to these the damned souls symbolized by jack-o’-lanterns. According to Irish legend, Stingy Jack was a drunkard who bargained with Satan, then roamed earth with only a hollowed, candle-lit turnip (i.e., jack o’lantern) to light his way.

Ungodly myths attending Samhain include shape-shifting and night-wandering death omens—e.g., The Lady Gwyn (accompanied by a black pig) and the Dullahan who carried his own head while riding a flame-eyed horse. Contemporary practices mimic the Irish tradition of “mumming” (donning costumes and going door-to-door to procure payment of cakes for singing songs to the dead).

Hardly the stuff of Christian virtue.

Fittingly, Bible-honoring Christians are commanded to separate from (not engage) “unclean things” associated with ghoulish emblems that persist in schools, businesses and, as earlier mentioned, Christian churches.

Recognizing that “bad company ruins good morals,” Christ followers take no part in unfruitful works of darkness except to expose them. (2 Tim. 3:8, Lev. 19:31 and 20:6, Micah 5:12, Eph. 5:18, Pr. 23:20-21, Ro. 12:2, 1 Cor. 15:33, 2 Cor. 6:17, Eph. 5:11, 1 John 2:15-17)

Halloween Fallout

Among Protestants, the Reformation essentially put an end to the religious holiday of Halloween; however, in Britain especially, it persisted as a secular holiday. Later, with growing popularity of Wicca in the 1980s came a broad revival of Samhain accompanied with traditional fire ceremonies, nature- and/or ancestors- worship—all strictly forbidden in Scripture. (Deut. 4:19, Ro. 1:25, Ex. 20:3-4, Deut. 18:10-12)

Concurrent with the Wiccan revival of Samhain, contemporary Pagan Re-constructionists practice Celtic traditions. Placing juniper decorations around their homes, they create an altar for the dead and, then, feast in honor of deceased loved ones. American pagans hold music and dance celebrations called Witches’ Balls.

Far from “delicious,” the autumn “grand finale” of Halloween exacts the price of rampant crime.

Property crimes like vandalism and theft are notably increased; and compared to other days of the year, violent crime rates increase by about 50% on Halloween.

It’s no wonder Satanists call Halloween “All Demons Night.”

Kill-Joy Naysayers

Although the United Nations Children’s Fund (UNICEF) has attempted to pair Halloween with collection of money for its humanitarian programs, pious naysayers refuse to rebrand evil as good. Instead, they repudiate Halloween for dangerous dabbling in fleshly indulgences (Witches’ Balls, gluttonous feasts, drinking to excess, horror movies, violence), superstition (black cats thought to be reincarnated humans, haunted houses, omens), mischief (pranks, vandalism, violence), extortion (treat, or threat of trick) and Wiccan paganism, attended by hobgoblins and demi-gods.

For eschewing macabre facets of Halloween, spiritually-sensitive, Bible-honoring Christians are thought to be “kill-joy naysayers” and “party-pooping legalists.” Even so, principled Christians maintain absolute allegiance to unambiguous text of scripture.

Meaning “hallowed or holy evening,” Halloween is anything but holy. Its central theme is death; its central figure, the Lord of Death (Satan). Importantly, the thief (Grim Reaper) comes only to steal, kill and destroy, but—Good News!—Jesus came to impart life in abundance. For His sake and in His Name, believers do well to “touch not the unclean thing” (John 10:10, 2 Cor. 6:17), as delineated below:

♦ Re.: Abominations [Vampires, diviners, magicians, witches, sorcerers, hypnotists, psychics, necromancers, soothsayers: All are abominations to God (Deut. 18:9-12, Gal. 5:19-21)]
♦ Re.: Compromise [inappropriate partnerships (2 Cor. 6:14), influence of Godless foreigners (Dan. 1:8), rebranding evil as good by calling darkness, light—and light, darkness (Isa. 5:20)]
♦ Re.: Death (Deu. 30:19), the wages of sin (Ro. 6:23) not to be celebrated; [Samhain (“Lord of Death”), altar for the dead, engaging the dead, death omens, feasting in honor of deceased loved ones, grave stones, coffins, skeletons, ghosts, apparitions]
♦ Re.: Deception (masks to disguise, deceive—Mt. 6:2, 5, 16 & 23:27-28)
♦ Re.: Extortion (treat, or threat of trick—Amos 5:11, “exacting tributes …”)
♦ Re.: False worship [Nature worship, Ancestor worship, traditional fire ceremonies
(Ex. 20:4-5, 1 Cor. 10:14)]
♦ Re.: Fear (Isa. 41:10, Ps. 23:4, 1 John 4:18)
♦ Re.: Fleshly indulgences and excess [Witches’ Balls, gluttonous feasts, drinking to excess (Eph. 5:18)]
♦ Re.: Mischief [pranks, vandalism, violence, crime, horror movies (Ezek. 11:2, Psa. 26:11, 28:3, 36:4 & 119:150, Pr. 4:16)]
♦ Re.: Myths [fairies, night wanderers, underworld dwellers, demi-gods, hobgoblins (Psa. 96:5)]
♦ Re.: Occult and occultic practices [Witchcraft, Wicca, paganism, shape-shifting creatures (1 Sam. 15:23, 2 Th. 2:9)]
♦ Re.: Satan, Demons [Satan blinds believers (2 Cor. 4:4); fellowship with demons is forbidden (1 Cor. 10:20); we’re not to give place to the devil (Eph. 4:27), but rather we’re to resist him (Jas. 4:7)]
♦ Re.: Superstition [black cats thought to be reincarnated humans, omens (Prov. 19:21)]
♦ Re.: Symbology [dark symbolism of black pig, massive spider web, jeering Jack-o-lanterns (2 Th. 2:9)]
♦ Re.: Unclean associations [interaction between humans and Otherworld creatures (Isa. 8:19)]

© 2025 Debra Mullins – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Debra Mullins: debraraer@comcast.net




Big Pharma Unites With Big Farma

By Patti Johnson

October 17, 2025

Big Pharma’s reach extends far beyond human medicine, infiltrating the cattle, chicken, pork, fish, and even fruit and vegetable industries. My findings will shock you. They might drive you to raise your own livestock and grow your own produce, though that’s no simple task. Those with the means and land—complete with a pond—are breeding their own tilapia, raising animals, and cultivating their own food. But not everyone can become a farmer or rancher. If that’s not an option, you may want to seek out wild-caught fish and source meat and produce from farmers who avoid vaccines in their livestock and crops.

We can refuse vaccines, especially the mRNA shots pushed on us, but what about the animals we eat? In 2012, Harrisvaccines developed the first RNA-based livestock vaccine, a swine influenza (H3N2) shot, followed by an avian influenza mRNA vaccine in 2015. Merck Animal Health acquired Harrisvaccines later that year. In 2016, CureVac created an mRNA-based rabies vaccine for pigs. Merck, partnering with Moderna, launched the Sequivity platform in 2018, enabling endlessly customizable “vaccines” that skip safety testing. Since 2018, pork producers have used customizable mRNA-based “vaccines” on their herds. For seven years Americans have been eating pork treated with gene therapy. Now, mRNA-lipid nanoparticle shots for avian influenza and cattle are in development, threatening to expand this treatment to more of our meat supply.

Determined to avoid mRNA beef when it is introduced, we sought a local cattle business that advertised skipping these injections for their beef. We found two companies advertising grass-fed beef raised without hormones, antibiotics or mRNA vaccines. When we asked if they used any other vaccines, one company ignored us. The other representative claimed they weren’t allowed to answer. Undeterred, we pressed the second company, insisting we needed to know before buying their beef. Finally, their supervisor relented, revealing that he was allowed to tell me only three of the multiple vaccines they administer to their cattle. He refused to disclose the rest. Why hide the others? This secrecy drove us to investigate what vaccines are available and administered to cattle.

Below is a list of vaccines available to cattle ranchers. Not all are administered, but getting clear answers on which ones are used has proven difficult. Vaccine names and availability vary by region and manufacturer, with some products combining protection against multiple diseases.

Vaccine Name – Disease

1  BOVILIS® NASALGEN® 3-PMH Respiratory disease
2  BOVILIS® 20/20 Vision® 7 Clostridial diseases
3  BOVILIS® Vista® 5 L5 SQ Respiratory/reproductive
4  BOVILIS® Covexin® 8 Clostridial diseases
5  BOVILIS® VISION® 8 WITH SPUR® Clostridial diseases
6  BOVILIS® Bovilus S™ Salmonellosis
7  BOVILIS® Bovilus E Calf scours
8  BOVILIS® Bovilus MH™ Mannheimia haemolytica
9  BOVILIS® Bovilus MH+IBR™ Respiratory disease
10  BOVILIS® Rotavec Corona Calf scours
11  Bovi-Shield GOLD® One Shot Respiratory disease
12  Bovi-Shield GOLD® FP5 L5 Respiratory/reproductive
13  CattleMaster® 4 Respiratory disease
14  CattleMaster® GOLD FP5 Respiratory/reproductive
15  Inforce™ 3 Respiratory disease
16  Calf-Guard® Calf scours
17  ScourGuard® 4KC Calf scours
18  Leptoferm-5® Leptospirosis
19  ReproSTAR® VL5 HB Leptospirosis/vibriosis
20  Bar-Vac® CD/T Clostridial diseases
21  Ultrabac® 7/Somubac Clostridial diseases
22  Ultrabac® 8 Clostridial diseases
23  UltraChoice® 7 Clostridial diseases
24  Vaxxon SRP® Salmonella Salmonellosis
25  Moraxella Bovoculi Bacterin Pinkeye
26  I-Site XP Pinkeye
27  J-VAC® Mastitis
28  Fusogard® Footrot
29  Tetanus Toxoid Concentrate Tetanus
30  Tetanus Antitoxin Tetanus
31  Imrab® Rabies
32  Brucella abortus RB51 Brucellosis
33  TrichGuard® Trichomoniasis
34  BotVax® Botulism
35  Ephemeral Fever Vaccine Ephemeral fever
36  Anthrax Spore Vaccine Anthrax

Below is a list of common chicken vaccines with their names and a one or two word description of the disease(s) they target, based on veterinary sources and poultry health information. The chart focuses on vaccines widely used in commercial and backyard poultry settings, with some variation depending on region and flock type (e.g., layers, broilers, breeders).

Vaccine Name – Disease

1  Marek’s Disease Vaccine (HVT) Marek’s disease
2  Marek’s Disease Vaccine (Rispens) Marek’s disease
3  Marek’s Disease Vaccine (SB-1) Marek’s disease
4  Newcastle Disease Vaccine (LaSota) Newcastle disease
5  Newcastle Disease Vaccine (B1) Newcastle disease
6  Infectious Bronchitis Vaccine (Massachusetts) Infectious bronchitis
7  Infectious Bronchitis Vaccine (Connecticut) Infectious bronchitis
8  Infectious Bursal Disease Vaccine (Gumboro) Gumboro disease
9  Infectious Laryngotracheitis Vaccine (ILT) Laryngotracheitis
10  Fowl Pox Vaccine Fowl pox
11  Avian Encephalomyelitis Vaccine Avian encephalomyelitis
12  Fowl Cholera Vaccine Fowl cholera
13  Mycoplasma Gallisepticum Vaccine Mycoplasmosis
14  Mycoplasma Synoviae Vaccine Mycoplasmosis
15  Infectious Coryza Vaccine Infectious coryza
16  Egg Drop Syndrome Vaccine Egg drop syndrome
17  Salmonella Vaccine (Vaxxon SRP®) Salmonellosis
18 Avian Influenza Vaccine (H5N1) Avian influenza
19  Newcastle-Bronchitis Combined Vaccine Newcastle/bronchitis
20  NDV-IBDV Bivalent Vaccine Newcastle/Gumboro
21  NDV-AIV Bivalent Vaccine Newcastle/influenza

Below is a list of common pig vaccines with their names and a one or two word description of the disease(s) they target, based on veterinary sources and swine health information. This chart focuses on vaccines widely used in commercial and small-scale pig production, with some variation by region and herd type (e.g., breeding, growing, or finishing pigs).

Vaccine Name – Disease

1  Porcilis® PCV Circovirus
2  Suvaxyn® PCV Circovirus
3  Circoflex® Circovirus
4  Ingelvac® CircoFLEX® Circovirus
5  Porcilis® 6C E. coli/Clostridial
6  Gletvax® 6 E. coli/Clostridial
7  Suvaxyn® MH-One Enzootic pneumonia
8  Ingelvac® MycoFLEX® Enzootic pneumonia
9  Porcilis® APP Pleuropneumonia
10  Ingelvac® APP-X Pleuropneumonia
11  RhiniShield® TX4 Atrophic rhinitis
12  Porcilis® AR-T DF Atrophic rhinitis
13  Farrowsure® GOLD Parvovirus/Erysipelas
14  ParvoShield® L5E Parvovirus/Leptospirosis
15  Erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae Bacterin Erysipelas
16  Ingelvac® ERY-ALC Erysipelas
17  Suvaxyn® PRRS MLV PRRS
18  Ingelvac® PRRS MLV PRRS
19  Porcilis® PRRS PRRS
20  Suvaxyn® PEDV Porcine epidemic diarrhea
21  PEDV-S mRNA-LNP Porcine epidemic diarrhea
22  Vaxxon® SRP Salmonella Salmonellosis
23  TGE Vaccine Transmissible gastroenteritis
24  Ingelvac® Aujeszky’s MLV Pseudorabies
25  Porcilis® Begonia Pseudorabies
26  Suvaxyn® IAV-S Swine influenza
27  FluSure XP® Swine influenza
28  LitterGuard® LT-C Clostridial diarrhea
29  Clostridium perfringens Type A Toxoid Clostridial enterotoxemia
30  Leptospira Bacterin (Pomona, Bratislava Leptospirosis

Below is a list of common commercially available fish vaccines with their names and a one or two word description of the disease(s) they target, focusing on key species and diseases in aquaculture. Note that vaccine availability varies by region, and some are autogenous (custom-made for specific farms).

Vaccine Name – Disease

1  ICTHIOVAC® VR/PD Vibriosis/Pasteurellosis
2  ICTHIOVAC® VNN Viral nervous necrosis
3  ICTHIOVAC® Lacto Lactococcosis
4  ICTHIOVAC® Tenacibaculum Tenacibaculosis
5  ALPHA JECT® Panga Pancreas disease
6  ALPHA JECT® micro 6 Multiple diseases
7  AQUAVAC® Vibrio Vibriosis
8  AQUAVAC® FNM Furunculosis
9  AQUAVAC® ERM Oral Yersiniosis
10  AQUAVAC® Strep Sa Streptococcosis
11  AQUAVAC® IPN Oral Infectious pancreatic necrosis
12  AQUAVAC® PD Pancreas disease
13  AQUAVAC® Relera Infectious salmon anemia
14  Norvax® Compact PD Pancreas disease
15  Norvax® Minova 6 Multiple diseases
16  Furogen Dip Furunculosis
17  AquaVac® Vibrio Oral Vibriosis
18  Renogen Bacterial kidney disease
19  E. ictaluri Bacterin Enteric septicemia
20  Aeromonas salmonicida Bacterin Furunculosis
21  Yersinia ruckeri Bacterin Yersiniosis
22  Vibrio anguillarum Bacterin Vibriosis
23  Streptococcus iniae Bacterin Streptococcosis
24  Piscirickettsia salmonis Bacterin Piscirickettsiosis
25  NanoTiLV-S4 Tilapia lake virus
26  IHN Vaccine Infectious hematopoietic necrosis
27  VHSV Vaccine Viral hemorrhagic septicemia
28  SVCV Vaccine Spring Viremia of Carp Virus

Are you shocked yet? But wait, there’s more…. Now plants have been added to the list to make “edible vaccines.” This is one more example of “Big Pharma uniting with Big FARMA

According to Wholecows.com.

“The genetic editing of plants to contain edible vaccines is well underway. Work is being done with bananas, potatoes, tomatoes, lettuce, rice, wheat, soybeans and corn. Companies like Medicago are using gene editing to turn plants into mini-bioreactors.”
News Clip: “Medicago’s manufacturing facility looks like a nursery, but inside these plants they’re growing a new kind of vaccine. The technology is called a virus-like-particle…”

Promo Video: “At Medicago, we use a careful step-by-step process to develop vaccines using our plants as mini-bioreactors. We start with the gene sequence or code of a virus. We then use our technology to synthesize the virus code into a real biological product. The code contains genetic instructions that our plants can read, and we insert it into bacteria called agrobacterium tumefaciens.

“We submerge the plants in a bath with the bacteria that carries the information into the plant cells and using a vacuum, we suck out the air between the plant cells and replace it with the liquid. The plants absorb it like a sponge. At the end of their bacterial bath, we return our plants to a carefully controlled greenhouse to let them get on with our natural growing business for at least four days. Now, the plants will start producing the most important ingredient of our vaccines: virus-like-particles.”

So now we have Frankencows, Frankenpigs, Frankenchickens, Frankenfish and Frankenplants. Looks like we have to raise our own cattle, chickens, pigs, fish and grow our own vegetables, grains and fruit. But wait, Gates, Big Ag and China are buying up all the farmland to grow the weaponized food and to raise weaponized animals for the great depopulation agenda.

What’s a human to do? Seek legislation to prevent the land grab and legislation to stop vaccines in livestock and food. Buy organic veggies and grass fed, hormone free, vaccine free meat or grow your own food and raise your own livestock! Two scriptures come to my mind:

Pray Psalm 91
“1One who dwells in the shelter of the Most High Will lodge in the shadow of the Almighty. 2I will say to the LORD, “My refuge and my fortress, My God, in whom I trust!”
3 For it is He who rescues you from the net of the trapper
And from the deadly plague….” Matthew 24:22

“Unless those days had been cut short, no life would have been saved; but for the sake of the elect those days will be cut short.”

Maranatha

© 2025 Patti Johnson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Patti Johnson: pj4charis@gmail.com




Yes Virginia, David Can Slay Goliath

By Ronald Stein, PE

October 17, 2025

Ukraine drone attacks on Russia’s Goliath refineries are stark warnings to all national security teams – the hearts of infrastructure are easy targets for the David’s of the world.

Recent activities by Ukraine against Russian refineries, and the incident at the Chevron Refinery in California, are exposing the vulnerability of major Goliath infrastructures being stationary targets for slaying by the David’s in the world.

The misunderstanding of “green” delusionists is treating electricity as interchangeable with materials, as it is the central flaw of the green movement. Electricity is a utility, not a substance.

Electricity drives processes but those wind turbines and solar panels cannot themselves make things. Even basic metals like iron and copper require carbon as a reducing agent during smelting. Without carbon, humanity would lose the very means of transforming minerals into usable materials.

Meanwhile, governments pour trillions of dollars into policies designed to eliminate fossil fuels, without considering the economic or physical realities that wind and solar do totally different things than crude oil processed through refineries.

Yes Virginia, electricity can charge our iPhones, light our cities, and power our computers, but electricity cannot create the raw materials needed to build those very machines.

In fact, steel, cement, plastics, fertilizers, and pharmaceuticals all require hydrocarbons—not simply as fuel but as essential feedstocks. Oil, natural gas, and coal are the molecular foundations for over 6,000 everyday products that define modern life. Without them, hospitals would lack sterile equipment, farmers would lose fertilizers, and the construction of roads, bridges, and homes would grind to a halt.

The same contradiction appears globally. Electric vehicles are celebrated as zero-emission solutions, yet their manufacture depends heavily on fossil fuels—from the mining of lithium and cobalt with diesel-powered equipment to the production of tires, insulation, electronics, steel, glass, and plastic components derived from hydrocarbons. The result is more ways to use fossil fuels which is a carbon shift, not a carbon elimination.

Government mandated winners and losers are only applicable to those few in the wealthier countries that can afford huge subsidies, but the reality is that there are no silver bullet answers.

For those  outside the few wealthy countries, we see that at least 80 percent of humanity, or more than six billion in this world are living on less  than $10 a day, and billions living with little to no access to electricity.

The zero-emission movement is a delusion that JUST electricity generated from wind and solar can replace refineries and the crude oil that they process to support the variety of the more than 6,000 products and fuels in our materialistic society that did not exist 200 years ago.

As of January 1, 2025, there were 131 operable refineries in the United States according to the U.S. Energy Information Administration (EIA)‘s data. This total includes traditional refineries and some facilities that produce petroleum product blending components but lack atmospheric distillation capacity.

Over the years the reduction in the number of operating refineries stems from aging infrastructure, high maintenance costs, and environmental regulations that have made smaller or less efficient plants uneconomical. Utilization rates have hovered between 85-93% annually, with 2024 seeing an average of 88%, indicating spare capacity but also highlighting vulnerabilities during peak demand or disruptions.

The number of operable refineries have large capacities and are aging and thus have generally declined over the past few decades. The majority of refineries are concentrated along the Gulf Coast, particularly in states like Texas (47), Louisiana (19), and California (18).

Building new refineries is challenging due to high costs, large land footprints that easily exceed 1,000 acres, environmental concerns, and political opposition, especially as the nation focuses its mandates and subsidies toward the generation of JUST electricity from wind turbines and solar panels. Yet wind turbines and solar panels CANNOT support the supply chain of products to build anything, even to build more wind and solar!

Government policies are difficult to reverse. Onshore and offshore wind has been tied to three goals at once: decarbonization, electricity security, and industrial revitalization. Billions in subsidies through “green” funds are already committed, while local governments and industries expect contracts and jobs from these subsidized funds.

In effect, offshore wind has become a new type of public works project. Ports, construction companies, heavy industry, and trading houses all benefit from the government mandates to build more electricity generation from wind and solar, and the governments’ financial support to build them. For politicians, it delivers regional development; for bureaucrats, it provides visible progress. Under these conditions, the withdrawal of corporate America investments is treated as a temporary setback and prompts no policy review.

Ukraine, the David trying to slay Goliath Russia, has been demonstrating via drone attacks at the heart of Russia’s military and economy, by attacking Russian refineries that provide the fuels for their Goliath empire.

By chance, in October 2025 the Chevron refinery in Southern California had an apparent leak that ignited and temporarily ceased production of 40% of the jet fuel demanded in Southern California. The Ukrainian drone attacks on Russian refineries and the Chevron incident are strong messages to America’s national security team that Goliath infrastructures are easy targets for “David”.

Please share this information with teachers, students, and friends to encourage Energy Literacy conversations at the family dinner table.

Click this Link to Sign up for Energy Literacy from Ronald Stein

© 2025 Ronald Stein – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ronald Stein: Ronald.Stein@EnergyLiteracy.net




Charlie Kirk’s Fatal Miscalculation

By Cliff Kincaid

October 17, 2025

President Trump has miscalculated the nature and duration of the violence that has been unleashed on the West and Israel by the global Islamic Jihad. That is why the violence in Gaza continues and why the “resistance” movements have vowed to continue to kill and maim.

But Charlie Kirk made the same kind of miscalculation. That is why he was murdered. He thought he would be able to debate and talk with his political enemies. They do not want dialogue or compromise. They want to murder us.

“They have the devil’s ideology,” Trump said of those who killed Charlie Kirk.  So what good will dialogue and debate do?

“Get behind me, Satan,” said Christ, when Peter was arguing against God’s plan for His resurrection. “Away from me, Satan” said Christ as he was being tempted.

Consider the bizarre, even psychotic, nature of the Soros-funded network of communists, queers, and criminals that was behind the assassination of Charlie Kirk. Charlie Kirk’s assassin, Tyler Robinson, was gay and his “lover” was trans.

Even more disturbing, Robinson identified as a “furry,” part of the queer “xenogender” umbrella that allows someone to identify as an animal instead of a human and even constitutes something “beyond human understandings of gender.”

Furthermore, Charie Kirk was murdered answering a question about transgender murderers.  The murderer’s acquaintance, George Zinn, tried to cover for murderer Tyler Robinson, and the FBI found child porn on Zinn’s phone.

“He prayed for his enemies,” said Erika Kirk about his murdered husband. Charlie Kirk’s miscalculation was that his enemies would stop trying to kill him. We cannot make the same mistake with the communists and Islamists in our midst and on the streets of America.

I attended a local Charlie Kirk remembrance ceremony in Frederick, Maryland, on Tuesday, the same day President Trump presented his wife Erika the Presidential Medal of Freedom in his honor. But tears for Charlie Kirk should not preclude systematic action by the federal government to eliminate the threat that still exists. It is time for President Trump to invoke the Insurrection Act and/or declare martial law to eliminate this threat once and for all.

At the very least, he should authorize Attorney General Pam Bondi to implement the Communist Control Act to monitor the communists in our midst planning to kill us.

At the White House event honoring Charlie Kirk, President Trump had commented, “We’ve watched legions of far-left radicals resort to desperate acts of violence and terror because they know that their ideas and arguments are persuading no one.”

He added, “They know that they are failing. They have the devil’s ideology and they are failing.”

I beg to differ. They have already succeeded in killing Charlie Kirk.

At his memorial service, President Trump had declared, “virtually every day for years, before he was murdered, Charlie received these horrible death threats.” President Trump said, “I used to talk to him about it. He said, ‘I got some threats.’”

Incredibly, almost nothing was done to protect Charlie Kirk. The job was left to a few local cops.

Even some “conservatives” are telling me that Charlie Kirk didn’t deserve the special attention of the FBI and that such protection should be reserved for celebrities and sports figures.

Yes, Charlie Kirk was a private citizen. But he was a national and international figure with a close personal relationship with the President and Vice President of the United States. As such, he was the target of many of the same forces that want to terminate President Trump.

He deserved FBI assistance on the same grounds that President Trump gets Secret Service protection. The FBI should have been investigating and then arresting the members of the LGBTQ “community” which spawned Tyler Robinson and his transgender lover.

To its credit, the Associated Press conducted a review of the circumstances surrounding the assassination.

The story by Jack Brook began this way:

“The Utah college where conservative leader Charlie Kirk was assassinated lacked several key public safety measures and practices that have become standard safeguards for security at events around the country, an Associated Press review has found.”

I urge you to read the complete story. It is an example of real investigative journalism.

It is too bad that law enforcement authorities, including the FBI, did not conduct such a review BEFORE Charlie Kirk spoke.

And what happens if full-blown civil war breaks out?

Consider that a reporter for a Charlotte newspaper said an Orange County, North Carolina jail employee was fired “over social media posts that criticized Republican President Donald Trump and his administration.”

It was much more serious than that.

The individual, Detention Officer Brian Edwards, had posted, “I am Antifa. And I will never comply with a fascist regime” and “It may even be time to bring back the guillotine.” He was hired in 2022 as a detention officer and promoted to corporal earlier this year. Corrections officers routinely carry firearms.

The reference to the guillotine has historical significance, for it refers to the “Reign of Terror” during the French revolution conducted by the Jacobins. In Portland, Oregon, video confirmed another violent protest in August, with footage showing anti-ICE protesters rolling out a makeshift guillotine, lighting fires and fighting with authorities.

While Edwards was fired from his post, I have seen no follow-up into whether additional charges are needed and whether he was a member of an armed network.

FBI Director Kash Patel has been taking heat for using the FBI’s private jet to take personal trips to sports events. As Christian conservatives, we must elevate the questioning to a more serious level by asking why he did not direct the FBI to assist Charlie Kirk’s security personnel to prevent what happened on September 10.

If the FBI does not understand the nature of the “enemies within,” please contact America’s Survival before more lives are lost.

Our “Lock Them Up” video, now on our “unsuspended” YouTube channel, describes the problem.

© 2025 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

  • Cliff Kincaid is President of American’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org



Tim Walz’s Billion-Dollar Theft Machine

By Amil Imani

October 16, 2025

Thunder cracks across the frozen plains of Minnesota, but the real storm brews in the rotten core of Tim Walz’s regime – a grotesque empire of fraud that devours billions from hardworking taxpayers to fatten Democrat cronies and foreign grifters. This isn’t some shadowy whisper; it’s a full-throated roar of betrayal, where Walz’s lax oversight unleashes a torrent of scams that drown the state in red ink and despair. Under his iron-fisted incompetence, Minnesota bleeds over $1 billion in stolen funds, a cataclysmic plunder that mocks every farmer, factory worker, and family scraping by in the North Star State. Trump storms back to crush this cesspool, vowing to unleash federal hounds on Walz’s wasteland, but first, we hammer home the horror: Walz built this fraud fortress brick by crooked brick, and it’s time to raze it to ashes.

Lightning incinerates Tim Walz’s Minnesota with the Feeding Our Future catastrophe, a $250M COVID grift where his Department of Education shoveled taxpayer cash to Somali scam artists posing as meal providers – forging invoices for ghost lunches, buying Lamborghinis with laundered loot, and mocking starving kids while Walz’s team ignored screaming alarms. Federal prosecutors nailed 70 defendants in this heist, exposing a network that billed for “millions of meals” that never existed, yet Walz dares to distract with a shameless October 2025 vaccine stunt, flaunting his COVID and flu shots to pose as a health hero while X patriots roar: “Tim Walz was asleep at the wheel, allowing a quarter-BILLION in fraud!” His press release preaching “Minnesotans’ freedom” to get jabbed is a coward’s smokescreen, deflecting from this deliberate complicity as FBI raids and Trump’s DOJ close in to torch his fraud empire.

The deluge escalates with the autism program abomination, another Walz-engineered sinkhole sucking $100 million-plus from desperate families seeking therapy for their children. Fraudsters hijacked this lifeline, billing for ghost sessions and fake diagnoses, turning clinics into cash cows for cronies tied to the Feeding scandal. FBI raids hammered two centers in Minneapolis and St. Cloud, unearthing ties to the same Islamist networks that gorged on kid-meal money.

Walz’s minions knew – whistleblowers had screamed warnings for years – but the governor’s deaf ear allowed the theft to rage on, ballooning costs from peanuts to a crushing $104 million in 2024 alone. Republican Rep. Tom Emmer thunders the charge: This “startling pattern of fraud and mismanagement” demands Walz’s head, as his crew stonewalls federal probes. X warriors amplify the blitz: “Fraud has likely exceeded $6.5 BILLION since Tim Walz became governor,” roars insider @GrageDustin, with 13K likes igniting the firestorm. No mercy for this betrayal – it’s a war on innocence, waged from Walz’s cushy Capitol throne.

Then comes the Housing Stabilization Services (HSS) horror show, Walz’s crown jewel of corruption, where a $2.6 million pilot program explodes into a $107 million monster by 2024, riddled with dead people’s “housing” claims and forged signatures. Bribes flowed like the Mississippi, shell companies snapped up taxpayer cash for “services” that vanished into thin air – fancy cars, fake meetings, and fly-by-night operators billing for nothing. DHS whistleblowers pounded the alarm for over a year, but Walz’s fraud factory kept the spigot wide open, dumping $60 million in the first half of 2025 before federal raids forced a freeze.

Eight wire fraud indictments later, the stench lingers: Walz shuttered the program only after the theft hit escape velocity, then slapped together a toothless inspector general council he controls – a fox guarding the henhouse. Rep. Kristin Robbins eviscerates it: “Not independent enough from the executive branch,” she blasts, as X sleuths @WallStreetApes expose the money-laundering core with 10K likes on video proof. This is Walz’s legacy: Billions vanished into Medicaid black holes and child care cons, with 62 active probes into daycares pocketing aid for non-existent kids.

Walz’s defenders whimper about “culture of generosity,” but that’s the thunderclap of excuses – his administration’s willful blindness forged this fraud apocalypse, spiking a $6 billion state deficit while taxes crush the middle class. Immigration scams compound the carnage: Operation Twin Shields busts 1,000 sham marriages and visa rorts in Walz’s backyard, linked to Ilhan Omar’s orbit, turning Minnesota into a magnet for global grifters. DHS staff revolt on X: “Tim Walz will roadblock us at each step,” they declare, pegging losses at $8 billion since his 2017 rise. No more shadows – this empire crumbles under scrutiny, with federal indictments closing in like a vise.

Enter President Trump, the wrecking ball Walz fears most. His DOJ unleashes hell on deep-state enablers, subpoenaing Walz’s records in the Feeding fiasco and vowing to prosecute every link in this chain. No kid gloves – Trump’s fraud task force storms Minnesota, clawing back every stolen dime and jailing the architects. Walz’s 2025 “anti-fraud” charade? A joke – his AI pipe dreams and staff bumps cost millions more while the theft rages. Trump delivers the kill shot: Drain the swamp, audit every cent, and ship Walz’s cronies to federal pens where they rot. X roars approval: “Minnesotans deserve better,” thunders @SNienow, capturing the base’s boiling rage.

This fraud empire dies screaming. Walz’s reign of theft ends in handcuffs and disgrace, as Trump’s America First thunderbolts reclaim Minnesota for the people. Patriots, arm yourselves with truth – share this blitz, demand audits, and vote to bury this beast. The heartland rises; the grifters fall. No quarter. No surrender. Victory is ours.

© 2025 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved




America at Odds with Itself: It’s About the Numbers Folks

By Frosty Wooldridge

October 16, 2025

Part 6: How we’re growing ourselves into environmental consequences, social consequences, quality of life consequences, species extinctions, and much worse.

After you read this report, you will be asked a BIG question as to how you would solve America’s predicament.

Let’s get down to brass tacks! I don’t know about most Americans, but do you think America enjoys a sustainable footing as to its cities, its finances, its race relations, its 25 million illegal alien migrants—along with their EBT and Medicaid fraud, its $37 trillion national debt, its gridlocked cities, its toxic-air-polluted skies, its squabbling U.S. Congress in Washington DC that isn’t working together for the common good of all Americans?

How could it get much worse? Well, it can, and it will. Each year, our U.S. Congress imports 1,000,000 legal immigrants that overwhelm our schools, our medical care facilities, our housing, our welfare systems, our transportation systems, and, well, just about every aspect of our society faces enormous consequences because of the sheer numbers being imported into our civilization. The greater their numbers the greater the problems, and unsolvable problems.

According to the Center for Immigration Studies in Washington DC, www.CIS.org , those immigrants add another 1,000,000 babies to the USA annually. As to population momentum from American citizens, we add another 1,000,000 babies, net gain, with our 2.0 average birth rate per woman.

“The annual population net gain in the USA was approximately 1.0 percent between 2023 and 2024, which is about 3.3 million. This is the fastest growth rate since 2001 and was primarily driven by international migration, not a higher birth rate.”

Total increase: In the 2023-2024 period, the US population grew by about 3.3 million people, surpassing 340 million.

Growth rate: This represents a nearly 1.0% annual growth rate, the highest since 2001.

Primary driver: The significant increase was mainly due to net international migration, which accounted for 84% of the population growth.

Natural increase: The difference between births and deaths contributed the remaining 519,000.

In other words, in the next 25 years, we may expect, at current immigration rates, births over deaths, and added immigrants—-a total rise in population of 3.0 million annually X’s 25 years—a total of 75 million more people added to the United States.

Thus, from 340 million in 2025, we could hit 415 million people struggling with enormous challenges with food, water, energy, transportation, education, catastrophic climate destabilization, crime, illiteracy, millions of cars, millions of planes in the air, congested cities, power lines…just about everything we’re dealing with in 2025…will worsen by a factor of 75 million more people by 2050, give or take a decade. Additionally, most demographers project America reaching over 600,000,000 (million) by the end of this century.

But as it states in this report, those millions of people will come from 190 different countries around the world. We simply will not be Americans in America any longer. We’ll house a giant hodgepodge of cultures, languages, world views, ethnic tribes, religions and conflicting political groups.

Fact: We can never catch up to population growth. Additionally, we are running out of water, energy and resources.

My late colleague, Dr. Albert Bartlett, Physics, University of Colorado, stated: “Unlimited population growth cannot be sustained; you cannot sustain growth in the rates of consumption of resources. No species can overrun the carrying capacity of a finite land mass. This Law cannot be repealed and is not negotiable.”

That sums up our national crisis! Most people don’t realize it, but America already stands eyeball deep in “Resource Crisis.”

For example, all those immigrants used an average of 3 to 5 gallons of water daily in their overpopulated countries. Once they reach America, those gallons of water usage explode to 80 gallons of water daily. When you add all the services that grow food, transport, and industrial usage of water to make goods, it’s over 2,000 gallons a day for each new added person into America.

Let’s take our current 2025 population at 340 million X’s 80 gallons for each person, daily. We’re talking into the billions of gallons of water, daily. Then, you add another 75 million people X’s 80 gallons and you’re moving up into the trillions of gallons of water, daily. If you add the 2,000 gallons per person, daily, oh my God, but we’re in trouble. At some point, when our numbers grow exponentially beyond sustainability, Mother Nature won’t be able to give us enough water to irrigate our crops, feed our animals, and, the real kicker will happen when we don’t have enough water for our toilets or taps.

What do you think? Right now, Florida, already struggling with water scarcity issues with 23.84 million people expects to explode to 32.4 million by 2050. What do you think will happen when Mother Nature runs out of fresh water?

California houses 40 million people in 2025. They already face droughts, toilet to tap drinking water, horrifically gridlocked highways, and toxic air pollution.

In my own State of Colorado, we house 5.7 million people. Denver’s traffic and air pollution creates a daily nightmare for everyone. Weekends going to the mountains have become a nightmare of 2 to 5 miles per hour traffic on I-70 for 90 miles to Lake Dillon in Summit County. You can’t find a campsite, and in the winter, the ski slopes are bumper car crashes for humans. Back in Denver, everyone breathes the toxic brown cloud 24/7.

Nonetheless, Colorado is expected to grow from 5.7 million to 8.7 million by 2050. Denver will grow from 2.7 million to 3.7 million. Worse, NO ONE will talk about the future. In fact, all the media networks suppress any discussion on Colorado’s impending population nightmare.

The one thing I’ve learned in my world travels: once the numbers manifest, there are no solutions. That’s why China and India are gouging other parts of the world for water, energy, resources, and food sources. Their citizens stagger into each new day with another 1.4 billion fellow citizens trying to exist in the “squish” of human sardines in a can. That’s why any and every citizen in India and China tries to “chain-migrate” into America or Canada.

Remember this: humans add, net gain, 83 million more of ourselves annually around the globe. Thus, there’s no end to what humanity faces as it jumps from 8.2 billion in 2025 to 9.7 billion in the next 25 years. We are talking about numbers beyond anyone’s comprehension as to their horrific impact on the Natural World.

You cannot enjoy “quality of life” in such “human compaction” countries.

Question to you: since we are headed for the same compacted future as China and India, what would you offer to change course? What can we do to save our children from such a terrible future? How do we move toward a safe, sustainable and civil society in 2050?

Part 3: This part of the series will deal with all the growing consequences of our compacted civilization. Resources being exhausted. Over 2 million road kills of vertebrate animals every 24 hours/7 days a week. National parks turned into human ant hills. Air travel so thick that airplanes crash into each other. Why would you want to live in NYC, LA or Chicago where everyone is compacted like rats in a box? Also, killing each other like rats shooting rats?

© 2025 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Be Alert, America: Has The Battle For Our Country Come To Tennessee?

By Kat Stansell

October 15, 2025

The complete destruction of Accurate Energy Systems (AES) in Hickman County, TN, last week may well have been intentional. I hate to even think that, but, given all the other insanity of late, it may not be as crazy as it sounds. I believe that, after the evidence is gathered, it may be proven that the explosion was not an just an industrial accident.

You see, AES served our US military.

The company had contracts with the Department of War (formerly DOD) for the manufacture of explosives. Just two weeks before the blast. the Department of War awarded AES a contract for $120 million for “the procurement of TNT” to support military needs, on September 23, 2025. Did one of the Dark Angel’s troops know this somehow?

The company specializes in producing high explosives such as TNT and C-4, which are used in military applications including demolition charges. While AES also supplies commercial clients in sectors like aerospace, oil, and demolition, its DoD ties make it a key private partner in the U.S. military’s explosives supply chain.

While watching the news, on the morning after the blast, something popped into my head…

What if, what just happened at AES was like what happened to food providers during Biden’s White House occupation?

Do you remember all the explosions and fires at food processing and storage facilities during the OBiden regime? There were over 100 mysterious fires and explosions in food production facilities around the country as the Globalists worked to limit our food supplies, and force us to turn to fake food, bugs and the like.

Animals that many relied on for food were brutally massacred in fields and barns and feedlots, one after the other. “Bird flu” and all sorts of other insane rumors were perpetrated. Many food producers and processors which supplied America were destroyed. Prices went up sharply.

I wrote about it all then, because it sickened me, and because it appeared VERY intentional. At one point, there were 87 disasters in one calendar year! These continued THROUGHOUT Biden’s years at 1600. The Left blamed the “supply chain” and the price of gas, as food prices went up. The press stopped covering the “accidents” and the attention of the public was diverted by other “shiny objects’.

Not one arrest has been made in any of the incidents.

As we all know, Biden and his basement sidekick, Obama, who called the shots for old Joe, did all they could to bring down this nation, and us with it, and that included destroying food supplies. They opened the borders wide for criminals and co-conspirators to flood the country, our welfare and healthcare system. Now they are employing some of them to fight in their anti-American army.

The Cloward and Piven strategy with a twist. Yet, for all their dark deeds, they are still failing.

Their plans to jail and/or murder Trump failed. Even their own voters were upset at the horrible economy and the billions given to Ukraine to cover for the Obama/Clinton/Biden crimes over there. As they began to lose their grip on America, the Lord flew a flag over the Butler, PA rally, and Trump became the 47th US President.

. . .image of angel appearing in flag at Butler Rally

Now, they are taking to the streets with their BLM, ANTIFA, and LGBTQII allies You KNOW that they are at war with us. The remnants of what once was a political party are now fighting our country, and all of us in it. The more their power wanes, and people decry their actions, the angrier they become.

”Take it to the streets!!” screech the likes of Maxine Waters, Hakeem Jeffries, Adam Kinzinger, and Frederica Wilson, D-FL. Wilson says we need an uprising. And, it’s happening. There have been multiple shootings in bars, restaurants, churches, and other places where ordinary citizens gather. Big rigs and delivery vans have ignored traffic control signs and lights to kill several. Every day, we read of new horrors.

President Trump may be about to declare war on them, which he does have the right to do. A very smart former lawyer and professor, David Clements, explains this far better than I could. Go to this link to hear more.

You see, there is now a moral man at the head of our government, and Lucifer, the god of the Left, is not pleased. They hate Donald Trump for many things, especially for reaching the people, and trying to bring peace to the world. The more he succeeds with world and national events, the more unhinged they have become

The Left is desperate and desperate men take desperate measures. Like bombing munitions plants, perhaps.

Call me crazy. Frankly, I hope I am, but I want you to keep your eyes open and your families safe. “An abundance of caution” is the old phrase. An oldie but a goodie.

© 2025 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com




Rockefeller’s Predicted (Sept 11, 2001) Now, They Are Predicting RFID Chip In Everyone’s Body

By Bradlee Dean

October 15, 2025

“I am announcing a digital this government will make a new free of charge digital I.D. mandatory for the right to work.”   —UK Prime Minister, Keir Starmer

The world now knows that the last “plandemic” was created from start to finish.  We know this by the lives that have been taken through this conspiratorial genocide.  One can just ask madman Bill Gates and he will tell you,

“The world has about 6.8 billion people, that’s headed up to about 9 billion period now, if we do a really great job on vaccines, healthcare, reproductive health services, we could lower that by perhaps 10 or 15%.” Read Leviticus 17:11, 19:19; John 10:10.

Starts at 1:02 (Video)

These conspirators have been at it for a long, long time and the people world-wide know it to be true (Jeremiah 11:9).

If the people are going to overlook justice by failing to take responsibility and bring it to the perpetrators, well then, the obvious will reoccur, and so it is (Jeremiah 5:28).

Producer Aaron Russo, Producer of such movies as Trading Places, Wise Guys, and The Rose (Documentary “America, Freedom to Fascism”) brings to the world’s attention (Luke 12:2) that he became friends with one of the world’s elites (as they like to be called), Nicholas Rockefeller, who foretold of the “Big Event,” the two towers being brought down on September 11, 2001.  Nicholas Rockefeller revealed to Russo their desire for the RFID chip to be placed in every human on the planet (Revelation 13:17).

Aaron starts at :32 second (Video)

Now, for those who want to see if these terrorists mean what they say, do yourselves a favor and look back over the last 60 years.  When you are done doing that, open your eyes and ears concerning what is in front of you because they are pushing this now worldwide and must be resisted (Daniel 3).

They have zero authority to push such a bill, and they know it.  However, as it has been rightly stated, they will always do whatever you let them get away with, and they are at it once again (Psalm 94:20).

The extorted Prime Minister from the UK, Keir Starmer, announced mandatory digital ID for the right to work (Our rights come from the Lord; Deuteronomy 24:6) in the UK, which is just another attempt to corral the people by force into taking their chip.

© 2025 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com




Israel Has Lost, Hamas Has Won

By Cliff Kincaid

October 15, 2025

Despite wall-to-wall media coverage of “peace” in the middle East, there is no peace. All the major terrorist groups have promised to continue fighting and have issued a statement in this regard. “We affirm continuing the resistance in all its forms” their statement said.

The signatories were Hamas, Palestinian Islamic Jihad, and the Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine.

I am sorry to be the skunk at the dinner party, but these are the critical facts. “Blessed are the peacemakers” is a nice Biblical phrase but “peace” has not come to the Middle East.

The bizarre outcome, so President Trump can claim a successful “deal,” can be seen in the fact that Israel freed hundreds of cold-blooded Islamist killers of Jews from its jails, while it got back 20 living hostages and the others were returned dead. Our media referred to the Islamist killers as “Palestinian prisoners,” as if they were unfairly detained.

Daniel Greenfield reports in detail that 1,700 Islamic terrorists, and assorted murderers and rapists, are being freed as part of the Hamas deal.

Supporters of Israel are biting their tongues, not wanting to be critical in public of President Trump. But one told me in confidence that he thinks Trump’s treatment of Israel is “possibly worse than Biden plus Obama” when you consider that Secretary of War Pete Hegseth has now signed an agreement giving Islamists in the Qatar Air Force training in Idaho on how to fly F-15s. Qatar is the base of operations for Hamas, the terrorists who conducted the attempted genocide of the Jewish people that has not been seen since World War II.

Qatar also hosted and financed 9/11 mastermind, Khalid Sheikh Mohammed, along with other terrorists.

Khalid Sheikh Mohammed, who is currently in U.S. custody in Guantanamo Bay for acts of terrorism, lived and worked in Qatar but was allowed to leave for Pakistan as U.S. authorities were trying to apprehend him, according to the report of the 9/11 commission. He went to Pakistan and cut journalist Daniel Pearl’s head off. Pearl was kidnapped while investigating the al-Qaeda networks in the Middle East.

Khalid Sheikh Mohammed proudly confessed to a U.S. military tribunal that he decapitated with “my blessed right hand the head of the American Jew, Daniel Pearl.”

In the proclaimed “peace in our time” outcome announced by President Trump, it is significant that there are already reports that Hamas has retaken power in Gaza and is killing its political enemies.

The so-called “peace summit” in Egypt included “world leaders” such as “Palestinian President” Mahmoud Abbas, the head of the Palestinian Authority who is advertised as “moderate” but is a representative of Moscow. He was trained by the KGB at Russia’s Patrice Lumumba University and has referred to suicide murderers as “shahids (martyrs) who have entered the gardens of paradise.”

Again, at the risk of being the skunk at the dinner party, we must remember the fact that neither Hamas nor the Palestinian Authority have stated they will co-exist with Israel.

Trump has expressed hope that political normalization between Israel and the Arab states will occur, leading to a regional security arrangement, because of the war in Gaza being paused. Such an outcome depends on unprecedented Arab cooperation with Israel, overcoming anti-Israeli sentiment in the region and Moscow’s role in backing Iran and Islamic terrorism.

Some supporters of Israel have argued that the only solution is a Palestinian Removal Act, modeled after the Indian Removal Act in the United States, which stopped the Indians from murdering the American settlers and allowed the new nation to develop. That is the only way Israel can survive the efforts of the global Islamic world to destroy it. Israel faces genocidal opposition that can only be resolved by relocating the so-called Palestinians back to neighboring Arab/Muslim states.

But Arab nations do not want to accept the “Palestinians.”

A “new” Middle East cannot proceed without insisting on justice for the families of the victims of 9/11 and accountability from Qatar and Saudi Arabia. That means the death penalty for 9/11 terrorists such as Khalid Shaikh Mohammad and releasing all of the classified information about whether Saudi Arabia was directly involved in supporting some of the terrorists who attacked the United States on September 11, 2001.

Brett Eagleson, president of 9/11 Justice, has recently commented on a CBS News report implicating Saudi Arabia in the 9/11 terrorist attacks.

Trump may be making the same mistake that got him into the current mess with Communist China – thinking that economic cooperation will convince the communists to make peace with the West. Instead, the communists have turned on Trump through economic warfare conducted with strategic minerals — their own “Trump card” over Trump.

Over the weekend, Trump tried to reassure Wall Street, saying “it will all be fine” with China, sparking profit-taking on Wall Street on Monday, while objective observers are digesting a report from the defense software company Govini which found that, “From raw minerals to advanced weapon systems—from rock to rocket—there lies a reality: America’s military superiority increasingly depends on China.”

That means China is in a superior position and holds the important cards. The communists already stopped soybean purchases from American farmers in May, promoting talk of a bailout from Trump.

While events in the Middle East are a welcome distraction to many who are hopeful for peace, the Islamic world, except for a few nations, will not co-exist with Isreal, even with the promise of more economic deals from Trump and his family members.

Israel, of course, has been pressured to accept the deal, and Israel faces pressure from within, including the Communist Party of Israel, to recognize a Palestinian state.

A local Israeli communist declared, “It was only once Israel became too insane, chaotic and unstable to serve Trump’s imperialist interests that he decided to put an end to the bloodshed. A man who sends troops to invade his own cities and arrest and harass his own people, on top of his imperialist moves, certainly has not an ounce of care for either the Israeli or Palestinian people. Only a just peace, built on the two-state solution and complete self-determination for the Palestinian people, can bring stability and prosperity between the river and the sea, not the imperialist schemes of a demented narcissist and sexual predator.”

How is that for “peace breaking out” in the Middle East?

The Communist Party of Israel is small and insignificant, but its existence in the heart of the Jewish state is another indication that the “Red Jihad” survives.

As we document in our book Red Jihad, the communists and their Islamist allies have not given up. They have just begun to fight.

Meanwhile, here at home, the “ceasefire” demonstrations will continue to be focused on the destruction of Israel. “Long live the Intifada” is their cry, as their American allies, such as New York City Mayoral candidate Zohran Mamdani, work to achieve power in major American cities and their street soldiers operate without any monitoring or surveillance by Kash Patel’s FBI.

The war continues, at home and abroad.

© 2025 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. www.usasurvival.org




The Perilous Erosion of Free Speech in Europe and Beyond

By Amil Imani

October 14, 2025

In an era where truth is increasingly subordinated to comfort, my colleague and a close friend, Elisabeth Sabaditsch-Wolff (an intrepid Austrian counter-jihad activist and human rights and free speech advocate), stands as a beacon of unyielding courage.

Sabaditsch-Wolff has endured personal persecution for daring to voice historical facts that challenge prevailing sensitivities. Her October 2025 speech in Dallas, Texas, delivered amid global tensions over censorship and cultural shifts, serves as a stark warning: Free speech is not merely a right, but the cornerstone of liberty, and its erosion threatens Western democracies. Drawing from her own trial and the broader patterns of suppression across Europe and beyond, her message resonates profoundly in 2025 — a year marked by political upheavals, including the assassination of conservative commentator Charlie Kirk.

Sabaditsch-Wolff’s journey began in the heart of Europe, a continent once synonymous with Enlightenment ideals. In 2009, during seminars on Islam’s influence in Europe, she referenced Islamic sources detailing Muhammad’s marriage to a six-year-old girl (Aisha), consummated at nine, and posed a rhetorical question about its implications. This was no inflammatory rant, but a factual discourse rooted in historical texts. Yet a journalist secretly recorded her, leading to charges of “denigration of religious doctrines” under Austrian law. Convicted despite appeals reaching the European Court of Human Rights, she faced a chilling verdict: Her speech must be “balanced” against the right of others not to be offended. As she recounts, truth became irrelevant; tone and potential disturbance to “religious peace” took precedence.

This case, as analyzed by author Douglas Murray, established dangerous precedents. First, it nullified truth as a defense in speech-related prosecutions. Second, it empowered courts to police not just content, but delivery, prioritizing politeness over substance. Third, it granted veto power to those claiming offense, echoing what Murray terms the “mobster’s trick”: intimidation veiled as sensitivity. Strikingly, there were no direct complainants; the offense was manufactured. Sabaditsch-Wolff’s conviction has rippled internationally, influencing cases like that of Finnish parliamentarian Päivi Räsänen, prosecuted for quoting the Bible. In Europe, even sacred texts are now being put on trial if they risk causing offense or discomfort.

This personal ordeal illuminates a widening pattern of censorship across the continent. In Germany, laws initially targeting Nazi propaganda have ballooned into broad “hate speech” restrictions, criminalizing vast swaths of political and religious opinion. A 2022 60 Minutes segment even lauded these measures as a model for America, ignoring their chilling effect on discourse. France’s prosecution of Marine Le Pen for sharing ISIS atrocity images exemplifies this: Exposing terrorism was deemed “incitement to hatred,” valuing public comfort over awareness. In the U.K., “Non-Crime Hate Incidents” allow police to log offenses where no law is broken, creating Orwellian records that haunt individuals’ lives — over 12,000 since 2014, with thousands arrested annually for online speech.

Sabaditsch-Wolff ties these trends to a selective erosion of neutrality. Berlin’s recent amendment to the Neutrality Act, permitting Muslim headscarves for teachers while historically banning Christian symbols like small crosses, mirrors the “religious peace” rationale used against her. The Alternative for Germany (AfD) party decries this as a “death blow to state neutrality,” arguing that it privileges one faith over others.

Across Europe, institutions have internalized censorship, creating an “autonomous censorship machine” post-pandemic, where silencing dissent justifies bureaucratic existence. As one German analyst notes, free speech cannot be halved into acceptable and unacceptable; once offense equates to crime, freedom vanishes.

At the supranational level, Brussels institutionalizes this threat through the Digital Services Act (DSA), empowering bureaucrats to purge “harmful” content online. Big Tech, acting as state proxies, deplatforms dissenters, extending Europe’s grip to global users. U.S. secretary of State Marco Rubio has warned of potential sanctions against the E.U. for using the DSA to silence Americans, highlighting the transatlantic stakes. Polish philosopher Ryszard Legutko critiques this as liberalism’s totalitarian turn, redistributing freedom the way communism once redistributed wealth — protecting some entities while demonizing others. Austrian commentator Bernhard Heinzelmaier describes it as “postmodern totalitarianism”: not tanks, but conformity, enforced by media cartels and digital oversight.

Austria, her homeland, exemplifies the endpoint. Post-2024 elections, the coalition government grapples with economic woes — inflation, unemployment, and bottom-tier E.U. rankings — while the Freedom Party surges despite smears as “far-right.” Elites focus not on root causes like migration policies, but on barring such parties from power. Sharia arbitration rulings upheld in civil courts, sharia-compliant banking, and unchecked Islamist offenses (up 41.5% last year) signal cultural surrender. Vienna’s schools, now over 40% Muslim, reflect a decade of unchecked migration since 2015’s “Mama Merkel” wave, fostering parallel societies where non-conforming girls face harassment. Honest critique risks prosecution, turning open borders into closed mouths.

Patriotism, Sabaditsch-Wolff argues, is the antidote — a “mystical bond of memory” fostering gratitude, not irrationality. Yet in Europe, it’s vilified as extremism. Britain’s labeling of flag-waving protesters as “Nazis” during Tommy Robinson’s rallies illustrates this: patriotism redefined as hate. Austrian-Jewish writer Stefan Zweig’s exile amid Europe’s pre-WWII collapse warns of civilizations losing defensive will, a “mental recession” where feelings trump facts.

The speech poignantly honors Charlie Kirk, assassinated in 2025, as a voice of courage. Kirk, founder of Turning Point USA, inspired youth with knowledge spanning history and theology, emphasizing that compliance, not cowardice, opposes bravery. His death — a message to silence dissent — prompts reflection on America’s crossroads. The Trump administration’s response, with Attorney General Pam Bondi blaming “hate speech” and threatening prosecutions, betrays free speech principles. Sabaditsch-Wolff urges rejection of this European import: “Hate speech is free speech,” as Kirk affirmed. America’s First Amendment must remain sacrosanct, lest it hollow out like Europe’s protections.

Trump’s 2024 return inspired European populists — Orbán, Le Pen, Wilders — gathering under “Make Europe Great Again.” Yet elites weaponize “Trumpian” as a slur to stifle debate on migration and speech. Vice President J.D. Vance warned at Munich: Europe’s gravest threat is retreating from core values. If America imports censorship, the free world falters.

In her call to action, Sabaditsch-Wolff echoes Belgian professor Mattias Desmet: Silence offers no safety. Resist hysteria, defend universal speech rights, foster dialogue. German commentator Eugyppius critiques “democracy” as a hollowed civic religion, where dissent is heresy. True democracy demands disagreement without punishment.

Sabaditsch-Wolff’s story is a clarion call: Free speech is a duty, not a gift. Surrender it, and soft totalitarianism — polite, digital, bureaucratic — prevails. Her fine, as Murray noted, was no trifle, but a dam-breaking precedent.

In 2025, amid Kirk’s loss and global shifts, we face a choice: Defend truth or capitulate. Liberty belongs to fighters; may we never give up, never give in.

© 2025 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved




As the Tyrants Move to Handcuff Freedom, Grab the Keys

By Tom DeWeese

October 14, 2025

“Are you tired of winning?” That’s the line we keep hearing from conservative media and many right-wing spokesmen. Goes the story, the Left is defeated. They are a joke. They have no message for the people. And my favorite, the Democrats will never win another election!

Meanwhile, dedicated conservative activists who have long been in the trenches fighting the global cabal are starting to back down and take it easy because “President Trump will handle it.” This falsehood comes from a very large lack of understanding of just how huge and out of control our government has become at every level. President Trump is one man. No matter how strong and dedicated he is, there is no way one man can focus on every threat or be aware of every issue. And keep in mind, the Democrats have prevented the acceptance of over 200 candidates for positions the President has submitted. That’s 200 holes in the Administration.

He is surrounded and targeted by massive, dedicated, trained forces for an agenda that is determined to destroy and control our free society. Some take to the streets and the airways to shout their hatred and fear through a message designed to discredit him with the citizenry. Another set pretends to be his friend in support of many of his policies. It’s designed to get his trust and take the target off themselves. Watch how effectively these tactics work.

When Trump moves to eliminated massive numbers of dedicated Left-wing government workers who refuse to implement his agenda, the cry goes out that his firings are racist and will result in massive unemployment. As he tries to stop our government from paying huge amounts of tax money to support illegals and reduce healthcare costs for verified American citizens, the Left shouts that he is destroying healthcare for all. As Trump sends in the National Guard to stop unchecked violence in our largest cities, they charge that he’s using Nazi tactics. And as he works to remove millions of illegal criminals, he is destroying families. “Dictator.” “Hitler.” “King!” I’m even hearing some conservatives joining in on the attacks, declaring his bold moves are unconstitutional.

Meanwhile, Trump is moving to cut the total waste of taxpayer money to private corporations which help spread the lie of climate change, end the censorship by social media firms to block exposure of the truth, and end dangerous big pharma control over medical programs. But watch how the leaders of these private entities rush to cuddle up to the President they truly hate. Bill Gates, the leader of the drive for global digital IDs, and Rajeev Kapur, the leading force promoting Artificial Intelligence (AI) to control every aspect of our society have been hanging around the White House to assure President Trump how much they support him. Meanwhile they push policies that will destroy all hope of making America great again. That’s the way it’s done to keep the agenda moving forward while pretending it’s dead.

Oh yes, and what about that line that Democrats are unable to even compete in elections! Have any of these conservative “experts” peeked at the current election trends in our largest cities? Dedicated Communist  Zohran Mandani continues to build his lead for mayor of New York. Meanwhile in Minneapolis, thirteen candidates are running for mayor in a city that has been all but destroyed by Leftist policies. Not one Republican or right-leaning candidate is even in the race. Several call themselves Democrat Socialists. Let’s get it straight. The only difference between a socialist and a communist is commitment. While socialists try to pretend they are just promoting government involvement to “help the people build a better life,” the avowed communist makes no effort to hide his or her determination to destroy free markets and personal freedom. Control is all that counts.

These “confused” “clueless” Democrats are absolutely convinced that they will win the 2026 election and take back control of Congress. and they are fully determined to toss every Trump accomplishment in the trash. Democrat Congressman Eric Swalwell has warned that when they do take back control, they plan to investigate private citizens and organizations that have worked with Trump.

Republicans are their own worst enemy. They lack an understanding of how the Left really operates as they fall into a well-laid trap that keeps the agenda of tyranny growing. I was at a recent Republican gathering in which every party leader, candidate, and elected representative speaking at the gala presented the same message. The way to victory is to vote early! They appealed to the crowd, “Raise your hands – who’s going to vote on Monday!”

“There’s no way we can win if we wait until election day to cast our ballots!” Over and over again came that message to the Republican troops.

Now, in the state of Virginia we are hearing the news that there has been a huge surge in Republicans voting early. Polls are now showing the Republican team for Governor and state leadership is rising at an incredible rate. Is the Republican drive to act like Democrats working? Is victory coming?

We won’t know until election day. But… Republicans have got to learn that all the tools in the current election process were put together by Democrats, including mail-in ballots, voting machines, and early voting. In most cases, the Democrats have the people in place to count the early ballots. They are the ones who program the voting machines which have been proven to be programmed to place votes for Democrat candidates, even if the person voted for the Republican. How many of those votes cast by Republicans for their candidates will be counted for the Republican? And the early voting provides the Democrats the vital information as to how their candidate is doing. Do they need to create more ballots for them? What will the Republicans now do when the cases of Democrat ballots show up at 2:00am on election night? So far, the Republicans have done alarmingly little to fix this situation. Trying to beat the Dems to the polls will not work if the overall cheating process remains in place.

So, is tyranny our fate? Every part of our society is under siege. Are we just going to let it happen? The question is “what do we do?” Obviously, we have one of two choices. We accept our fate, or we fight. Are we finished? Do we quit? Do we surrender?

It would be easy to do any of those things. No one would blame us. We gave it the good fight. We could hide behind the idea that ancient conspiracies set our fate long before we were born. We could pat ourselves on the back and say, well, they were just too strong. What could we do? Tyranny is our destiny. Is that what you want to tell your grandchildren when they ask you what you did to preserve the ideals of America?

In another era, we could have loaded up boats and sailed to a new world to live by the ideals we hold. But that was already done. People ran from tyranny. They came here – to America. Now tyranny has caught up with us. And there’s nowhere else to run. We either accept our pre-ordained “fate” or make a stand. This is the moment when we decide the future of our ideals.

You know the ideals I’m talking about:

♦ That you are born with liberty.
♦ That it is your God-given right to speak your mind, start a business, own and control property, build your dream home – and expect it to be there for as long as you like,
♦ practice your religion exactly as you believe, and, above all,
♦ expect that the government will protect those rights at all costs.

We know by witnessing history that totalitarianism does not work. Government control of the actions of the people only leads to poverty, misery and death. And we know that the United States was the first nation ever created that recognized the God-given natural rights of individuals – and America’s history has proven that such a system is the only one that produces prosperity and happiness.

So, what do we do? Do we fight for those ideals of liberty? Or will we allow them to be lost forever under some global village? Do nothing, and they have made the decision for us. What can be easier than that?

You must understand that these are not just random, misguided policies from confused politicians. We are facing a well-organized, massively funded agenda from a very determined gang of global thieves. They are not a secret society. They are right there in front of us – openly admitting their agenda.

First, we must start listening. Then at some point we say NO – and mean it! Then we get serious about stopping them. We must help people to speak out in an effective way. They must not be intimidated. Because that’s why many concerned citizens just give up. They are afraid to act.

We must teach them how to research what the enemy is doing: how to recruit reliable and dedicated activists to our cause, and how to speak and present our cause to the public. Above all, we must teach local activists how to create effective campaigns to get bad politicians out of office and replace them with good ones who are determined to save our Republic. This is what my American Policy Center does. Let us help you learn to fight back right in your own community — at americanpolicy.org.

That’s the Silver Bullet to Victory!

© 2025 Tom DeWeese – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Tom DeWeese: contact@americanpolicy.org




Tylenol and Autism: More to the Story

By Joan Swirsky

October 14, 2025

In 2020, the Atlanta-based U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) said that one in 36 children (approximately four percent of boys and one percent of girls) was estimated to have autism-spectrum disorder, estimates that were significantly higher than those in all previous years.

But just five years later, according to the press conference held just weeks ago on September 22, President Trump — in the presence of U.S. Health and Human Services (HHS) secretary Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. and Center for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) administrator Dr. Mehmet Oz — announced that the Department of Health and Human Services stated that autism had surged in America nearly 400% and now affects 1 in 31 American children…

…and that this alarming statistic was a result of pregnant women taking Tylenol during their pregnancies!

Within milliseconds, everyone weighed in, from a skeptical Scientific American to the hearty support of the Icahn School in the Mt. Sinai School of Medicine.

Here, Dr. Josh Redd explains in plain English why Tylenol is so bad for pregnant women.

Besides the pros and cons, disturbing facts emerged, not the least of which is that the FDA knew about the Tylenol-autism link over a decade and a half ago…but did nothing! Talk about “follow the money”!

In fact, as early as 2019, a Food and Drug Administration (FDA) study recommended — again, with no follow-through — that the labels be revised to advise pregnant women to “be careful about casual use of acetaminophen when it is not strongly needed for pain or other purposes.”

It took a few years, but since September 2022, according to the BirthInjuryCenter.org, over 100 lawsuits have been filed nationwide against acetaminophen manufacturers, claiming damage over the failure to warn pregnant users that Tylenol and generic versions may increase the risk of having a baby with autism and/or ADHD (attention deficit hyperactivity disorder).

By that I mean that this potentially life-altering announcement omitted — actually failed — to include a quite obvious cause of autism’s precipitous rise over the past several decades.

To explain: In the early ’70s, I worked nights — the 11 P.M. to 7 A.M. shift — as a delivery room nurse at a university-affiliated hospital near my home on Long Island. It was a revolutionary time in obstetrics, when the Lamaze method of “prepared childbirth” and the use of sonograms to visualize fetuses were gaining popularity.

Actually, ultrasound technology was first developed in Scotland in the mid-1950s by obstetrician Ian Donald and engineer Tom Brown to detect industrial flaws in ships. By the end of the ’50s, ultrasound was routinely used in Glasgow hospitals, but it was not until the 1970s that it was used in American hospitals to check that the developing baby, placenta, and amniotic fluid were normal and to detect abnormal conditions such as birth defects and ectopic pregnancies.

At the end of the ’70s, I became a certified Lamaze teacher and spent the next 22 years giving weekly classes to couples in my home. In a very real way, I had my own laboratory, as I learned directly from my clients about the increasing escalation of sonogram exams they had as the decades elapsed.

In the early 1980s, it was common for only one or two out of the ten women in my classes to have a sonogram. In just a few years, every woman in my classes had had a sonogram. And in the late ’80s and ’90s, almost every woman had not one sonogram, but often two or three or four or five — starting as early as three or four weeks’ gestation and extending, in some instances, right up to delivery!

It was in the ’90s, in fact, that it occurred to me that the scary rise in the incidence of autism might be linked to the significant rise in ultrasound exams. Over the years, I’ve posited my theory to a number of people, written letters to the editors of newspapers — including to the N.Y. Times, for which I wrote for over 20 years, but they still refused to publish my letter — and emailed my idea to one of the top news people at the Fox News Network, but the “we report/you decide” powers that be on that TV station strangely decided not to report on this subject.

I contacted autism researchers Dr. Marcel Just and Dr. Diane L. Williams, who told me via email that Dr. Pasko Rakic at Yale was, indeed, exploring the autism-ultrasound link.

Then, in 2006, I found an article in Midwifery Today, “Questions about Prenatal Ultrasound and the Alarming Increase in Autism,” by writer-researcher Caroline Rodgers.

“The steep increase in autism,” Rodgers wrote, “goes beyond the U.S.: It is a “global phenomenon” that “has emerged … across vastly different environments and cultures.”

However, Rodgers added, “what all industrial countries do have in common is … the use of routine prenatal ultrasound on pregnant women. In countries with nationalized health care, where virtually all pregnant women are exposed to ultrasound, the autism rates are even higher than in the U.S., where due to disparities in income and health insurance, some 30 percent of pregnant women do not yet undergo ultrasound scanning.”

Aha! Could this be why blacks and Hispanics in America continue to lag behind whites in the development of autism?

Dolphins, Whales…Relevance?

In the summer of 2012, as many as 3,000 dead dolphins were found in Peru. Researchers at the Organization for the Conservation of Aquatic Animals (ORCA), a Peruvian marine animal conservation organization, attributed the mass deaths to the use of deep-water sonar by ships in nearby waters.

Even earlier, in June of 2008, four days after a Navy helicopter was using controversial sonar equipment during training exercises off the Cornish coast in Great Britain, 26 dolphins died in a mass stranding.

These events — and literally thousands that are similar — are relevant because many mass deaths and strandings of whales and dolphins have been attributed to the sonar waves emitted from Navy ships.

In 2009, an article in Scientific American by John Slocum explained that sonar (sound navigation and ranging) systems, which were first developed by the U.S. Navy to detect enemy submarines, “generate slow-rolling sound waves topping out at around 235 decibels; the world’s loudest rock bands top out at only 130. These sound waves can travel for hundreds of miles under water and can retain an intensity of 140 decibels as far as 300 miles from their source.”

Slocum wrote that a successful 2003 lawsuit against the Navy brought by the nonprofit Natural Resources Defense Council (NRDC) to restrict the use of low-frequency sonar in waters rich in marine wildlife was upheld by two lower courts, but the Supreme Court “ruled that the Navy should be allowed to continue the use of some mid-frequency sonar testing for the sake of national security.”

Two quick questions: If sonar can kill fully developed dolphins, what effect, then, does it have on the developing brains of in utero embryos and fetuses? And why was the massive use of sonograms during pregnancy not even considered an area of research in our government’s investigation?

And Then There’s the Heat!

Just as concerning, as far back 1982, the World Health Organization (WHO)’s study, “Effects of Ultrasound on Biological Systems,” concluded that “neurological, behavioral, developmental, immunological, hematological changes and reduced fetal weight can result from exposure to ultrasound.” Two years later, the National Institutes of Health (NIH) reported that when birth defects occurred, the acoustic output of sonograms was usually high enough to cause considerable heat.

And yet, in 1993, the FDA approved an eightfold increase in the potential acoustical output of ultrasound equipment! Ostensibly, this increase was to enhance visualization of the heart and small vessels during microsurgery. Clearly, the health and well-being of developing fetuses was not a consideration!

Getting back to those embryos and fetuses, Rodgers explained that “when the transducer from the ultrasound is positioned over the part of the fetus the operator is trying to visualize, the fetus may be feeling vibrations, heat, or both.”

Rodgers then cited a warning the Food and Drug Administration issued way back in 2004: “Even at low levels, [ultrasound] laboratory studies have shown it can have … jarring vibrations” — one study compared the noise to a subway coming into a station — “and a rise in temperature.”

The cause of autism, Rodgers wrote, “has been pinned on everything from ‘emotionally remote’ mothers … to vaccines, genetics, immunological disorders, environmental toxins and maternal infections. A far simpler possibility … is the pervasive use of prenatal ultrasound, which can cause potentially dangerous thermal effects.”

Imagine how these assaults affect the developing brain of a fetus!

Enter Hard Science

In August 2006, Pasko Rakic, M.D., chair of Yale School of Medicine’s Department of Neurobiology, announced the results of a study in which pregnant mice underwent various durations of ultrasound. The brains of the offspring showed damage that was also found in the brains of people with autism.

The research, funded by the National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke, also implicated ultrasound in neurodevelopmental problems in children, such as dyslexia, epilepsy, mental retardation, and schizophrenia, and showed that damage to brain cells increased with longer exposures.

Dr. Rakic’s study, Rodgers said, “is just one of many animal experiments and human studies conducted over the years indicating that prenatal ultrasound can be harmful to babies.”

Follow the Money

In The Daily Beast, Jennifer Margulis, author of Business of Baby: What Doctors Don’t Tell You, What Corporations Try to Sell You, and How to Put Your Baby before Their Bottom Line, wrote that Dr. Rakic “concluded that all nonmedical use of ultrasound on pregnant women should be avoided.”

In her research, Margulis said that she discovered that “there is mounting evidence that overexposure to sound waves — or perhaps exposure to sound waves at a critical time during fetal development — is to blame for the astronomic rise in neurological disorders among America’s children.”

Clearly, there is a vast human tragedy — a true man-made disaster — taking place before our eyes.

For whatever reasons — follow the money? — the mountain of evidence that points to a causal relationship between prenatal ultrasound exams and an escalating pandemic of autism is being systematically ignored.

Could it have anything to do with the huge investments doctors and scientists have made in ultrasound technology, which, according to Jennifer Margulis, “adds more than $1 billion to the cost of caring for pregnant women in America each year”?

Could it have anything to do with the revenue now pouring like an avalanche into the coffers of diagnostic and treatment centers and classrooms?

Could it have anything to do with modern journalism’s almost complete abandonment of hard-nosed reporting and life-saving exposés?

As Caroline Rodgers said, there is an elephant in the room when it comes to the subject of autism, and that elephant is the worldwide blitzkrieg of ultrasound exams on pregnant women, exams that have bombarded the babies they’re carrying with the brain-warping sound waves and heat that will continue to affect them every second of their autistic lives.

Yoo-hoo, President Trump, RFK Jr., and Dr. Oz! It’s way past time to give pregnancy sonograms the same attention and warnings you gave so confidently to Tylenol!

© 2025 Joan Swirsky – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Joan Swirsky: joanswirsky@gmail.com

Website: http://www.joanswirsky.com




Constitutional Militia & the Out-of-Control Rioting

Authored by Devvy Kidd Not AI

October,  13 2025

“Suppose you were an idiot, and suppose you were a member of Congress; but I repeat myself.” —Mark Twain

“The powers of the sword are in the hands of the yeomanry of America from sixteen to sixty. The militia of these free commonwealths, entitled and accustomed to their arms, when compared with any possible army, must be tremendous and irresistible. Who are the militia? Are they not ourselves? Is it feared, then, that we shall turn our arms each man against his own bosom. Congress has no power to disarm the militia. Tench Coxe [1]

That most certainly would apply to not only most of CON-gress but also “blue” states (which should be called Red States since they’re all embracing and promoting Marxism) but members of state legislatures, mayors and city councils.  (Watch: Cultural Marxism: The corruption of America)

My column last week, ANTIFA Are Communists Who Claim to Oppose Fascism, focused on the in-your-face insurrection and attempt to overthrow our government (a constitutional republic, not a democracy) and the support given by ‘blue’ state Comrade governors, mayors and ignorant, foolish “community leaders who wouldn’t know their arse from their elbow.

The First Amendment says (in part) “… right of the people peaceably to assemble, and to petition the government for a redress of grievances.”

What we’ve seen over the past six or so years can hardly be described as peaceful assembly:  ANTIFA and the now train wreck cash cow, Black Lies Matter.  But, in the eyes of this “law enforcement” big shot:

Oregon National Guard Chief Brig. General Vows to “Protect Protesters” Targeting ICE Facilities — Disobeying a Lawful Order from the Commander-in-Chief, Oct. 10, 2025. (He apparently considers fire-bombing federal buildings, targeted physical violence against federal agents is just fine. Go ahead and toss Molotov cocktails into police cars and setting fire to federal buildings.

We’re seeing the same thing in Illinois with the poster boy for gluttony, billionaire J.D. Pritzger and the Chicago Mayor who has lost his mind – if he ever had one.  WATCH: Chicago Mayor Brandon Johnson Declares Rebellion Against Feds – Vows to “Lead a Resistance” Against Federal Authorities, Oct. 9, 2025 // Illinois Gov. J.B. Pritzker Complains Democrats Aren’t Standing With Him Enough Against Trump’s Chicago Crackdown, Oct. 10, 2025 (Gee, I wonder why?)

Foreign Billionaire Funneled $513 Million to Radical Antifa Groups, Oct. 11, 2025 – Always follow the $$.

MORE LIES: Jimmy Kimmel Claims There’s No Such Thing as Antifa, Two Weeks After Claiming MAGA Killed Charlie Kirk (VIDEO), Oct. 10, 2025 // He’s a traitorous Marxist Muslim: Minnesota’s AG Remarks About Antifa Just Got Obliterated, Oct. 12, 2025: “The Trump administration is dedicated to deconstructing this leftist group that’s been terrorizing the Left Coast for years. They’re disrupting ICE raids, they riot, and assault people with whom they disagree at rallies. It’s insane. Ellison tried to peddle the current Democrat talking point that Antifa is so nebulous that it doesn’t exist. No one knows that, he claimed. There’s one problem: he posted a photo of himself holding an Antifa handbook:” Rest at link with photo.

He’ll never get a penny from me and hasn’t anyway as I’ve never seen any of his movies:  Actor Jeff Bridges Hits Immigration Enforcement Officers in Jimmy Kimmel Interview: ‘Get ICE Off Our Streets’, Oct. 10, 2025

The game plan:  The Democrat Party Is Moving Into Overt Insurrection, For The Very Purpose Of Goading President Trump Into Declaring Insurrection, So They Can Label Him A Tyrant, Oct. 10, 2025 – Worth the time to read because the DemonRats WANT it to happen.  They are a wounded animal and will use any means necessary to get back on top to overturn all the good Trump has or might do during his last term.

Now the Second Amendment: “A well regulated Militia, being necessary to the security of a free State, the right of the people to keep and bear Arms, shall not be infringed.” You’re free to go deer or duck hunting but that’s not what the second half of the Second Amendment is all about, historically –it intentionally gives teeth to the first 13 words... In this time of our history, the constitutional militia isn’t to overthrow our government but to help supplement National Guard units, first responders and local law enforcement because the big move is on to destroy us and it’s not just ANTIFA.

WATCH: AG Pam Bondi, FBI Director Kash Patel, DHS Secretary Kristi Noem Vow to Take Down “Terrorist Group” Antifa – “They are an Organized, Systemic, International Criminal Enterprise”, Oct. 11, 2025 (Looks like a war zone and they plan to come to YOUR city, make no mistake about that. The National Guard is not the ‘well regulated militia” and there aren’t enough National Guard in this country to put down the on-going violence and agenda of dirty traitors calling themselves ANTIFA and the dullards who riot with them. Those supplying truckloads of dirty money to support the agenda of a world government agenda are NOT going to simply go home and watch some liar on the propaganda machine (TV).

WHEN are the 80+ MILLION gun owners in this country going to learn what the Second Amendment means, who has authority and why warriors like Patrick Henry fought like a true patriot to get the Bill of Rights? The Second Amendment was at the top of the list.  Many great organizations, GOA and throughout the states know but the majority don’t.  Hello, NRA? (Yes, while I appreciate hearing from my fellow Americans, I know all about the “Dick Act” (read in full here.)

Governors, AG’s and state legislators MUST learn what the Second Amendment means and Dr. Edwin Vieira’s series explains it in minute detail:  Are You Doing Your Constitutional Duty for Homeland Security? Part 1, May 6, 2005: “Yet when and where, in all the strident propaganda and agitation, hubble-bubble, hoopla, and orchestrated paranoia about the need for “homeland security” to defend America against “terrorism”, has anyone in political prominence pointed this out? Or suggested that “homeland security” be based on it? Or proposed a comprehensive revitalization of “the Militia of the several States” as the central focus, or at least a very important part, of “homeland security”? Why, instead, is “homeland security” being used as a cover-story to rationalize the construction of a centralized national police state, for which the Constitution provides no justification whatsoever, but disallows in every particular?

“Why have all the worldly wise and powerful, the self-styled “best and brightest”, in Washington, D.C., as well as in State capitals throughout the country, ignored the point that stands out on the face of the Constitution with as much prominence and character as Karl Malden’s nose? Can they not read the Constitution? If they can read it, can they not understand it? If they can understand it, can they not speak out?  “Or is their silence the very best evidence that Americans could have of the need to revitalize “the Militia of the several States”?” Then read parts 2 & 3. NO ONE in this country knows this issue better than Dr. Edwin Vieira.  Instead, it’s constant lawsuits over gun control. What a waste of time and money.

To stop insurrections – like what we’ve been seeing for years.  Stop invasions; I live in W. Texas. Illegal Aliens Invasion: Texas GOP Legislators Selling Out America. May 10,2023: “America: Tomorrow will be the beginning of hell most can’t imagine or don’t want to think about. Turning America into a third-world hell hole continues. I covered it fully in my last column, #Boycott Everything Mexico

“F*ck You Americans!” – Illegal Aliens Trash Talk News Reporters in Heated Exchange in El Paso,TX (VIDEO) (35,000 of them at that entry point waiting until tomorrow with more on the way – about 12,000 per day.)

Texas Gov. Greg Abbott invokes constitutional ‘invasion clause’ amid immigration crisis, Nov. 15, 2022 – “I invoked the Invasion Clauses of the U.S. & Texas Constitutions to fully authorize Texas to take unprecedented measures to defend our state against an invasion,” Abbott announced via social media Tuesday.

“This IS an invasion.  The 1,500 U.S. military sent by brain gone, Biden, are for paper pushing, NOT enforcement.  Our republic, not just Texas is in imminent danger.

Texas Statutes, Greg:

GOVERNMENT CODE

TITLE 4. EXECUTIVE BRANCH, SUBTITLE C. STATE MILITARY FORCES AND VETERANS, CHAPTER 431. STATE MILITIA, SUBCHAPTER A. GENERAL PROVISIONS

Sec. 431.071.  MILITARY DUTY.  (a) The reserve militia is not subject to active military duty, except that the governor may call into service the portion of the reserve militia needed for the period required in case of war, insurrection, invasion or prevention of invasion, suppression of riot, tumult, or breach of peace or to aid civil officers to execute law or serve process.

“(b) The governor may assign members of the reserve militia who are called into service to existing organizations of the state military forces or organize them as circumstances require.  Acts 1987, 70th Leg., ch. 147, Sec. 1, eff. Sept. 1, 1987.

“Gov. Abbott is putting Band Aids on a patient hemorrhaging to death on the operating table.  He must ‘call into service’ our State Reserve Militia and believe me, there are plenty of well-trained, well-armed retired military and law enforcement who will be happy to serve.  Who want to get on the border right away to assist the National Guard and DPS.

“Texas Republicans working to keep border open – our legislature.  GOP screwing us, again.  Here is a must watch interview with Lara Logan, 10 minutes.  For those unfamiliar with Lara, she is a very good investigative journalist.

Lara Logan, Texas Republican Politicians Working Against Border Security, May 8, 2023

“Logan notes that Texas republican politicians are actively working to keep the border open with migration flows controlled but not stopped.  As CTH has long documented, illegal mass immigration is a policy that both wings of the UniParty support.

“Logan reports that Texas republicans, the Bush wing of the professional republican apparatus that controls Texas politics, recently blocked a state border security effort in order to keep the immigration flow in place.   This is a remarkable interview with details to support the baseline as discussed.”

So where is this so-called reserve militia, Gov. Abbott? Oh, that’s right.  We don’t have one.

Now that President Trump has rightly designated ANTIFA as a domestic terrorist organization, that is not going to stop the violence from spreading.  Winter is coming with cold and snow around the country.  A time for the America haters and useful fools to plan their next attack on our cities and towns.  However, don’t EVER underestimate the shadow government because they are not going down without a fight.  Mark my words.

This is a very dangerous time for our republic and critically important to spend the time getting the facts regarding ‘homeland security’, the history, who is in charge and lawful application.  Yeah, time consuming but you and if you have a family are in danger. There are good sheriffs in this country and then there’s those who should be thrown out of office for ignoring the law.  All of this is up to We the People so please help your friends and state legislators or governor if you happen to know them – get educated on their duty and responsibility to protect the people of their state against invasion and/or insurrection.

How the States Can Suppress Illegal Immigration, Sept. 3, 2021, Dr. Edwin Veira: “Although subject to various constitutional limitations on her autonomy, each of the several States today remains “a free State” empowered in principle to guarantee—and, one would hope, capable in practice of providing for—her own “security” through “[a] well regulated Militia” predicated upon “the right of the people to keep and bear Arms”, as the Second Amendment attests. In particular, the “security” of each State’s own borders being an (if not the) essential component of “the security of a free State”, as “free State[s]” the States are entitled and may insist upon the right to preserve, protect, and maintain the existence and efficacy their own borders—and, insofar as some of their borders coincide with the borders of the United States, to preserve, protect, and maintain the existence and efficacy of those borders, too. Indeed, the States are not only entitled, but also are required to do so. For no State can stop being “a free State” within the federal system without repudiating not only the Constitution but also the Declaration of Independence.

“And such a dereliction of duty on the part of a State’s public officials would justify recourse to (in the Declaration’s words) “the Right of the People to alter or to abolish [the existing government], and to institute new Government, laying its foundation on such principles and organizing its powers in such form, as to them shall seem most likely to affect their Safety and Happiness”.

“After all, it is the absolute duty of public officials within each State to enforce the laws which maintain her physical, legal, political, economic, and social integrity—the laws relating to her borders being first and foremost among them. True enough, rogue officeholders forfeits their legitimacy whenever they fail, neglect, or refuse to enforce those laws. But, at least for a while, a country can muddle through, although burdened with a governmental apparatus populated by fools, knaves, poseurs, and kindred political riffraff. By definition, however, no country can exist at all without enforceable borders. Is it worse to be ground under the heel of “absolute Despotism” in one’s own country, yet with some chance (no matter how slim) that some day “the People” might finally exercise what the Declaration described as “their right, * * * their duty, to throw off such Government”, or to have one’s country destroyed entirely and irretrievably?” Rest at link.

Ah, let’s not forget the “judges” who have their head in rectal darkness:  Appeals court rules National Guard troops in Illinois can remain federalized but blocks deployment, Oct 11, 2025 (Seventh Circuit Court of Appeals.)

And here we are today with local law enforcement out-numbered – even with a couple hundred National Guard – while these anti-American groups and their ignorant and foolish groupies out to kill us and turn cities and towns into hell holes get treated like heroes.  Sane Americans like me do NOT want a civil war so it’s got to be your governor and state legislatures working with ICE and DHS for now but the duty of OUR homeland security is us.

Who Regulates “A Well Regulated Militia”?

Militia: Legal Structure

THE best web site for more factual truth and solutions regarding the Second Amendment and the militia. (President Trump:  Dr. Edwin Vieira deserves hands down the Presidential Medal of Freedom.  Please see he is honored for his many decades of fighting for truth, liberty and freedom. A legal mind beyond words.)

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2025 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@protonmail.com

Footnote:

[1] “An American Citizen: An Examination of the Constitution of the United States IV”. Publication by Tench Coxe, teachingamericanhistory.org. October 21, 1788.

Related:

Veteran journalist flips script on media ‘running cover’ for Antifa violence: ‘Anarchist communism‘, Oct. 11, 2025

‘Disgusting’: Border Czar Tom Homan says many ICE protesters are being PAID – ‘What’s most insulting, you’ve got members of Congress comparing ICE to Nazis and terrorists and racists. Well if they’re racists for enforcing the law, what does that make them? They wrote the law’”, Sept. 7, 2025

Border Czar Tom Homan is forced to sleep away from his family due to death threats against him. “My wife lives separately from me right now.” This is really awful. Please pray for Tom Homan and his family.”

And This Is Why ICE Agents Wear Masks, Oct, 10, 2025: “First, I’ll say it—a liberal white woman left this voicemail…But it’s definitely a white woman hoping the wife of this ICE officer gets murdered with her kids, because that’s what happened to the Nazis or something.”

President Trump RIPS Schumer Over Ongoing Shutdown, Orders Pentagon to ‘Use All Available Funds’ to Pay Troops, Oct. 11, 2025 // AOC’s wet dream:  Shock Admission: Democrats Say They Won’t End Schumer Shutdown Until ‘Planes Are Falling Out of the Sky’, Oct. 11, 2025

See Chuckie Schumer smile while you work your fingers to the bone to pay for your health care premiums and those who need a temporary helping hand are being cheated by illegals who have NO RIGHT TO BE ON U.S. SOILIllegal Immigrants Collected $7 BILLION in Medicaid Payments, Oct. 11, 2025.  (Forbes: 74-year old Chuckie is worth about $7 million today, March 23, 2025)

Democrats pushing to put 1.4M illegals back on Medicaid in shutdown fight: GOP leader, Oct. 3, 2025 – “’What’s behind the shutdown is you have a scared old man that’s afraid of losing his leadership position,’ said House Majority Whip Tom Emmer.”

Virginia Beach Dems back Virginia AG nominee Jay Jones despite violent texts about Republicans, Oct. 5, 2025: “Virginia Beach Dems insist Jones will serve with “integrity and accountability,” and gubernatorial nominee Abigail Spanberger has refused to disavow him — despite sickening text messages where Jones fantasized about Gilbert getting “two bullets to the head” and called his young children “little fascists.”

Kentucky Man Jailed Over Halloween Decorations That Depicted Local Public Officials Being Hanged, Oct. 11, 2025

He’s a pig with zero class: ‘ThisB***hNeedsToDie’: Another Lib Caught Wishing Death Upon a Conservative in NJ School Board Race, Oct. 11, 2025.  (Such a poet!) “A New Jersey school board candidate was caught red-handed sending vicious, sexual messages about a conservative female board member in a group chat labeled “ThisB***hNeedsToDie.”

“Photos of Scott Semaya’s vile texts about Danielle Bellomo at a July school board meeting leaked this week on social media — and the widening scandal is now being investigated by local cops and roiling the affluent suburb of Marlboro.

“Bellomo must be cold — her nips could cut glass right n” read one text, allegedly captured on camera while Semaya’s fingers typed an “o.”

Short video:  Mexican woman says most of them hate it here in America, can’t wait to go home, only here for money.




Trump’s Disastrous Foreign Policy Failures?

By Cliff Kincaid

October 13, 2025

He gave Putin the red carpet, when Russia deserves regime change, and he called Chinese Communist dictator Xi his friend, only to have the communist impose more export controls, sparking Trump’s retaliatory strike of massive tariffs.

The stock market is falling in response, and the future of capitalism is in doubt, as Trump has seriously misjudged our enemies’ willingness to wage war, economic and military.

Consider that Putin left the red carpet in Alaska and accelerated the war on Ukraine. Now, as Trump was hoping to meet Xi at an Asian summit, the dictator has imposed new export controls on minerals critical to our high-tech and military industries. Now Trump says he will not be going to meet with Xi anytime soon.

Trump’s major mistake: thinking the sheer force of his personality would somehow convince communist leaders that they could and would enjoy peaceful relations with Washington, D.C.

Meanwhile, the “peace” that supposedly has been achieved in the Middle East comes with a heavy price – the deployment of U.S. troops to Israel, a nation-building scheme in Gaza, and the ability of Hamas to survive the war. It sounds like something George Bush would attempt.

It is the first no-win war that Israel has fought. This is not worth celebrating.

This is not peace, but a false peace, the kind predicted by Bible prophecy experts when they analyze the book of Revelation.

Meanwhile, the Democrats are winning the shutdown wars, and the price of a settlement comes with a Republican promise to expand federal subsidies for Obamacare, also known as the “Affordable Care Act,” which has proven to be not so affordable.

There are already whispers from the Republicans, including the erratic Marjorie Taylor Greene, to go along with the Democrat demands. That means more debt.

Regarding the Middle East, I remember the days when the U.S. Government said it would not negotiate with terrorists. President Reagan was almost impeached over the Iran Contra affair, involving a deal with the same regime that Trump’s bombing has left in place in Tehran.

But Trump negotiates with terrorists associated with the Muslim Brotherhood through intermediaries, such as the corrupt monarchy in Qatar. We are told this is a recipe for “peace” when half of the hostages are said to be dead.

How is this a victory? Why are so many liberals endorsing this deal? It is because it is something that a Democrat presidency could concoct. No wonder Hillary praises Trump for it.

We are still in the “first phase” of the deal with Hamas and everybody in the Fox News orbit is giddy and gleeful. I am not. It is not worth the Nobel Peace Prize, or any other peace prize. It is a betrayal of Israel. But Israel was pressured to accept it.

Our objective should not be peace but victory.

Meanwhile, “Secretary of War” Pete Hegseth has announced that the pro-terrorist regime of Qatar will build a facility at the Mountain Home Air Force Base in Idaho.

This is crazy. It is insane.

CBS News reports, “The agreement, which Hegseth announced alongside Qatari Minister of Defense Sheikh Saoud bin Abdulrahman Al Thani at the Pentagon, will allow Qatari pilots to receive training alongside U.S. soldiers.”

Are you kidding me? Didn’t we learn our lesson about allowing Muslim fanatics to learn how to fly aircraft in the United States?

Regarding the China threat, Trump on Friday indicated he was surprised. Trump was insulted and humiliated.

Trump should have known better. As anti-communist figure Fred Schwarz said, “You can trust communists to be communists.”

On Fox News on Friday night, Trump toady Laura Ingraham tried to blame President Bill Clinton years ago for what China has now done to Trump. That won’t wash. Trump brought this on himself.

So the “peace” that Trump has promised to pursue has backfired in a spectacular way.

There is no “peace” with Russia. There is no “peace” with China. And there is no “peace” with the global Islamic world.

Now the United States is in a very difficult situation, financially, economically, and militarily.

President Trump should cancel his Middle East trip, as there is no “peace” in the Middle East or Asia.

At the same time, the actual winner of the Nobel Peace Prize, an anti-communist Venezuelan figure, María Corina Machado, shows us the way forward.

Anti-communism, not phony overtures for “peace,” should guide U.S. foreign policy.

Hopefully, Trump now understands that China is an enemy. There can be no truce with the communists.

© 2025 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net




It’s Time to Stop Drug Traffickers from Killing Our Kids

By Frosty Wooldridge

October 13, 2025

You can bet that the entire world holds its breath as to the “cease fire” with Hamas and Israel. The Western world feels the heavy weight of endless wars going on in Gaza and Ukraine. So much death and suffering! So much destruction! So many lives wasted. So much needless pain suffered by so many mothers and fathers.

“Thomas Jefferson believed the United States should avoid active involvement in European wars, viewing them as a result of Europe’s distinct political interests, which he felt were different from America’s. He saw European conflicts as a cycle of “eternal war” that expended the people’s energy and resources on destruction, while America could focus on its own internal improvement and cultivate peace with all nations. He also stated the US should maintain neutrality, but still uphold its rights and treat belligerent nations with “justice and innocent kindness,” as detailed in his principles for neutrality during the Napoleonic Wars.”

That statement can be applied to the Middle East. Islamic followers love to fight, kill and create a bloody trail ever since the 6th century when their prophet created that violent religion. You might wish that the Dali Lama was their prophet, instead of a blood thirsty savage like Muhammed. But all religions reflect their location, their IQ levels, and their cultures created by their certain tribes.

Since you may read everything about the “truce” in Israel, let’s discuss what’s going on in the United Stages when it comes to “war.”

In the past 30 years, hundreds of thousands of American kids have been killed by overdosing illegal drugs. It’s much more if you look back to 1970 when Nixon started “The War on Drugs.”

“In the last 30 years, hundreds of thousands of drug deaths have occurred in the USA, with nearly 841,000 from drug overdoses between 1999 and 2020 alone. The rate has increased significantly, with 91,799 overdose deaths in 2020 compared to 70,237 in 2017, and prescription and illicit opioids were responsible for over half a million of these deaths between 1999 and 2020. Since 1970, well over several million Americans have lost their lives to drugs.”

If one of your family members suffered that death count, you’ve got some skin in the game. There is no difference from dying in a war as with dying with drugs. You’re dead.

Is President Trump’s bombing of those four drug boats speeding toward America’s shores a good thing? Answer: YOU BETCHA’!

You better believe that after four boats got bombed into Davey Jone’s Locker, there won’t be any more drug speedboats hauling more deadly drugs across the Gulf of America. Heck, I can’t help but cheer Trump and Secretary of War Pete Hegseth for having the stones to send a harsh message to drug traffickers.

Same with what they did to Iran’s nuclear program!

Additionally, Trump secured our borders from massive drug infusions by MS-13, Sinaloa Cartel, and another dozen miner drug cartels allowed to operate across our borders for the past 30 years.

You probably watched, as I did, those drug speedboats getting blown to bits. It sure sent a message. My bet is, we won’t be seeing any further speeding drug boats trying to reach our shores. Think of all the American lives saved. Think of the hundreds of families that won’t be attending funerals of their children. Think of all those drug dealers who will be out of business in our towns, cities and schools across America. Instead of drugs, our kids will be playing sports, music, dancing, creatively living their lives…or at least have choices to be alive.

While I am at it, what about Trump naming Antifa, Muslim Brotherhood, C.A.I.R., and Black Lives Matter—as internal terrorist organizations? Finally, we possess a president of America with a pair of stones that you don’t want to irritate. He’ll bust you and your organization’s butts into prison.

Let’s give a “shout-out” to Attorney General Pamela Bondi for her courage to bust all those crooks and liars in DC who used “law fare” to try to destroy Trump. Former FBI director Comey is a liar, cheat, thief and pathetic human being. U.S. Senator Adam Schiff is a disgusting liar. Not only is New York AG Letitia James a liar, but she’s a fraud at the highest level in New York Politics. Same thing with Ilhan Omar, a Somalian transplant that needs to be deported for all her lies and especially, for her hate of America. Let’s go after that Georgia AG Fanni Willis for her fraud, lying and cheating, plus using state money for vacations. Same with New York’s biggest fraud, Alvin Bragg. What a crock of a human being.

We need to see our crooked elected leaders brought to justice. Can you imagine what a crook U.S. Senator Charles Schumer is after 50 years in Congress? Or, Nancy Pelosi? Or, Swalwell in Florida? Or, Rashida “Palestinian Muslim” Tlaib?

Guaranteed that none of them have been working for America’s best interests. In the future, we should not allow any immigrant to become a member of Congress. You must be born here, be a true American, and you love our Constitution. None of this garbage 6th century Sharia Law crap! If you don’t like our U.S. Constitution, get your scrawny butt back to Africa or the Middle East where you’ll be at home with people that believe like you.

And one of the worst, Zohran Mamdani is the biggest fraud we’ve seen in decades. He’s an out and out Muslim-Communist-Democrat bent on destroying New York City. If you have read the Quran, it mandates that a Muslim follower can lie, cheat and steal to install Sharia Law into any country. You’re seeing it in Europe, Canada, and now here in the United States. We should deport his phony rear-end back to Uganda where he originated. He’s a fraud, pure and simple—and he does it with a smile.

For sure, I support sending every single one of those Antifa thugs to prison for a minimum of 20-30 years. Like the drug speedboats in the Gulf of America, just give Antifa thugs some really harsh consequences like an automatic 20-30 years in prison—and you’ll see their numbers dwindle into a pool of crybabies.

In the end, we Americans have got to get back to supporting America. We’ve got to stand up for women’s rights, girl’s rights in sports, fair play among our citizens, support of our flag, support of our laws, support of our law enforcement, support of our troops.

Why is that? I don’t see anyone taking a speed boat to get to “freedom” in Cuba? I don’t see anyone migrating to China. I don’t see anyone migrating to India. I don’t see any Americans rushing to become citizens of Uganda.

Let’s face it, there’s nothing like the Good Ole U.S. of A. Whether you ride a Harley-Davidson, go golfing, go sailing, sit in a rowboat to catch that prize bass, or you go for a peaceful walk in the woods, wear your hair long or short, sport a tattoo, ride your bicycle across the country, change jobs, choose your mate, choose your mode of dress, or just eat popcorn at the movie theater——you’re damned lucky to be an American citizen.

Like Lee Greenwood sang, “God bless the USA.”

Or, Alan Jackson sang, “Remember when.” (If you’ve never heard this song, you’ve GOT to hear it. You will play it for the rest of your life.)

© 2025 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




When Logic Can’t Be Found, You Know the Government is Diligently Working

By Kathleen Marquardt

October 12, 2025

Is Canada trying to drive it’s provinces to seek asylum in the United States? Or maybe they are practicing the reduction of the human population with ostriches. Whichever it is, it needs to be stopped. I have taken words from SAVE OUR OSTRICHES and put them in ital.

The following is from an introduction to SAVE OUR OSTRICHES, a non-commercial farm in the Kootenay mountains of British Columbia. (Keep in mind this is a non-commercial farm, they don’t sell the birds for meat.) My big question here is why is the Canadian Food Inspection Agency involved more than tangentially?

The Canadian Food Inspection Agency (CFIA) has ordered the mass killing of 400 ostriches at Universal Ostrich Farms in British Columbia. The order stems from an anonymous tip and PCR tests on just two birds that died months ago, which the CFIA claims were positive for H5N1 avian flu.”

Now, the CFIA wants to kill the entire herd, even though no more have gotten sick.

“The situation began on December 10, 2024, when a three-year-old ostrich showed pneumonia-like symptoms. Although it recovered, some younger ostriches and those introduced to the farm after 2020 also became ill, resulting in 69 deaths out of 468 ostriches, or 15% of the original herd, over 36 days.

“The farmers observed that ostriches previously exposed to a bacterial infection in 2020 showed no new symptoms or deaths, suggesting they had achieved herd immunity. Despite the losses, the remaining ostriches fully recovered, and as of January 15, 2025, no further illnesses or deaths have occurred.”

How many months have to go by before the inspectors admit there is not a situation that needs to be observed any longer? I guess that if their destructions of these valuable (monetarily and scientifically) creatures is for a more reprehensible reason than just silly-goose fears of a disease that isn’t there now.

Yet, they didn’t allow the farmers to test any birds showing no signs of disease and they won’t allow the farmers to test any of their birds for H5N1 now. That should tell you all you need to know. The governmental officials want to kill well birds.

Don’t you want to know why? I do. But I suspect that the whole thing was brought about by radical (redundant word) animal rights activists. Animal rightists are trying to save the birds (or any other animals), they just don’t want people and animals to benefit each other. And here, like many places around the world, they are using government agencies to do their dirty work for them.

The court has given them an interim stay. “The court said the stay will be in force until it makes a decision on hearing the case, and if it does rule there is a valid argument for appeal, the birds will remain alive until the court rules on the case by Universal Ostrich Farms.”

Let the farmers have the last word here as to why these birds need to be saved.

“The ostriches at Universal Ostrich Farms are valued not only for their genetic traits but also for their strong, robust immune systems, which have attracted the interest of researchers worldwide. After the farm stopped producing ostrich meat in 2020, Espersen and Bilinski shifted their focus to studying natural antibodies, collaborating with Dr. Yasuhiro Tsukamoto of Kyoto University, Japan, and Dr. Stu Greenberg from Boston. This joint research examines the unique properties of antibodies found in ostrich eggs and their potential applications across various fields of study.

“The farmers believes their farm has the potential to provide critical insights into managing and controlling diseases in wild populations, such as migratory ducks and other wildlife species. “Why isn’t the CFIA working with us to come up with a solution?” Pasitney wonders. “Why are they so determined to destroy our healthy ostriches and stamp out their natural immunity?”

If you want to help them or learn more, go to https://saveourostriches.com/about/

But, please do something – share their story and plight. Remember, our kind and caring people in power want us to be eating bugs, no beef. Every time they take away a right, they are getting closer to the ones you have and cherish. They have said it for well over 30 years now, “you will have nothing and be happy”. Not even the most brain-dead activist believes that, but they are having fun taking us ever faster in that direction.

Stand up, get a brain – if you lost yours from disuse – and start demanding your God-given rights be protected, not stolen, but those so-called representatives of ours. It’s time to take back our country; we have little time left. If you haven’t drawn your line in the stand, this is a good one to start with.

Let the lion roar.

© 2025 Kathleen Marquardt – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koikpm@yahoo.com




From “Two Americas” to Technocracy?

By Steven Yates

October 12, 2025

Last week, while in the waiting area for a doctor’s appointment and scrolling through a newsfeed, I came across an article that brought me up short. Especially as it came from someone I’d considered rather odious — though surpassed in his odiousness by the person who basically stole the Democrat Party nomination from him back in 2016.

Just watch and listen, and forget for a moment that it’s Bernie Sanders, who self-identifies as a “democratic socialist.” Forget, for the moment, what you’ve been taught, or told, about “capitalism” versus “socialism,” and other “isms” floating about. Forget, for the moment, about “left” versus “right.” We’re not talking abstract ideologies here. We’re talking about real human beings and their lives, families if they have them, and struggles.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3I_f1DkMddU&t=265s

It strikes me that because of what Peter Turchin calls the “wealth pump” of the past 40 years — what I’ve called welfare-statism in reverse, the redistribution of wealth upwards — that the system really is broken and that we really do have “two Americas.” (See Peter Turchin’s End Times: Elites, Counter-Elites, and the Path of Political Disintegration, 2023).

The one America — the upper echelon of the billionaire class, the point-zero-zero-one percent — has never had it better! These people have multiple yachts, plush mansions, private planes, private islands in places like Hawaii … and sizeable, well-stocked underground bunkers where they could flee if the world outside their wealth bubble went to pieces all at once.

The wealthiest four men in the world — Elon Musk, Larry Ellison, Mark Zuckerberg, and Jeff Bezos — are collectively worth more than $1.3 trillion! Musk alone is worth more than the bottom 52 percent of Americans! He’s said he’s “building the future.” But as I often ask, will it be a future any of us want to live in, or want our children to live in?

Bezos can spend $50 million on a wedding and buy his new wife a wedding ring that cost somewhere between $3 and $5 million (who’s counting?)! Zuckerberg spent $110 million to buy 11 homes in Palo Alto, Calif., creating his own private enclave.

The other America is living hand-to-mouth, paycheck to paycheck, if even that. For them, “our” New Gilded Age economy is collapsing. Many have zero savings, are deeply in debt, could not afford a $500 car emergency without falling further into a financial black hole.

They pray to not get sick, injured, or have a family member get seriously ill, because even if by some chance they have medical coverage they couldn’t afford the deductible. And any procedure recommended to them could be refused coverage as “unnecessary” by a corporate bureaucrat who isn’t a doctor.

These are the “immiserated,” Turchin calls them, whose wages have failed to keep up with the rising cost of living during the period of currency debasement that got underway not long after Nixon killed the gold standard and Friedmanite neoliberalism became the dominant form of capitalism in the West.

The job market has shifted, moreover, from steady, reliable, full-time work, to part-time “gigs,” as corporations have saved on labor costs through outsourcing, automation, and now AI. So while productivity has soared during the neoliberal era, only the top 1 percent has reaped long term benefits. The top 1 percent, after all, is now worth more than the bottom 93 percent.

Many in this 93 percent have to decide between child care and paying the electric bill. The lives of many working adults — with two and sometimes three part-time jobs — have begun to resemble what you’d see in a low-trust Third World country.

Generation Z (born from 1997 to 2012) is understandably bitter, with college degrees in good subjects but nevertheless living with Mom and Dad because they cannot afford the rent on a decent apartment (average cost: $1,500/mo. on up), much less buy a house.

They’re giving up on the so-called American Dream, because they know that most of their number will never do as well as their parents.

They improperly blame us Boomers. Most of us did not do this. A few of us reaped windfalls in the 1980s and 1990s, as did a few Gen Xers. But many of us are also struggling.

All recent generations have slipped economically, amidst wage stagnation, unless they made a few clever money moves (typically with the help of insider mentors) or became reliable corporate underlings.

In other words, Bernie Sanders’s observations aren’t off target, even if you reject the ideology he operates out of.

Is it normal, after all, for the top four wealthiest men in the country to be worth more than the bottom 90 percent?

Peter Turchin argues compellingly that this is a recipe for social unrest and the sort of political polarization and instability we are seeing (whetted, of course, by social media corporations with a business model that enhances outrage). Especially given the widespread perception that the haves have cheated to get where they are, that they’re the beneficiaries of a rigged system.

Nick Hanauer, one of the handful of billionaires with open eyes, has warned that “the pitchforks will come out.”

A couple of years ago I penned an article undertaking a thought experiment. I worked out the math on what would be involved in terms of hourly pay, for someone to earn $1 billion in the marketplace. That is, making something others wanted and would pay for, or undertaking some service others desired. Serving their fellow men and women that is, as a means to serving their portfolios instead of the latter being an end in itself (the epitome of greed).

What I discovered: not a single honest job in the world, or honest business, would pay that kind of money!

But … passive income!

I know. Money making money. If even that, and not money obtained through lucrative insider deals with the federal Deep State. Musk, Zuckerberg, Bezos, and others of the billionaire class have all been eyeball-deep with DARPA, the CIA, and other tentacles of the Deep State octopus.

Musk has become at least $180 billion richer since the election he helped bankroll. (I say at least because I couldn’t find the exact date of that stat.)

Is all this just “class warfare,” the canard of neoliberals?

Warren Buffett: “There’s class warfare, all right, but it’s my class, the rich class, that’s making war, and we’re winning.”

Straight from the horse’s mouth, or no?

Let’s take a Big Picture perspective.

A healthy and thriving society, a society likely to remain stable and perhaps advance, needs the following:

  • Affordable energy
  • Affordable housing
  • Stable families
  • Affordable nutritious food
  • Affordable healthcare
  • Education that educates and doesn’t merely indoctrinate (including for trades)

And then what is arguably the most important of the lot:

  • Religiosity: a sense of the Transcendent that defines a people’s place in the universe, provides moral leadership standing above markets and politics, and supplies long-term hope.

It should alarm us all, whichever side of the aisle we think we are on, that present-day America doesn’t have any of these.

Not one. Not on any large scale.

There are now over 800,000 homeless people in the U.S., spread across every major city and metropolitan area. Some, of course, are on drugs or are mentally ill and have been neglected by the system because they don’t have money. Others, though, haven’t merely made “bad choices” in life. They may have jobs. They just can’t afford rent or a mortgage, so they live in their cars or “couch surf.”

Stable families have become a thing of the past as marriages break up and young adults don’t get married (another reason being that trust between the sexes has never been lower).

We are having roughly 1.6 children for every two adults. Obviously this isn’t a sustainable replacement rate.

Obviously, too, families cannot properly nurture children in a stable environment if both parents (assuming there are two parents!) each work at multiple “gigs” at all hours of the day and night to survive.

Healthcare: we need to stop the canard about “socialized medicine.” In Chile, where I’ve lived for over a decade now, I had a heart procedure done last year for arrhythmia that would have cost over $20,000 in the U.S., not counting a deductible, lead-up appointments, hospital room, follow-up, etc. Know what it cost me here? Around $30 in U.S. dollars, the price of the initial consultation (of which the state-run insurance company paid around a third).

That was an eye-opener!

I’ve written previously about primary prevention: everything you can and should do to avoid getting sick. (See also this, a more recent statement.)

To the best of my knowledge, no one has paid the slightest attention.

When I began beating this drum years ago, one Libertarian told me, “The problem with primary prevention is, it isn’t profitable.”

No, it probably isn’t. A healthy population, healthy because its people are practicing primary prevention, won’t enable pharmaceutical and healthcare corporations to get richer.

He thought that was a drawback of primary prevention. After giving the matter some thought, I realized that it was a problem with profit-based healthcare which prioritizes money over health.

The result is a sick care system, not a healthcare system.

Lack of adequate healthcare is going to be ubiquitous for the majority in a dual-America (one class of billionaire overlords; versus the rest).

It is easy to observe that at the core of the large-scale shift from the treatment of acute conditions to the management of chronic conditions was the lure of profit-über-Alles.

So what’s the solution?

Frankly, Bernie Sanders’s solution is a weak call for “changes required to create a government and an economy that work for all, and not just the few”: weak because it includes no specifics.

This, I argue, is the culmination of Western secularism, which ultimately liberates the wealthy and powerful to do as they please because they can. Note: not simply do the rich get richer, often simply because they are skilled at navigating and negotiating a money political economy, but they attain a level of power that kings and emperors of earlier eras could not have imagined.

Where we’re headed: Technocracy. “Scientific” dictatorship. Or, what the late political philosopher Sheldon Wolin called inverted totalitarianism: totalitarianism that is structural, encircling individuals, built into the system instead of resulting from the will of one autocrat.

These are all different names for Technocracy. The richest men in the country enumerated above are all arch-Technocrats. (For more on Technocracy and the near future, go here.)

Given that materialism (even if partly masked by the kind of “New Age” pseudo-spiritualism that has long circulated in the tech world, and for a while before) unleashes unaccountable power — it simply leaves those with money and power no reason for not enriching themselves further and ruling over the rest of humanity as they see fit — we’re on our way to a system based on total surveillance, total management, total control.

Nominally “Communist” China, an officially atheistic society, is already there!

What might Technocrats do on our side of the Pacific? They’re already doing it! They’ve started digitizing everything, incorporating all resource acquisition and use into the Internet of Things (you’ll know this has happened when your refrigerator and microwave oven start “communicating” with you, including sending you unsolicited advertisements on a screen).

Then they give everyone a digital ID (in the works). Then introduce Universal Basic Income to be paid out in Stablecoin (Central Bank Digital Currency that isn’t called that; also in the works). The potential will be there of getting every homeless person a place to live, with no more worries for the rest of us of having to choose between the electric bill and the rent.

But the price of these “advances” will be the remainder of our freedoms and our privacy.

Technocracy seeks total knowledge and total control over resources, human and natural. It seeks to digitize, monitor, quantify, and control everything in human life. The further it progresses, the harder and harder it will be top opt out of its systems. How much can you do today, after all, without a smartphone which follows you everywhere and automatically welds you to the Technocratic control grid.

Technocracy is also the culmination of the globalist mindset: the lure of world government in the service of global corporate leviathans. This mindset dates at least to the 1700s but was stymied by the lack of infrastructure to pursue such goals outside of banking networks able to control national economies.

That infrastructure, as I’ve emphasized, exists today — and then some!

Perhaps I shouldn’t be too hard on Bernie for not offering specifics on how to address the problem of “two Americas” in one video. Because it’s possibly the hardest problem we face, especially as so few — even among those who understand Technocracy and its origins — really go to the metaphysical and spiritual basics.

Question the materialist worldview, which gained ground spectacularly in the 1800s, especially after the Darwinian revolution in biology; and especially after the philosophical ideology of positivism, furthered by Auguste Comte and his followers, relegated all language about God, sin, the need for redemption, and so on, to the realm of the cognitively meaningless. This made materialism the default setting of the developing intellectual mainstream, which soon became the default setting of the cultural and political-economic mainstream. Such “intellectual” stuff didn’t further consumerism or political campaigns.

If we’re going to promote a Christian worldview, though, we have to go Back to Basics, because much of the Evangelical movement has its own set of problems, especially its inclinations toward Zionism and embrace of Darby/Scofield heresies.

That’s a different article, however. So I will stop here, having laid out the problem of where we are, where we are heading, and what we have to question — large numbers of us, not merely a handful of isolated writers on Substack and NewsWithViews.com — if we really want a future we’ll want those who come after us to live in. This, again, is not about “left” versus “right,” or any specific ideology. It is about working for a world in which all human beings have intrinsic value because they were created in God’s image (Gen. 1:27).

© 2025 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

_________________________

Steven Yates is a (recovering) ex-academic with a PhD in Philosophy. He taught for more than 15 years total at several colleges and universities in the Southeastern U.S. He has authored three books, more than 20 articles, numerous book reviews, and review essays in academic journals and anthologies. Refused tenure and unable to obtain full-time academic employment (and with an increasing number of very fundamental philosophical essays refused publication in journals), he turned to alternative platforms and heretical notions, including about academia itself.

In 2012, he moved to Chile. He married a Chilean national in 2014. Among his discoveries in South America: many of the problems in the U.S. are problems everywhere, because human nature is the same everywhere.

He has a Patreon.com page. Donate here and become a Patron if you benefit from his work and believe it merits being sustained financially.

Steven Yates’s book Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) can be ordered here.

His philosophical work What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) can be obtained here or here.

His cosmic horror novel The Shadow Over Sarnath (2023) (written for the sheer fun of it) can be gotten here.

His most recent short book So You Want to Get a PhD in Philosophy? can be obtained here.

Should you purchase any (or all) books from Amazon, please consider leaving a five-star review (if you think they merit such). Readers notice, and so does the Amazon algorithm.




‘Casting Down Imaginations’

By Rob Pue

October 12, 2025

All of humanity was born to worship.  We have an instinctive need to reverence our Creator.  This is just how God made us.  In the beginning, mankind had a close relationship with Him.  But in Genesis Chapter 3, we read of how the king of demons, Satan, tempted Eve and caused her to doubt what God said.  And the rest, as they say, is history.  Adam followed Eve in her quest for forbidden knowledge and power, and together they traded perfect communion with God for a life of pain and toil, of blood, sweat and tears… of thorns and thistles, culminating in death and then the judgment.

But that need to worship never subsided.  It’s woven into the very fabric of our souls; that innate need to revere the One who created us — to worship Him, and to somehow return to Him and re-establish that bond that was broken so long ago.  It’s the one and only thing that will ever satisfy our souls;  and the one thing that we will never find apart from Him.

The problems we encounter in this life begin the minute we depart from our Lord and try to do life on our own.  The consequences of this are immediate and devastating.  This is what happened to our first parents.  This rebellion is the “sin nature” that we are now all born with, so that even today there exists within us a great turmoil, a constant tug-of-war between our desire to know God and worship Him and our desire to stray away from Him and worship something else.

Now, God created us with minds to think and reason.  He doesn’t hide from us, and then expect us to have blind faith in a Creator we can never know anything about.  On the contrary, He makes Himself abundantly visible to all who have eyes to see.  We are without excuse.  The Bible makes it clear that we are able to know God, by the things that He made.  In other words, by observing His awesome Creation all around us, we know that God exists.  What’s more, He provided us with a book, The Bible, the very words of God Himself, so that we can know Him more;  and He did not spare even His own Son for our sakes, so that we may return to Him and restore that perfect relationship, as He welcomes us back and draws us close to Himself with loving arms of compassion.

Let’s summarize these points:  We are born with the knowledge of God and with a desire and purpose to worship and glorify Him.  This knowledge of God and desire to worship Him is reinforced as we observe His Creation all around us.  We also have His written Word to teach us all we will ever need to know.  Yet, many of us still prefer to deny Him, to run and try to hide from Him, because His light exposes the darkness of our sinful hearts.

Now,  what happens when we do this — when we deliberately choose to deny God?  Romans 1, starting at verse 28:  “Since they did not think it worthwhile to retain the knowledge of God, He gave them over to a depraved mind, to do what ought not to be done.  They have become filled with every kind of wickedness, evil, greed and depravity.  They are full of envy, murder, strife, deceit and malice.  They are gossips, slanderers, God-haters, insolent, arrogant and boastful;  they invent ways of doing evil;  they disobey their parents, they are senseless, faithless, heartless, ruthless.”   The heart of man, apart from the renewing and regeneration of Christ is hopelessly lost.  The Bible says it is deceitful above all things, and desperately wicked.  Surely it is obvious that this is true.  Even little babies, as precious and as “innocent” as they are,  do not need to be taught to sin.  We are all born with a self-centered, sinful nature.

Depraved minds.  But you see, even depraved minds still have that in-born desire to worship that we are all created with.  And so, apart from Christ,  we begin to invent things to worship that will fit conveniently into our lives without requiring anything of significance on our part.  As if we can fulfill our need to “worship” but still live as we choose, accountable to no one.  Deep thinkers with depraved minds will expand on these thoughts to create entire religions and theologies.  In other words, we use our imaginations to invent things to worship, instead of God.

What is the root word of “imagination?”  It is “image.”  We create an image to worship, — one that is to our liking.  In modern times, this “image” is usually an unseen thing — an invisible “god,” theology, idea or concept.  But in ancient times, man built idols and graven IMAGES to bow down to as a substitute for the real thing…  Rather than worshiping the Creator, they worshiped and served created THINGS.

In Exodus, Chapter 20, God gave His eternal laws to mankind, written with His own finger on tablets of stone.  The Ten Commandments.  And first on the list was: “You shall have no other gods before Me.”  Why do you think this was the first, and most basic law God gave to us?  Because He knows the heart of man, and our need to worship.  He also knows how susceptible we are to demonic deceptions.

Let’s read more of this Scripture.  “You shall not make for yourself an image in the form of anything in heaven above or on the earth beneath or in the waters below.  You shall not bow down to them or worship them…”  But yet what has mankind done?  Turn again to Romans, chapter 1:  “…although they knew God, they neither glorified Him as God nor gave thanks to Him, but their thinking became futile and their foolish hearts were darkened.  Although they claimed to be wise, they became fools and exchanged the glory of the immortal God for images made to look like mortal man and birds and animals and reptiles.” Then in verse 25:  They exchanged the truth of God for a lie, and worshiped and served created things rather than the Creator.”

There is nothing new under the sun.  Mankind has been worshiping idols in vain ever since Satan deceived Eve in the garden.  It’s our eternal struggle to worship, but yet to worship without submitting ourselves to God’s authority.  So, we use our imaginations to create a god to suit our selves… ultimately, one that we, ourselves, control.  Most of us no longer carve and mold a golden calf or a totem pole.  But we invent gods in our minds that suit us better than the one TRUE God of heaven.

This is what is happening still today.  Even professing Christians are not immune from idol worship, and many create a god in their own image that bears little resemblance to the God of the Bible.  How many liberal Christians will admonish you if you “judge” or speak firmly about sin, repentance and holy living?  How many will declare it is not “Christ-like” if you confront the evils and wickedness of our day, such as abortion or sexual depravity?  “You’ll never win them to Jesus if you don’t welcome them and love them,” they say.  Or they’ll declare, “MY god would never condemn anyone to hell…MY god is a god of love.”  Religious people are great at creating gods in their own image;  in their own imaginations.

Those who do not know God, those who are not diligent in studying the Scriptures are easily led astray and deceived by Satan.  Paul warned the Corinthians, “I am afraid that just as Eve was deceived by the serpent’s cunning, your minds may somehow be led astray from your sincere and pure devotion to Christ.  For if someone comes to you and preaches a Jesus other than the Jesus we preached, or if you receive a different spirit from the one you received, or a different gospel from the one you accepted, you put up with it easily…”

To the Galatians he wrote, “I am astonished that you are so quickly… turning to a different gospel…  some people are throwing you into confusion and are trying to pervert the gospel of Christ.  But even if we or an angel from heaven should preach a gospel other than the one we preached to you, let him be eternally condemned.”

Today we have many who profess to be Christians, but who deny the truths of Scripture or pervert the word of God by compromising it with their own imaginations.   And throughout the history of mankind, Satan has been at war with us, seeking our eternal damnation by luring us away from the pure word of God, with enticing things that appeal to our carnal natures.  Paul warned us of angels preaching false religion, tempting us to worship something other than God Almighty.  Scripture also tells us that Satan masquerades as an angel of light.  This is the same angel that appeared to Mohammed, calling himself “Allah.”  This is the same angel that called himself “Moroni” as he appeared to Joseph Smith, the founder of the Mormon religion.  This is the same so-called “angel,” who appeared to Satanist Aleister Crowley, and declared, “Do what thou wilt shall be the whole of the law.”

What it really comes down to is that we, in our sinful, human natures, are still trying to achieve what Satan promised Eve so long ago in the garden:  that we can become like God.  In fact, many New Age religions will even teach that we can become gods ourselves if we follow the path of “enlightenment.”

But let me clue you in to something that seems, to me, to be elementary, yet so elusive for so many:  as human beings we have two choices:  we either worship God or we worship Satan, in any number of disguises he will appear to us in, whichever disguise he knows will appeal to us most.  There are no other alternatives.  It is one or the other.

I was speaking to a New Ager recently and she was trying to explain to me how she prays to the Universe and how if she thinks good thoughts and surrounds herself with positive energy, the Universe will reward her with the desires of her heart.  Her ultimate hope for eternity is that her body will return to “star dust,” and that her soul will return to the Universe where she will be reincarnated, hopefully to a much higher, developed sentient being on this planet — or perhaps another planet, because as a citizen of the Living Universe, we do not limit ourselves to just the narrow mindedness of Earth.

Now, this woman reveres the “Universe” or the “Living Universe” as the ultimate “higher power” or “thing” that she worships.  She rejects the Bible and the God of the Scripture because she tried Christianity and it didn’t “work” for her.  In her mind, she cannot understand why anyone would follow a book so full of rules and laws and things that limit her freedom, words written by men thousands of years ago… words of superstition and bigotry and things that are clearly so old fashioned and irrelevant.  Now she is much more enlightened and on a “path” that appeals to her way more than the narrow-mindedness and confining dictates of a religion that limits her freedom to do as she pleases.  And, as the Wiccans say, “if it hurt no one, do as you please.”

Not knowing the Bible, the word of the eternal Creator, she does not realize that Scripture describes her to a tee:  in short, this woman “worships and serves created things, rather than the Creator.”  You see, in her mind, the Universe is the biggest, most powerful thing she can imagine.  (There’s that word again:  “imagine!”)  But she neglects to remember that the God of the Bible CREATED the Universe!

Why would you worship and serve a created thing rather than the eternal One who created it?  Friends, be warned, that those who do, and deliberately choose to deny God and persist in their rebellion, will eventually be given depraved minds.  They will no longer be ABLE to discern the truth, even when it is staring them straight in the face.  It will be nonsense to them.  Good will be bad and bad will be good.  That’s what it means.  I believe there are many in the world today, who have passed this “point of no return” already.  Since they did not think it worthwhile to retain the knowledge of God, He has turned them over to depraved, reprobate minds.

We are seeing a lot of this lately.  In fact, I believe we are nearing the close of time, the last days, and people are choosing now to seal their fate, and pick their eternal destinies.  It is a scary thing, but know this:  God has never condemned a single soul to hell who did not have ample opportunity to know Him and return to His loving arms.  The spiritual forces of darkness surround us, unseen as they are, but no less real.  Satan and his demons are contending for our souls and many are being led astray and deceived.  The most insidious part is that he rarely comes in his true form, but rather, as “enlightenment,” as a more pure, loving “path” to “god.”  So now, more than ever, we must remember the words of Paul to the Corinthians:  “Though we walk in the flesh, we do not war after the flesh.  For the weapons of our warfare are not carnal, but mighty through God to the pulling down of strongholds, casting down IMAGINATIONS, and every high thing that exalteth itself against the knowledge of God, and bringing into captivity every thought to the obedience of Christ.”  Study and KNOW God’s word, dear friends, and you will not be deceived by the schemes of the devil.

© 2025 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: robatwcn@icloud.com




Saving Western Civilization Demands That We Study Islam

by Peter Falkenberg Brown

October 11, 2025

Presenting a simple resource guide to gain a clear understanding of the REAL Islam

Why do Westerners need to study Islam? The answer is very simple. If Islam were “just a religion,” studying it would not be necessary unless one simply wanted to learn about the religion.

However, Islam is not a religion. It is a political ideology that, when put into practice, results in loss of freedom, violence, and ultimately mass slavery of its populations. To many, this statement may seem “intolerant.” Yet, those who study Islam in-depth, without apology for Islam, and those who study Islam’s historical record, will indeed find that Islam poses an existential threat to free civilizations.

[From the Editor: Proof that Islam is NOT a religion from their own pamphlet, but highlight page 5 of their document]

This does not mean that “Muslims are bad.” That would be bigotry because one must assess a person based on his or her character, heart, and actions, not based on race, color, or creed. Just to clarify, Muslims come from all races, and thus expressing discontent with Islam is not “racist.” It is also not “Islamophobic” because it is not an “irrational fear” to be concerned about the loss of freedom under totalitarian ideologies. “Islamophobic” is a nonsense (but very clever) word, coined by Islamists to shut down criticism of Islam by impugning the mental state of those discussing it.

Many Muslims don’t study their own doctrines. Others ignore their doctrine and just try to lead good lives. Many feel trapped by Islam and, in fact, are Islam’s first victims—especially among women. Some support Islam’s goals but don’t take direct action. At the end of this essay, there is a link to a fourteen-minute video called By the Numbers, which reports on what Muslims around the world actually believe.

Thus, because of Islam’s political ideology, I believe that Westerners must study Islam. If we do not, preserving Western civilization with all of its freedoms and values will be very difficult.

In addition, it’s critically important to not only know one’s “enemy” but to also name one’s enemy. The cartoonist (and former Albanian-American Muslim) Bosch Fawstin wrote in an April 29, 2019 article for JihadWatch.org, titled “Bosch Fawstin: No More Misnomers: We Need to Stop Playing Name Games with Islam”:

To read the rest of this resource guide, please visit the author’s website:

© 2025 Peter Falkenberg Brown – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Peter Falkenberg Brown: peterbrown@worldcommunity.com

Website: https://peterfalkenbergbrown.com




Why Do Conservatives Lie About J. Edgar Hoover?

By Cliff Kincaid

October 11, 2025

Michael Goodwin of the New York Post is either the dumbest “conservative” writer on the scene or a bald-faced liar. He writes that J. Edgar Hoover’s FBI “…hated Martin Luther King Jr. and aimed to destroy him by linking him to the Communist Party.” He circulated this lie in the context of criticizing the FBI under Democrats for conducting illegal surveillance on Republican Senators.

Hoover was ordered to conduct surveillance on King on the orders of then-Attorney General Robert F. “Bobby” Kennedy, the father of Trump’s current HHS secretary. King’s operation was infested with identified communists.

RFK was Attorney General under his brother JFK, who shared the concern about King’s communism. The Kennedy brothers were anti-communist Democrats.

This concern was also expressed by Republican Senator Jesse Helms, who said King “associated with identified members of the Communist Party of the United States (CPUSA), with persons who were former members of or close to the CPUSA, and with CPUSA front organizations.” He added, “In some important respects King’s civil rights activities and later his opposition to the Vietnam war were strongly influenced by and dependent on these associations.”

A total of 58,000 Americans sacrificed and died to save South Vietnam from communism. The communists won because of “anti-war” demonstrations in the U.S., endorsed by King and organized by communists, which prompted an anti-war Democratic Party caucus in Congress to cut off U.S. financial assistance to anti-communist South Vietnam.

The evidence shows that both JFK and his brother Bobby had themselves obtained and passed on information about King’s communist ties, extramarital affairs, and womanizing. It was information that had been obtained from wiretaps on King authorized by Bobby himself. You can read the FBI file on King which was requested by the Kennedy Brothers.

There is no reason to lie about Hoover to smear the FBI under James Comey and Christopher Wray.

No wonder people do not trust the media anymore. Honest conservatives cannot trust the “conservative” media, either.

This is important because New York City mayoral candidate Zohran Mamdani claims to be following in King’s footsteps, and cites King’s alleged commitment to democratic socialism.

If we had an anti-communist FBI under Kash Patel, agents would be documenting Mamdani’s links to communists and Islamists, as Trevor Loudon, Daniel Greenfield and I have already done, and then release the information to the public. Read my report here.

We need another J. Edgar Hoover.

It is true that King drifted much deeper into far-left territory later in his career, when the communists were allowed to infiltrate his campaign and exert influence over him.

As honest conservatives, we cannot ignore that fact.

My position all along has been that while King was a fighter for civil rights and showed courage in opposing racism, he had his own serious flaws, one of which was failing to understand the dangers of Marxism. Another was adultery.

JFK’s wife Jackie Kennedy recognized the truth.

Her book, Jacqueline Kennedy: Historic Conversations on Life with John F. Kennedy, makes it abundantly clear that Jack and Bobby Kennedy, as well as Jackie, saw through the public façade of the Reverend King and knew him to be a proven liar about his communist connections and a scoundrel in terms of his personal life. Jackie called King a “phony” in the taped conversations that form the basis of the book.

I am tired of the lies on the Left and the lies on the Right. Won’t you join me in cleaning up the lies on both sides?

David J. Garrow, a left-wing figure, explained some of the controversy in his 1981 book The FBI and Martin Luther King, Jr., as well as a 2002 Atlantic magazine article based on it.

He notes that Bobby Kennedy authorized the FBI to begin wiretapping the telephones of King because he “believed that one of King’s closest advisers was a top-level member of the American Communist Party, and that King had repeatedly misled Administration officials about his ongoing close ties with the man.”

The associate was Stanley Levison, who had been involved in Communist Party USA financial affairs and was helping to arrange funding of the party by Moscow.

But Levison was not the only concern.

Garrow writes, “Levison, the FBI told Kennedy and Marshall [Burke Marshall, the assistant attorney general for civil rights], had recently installed as head of the SCLC’s small New York office a young African-American man named Jack O’Dell, whose publicly documented record of affiliation with the CPUSA had drawn the attention of hostile congressional committees just a few years earlier. Kennedy’s inner circle resolved that every Administration aide acquainted with King would warn him fervently but vaguely about the political danger of continuing his association with Levison and O’Dell. King politely accepted and then privately dismissed warning after warning.” (O’Dell would later go to work for King associate Jesse Jackson).

Hence, King was deceiving the Kennedys, his allies in the civil rights struggle.

Michael Goodwin of the New York Post, who is also a Fox News contributor, should correct his lies but probably will not. That is why I rarely trust anything in this “conservative” news outlet, except for Miranda Devine’s columns on the Hunter laptop.

The communists were manipulating the civil rights movement in directions that benefited them, such as by influencing King to be critical of the war against communism in Vietnam and the system of free enterprise capitalism in the U.S.

The latter turn in King’s career is what has captured the attention of Zohran Mamdani, who now claims to be a “democratic socialist” in the mold of King.

To correct this claim, we must tell the truth about King AND Mamdani.

In a column more than four years ago on this topic, How Woke Conservatives Cancel Their Own Culture, I noted that  Glenn Beck had included King on the list of innocent victims of an anti-communist witch hunt and insisted that the FBI decided to “spy” on King Jr. for no legitimate reason.

Beck also lied and never corrected the record.

I wrote at the time that to further divide and demoralize America, Marxism took civil rights and applied it to homosexuals and transgenders. Harry Hay, the modern-day founder of the gay rights movement, was a member of the Communist Party who wore a dress and believed in the occult. All of this has been planned out in advance.

With liars like Goodwin and Beck in the forefront of the “conservative” media, the truth about communist infiltration of America will never come out.

Incidentally, I defended Beck when he was canned by Fox for attacking George Soros. That is when Fox News founder Roger Ailes was in charge and was found to have sexually harassed attractive women in his employ. Beck’s “crime” was accurately identifying Soros as a Nazi collaborator in his youth.

The Zev Chafets book, Roger Ailes Off Camera, confirms the role of Media Matters and the ADL, as well as Beck’s criticism of Soros, in his forced departure from Fox News.

The conservative audience must beware of what passes for “conservative” media these days. We as news consumers must punish those who lie to us by tuning them out.

© 2025 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net




Schumer’s Treasonous Legacy

By Amil Imani

October 11, 2025

Chuck Schumer represents the lowest point of American political corruption – the worst senator our country has ever faced, a malicious traitor hiding behind a leader’s facade while betraying the American people through every sneaky move. This corrupt relic, rooted in Washington for nearly fifty years, epitomizes everything corrupt about our Republic: a spineless hypocrite who abandons the working class, kowtows to dark money bosses, and causes chaos among the very citizens he claims to serve. Schumer isn’t merely ineffective; he’s a calculated enemy of the people, a puppet of elite interests who thrives on division, lies, and chaos. His record drips with betrayal, showing clearly that he deserves not a Senate seat but a prison cell in the deepest dungeon of justice.

Schumer’s hypocrisy surges like a toxic flood, drowning any pretense of integrity. This snake once railed against illegal immigration in 1993, thundering that asylum abuses were shattering our borders and that policies were “wide open to abuse.” He demanded ironclad reforms, warning that unchecked influxes would cripple America. Fast-forward to today, and Schumer flips like a gutless weasel, championing open borders that flood our streets with crime, drugs, and economic ruin – all while his Wall Street masters profit from cheap labor. This isn’t evolution; it’s outright treason against the American worker. Schumer’s flip-flops extend to the filibuster, where he once defended it as sacrosanct but now shreds it when it suits his power grabs. And don’t forget his Supreme Court rants: he accused Republicans of “the absolute height of hypocrisy” for filling vacancies, yet he orchestrated the same partisan warfare when it benefited Democrats. Schumer’s words are weapons of mass deception, fired only to protect his throne while the people bleed.

His leadership? A catastrophic farce that exposes him as the weakest link in a chain of cowards. Schumer caves to Democrat radicals, pushing bills that bankrupt families and empower globalists, leaving Main Street to rot. In March 2025, he rammed through a funding disaster that gutted protections for the vulnerable, all to keep his party’s machine humming. Progressives rightly branded it a “huge slap in the face,” a betrayal that fueled shutdown threats and left families in peril. Schumer’s excuse? He claims Republicans are “vicious nihilists” too extreme to negotiate with, yet he rolls over like a beaten dog instead of fighting tooth and nail. This isn’t a strategy; it’s surrender. He misreads every room, fails to arm-twist allies, and leaves Democrats looking like fools. Even his own candidates abandon him, refusing to back his leadership in key races because they see the rot: a man who prioritizes his ego over victory. Schumer isn’t leading; he’s looting the Senate’s soul, turning it into a graveyard of broken promises.

Now, Schumer has escalated his war on the people by forcing a government shutdown set to slam shut at midnight on October 1, 2025, plunging millions into uncertainty over jobs, services, and security. Demanding “real negotiation” while dismissing Republican-led bills as “partisan,” he pushes for ACA subsidy extensions at the cost of essential funding, holding America hostage to his party’s priorities. In a tense White House clash with President Trump, Schumer lectured on health care fallout, claiming the president ignored realities – yet walked away with nothing, his distrust of GOP offers ensuring a stalemate that hurts workers, veterans, and families. This shutdown isn’t a strategy; it’s sabotage, as Schumer bets on chaos to smear Republicans, proving once again his contempt for the public good.

Corruption courses through Schumer’s veins like poison. A career parasite with zero private-sector experience, he’s spent 45 years sucking the lifeblood from taxpayers while enriching himself and his cronies. His top donors? Wall Street vultures, like Blackstone, buy his loyalty to crush the middle class. Schumer works not for the people but for dark money empires, shutting down governments when it suits his games but ensuring his paycheck rolls in. He and Hakeem Jeffries prioritize self-enrichment over American interests, defunding food programs for women and children while police go unpaid – all in the name of political theater. This demon blocks U.S. attorney confirmations out of spite, reeks of double standards on impeachments, and even threatens Supreme Court justices with mob-like warnings: “You will pay the price.” Schumer’s malignant mannerisms mark him as the enemy within, a psycho-political beast infiltrating our institutions to dismantle them from the inside.

Look at his scandals – they pile up like corpses in a war zone. Schumer decries misinformation to silence critics like Tucker Carlson but spreads lies himself, demanding firings for dissent. On Israel, his silence amid Democratic disgrace exposes his gutless core. Schumer accuses others of undermining democracy while hypocritically crying foul over the rightful indictment of Comey, claiming no faith in the judicial system under Trump, and all the while accusing Republicans of eroding democratic norms. He’s a human waste, a straight-up corrupt who places party over nation, betraying America at every turn. In rankings of congressional scum, he tops the list of the worst, alongside warmongers and sellouts.

Schumer’s reign of terror must come to an end now. This geriatric crank, this poster child for everything vile in politics, has declared war on the American people through his endless betrayals. We the people see through his contempt, his sky-is-falling b—–t, his games with our lives. Shut down the government if that’s what it takes to purge this plague – America demands a reset, starting with obliterating Schumer and his Democratic cabal of crooks. He isn’t a senator; he’s a scourge, the ultimate enemy of the people, and history will crush him under the boot of righteous fury. Rise, America – expose, expel, and erase this monster before he drags us all into the abyss.

© 2025 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved




Charlie Kirk’s Assassination: Whodunit?

By Cherie Zaslawsky

October 10, 2025

Ever since the assassination of President Kennedy in 1963, scores of Americans have learned to mistrust “official stories” that seem designed to conceal a passel of conspirators by pointing to a single “lone wolf” shooter as the perpetrator—someone we’ve learned to consider as a “lone wolf patsy.”

That is why the internet is percolating with citizen sleuths investigating the murder of Charlie Kirk.

In the meantime, we’ll soon see if Trump’s FBI is worth its salt. The good news is they are investigating a half dozen or more people who clearly had prior knowledge of the murder based on their online chat on Discord. And I’m assuming Kash Patel will also drag in the four people from the TPUSA event that I’d want hauled in first: the two staffers inside the tent who seemed to be signaling via hand movements seconds before the shot rang out; Hunter Kozak, the young man who asked the question about transgender mass shootings just before the shot; and the man who, right after Charlie collapsed, pumped his fist high in a gesture that echoed one of the alleged Discord chat room posts: “We f—ing did it!”

THE OFFICIAL STORY

It was the kid on the roof with a rifle. Sound familiar?

Only this time it was a Mauser firing a .30-06 caliber bullet.

No sooner was it announced that the shot hailed from a Mauser firing a .30-06 caliber bullet, than Citizen Sleuths with extensive knowledge of firearms weighed in: Impossible. Wrong angle, wrong bullet, wrong location. Among the truth-seeking critics: Alex Jones of Infowars; Nate Cornacchia, retired Special Forces Green Beret; former US Marine Zeb Boylin—and scads of others who have firearm expertise.

In a nutshell: they concur that a .30-06 would have blown Kirk’s head off. Says Boylin, a Marine Scout Sniper who taught ballistics classes for five years: “The FBI’s lying. It’s quite literally not possible for the shooter to have been on the roof that they claim….”. And as Nate points out, while guys like him posting on YouTube, etc. are investigating bullet trajectories using “math and Newtonian physics,” the FBI never even locked down the crime scene—which, by the way, UVU immediately paved over.

But here’s something everyone can likely agree on:

There are astonishing parallels to the attempted assassination of Trump in Butler, Pennsylvania: a large public outdoor event; a lone shooter up on an unsecured roof; the target shot at while speaking to the crowd; major failures by an incompetent or compromised security team. It’s almost as if the real perpetrators, whoever they may be, are saying to the President: We may have missed you in Pennsylvania, but we’ve just taken out your right-hand man in Utah.

It only took the FBI 33 hours to track down Charlie Kirk’s alleged assailant, and launch the official story, with Tyler Robinson named as the patsy…I mean assassin.

THE PLOT THICKENS

It almost seems like a point of pride for the FBI and assorted Deep Staters to obfuscate mass shootings and assassinations whether they gain anything by it or not. Why, for example, did they need for Thomas Crooks to be the guilty party in Butler, PA rather than Antifa member Maxwell Yearick, whom a number of citizen sleuths have outed as the sniper—at least one of them? Is it that We the Peons never deserve the truth?

While Occam’s Razor may work as a general principle when searching for the truth, it may offer temptation to ignore complexities in cases of high-profile attempted assassinations and mass shootings in favor of simple answers that may provide a sense of closure. However, since 1963, our own government and media mouthpieces have cried “lone wolf” so many times that most of us disbelieve them now as a matter of course.

Clearly, there’s more to this story than we’ve been led to believe.

SOME REASONS TO DOUBT THE OFFICIAL STORY

Impossibility it was a .30-06 caliber bullet as that would have blown Kirk’s head off
The fact that the gaping wound on his neck was an exit wound
Necessity for the shot to have come from behind Charlie and somewhat to the right to account for the exit wound on his neck
Transgender shooting question at the time of the kill shot
Nearby easily accessed roofs of buildings were left unsecured
The odd behavior of his security team including making hand signals seconds prior to shot
Brian Harpole, the security team owner, making finger movement as if triggering a device at the very moment of the shot
Mystery Suspect doing likewise with a two-handed movement, standing to Charlie’s right
The fact that Brian Harpole, owner of the security group, was smiling as he mimed triggering some device
The fact that the University immediately dug up the area where Kirk was killed and paved over it
The fact that videographer and investigative journalist Jason Goodman detected drones at high altitudes in the airspace above the crime scene, as in Butler, PA
The fact that a Hades spy plane flew very nearby at low altitudes both before and after the shooting

POIROT INVESTIGATES BY PROXY

Clearly, there’s more to this story than we’ve been led to believe, so let’s begin by asking some questions.

Donning my Hercule Poirot chapeau, the first thing I notice is, as Poirot was wont to say, that there are too many clues. Why the Antifa/transgender inscriptions on the bullet casings? Why the question about transgender mass shootings as Kirk was shot? Is it coincidental that Tyler Robinson, the alleged killer, has a “transitioning” transgender male-to-female lover? Why the campus presence of the radical Leftwing group Armed Queers of Salt Lake City? Why the cheering of some in the audience when Charlie had fallen?

Now all of that is real and very troubling. But it’s also a narrative, and perhaps a shade too pat under the circumstances. After all, Poirot’s trademark modus operandi is to seek out facts over narrative.

So now we need to consider two main possibilities—make that three: either Tyler Robinson, acting alone out of anger at Charlie Kirk’s Christian stance against transgenderism, shot and killed him; or Robinson acted in collusion with members of the transgender community, some of whom apparently had foreknowledge of the event; or a deeper, more sinister and more elaborate conspiracy has taken place.

And let’s begin with a new premise: Let’s assume that the official story is not only incorrect, but that it is deliberately misleading. That way we can begin to look for the opposite of what we’ve been told took place.

QUERYING THE OFFICIAL STORY

Why, for example, have we been assured there was no exit wound?

Well, if there’s no exit wound then the gaping hole in Charlie’s neck had to be the entrance wound. That means the shot had to come from Charlie’s left. So we’re going to assume the shot came from the right.

Next: why the insistence that the bullet was a badass .30-06 shot by a kid on an unsecured rooftop 200 yards away, using with his grandpa’s Mauser? For the moment, let’s consider the kid and the Mauser and even the rooftop as window dressing, and zero in on the bullet and the distance involved.

We are asked to believe that the shot came from far away—some 200 yards—and from a bullet that can kill a moose, to explain the damage to Charlie’s body.

So we’re going to assume the opposite: A much smaller caliber bullet but fired at very close range. This could account for the lethality of the shot and the damage to Charlie’s body.

These assumptions open up a new possibilities that we can now explore.

THE TWO-SHOT THEORY & JASON GOODMAN’S EXPLANATION

If Kirk was shot at relatively close range on his right side, how can we explain the unmistakable sound of the loud crack-boom from a high-powered rifle? Enter the two-shot theory.

While many have considered the need for two shots to pull off this baffling assassination, Jason Goodman, professional videographer turned investigative journalist and digital sleuth extraordinaire, has painstakingly unearthed evidence of the kill shot coming from behind Kirk. According to this theory, which I find very plausible, someone, whether Tyler Robinson from a rooftop 200 yards away, or someone else in another location, fired the shot we all heard—but it was not the kill shot. The fatal shot was not supersonic but subsonic, possibly via a silencer, or as Goodman suggests, it was a low-muzzle velocity projectile, likely a .50 caliber PCP round shot from an air-rifle and possibly digitally synced with the supersonic rifle shot fired further away that functioned as a decoy to fit the cover story.

Diagram from Jason Goodman’s Substack

As Alex Jones, along with a number of other alternative media and citizen experts, has opined, Charlie Kirk’s murder was a professional hit. You don’t leave it up to a kid with a screwdriver trying to assemble and disassemble Grandpa’s WWI rifle to make the shot. Assuming the guilty planners were the same ones behind Butler, they likely wanted to be sure they got their target this time. And what better way than with a skilled sniper taking a relatively close-range shot.

Through his meticulous research forensically examining the digital evidence, Goodman believes he has traced the bullet itself through several frames of video, moving in a line from behind Charlie toward the right side of the back of his head. In fact, the technology exists to link shots from two different guns to fire at the same time through a synchronous firing system that includes a transmitter/receiver to communicate with the other firearm(s).

CONSPIRACY CENTRAL

But let’s take a look at a few other popular theories bouncing around the internet:

An exploding lavalier mic inside Charlie’s shirt killed him, not a bullet
It was a palm pistol shot by Brian Harpole due to the “trigger-finger” movement of his right hand at the moment the shot rings out
Charlie’s team made suspicious gestures just prior to the shot implicating them in the plot
A man wearing black and holding a large camera-gun behind Charlie shoots him and then takes a few steps backwards before turning around and heading out toward the parking lot

While I credit Jason Goodman’s theory as the most compelling I’ve seen, considering these theories, the one I find most plausible is the last, as the location makes perfect sense and camera guns exist, though I don’t know if they fire with the velocity necessary to deliver the kill shot. But there are also oddities and questions regarding Charlie’s team’s actions which we’ll consider shortly.

And I want to add a suspicious occurrence to the list. Take a look at the fellow wearing a white shirt in the photo below holding what looks like a camera up to his eyes. Moments later, when the shot is heard, his hands are clenched together—possibly holding something—and he jerks them up and down in perfect time with the crack-boom. Not only that, but he makes the same sort of movement with two hands that Brian Harpole, on the opposite side of Charlie, makes with one hand at the same exact moment, as the shot is heard.

Mystery Suspect in white T-shirt holding something up to eyes. Brian Harpole bottom right.

Now I’m not saying either of these two tried to shoot Kirk—but can it be coincidental that they both seemed to mime that gunshot exactly as it occurred? Why? What were they doing? And how did they know there would be a shot or the precise moment of its arrival?

Brian Harpole making triggering gesture with right hand as shot is heard.

Another point of interest: TPUSA’s security head, Dan Flood, the man wearing black who appeared to give an arm signal just prior to the shot, and who is Brian Harpole’s associate in his security company Rockhouse Integrity Group—was also present, along with Harpole, at the rally in Butler, Pennsylvania where Trump narrowly escaped an assassin’s bullet. They were there to provide security for Charlie Kirk at the Trump rally.

It’s a small world.

And speaking of similarities between Butler and the Utah Valley University fatal shooting, Jason Goodman, in reviewing enlarged video of the airspace over the campus, discovered several drones above the Utah campus, as he’d found in the airspace over Butler on the day Trump was nearly assassinated.

By now one thing is clear: the similarities to Butler make this investigation a national security issue.

A CLOSER LOOK AT TPUSA SECURITY TEAM

Here’s a quote from Greg Shaffer, founder of Shaffer’s Security, which provided security for TPUSA for 7 or 8 years, till the end of 2022:

The individuals who work for that company [Integrity Security Solutions] were the ones on the stage. Dan Flood headed up security for Turning Point USA, and Brian Harpole is his best friend. Brian worked for me for seven years, and then Brian started his own company and then shorted me on the contract for Turning Point USA. That’s how they got the contract.

From Ken Silva of Headline USA: “When asked whether he had a falling out with Flood and Harpole, Shaffer said with a chuckle: ‘No, just got stabbed in the back by some friends.’”

It’s also worthy of mention that the website for Brian’s company, Integrity Security Solutions, has been scrubbed. No more live links.
Not great optics, guys.

MESDAMES ET MESSIEURS

Here at last is my speculation, Poirot-style.

Mesdames et Messieurs: From the first I was curious about the odd hand movements of security team leader Brian Harpole facing the right side of the stage and Mystery Suspect on the left side. Both seemed to mimic the firing of a gun at the moment when the shot was heard, yet neither could have held such a weapon, and how would they know such a shot would be fired at all, let alone at that moment?

This brings us to the possibility of a low-tech version of the crime.

Shortly before Hunter Kozak, Charlie’s last questioner, came up to the podium, TPUSA security head Dan Flood texted someone on his phone. Innocent, perhaps. But suppose he texted Kozak, instructing him to speak next. It must have been prearranged for Hunter to ask a two-part question to give the shooters time to ready themselves for the shot.

Then comes the signals from Turek and Flood. Frank lifts and replaces his hat and touches his face—innocent, perhaps. But Dan Flood gives a broad arm signal exactly as Charlie speaks his last words on this earth: “Counting or not counting gang violence?” That was also the signal for Brian Harpole and Mystery Suspect to make their hand-trigger movements.

Why?

Because the sniper was on the left side behind Charlie’s tent—the far left side as you face the stage. From there, he couldn’t see Harpole to know exactly when to fire, but he could see Mystery Suspect. And Mystery Suspect could see Harpole. So the signal was sent from Flood to Harpole to Mystery Suspect to the sniper in split second timing. And the man who fired the high-powered rifle could presumably see both Flood and Mystery Suspect from his distant vantage point.

Our killer may have been holding a large camera gun and been near the back of the tent, or may have been under the breezeway further behind the tent, or may have been in the parking lot, even in the hatchback van parked near the tent as Jason Goodman speculates.

We don’t know his name, but since we find an odd overlap involving both the transgender community and TPUSA insiders, we’re looking at an overarching plan larger than either group, and can assume the highest level orchestrators of this open-air public assassination were not present at the Utah Valley University that day.

CLOSING THOUGHTS

The proverbial lone wolf shooter isn’t cutting it anymore. We the People need all the facts of the conspiracy surrounding Charlie Kirk’s death to be investigated and made public, and for those involved to be charged, tried and sentenced to the full extent of the law.

And that means both the “hotblooded” conspiracy that emerged from the transgender/Antifa community, and the possibility of an overarching calculated, “coldblooded” conspiracy perhaps shockingly even involving members of Charlie’s own team.

But regardless of the findings, we already know what entity was behind the hit on Charlie: the MAGA-hating, America-hating radical “Progressive” Left. And the motive? The takedown of America by the One World Government elite globalist cabal, along with their American allies—that’s you, Dems—and assorted RINOs.

And let’s not forget the Deep State.

It didn’t disappear when Trump won the election. And then there’s the phenomenon brilliant writer Joan Swirsky discusses in an article in News with Views: the metamorphosis that often occurs once seemingly honorable men get positions in D.C. The idealistic Jimmy Stewart types à la Mr. Smith Goes to Washington, swiftly morph into clones of corrupt politician Claude Rains. The Deep State powermongers find ways to blackmail, threaten or bribe them into compliance, which may be why Conservative heroes Kash Patel and Dan Bongino seem to be letting us down.

But one thing should now be clear: Deep State elements in our own government participated in, and likely orchestrated, the conspiracy to assassinate Charlie Kirk. Why else would our government be misleading us and engaging in a coverup instead of seeking the perpetrators and pursuing justice?

As Gary Bauer, president of American Values, opines, “The real threat to our Republic comes from the totalitarian Left and its Deep State allies.” Victor Davis Hanson says of Charlie Kirk’s murder, “it was a political assassination.” And as President Trump noted: “The gun may have been aimed at Charlie, but the bullet was for all of us.” What the Left and its Deep State allies have in their crosshairs are the MAGA movement, Conservative patriots, and We the People who love our country.

The enemy is within our gates.

© 2025 Cherie Zaslawsky – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cherie Zaslawsky: cherzz@sbcglobal.net




Florida Counties Honors Charlie Kirk

By Kat Stansell

October 10, 2025

Lake, Lee, and Manatee Counties Lead The Way

Image of rendering of Kirk Memorial, New College of Florida, USA Today.

As of October 9, 2025, three counties in Florida have written resolutions to rename thoroughfares within their boundaries to honor the murdered Christian activist, Charlie Kirk the head of Turning Point USA. Two, Lake and Lee, have passed them.

The LAKE COUNTY Commission voted unanimously, Sept. 29, to rename Schofield Road (a section of Wellness Way from US 27 to Orange County line) as “Charlie Kirk Memorial Highway.” Signs are installed, and a ceremony is planned for later in October.

LEE COUNTY Board of Commissioners, as of October 1, adopted a resolution proposed by the Lake County Republican Assembly, to rename a section of Summerlin Blvd., as Charlie Kirk Blvd. Kudos for the Lake Co. FRA in particular, given the state’s attacks on the FRA organization to date.

The board of MANATEE COUNTY Commission, on October 8, unanimously voted to direct staff to prepare a resolution naming a section of 51st St. in Bradenton in honor of Kirk – with the explicit intent to hold an advertised public hearing at an, as yet, unnamed date. Final resolution is still pending that hearing.

A proposal in ST. LUCIE COUNTY will come up for a vote next week (10/14).

The New College of Florida announced that it will commission a statue of Kirk to be erected on campus. This is the image at the head of this article, and one which I find particularly moving. Charlie Kirk spent much of his adult life on college campuses reaching out to remove the great divide between our republic and our youth. So, he will be memorialized by New College.

A bill, HB113, proposed by freshman Rep. Steele has been presented to Tallahassee calling for all Florida public colleges and universities in the state to rename an on-campus area (road, park, etc) in honor of Charlie Kirk. A financial penalty of loss of revenue from the state is attached to this bill. There is, as yet, no talk of additional sponsors, or work through committees. The bill faces strong opposition from ‘free speech” advocates and the Left, of course.

MIAMI-DADE County has chosen a section of a State Road 985, near Florida International University, to name in Charlie Kirk’s honor; therefore, legislative approval from Tallahassee is required. This is HB33. filed Sept. 23 by Rep. Juan Carlos Porras. Should it be passed, it will be effective July 1, 2026.

Others counties have rejected efforts to commemorate Kirk by renaming roadways or public buildings

ESCAMBIA County (most western county in Florida’s Panhandle) commissioners UNANIMOUSLY VOTED DOWN the renaming of a short stretch of N. 65th Ave., from Lillian Hwy to W. Fairfield Dr. in Kirk’s honor. This was after two hours of “contentious debate”. Many critics brought up the problem of naming a road in front of a high school known for previous racial tensions after a controversial figure perceived by many to be racially divisive. In 1976, a riot occurred between White and Black students over removing the name “Rebels” and the Confederate flag from the school.

It is difficult to realize that there are places that still have not made progress in ameliorating racial divide in the past fifty years.

BREVARD County proposed that Cypress Avenue (between Eau Gallie Boulevard and Orange Street) be named “Charlie Kirk Lane.” Melbourne City Council voted against it. They said that Kirk was not of their area, and they feared concerns about deterring business/residents, and community division. Wow.

Call this a stretch, which it probably is, but suddenly I can see some glimmer of how/why the 29-year-old who was just arrested for starting the Palisades Fire in CA in January, might possibly have fled to Melbourne, where he was arrested this week. Seemed so odd. I will share with you, up front, that I do not believe for a quick minute, that this sudden arrest puts the question of origin of those fires to rest. The Maui fires in 2023 (which didn’t burn buildings with blue roofs, btw) have been written off to downed power lines which were turned back on accidentally. There is much more to learn about both.

State Leadership of Florida has not yet proposed any kind of a memorial to Kirk. With as much connection as Charlie had to the state, I have to wonder why. It was quick and easy for Tallahassee to erect a few dozen “Sunshine State” road signs which bore the name of the Governor. Why not signs on I-4 or I-95 or the Turnpike??

The FL Democrat Party issued a statement of regret and condolence.

The Governor paused in his speech at a 9/11 remembrance in Palm Harbor, to briefly recognize Kirk’s accomplishments, to speak of Kirk’s close relationship to himself and the state, and against this type of violence. These were DeGov’s words of “regret and condolence”.

I think we expect more, Gov.

© 2025 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com




Christianity is No Place for the Cowardly

By Coach Dave Daubenmire

October 10, 2025

It is obvious to anyone who is paying attention that Christianity is enemy number one in the battle for America. Not that Christians aren’t numerous. Or that Christians don’t care about what is going on in America.

No, my friends, apathy is not the problem, although it is surely running rampant across the fruited plain. I remember the day when you would ask someone what he/she thought we needed to do to rescue America and the response was more or less, “I don’t know and I don’t care.”

But people are beginning to care again. After decades of forcing Christians’ and Christian views and thoughts to be shoved to the back of the bus, the recent murder of Charlie Kirk has spawned a huge awakening…especially with younger Americans.

For at least a generation the Luciferian Left has shoved a sock in the mouth of Christians simply by making accusations of “racist, homophobe, bigot, anti-semite”…you know the gig. In the land of “free speech” many voices have been silenced through fear and self-censorship.

The false narrative of “who are you to judge” has silenced the voice of more Christians than any single phrase uttered by some uncircumcised philistine who equated “judging” with hatred.

Help me out here…but isn’t someone calling you a bigot for simply stating an opinion a form of bigotry? Charlie Kirk was murdered for simply asking the wrong questions which forced people to deal with uncomfortable answers.

My Christian friends, Jesus NEVER told us not to judge. In fact, He encouraged us to judge “righteously.” What kind of fool doesn’t make value judgments? What’s good…what’s bad…what’s smart…what’s dumb…what’s right…what’s wrong. Besides, you are not JUDGING…but WITNESSING. Jesus is the JUDGE…we are the witnesses. Pointing out what is WRONG is NOT JUDGING…it is bearing witness to the TRUTH.

Webster defines judging as “forming an opinion.” Sadly, the thought police are doing all they can to “judge” which opinions are acceptable. Censorship, through ridicule, is their greatest tool. That is why I can often be seen wearing my favorite t-shirt which states TRUTH SOUNDS LIKE HATE TO THOSE WHO HATE THE TRUTH. (Check out my t-shirts.)

But speaking the TRUTH is becoming a dangerous business. In the past several years we have seen censorship become the number one tool in the arsenal of the opposition. The LEFT hates the TRUTH. How else can you explain their obvious censorship of arguments they cannot win based on reason and knowledge? Most of the name-calling now comes from the “tolerant” Left. But speaking the Truth has become more dangerous. Look no further than the false Government narrative of what exactly happened on January 6. As more and more evidence is uncovered it becomes plainly obvious that the power-hungry Luciferians will spare no weapon in silencing the voice of Truth.

Our courts are corrupt. Prosecutors are corrupt. The lawyers are afraid to go against the established government narrative for fear of professional censure while hundreds of innocent Americans languished in American Gulags. All promoted and approved by the once-guardians-of-liberty…the lame-stream media.

Did any of you ever think the day would come when Americans would openly cheer the public execution of a journalist? They killed Charlie Kirk not because he was wrong…but because he was effective. The Luciferians have always hated the TRUTH. You can bury it, but you can’t kill it. It always resurrects stronger than before. The Luciferian Left are on the run. Truth is always the antidote to lies. What was the line the President popularized…the fake news…? What is fake is a lie. Satan is the Father of lies. It is not a very difficult trail to follow.

Let me cut to the chase…I seem to be rambling a bit.

I have a question you can ask your pastor. I once asked it of my former pastor. During one of those Saturday morning “men’s breakfasts” that are so rampant in American churches I raised my hand and asked the pastor an honest question.

“Pastor, why is it that we don’t talk more about John The Baptist? We know Jesus was powerful but He was God. Jesus told us that “of all those born unto a woman none was greater than John. Why don’t we study John The Baptist more…since Jesus held him in such high regard?”

Much to my surprise, after the meeting I found myself in the principal’s office being chastised for breaking rank with the Pastor’s narrative. I never returned to that phony, man pleasing church headed up by a man so unlike John the Baptizer.

May I answer the question for you?

Think for a minute the magnitude of what Jesus said about his buddy. How many people did Jesus rub shoulders with yet he singled out John as the GREATEST man ever born to a woman. That is a mouthful for sure. Jesus elevated John because John had the cajones to speak TRUTH to POWER! It cost him his life!! Jesus spoke Truth to power and it cost Him His life as well.

I have always found it interesting that when the Bible speaks about those who will not enter into THE KINGDOM He mentions the cowardly first. Revelation 21:8.

But the fearful, and unbelieving, and the abominable, and murderers, and whoremongers, and sorcerers, and idolaters, and all liars, shall have their part in the lake which burneth with fire and brimstone: which is the second death.”

Things are going to get shaky as we strive to expand God’s Kingdom in the crazy times in which we live. The metal of TRUE Christianity is about to go through the refiner’s fire.

We are sooo unlike Jesus when we are cowardly…we are HIS WITNESSES TO THE TRUTH!!

Stand up. Show up. Speak up! Now is not the time to hide in the closet. Remember…the cowards go first.

© 2025 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com




Antifa, Anarchy, Sharia Law, Illegal Alien Invasion: Loss of Our Social Contract

By Frosty Wooldridge

October 9, 2025

Who founded Antifa?  The Antifa movement has existed in different eras and incarnations, dating back to Antifaschistische Aktion, from which the moniker Antifa originated. It was set up by the then-Stalinist Communist Party of Germany (KPD) during the late history of the Weimar Republic.

In other words, what you’re seeing in Chicago, Portland, Denver, Seattle, New York City, LA, and everywhere those thugs take their violence—they belong to the Communist Party.  Its main goal: destroy America’s Constitutional Republic.

In other words, their “Prime Directive” in America remains: destroy the “Social Contract” of our country.

Who else would like to destroy America’s Constitution?

Answer: Muslim immigrants. “Islam is not in America to be equal to any religious faith, but to become dominant. The Quran should be the highest authority in America, and Islam the only religion on Earth.” Director of the Council on American Islamic Relation, C.A.I.R., Omar Ahmad

[Two faces of Muslim ideology]

Read that quote again. They are telling you what they intend to do to our country: they intend to destroy America’s Social Fabric and Social Contract. They will do it by using our laws against us. You heard about it two weeks ago when the Muslim-dominated city council of Dearborn, Michigan told a resident of that city, “You may be a resident of Dearborn, but you are not welcome here.”

Winston Churchill said, “When the Muslims are in the minority, they are very concerned with minority rights; when they become the majority, there are no minority rights.”

When you listen to National Public Radio, they report on all the “immigrant” family woes, their struggles, their fear of I.C.E., and their place in America…such as picking crops (only 2 percent ever pick crops) or being nannies to rich people. What N.P.R. doesn’t include in their broadcasts are the facts that they’re defending illegal aliens who jumped our borders in violation of our laws. NPR never mentions they are “illegal alien refugees.”

In other words, NPR couldn’t care less about law and order. NPR couldn’t care less about our “Social Fabric or our Social Contract.”  In fact, NPR’s journalist and directors do everything they can to defend illegal aliens and anarchists in our major cities.  Who is our worst enemy? Answer: our own leaders, our own mainstream media, and our own Antifa anarchists.

Have you heard about the housing crisis in America?  Do you realize we must construct millions of homes annually for millions of legal immigrants and their babies?  Have you read about the 773,000 homeless Americans?  Have you heard that our big cities suffer extraordinary murder rates?  Have you heard that 40 percent of our children cannot read at grade level? Why is our country $37 trillion in debt?  Why are our Medicaid dollars paying for 1.5 million illegal aliens being medically serviced?  Why are we paying for illegals at a cost of over $192 billion annually according to Congressional testimony of U.S. Senator John Kennedy (R-LA)? Why are our most esteemed elected officials cheating the American taxpayer at every turn, whether it’s the horrendous fraud of U.S. AIDE paying trillions to other countries, or 400,000 Anchor Babies and their mothers living off our tax dollars, annually, or Medicaid? What about the $112 billion lost in shoplifting in the USA annually? Why have millions of our citizens lost their sense of social responsibility that makes our country viable? Or, perhaps those shoplifters aren’t American citizens.

What happened?  Answer: we’ve got elected officials in Washington DC flooding our country with millions of refugees from around the world. They, the majority of 535 Congressional officials, sat on their hands for four years while Biden’s people imported in excess of 15 million refugees, illegally. Most of Congress did NOTHING to stop Biden’s people.

What about our Social Contract’s viability when we’ve got over 25 to 30 million illegal aliens who don’t give a squat about our country?  What about that 125,000 legal immigrant refugees in “Somaliland” in Minneapolis who have been living off our welfare dollars for decades, (also cheating your tax dollars for over $208,000,000.00 by defrauding their EBT cards and Medicaid), but Congress won’t stop it? What about the 300,000 Muslim refugees in Detroit? Instead stopping the madness, DC keeps pumping more millions of them into our country.

What about the sheer unlawful, illegal and corrupted aspect of Mayor Brandon Johnson in Chicago, backed up by incompetent and corrupted Governor Pritzker—both protecting tens of thousands of illegals living off your tax dollars? Both should be impeached and/or jailed for their crimes against their own citizens. That includes every mayor or governor in every Sanctuary State in America. They are breaking the law as well as the “Social Contract.”

Which brings us to America’s “Social Contract.” What is it?

“In political philosophy, the social contract is an actual or hypothetical agreement between the ruled and their rulers, defining the rights and duties of each party. It suggests that individuals, originally in a state of nature, form a society and government through this contract to escape an anarchic existence. Prominent theorists like Thomas Hobbes, John Locke, and Jean-Jacques Rousseau developed varying versions of the social contract to justify political authority and individual rights. Hobbes emphasized absolute authority for security, Locke advocated for limited government to protect natural rights, and Rousseau focused on collective will and individual freedom.”

In other words, most Americans subscribe to living under the “Rule of Law” along with a moral, ethical and rational sense of personal responsibility and accountability.

If you look around you with several of the aforementioned examples, you are witnessing the loss of our “Social Contract” and our “Social Cohesion” as a society.

Whether we lose our religious/spiritual contract to the Muslims who are mandated to conquer us via their Quran (notice what has destroyed Europe)…or you see millions of refugees shoplifting our country into millions of dollars in debt…or you see the outright fraud of U.S.AIDE or Medicaid being perpetuated by our own elected officials—-we are in the midst of losing our country because we’re losing our “Social Contract” that binds us together.

Remember this quote: “Corruption is a mechanism by which third world countries operate.”

If we don’t stop mass legal and illegal immigration NOW, we follow a path toward our own destruction.

Solutions:

1- Stop all legal and illegal immigration into America, today.  We do not need nor can we sustain exponential growth.  And, we cannot save the world by importing the “world” into our country.
2- Mandate that every child repeats the Pledge of Allegiance to our country, daily in school.
3- Mandate that Muslim Sharia Law will not be allowed in America. (No honor killings or female genital mutilation)
4- Deport over 25 million illegal aliens, today.
5- Get the DOGE team digging out every piece of fraud in our “Deep State” swamp in Washington DC.
6- Stop birthright citizenship to stop 400,000 illegal alien pregnant mothers from dropping their babies on our country, annually.
7- Outlaw Antifa and any other terror organizations; arrest and prosecute, and place in prison until they don’t dare show their faces in our cities.
8-  Support our police, soldiers and veterans against anyone who burns Old Glory, riots,  or attacks our law enforcement officials.
9-  Lock up criminals for years or decades according to their crimes.  Terrify would-be criminals with drastic prison sentences.
10- It’s a fact that you can add another 20 to 50 other solutions.

Dear fellow American: if we continue on our current path, I see incredible conflict with Muslims. I see horrific loss of our national identity. I see our English language being displaced.  I see multiculturalism failing at every level, and ultimately, destroying us. I see ravaged cities. I see an unsustainable future without enough water, food and resources to maintain our civilization.  We must change course. We must start now…if we expect our civilization to survive.

© 2025 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Islam: A Plague Upon Humanity

By Amil Imani

October 9, 2025

This ideology of terror does not allow Muslims to leave Islam. It does not allow people of other faiths to exercise their religions freely, let alone preach them freely. Islam does not recognize equal human rights for those who are not Muslims nor does it recognize equality for women. Islam does not allow freedom of thought let alone freedom of speech.

Currently, Islam is on the march in much of the Western world, and it aims to destroy anything and anyone that stands in its way. Ironically, many Europeans have allowed them to take advantage of democracy without a fight. In addition, Islam apologists call those who warn of the threat of Islam are attacked and stigmatized as hatemongers and Islamophobe, even though a phobia is a baseless irrational fear.

If by now we have not come to the conclusion that Islam is not a religion but a militant, political and violent cult created by one man and is the greatest threat to the human race, there is no hope for humanity to survive.

Recall that it took only 19 of these killers to launch the aerial mass murder of 9/11 that killed almost 3,000 people, shattered our open trusting way of life, and cost us trillions of dollars. Unfortunately, we have not learned anything from the 9/11 attacks but instead, act as if we are suffering from Stockholm syndrome.

What is Islam

Islam is a creed of an ignorant people in a primitive and barbaric Arabian Peninsula. It is fixated in time and place; it harbors the ambition of taking the 21st century world back 14 centuries and ruling it by its dogma of violence, intolerance, injustice and death. Yet, Islam is not only an obsolete vestige of a defunct era, but itself is an infinitely fractured belief that can hardly put its own home in order. The numerous Islamic sects are at each other’s throats; sub-sects and schools despise one another as much as they hate non-Muslims. Hatred, not love, drives Islam.

[Two faces of Muslim ideology]

Every American should be ashamed of any elected officials anywhere when they call Islam a “religion of peace.” Those officials are appeasing, if not an outright lying. We, the people, elect our leaders, and we hold them accountable to be honorable and faithful to their oath of office. When the people’s representatives downplay the deadliest threat to everything we cherish, they not only legitimize Islam, but also confuse the rest of the uninformed population with a false belief and information. Therefore, politicians, while using political correctness to advance their own lofty agenda, expedite the demise of our civilization.

I see America and even Canada, in thirty years or so, becoming a war zone if we do not stop Islamic ideology from advancing and identify it for what it truly is. If we ignore these warnings, the future of America will not be so bright and ultimately, like Persia, will suffer a slow death. This is historical fact, not fiction. I have seen what Islam has done to the country of my birth.

Freedom is fragile. Anything that protects freedom can also become an Achilles heel for those blessed with freedom. This is because freedom always entails the unfortunate ability to use one’s rights to destroy the freedoms and rights of others. People can use the protections afforded them by the Constitution to inflict great harm to those who live within the law. We know that this is the main argument against the Second Amendment.

Constitution

In the interest of impartiality, the authors of the Constitution did not define what constitutes a religion. Presently, a plethora of sects, cults, and orders, all claiming to be religion, cover the length and the breadth of the land. So long as these “religions” minister to the legitimate spiritual needs of their congregations without threatening the rights of others, there is no reason for concern. However, when one or more of these claimants strive to undermine the very Constitution that protects them in order to impose their belief and way of life, serious problems arise and It must be stopped.

[Two faces of Muslim ideology]

© 2025 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved




Together, Power Plants and Greenhouses Can Feed Humanity

Co-authored by Ronald Stein, P.E. and Sid Abma

October 9, 2025

Reusing wasted heat exhausted from power plant stacks can support endless greenhouses to help feed the world’s population.

Artificial Intelligence (AI) and datacenters are coming and so are the natural gas power plants that will be required to provide continuous uninterruptible electricity to power a lot of these facilities. These power plants today can operate at well over 90% Energy Efficiency.

The natural gas power plant that has produced electricity can further benefit humanity via the waste exhaust that would normally be put into a chimney and vented into the atmosphere, which is a waste of heat and a waste of CO2.

Rather than exhausting hot gases up power plants chimneys, the exhaust can be utilized in greenhouses, typically through a cogeneration system. The recovered heat energy can be used to warm greenhouses, and the CO2 fertilizes the plants, and all contributes to feeding the world’s population.

A Combined Heat and Power (CHP) power plant, also known as cogeneration, is a highly efficient energy system that simultaneously produces both electricity and useful heat from a single fuel source. The process involves using a “prime mover,” such as a gas turbine or engine, to generate electricity and then capturing the waste heat from the prime mover for thermal applications like heating or cooling buildings. This integrated approach significantly increases energy efficiency and reduces fuel consumption compared to generating heat and power separately, leading to lower operating costs and fewer carbon emissions.

The CHP process in the power plant involves treating the exhaust with catalytic converters to reduce any harmful components in the exhaust.

  • Exhaust Gas Treatment: The exhaust gas is passed through a selective catalytic reduction (SCR)unit and an oxidation catalyst to remove pollutants like nitrogen oxides (NOx) and non-methane hydrocarbons (NMHC).

Within the combusted exhaust is heat energy that was not used to create electricity. The Sidel SRU Flue Gas Condenser was developed in the early 1980’s to recover the waste heat energy from the exhaust of the boilers used to heat these commercial greenhouses.

Today, over 2.5 million square feet of Greenhouses are using this “recovery of wasted heat” technology every day for increasing energy efficiency and to provide cooled CO2.  The cooled exhaust, CO2, is being used in commercial greenhouses for CO2 enrichment. Even the created water in the exhaust has a purpose. The Sidel SRU Flue Gas Condenser is being used today in many other applications such as processing plants, hospitals, petrochemical plants, universities, commercial laundries, and State prisons.

To make the most of the elements from future power plants combusted natural gas exhaust, a greenhouse becomes a perfect partner. The SRU recovered heat energy will be piped over and will be used to maintain the perfect growing environment for a multitude of different food crops. The CO2 in the exhaust will be piped over and injected into these growing environments as a fertilizer that will increase fruit and vegetable size and quantity. The condensate water will have nutrients added and then be used to irrigate these crops.

To apply this technology in power plant applications is a natural forward progression. In Utah at the Current Creek power plant this technology is today being applied, heating 30 acres of commercial greenhouses owned by Houweling Nurseries.

All this happens because the owners of the power plant decided to improve their energy efficiency from 50% to 97% by redirecting the combusted exhaust and utilizing the heat energy and the CO2 and the water to better uses.

Utilizing the wasted heat in the exhaust from natural gas power plants can support endless greenhouses to help feed America and the world’s population.

The AI Centers, datacenters, power plants, and greenhouses will be operating for generations, providing good paying community jobs to parents, kids, and grandkids and food for the population.

The technology condensing flue gas heat recovery, provides beneficial use for heat and emissions that would otherwise be released into the atmosphere. This increases plant yield while reducing the economic costs of energy for the greenhouse.

Everyone WINS, with produced electricity and food.

  • Increased Plant Growth: Elevated CO2 levels in greenhouses accelerate plant growth and increase harvest yields.
  • Reduced Energy Costs: By recovering waste heat from the exhaust for heating, operating costs for the greenhouses can be significantly reduced.
  • Sustainable Operation: This closed-loop system reuses byproducts, turning potential pollutants into a valuable resource for plant cultivation.

Greenhouse Benefits:

  • CO2 Fertilization: The carbon dioxide from the exhaust is naturally used by the plants, a process known as CO2 enrichment, which can significantly boost plant growth and yield.
  • Heating: The heat from the exhaust provides efficient heating for the greenhouse.

Utilizing the exhausted energy from power plant stacks is a Win-Win situation for all. All this is because the power plants improved their energy efficiency to 97% just by utilizing the exhaust – the heat and CO2 emissions.  A good deal for everybody.

  • The new AI Centers and datacenters are going to create a lot of new jobs.
  • The new power plants are going to create a lot of local professional jobs.
  • The new greenhouses will help feed the world’s growing population and create hundreds of new good paying jobs for the local community.

Utilizing waste heat that is normally exhausted from power plant stacks can support endless greenhouses to help feed the world’s population. It also reduces wasting natural gas.

Please share this information with teachers, students, and friends to encourage Energy Literacy conversations at the family dinner table.

[BIO: Sid Abma’s company Sidel Systems specialized in the design and installation of warm water heating systems for the commercial greenhouse industry. His passion is to deliver maximum energy efficiency to everything.]

Click this Link to Sign up for Energy Literacy from Ronald Stein

© 2025 Ronald Stein – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ronald Stein: Ronald.Stein@EnergyLiteracy.net




Property: The Forgotten ‘Right’ We Celebrate on July 4th

By Kirby Timmons

October 8, 2025

Quick question: Consider these four Rights which are listed in our nation’s Declaration of Independence —

A.) Life
B.) Liberty
C.) Property
D.) Pursuit of Happiness

Now, imagine that you had to give up one of these, which one would it be? This probably seems to be a particularly onerous choice, unlike those ubiquitous Facebook drills that press you to give up one of four of five breakfast foods, right? The answer there is “spam.”

But stick with me here.

Most people would answer something like, “Well, can’t give up Life or Happiness. Liberty, which has lately been so infringed upon, is central to being American. So I guess the winner, meaning, ‘loser,’ Is Property.”

Ok, thanks for playing. And the answer is …

Well, the answer is complicated. Ok, I’m being a little disingenuous. While these words do appear in the Declaration of Independence, the word “property” is not on the list.

Sorry for messing with you.

Confused about “property” and the founding documents of our country? According to Lion Calandra, a Jennings Fellow with The National Constitution Center in Philadelphia, we’re all a bit confused about a lot that appears, and especially what doesn’t appear, in the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution.

“58 percent know that Bill Gates is the father of Microsoft,” she says, “but only 2 percent know that James Madison is the father of the Constitution.” Calandra goes on, “a whopping 59 percent can name the Three Stooges, while 41 percent can name the three branches of government.”

Further, it turns out that 90% of Americans who know that the First Amendment relates to free speech.

Which is pretty good when you consider, as Lion adds wryly, “If not for the First Amendment, you might not be reading this essay.”

But, what is “property” really? And why are such arguably mundane things — I.E.: houses, cellphones, my garage door activator — thrown in with vastly important, non-negotiable imponderables such as Life, Liberty and Happiness?

By way of answering, consider this: with today’s increased sensitivity to gender issues, a conflict currently rages over which pronouns people may “identify” with — “he”, “she, “his”, “hers”. However, remind yourself that, without the seemingly simple concept of “property”, such particles of speech as “mine”, “yours”, “his”, “hers” and “ours” would be all but meaningless.

Property, things outside of ourselves, are our primary way of interacting with the world around us.

When you think about it, “property” is inherently crucial to our lives, and our Life, and esp to our Liberty, in order to “do stuff,” to modify ourselves and our circumstances.

According to the Framers, who must’ve thought a lot about it,” property” is not just physical things — land, tools, objects — but also defined by our relationship to the “thing,” and how and whether we can prevent others from having a relationship with our “things.” By which I mean “stealing.”

According to Roger Pilon, in the CATO Handbook For Policy Makers, “It is no accident that a nation conceived in liberty and dedicated to justice for all protects property rights. America’s Founders understood clearly that private property is the foundation not only of prosperity but of freedom itself.”

Understand that, when our Founding Fathers said “property,” first and foremost, they meant land, hearth and home. Back in jolly old England, it was a sore point. Because in England, no person actually owned land absolutely: “all the land was held under a tenurial relationship with the Crown.”

That was a problem that the Founders of our nation sought to remedy. These upstart gentlemen of our nation were attempting nothing less than to break from the onerous “system” of despotic rules and agreements that had governed much of the world of their time in which the tyrants and rulers of the Old World ruled by “privilege.”

In that, the Framers were following a course of thought that had come down to them from the Greeks and Judao-Christian precedents, following the original meaning of “leges”, Latin for “laws.”

This comes into focus when we realize that our word “privilege” is roughly composed of the two concepts of “private” and “law.” Meaning, of course, that a king or despot or local tyrant of any sort could have his or her own “private laws” with the power to enforce them beyond reason, logic or social consequence.

The revolution of our nation was then also a revolution in civilized thought — To break from a convoluted, piecemeal, and non-uniform system of “privileges,” And invoke a new system where everyone was accountable equally and without exception to the same laws.

But let me ask one last time: why is “property” not in the “list”? Andrew Cohen, of Berkeley Law, gives us a salient clue, writing that “There is another key value not mentioned in the preamble to the Declaration of Independence: ‘equality’.”

While we would all think that “equality” is an essential element of the birth of our country, it was not embroidered into the founding documents. One word made that impossible: “Slavery”.

Cohen reminds us that the full Declaration of Independence “was written in 1787 for an agrarian slave society.”

Jefferson based his version upon the Virginia constitution, drafted by George Mason in 1776, which declared in its Preamble, that “all men are created equally free and independent and have certain inherent and natural rights among which are the enjoyment of life, and liberty, with the means of acquiring and possessing property, and pursuing and obtaining happiness and safety.”

Steven J. Eagle writes in “The Birth of the Property Rights Movement,” that “although (Jefferson) undoubtedly was aware of Mason’s preamble, Jefferson dropped any reference to “property” in the Declaration — writing instead of rights to ‘life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness” — in part due to the contradiction between his own version of natural rights philosophy and the continuation of slavery.”

Not that our Founding Fathers didn’t try to square the circle. From their writings, we know that the issue of Slavery did come up among them, and was vehemently argued. The prevailing opinion was that they were an upstart fledgling nation, rebelling against the greatest nation power the world had known up to that time, and grappling with the institution of slavery, that was still common through the world, was beyond the scope. Slavery was something to be left for ‘another day.’ However, in sidestepping slavery in the Constitution, the Framers may have been seen to help to institutionalize it.

In just such a way, decisions of the past go on to cloud and overwhelm future events, sometimes referred to as “the tyranny of small decisions.” It is perhaps the clearest and saddest example in American History, perhaps of world history, of what, in science, is called “sensitive dependency upon initial conditions.”

To whatever extent we might be lenient with the Framers for attempting so much in their time that was right and due, we must also saddle them with responsibility for postponing the issue of Slavery and, as a consequence, arguably assuring that bloody civil war would follow a mere 84 years hence.

One last question nags at us — where did “property” end up in the founding documents of our nation, if at all? The answer is the sturdy Fifth Amendment, in a section that lawyers, and land owners big and small know very well –the so-called “due process clause,” which states that “No person shall … be deprived of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law.”

This exploration which began as a reflection upon our use of the word “property,” only to find that the concept lies central, not only to vouchsafing those other rights we hold dear, namely Life, Liberty and Happiness, but also to a skein of human misery that has long compromised those rights for many.

“Property.” If you’re like me, just saying the word has a different meaning than at the beginning of our inquiry. In view of current events, it and other concepts relevant to the founding of our nation are certainly worthy of regular reevaluation, and renewal, in the future.
Share

© 2025 Kirby Timmons – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kirby Timmons: contact@americanpolicy.org

[BIO: Kirby Timmons is an award-winning writer, director and producer with 30 years experience in broadcast TV, non-theatrical videos and in print. He attended the University of Southern California where he graduated with a Bachelor’s degree in Philosophy, cum laude. His teleplays have aired on all three major networks, including episodes of “THE WALTONS”, “THE LIFE AND TIMES OF GRIZZLY ADAMS” and “THE INCREDIBLE HULK”. Kirby’s print articles have appeared in THE LOS ANGELES TIMES, THE LOS ANGELES DAILY NEWS, and MARRIAGE AND FAMILY LIVING Magazine among others. He is a good friend of the American Policy Center.]




Are the Democrats and Hamas Winning?

By Cliff Kincaid

October 8, 2025

President Trump is caving to the Democrats over the federal shutdown and he is capitulating to Hamas over terms of their “withdrawal” from Gaza. I realize this may be news to you.

Let us take the “healthcare” issue first. The “debate” over “healthcare” is over and the Democrats have won. Trump now wants to accommodate the Senate Democrats over their demands for more federal money for Obamacare. This means more federal deficits and debt, and more federal interference in our health care decisions.

Regarding the Middle East, the Islamists and their backers in Qatar are winning once again. They are stringing Trump along, as they consolidate their power, ready to fight again. They have missed the president’s numerous deadlines for a “deal” and will always have a base of operations in Qatar.

At best, Israel has bought some time and may eventually get some of their hostages back, dead or alive, two years after the invasion of Israel began. I don’t think the Israelis regard this outcome as a victory. But they are being pressured by Trump to “make a deal.”

Trump seems anxious to please the oil-rich Arab/Muslim states, starting with Qatar, a despicable and corrupt monarchy.

Here at home, we constantly hear from the “conservatives” that the Democrats are losing the shutdown when they have already got Trump and the Republicans to concede that more federal spending is needed. Hence, the value of gold and crypto is skyrocketing, as anybody with a brain recognizes that the bipartisan consensus in favor of more federal spending is driving America to financial bankruptcy and ruin.

If any of this is news to you, consider yourself a victim of our polarized media. I suggest turning off CNN and Fox.

Consider the shutdown. We are debating how much more money to spend on Obamacare, not less. Hence, the Democrats have already won. The Republicans are in the position of defending Obamacare and federal workers losing a paycheck.

The Republicans during Trump’s first term had the opportunity to repeal Obamacare. They failed.

This is how Washington works. Federal spending on more federal programs goes up and up. There is no debate about repealing Obamacare, only spending more on it.

Getting back to the Middle East, Trump is pandering to the Arab/Muslim states, while elements of MAGA, such as Stephen K. Bannon, are badmouthing Israel.

I stand in Isael’s corner and make no apologies for it. Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu is a great leader but he is under pressure to accommodate the 2 billion Muslims, many of whom want to destroy Israel.

This is a disgrace. Israel has every right to pursue an “Israel First” foreign policy because the existence of the Jewish state is the issue. America should not be pressuring Israel to accommodate the demands of those who want to destroy Israel.  We should be against another Holocaust.

In defense of Trump, his policy regarding communist Venezuela is correct, and an American invasion of that narco-state is necessary. If this is Trump’s goal, I understand why he is trying to settle Gaza and move on to other problems in the Western hemisphere. Venezuela is a big one.

But what is Trump’s policy?

We went to war over nearly 3,000 deaths on 9/11 while Venezuela and the Mexican drug cartels and Communist China are flooding the U.S. with deadly drugs. I favor American boots on the ground in Venezuela, to eliminate the Maduro communist regime. Blowing a few drug boats out of the water is not good enough.

Trump talks about drug deaths in America on a constant basis. So why not declare war on Venezuela and starting bombing the cartels in Mexico? Seriously.

Is America a serious country? So much of the “debate” on the cable channels is beside the point. If these drugs are killing tens of thousands of people, as Trump maintains, why aren’t we doing something about it? Closing the border is a temporary fix. What is worse, we are giving many of the illegal aliens a “free ride home,” in the words of Kristi Noem, United States Secretary of Homeland Security.

So we pay through their illegal entry, making a mockery of our laws, and then we send them back at the expense of the American taxpayer. This is a victory?

The real problem is a communist regime in Venezuela.

Our enemies, including Maduro, Hamas, and Qatar, are laughing at us. They are winning and we are whining and dickering over a “deal.”

The Fox News channel is talking constantly about a Democrat candidate who fantasized about killing a Republican opponent and his children. What about the real Americans who are dead or dying from the illegal drugs being poured into our country by our enemies? Why aren’t we prepared to deploy our troops to fight on the ground and eliminate this threat?

We fought decades in the “war on terror” and still the terrorists fight and die against us. It was a war without end and one that we are not winning.

Let us get serious about our predicament. We cannot make deals with our enemies, and that includes Communist China and Russia.

Wake up America!

© 2025 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net




Halls of Government, Working Hand in Glove With Mainstream Media’s “Useful Idiots”

By Bradlee Dean

October 8, 2025

“This book is a work of fiction. Names, characters, places, and incidents are either products of the authors imagination or are used fictitiously.”

One of the things that the American people have learned over the years is that the corrupt in the halls of government, working hand in glove with mainstream media’s “useful idiots”, love to put the perpetrators in the place of the victims.

It has been rightly stated, “If you’re not careful, the newspapers will have you hating the people who are being oppressed and loving the people who are doing the oppressing.”

This is exactly what is happening here.

For example, the sodomite agenda, which is pushed on the people, are those people who choose to transgress God’s Law (Leviticus 18:22, 20:13; Jude 1:7)  These are those who say they cannot help themselves in hopes of making the children a prey.  Yet, they are somehow sold to the people as the victims (Revelation 12:10).

As I said, Americans have now availed the lessons that have been taught that there is nothing further from the truth.

They play the victim while they attack. They claim to have the shield, when they have the spear.

Another example, the women who murder their babies (Proverbs 6:17), who wear shirts that make the inverted and hypocritical declarations such as “Stop the War on Women”.  What? They choose to commit the act that the Lord condemns (Fornication, Adultery; 1 Corinthians 6:9), and then murder the fruit of their own choices; and when the righteous stand up in defense of the child in the womb in order to hold the women to a lawful account. it turns to a “War on Women.”

Concerning just these two examples, friends, how do the politicians and the mainstream media sell these agendas to the people? They do not reveal that the victims are the criminals.  No, they sell the criminals as the victims (Proverbs 17:15).

People need to think.  Let me give you one more example.

Over the last 4 years in this country, the government, which has advocated the murder of children to the equivalency of 80 million innocent lives to date, is also the same representative government that sold to the people to take the experimental shot because, as they say, it is for your health.  Now, I ask, who is the responsible party for this genocide (Isaiah 5:20)?

With all that was written above, one must ask how can this be?

First, it happens because the people do not take the time to read their Bibles, and secondly, they do not take the time to read the U.S. Constitution (Hosea 4:6).

Last week, I produced a radio program with the headline: “What You Believe May Not be True!”

In it, I revealed filmmaker Stanley Kubrick talking of how he faked the moon landing.

I also highlighted the Simpsons and their 55 predictions that came true (Jeremiah 11:9).

Inside of the book written by Thomas Keneally, it states, “This book is a work of fiction. Names, characters, places, and incidents are either products of the author’s imagination or are used fictitiously.”

Now, after rehearsing the top ¾ of this article, consider those who are sold to you as the victims in this movie.  Are you paying attention?  Time to wake-up people.

© 2025 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com




Digital Tracking Bathroom Passes For Students

By Patti Johnson

October 7, 2025

In the name of safety and convenience, thousands of schools around the nation are implementing digital bathroom passes that track and limit how many times a student can go to the bathroom during the school day. Some systems have the students use QR codes on their smartphones to be able to access the restroom. Other systems being sold to school districts use iPads. Some districts limit the student to seven bathroom passes a week! These digital systems even monitor which students are going to the bathroom at the same time so students cannot meet up. Time limits are even built into each bathroom break.

One district paid $30,000 a year for a complicated system to replace the long-used and cheap plastic or cardboard bathroom passes! Are they preparing students for the United Nations Agenda 2030 smart cities where your every personal move will be tracked and monitored and you need a digital ID to go anywhere or buy anything? Case in point: One student digital pass system even employs a social credits points system for good behavior like they have in Communist China’s Orwellian digital ID tracking systems.[1]

The tracking systems are being sold to the schools as tools for safety. Fear and safety seem to be the common tactic to get people on board. There are several technology companies marketing digital bathroom pass systems. One such system, Smart Pass, is used in 50 states. The Smart Pass webpage states:

A Safer, Smarter Way to Optimize the School Day. Imagine a school where every movement is accounted for, the day’s schedule flows smoothly, and safety is built into every movement. That is what you get with SmartPass and Flex-two powerful tools working together to transform how your school moves.[2]

According to Peter Luba the co-founder of Smart Pass:

“But much more happens in the background. SmartPass collects and analyzes data that provides schools with valuable information to improve student performance.[3]

SmartPass was acquired by Raptor Technologies, a worldwide leader in school safety software solutions. Raptor works with 60,000 schools globally and 3,000 K–12 schools nationwide.[4]

Another digital bathroom pass tech company, Minga, claims on its website that their system is in 43 states. Minga has created 16,981,243 digital hall passes (almost 17 million) and installed 96% of the student body with digital ID’s which students rely on as their primary identification. They claim that the “progressive consequences of automation” ensures a “safer school environment.” [5]

These companies claim that their digital bathroom pass technology promises safety because it will stop students from vandalizing the bathrooms, beating up students in the bathroom and vaping in the bathroom. I am curious how they can do that unless they install cameras, which they do not. Evidently, the short bathroom time allotted is supposed to stop these activities. It may cut them short, but I am not sure it can stop them from happening altogether. It is just another fear tactic being used.

Presently, there are seven companies in the US offering their services with either QR code systems or digital app-based technology:

  • School Pass: Uses QR codes/barcodes/RFID for student check-ins and pass management.[6]
  • Pikmykid: Uses “Safety-focused hall pass with real-time tracking and parent notifications” and “time-stamped digital entries.”.[7]
  • GoGuardian: Uses digital requests and policy enforcement.[8]
  • ElasticPass: Customizes digital logging with time limits and admin controls. Focuses on time-stamped entries and restrictions.[9]
  • Securly Pass: Uses a cloud-based system for pass requests, approvals, and real-time visibility. It uses App-driven approvals and monitoring; no QR or scanning features for passes.[10]
  • MyHomework: Has a Student planner app with integrated hall pass requests and tracking. It relies on app-based requests and faculty check-ins; no scanning is mentioned. It Employs a point system for good behavior. [11]
  • Minga: Has a mobile-first hall pass tool with self-check-ins and behavior analytics. It supports QR codes for self-check-ins, digital IDs, and event scanning; customizable barcode/QR options.[12]
  • SmartPass: Is an app-based system for hall passes, activity scheduling, and safety monitoring. It generates QR codes/barcodes for digital ID cards and pass scanning.[13]

The price for the bathroom tracking technology varies. In 2023 the Smart Pass was installed in St. Paul Minnesota schools for grades 6-12 at a cost of $30,000! In my research it was difficult to get pricing from all the companies because I was required to be an actual school official interested in their product to get pricing information for this opinion piece. I was only able to get a price range for two tech companies:

Minga: charges $13,000 for 1,500-student high school. That comes to $8.67 per student per year.[14]

  • Securly charges $2.50 – $5.00 per student. [15]

Personally, I believe replacing cheap plastic or cardboard hall passes with expensive technology is a waste of money/tax dollars. Our son told me that his high school science teacher used a toilet seat for a bathroom pass!

When I was in grade school, (evidently during the dark ages), the nuns had us line up in the hallway silently with our arms folded outside the bathrooms several times a day. Arms were folded so we would not interact with one another/misbehave. If we needed to go again, we would ask Sr. Mary So and So for permission and it was granted. It seemed to work just fine and did not cost a cent. In high school we could ask the teacher to go during class time if it was urgent or we would wait for lunch hour, study hall or the period between changing classes to go. Usually, students would volunteer during study hours to be hall monitors just in case students started misbehaving. That system worked just fine, and it was free. Students did try to smoke a cig sometimes in the bathroom, but the smell of smoke usually gave them away.

Reminiscing aside, I am mainly concerned that these privacy-invasive digital tracking systems, some with social credit scoring for behavior, will make students feel comfortable accepting the UN Agenda 2030’s Smart Cities where they will be tracked, monitored, and rewarded 24/7 for globalist compliant behavior.

© 2025 Patti Johnson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Patti Johnson: pj4charis@gmail.com

Footnotes:

[1] https://myhomeworkapp.com/
[2]  https://www.smartpass.app/
[3] https://news.lehigh.edu/schooled-in-safety-peter-luba-22-co-founded-successful-smartpass-app
[4] https://raptortech.com/resources/news/raptor-technologies-acquires-smartpass/
[5] https://minga.io/blog/celebrating-mingas-impact-across-the-united-states-23-24-school-year/
[6] https://schoolpass.com/how-school-use-digital-ids/
[7] https://www.pikmykid.com/
[8] https://www.goguardian.com/hall-pass
[9] https://www.edlastics.com/elastic-pass
[10] https://www.securly.com/pass
[11] employs a point system for good behavior
[12] https://minga.io/digital-hall-pass/
[13] https://www.smartpass.app/
[14] Minga in trial runs, to see larger use with hall pass function – Oracle
[15] SmartPass vs. Securly e-hallpass: Our School Tried Both | Jaclyn Hunter | Medium




Flag Burning

By Paul Engel

October 7, 2025

  • Does burning the American flag offend you?
  • Is flag burning protected by the First Amendment?
  • Have you looked at Trump’s executive order about flag burning?

When it comes to freedom of speech, there are two things that generate a fair amount of controversy. The first is yelling “Fire” in a crowded theater and the second is burning the United States flag. Recently, Donald Trump issued an Executive Order about flag burning. So let’s take a look at the order and some of the law and history around flag burning.

Background

I know flag burning is a controversial subject. Many people will point out that the Supreme Court found flag burning protected by the First Amendment, but is that true? Let’s start by taking a closer look at that case.

During the 1984 Republican National Convention, respondent Johnson participated in a political demonstration to protest the policies of the Reagan administration and some Dallas-based corporations. After a march through the city streets, Johnson burned an American flag while protesters chanted. No one was physically injured or threatened with injury, although several witnesses were seriously offended by the flag burning.

Texas v. Johnson (1989)

This case all started at the 1984 Republican National Convention and Gregory Lee Johnson’s protest against the Reagan administration and certain corporations. As pointed out in the opinion, no one was injured or threatened. However, some people were offended.

Johnson was convicted of desecration of a venerated object in violation of a Texas statute, and a state court of appeals affirmed. However, the Texas Court of Criminal Appeals reversed, holding that the State, consistent with the First Amendment, could not punish Johnson for burning the flag in these circumstances.

Texas v. Johnson (1989)

Here we have our first constitutional problem. Not the conviction, which was wrong, but the reason the Texas Court of Criminal Appeals reversed. They claimed that the state violated the First Amendment by convicting Mr. Johnson. There’s just one problem with that. Mr. Johnson was convicted of a law passed by the Texas Legislature, not Congress. As the First Amendment states:

Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom of speech, …

U.S. Constitution, Amendment I

Since Mr. Johnson wasn’t convicted of violating a law made by Congress, it could not be a violation of the Constitution. But there’s more to this problem.

The court first found that Johnson’s burning of the flag was expressive conduct protected by the First Amendment.

Texas v. Johnson (1989)

The First Amendment doesn’t protect freedom of “expressive conduct,” but of speech and press. And burning a flag is neither speech nor press.

The court concluded that the State could not criminally sanction flag desecration in order to preserve the flag as a symbol of national unity. It also held that the statute did not meet the State’s goal of preventing breaches of the peace, since it was not drawn narrowly enough to encompass only those flag burnings that would likely result in a serious disturbance, and since the flag burning in this case did not threaten such a reaction.

Texas v. Johnson (1989)

I agree, the state cannot criminally sanction flag desecration. Just because the flag is a symbol of this nation doesn’t allow peoples’ rights to be infringed in order to protect it. Besides, if the flag burning had led to violence or other disturbances, there were other Texas laws that could be used.

Further, it stressed that another Texas statute prohibited breaches of the peace and could be used to prevent disturbances without punishing this flag desecration.

Held: Johnson’s conviction for flag desecration is inconsistent with the First Amendment.

Texas v. Johnson (1989)

So here we have another court that comes to the right conclusion for the wrong reasons.

Trump’s Executive Order

Which brings us to Trump’s Executive Order.

Section 1.  Purpose.  Our great American Flag is the most sacred and cherished symbol of the United States of America, and of American freedom, identity, and strength.

PROSECUTING BURNING OF THE AMERICAN FLAG

Is the flag the MOST sacred symbol?

1 a: dedicated or set apart for the service or worship of a deity

b: devoted exclusively to one service or use (as of a person or purpose)

2 a: worthy of religious veneration : HOLY

b: entitled to reverence and respect

SACRED – Merriam-Webster Dictionary Online

It’s almost as if Trump is painting the flag as a religious symbol. However, our pledge of allegiance to that flag states, we pledge allegiance to the flag and the Republic for which it stands. That republic was created by its supreme law, the Constitution of the United States. Can we pledge allegiance to the flag and then trample the supreme law of the Republic it stands for?

Over nearly two-and-a-half centuries, many thousands of American patriots have fought, bled, and died to keep the Stars and Stripes waving proudly.  The American Flag is a special symbol in our national life that should unite and represent all Americans of every background and walk of life.  Desecrating it is uniquely offensive and provocative.  It is a statement of contempt, hostility, and violence against our Nation — the clearest possible expression of opposition to the political union that preserves our rights, liberty, and security.

PROSECUTING BURNING OF THE AMERICAN FLAG

The American flag is a symbol, and yes, many people have fought and died for it, but the flag is a symbol of what? If we use that symbol to destroy what it symbolizes, than what good is it? Should a symbol of rights and liberty be used to infringe on our rights and liberty? And what about safety?

Burning this representation of America may incite violence and riot.  American Flag burning is also used by groups of foreign nationals as a calculated act to intimidate and threaten violence against Americans because of their nationality and place of birth.

PROSECUTING BURNING OF THE AMERICAN FLAG

Burning the flag MAY incite violence, but so can speeches, publications, and assemblies. We do not criminalize them because they may incite violence, we criminalize the actual incitement to violence. While the Supreme Court used the wrong reason to protect this type of demonstration, the Constitution, as the supreme law of the land, does protect our right to do with our property what we want.

Notwithstanding the Supreme Court’s rulings on First Amendment protections, the Court has never held that American Flag desecration conducted in a manner that is likely to incite imminent lawless action or that is an action amounting to “fighting words” is constitutionally protected.  See Texas v. Johnson, 491 U.S. 397, 408-10 (1989).

PROSECUTING BURNING OF THE AMERICAN FLAG

But as the court pointed out in the case Texas v. Johnson, there are other laws that can be used to try cases of incitement and lawlessness. As the court wrote in the opinion:

Johnson’s expression of dissatisfaction with the Federal Government’s policies also does not fall within the class of “fighting words” likely to be seen as a direct personal insult or an invitation to exchange fisticuffs.

Texas v. Johnson (1989)

The court was specific that Johnson’s protest did not fall into the class of “fighting words,” which shows that not all flag burning is fighting words or incitement to violence. So why prohibit some expression because it “might” lead to violence?

My Administration will act to restore respect and sanctity to the American Flag and prosecute those who incite violence or otherwise violate our laws while desecrating this symbol of our country, to the fullest extent permissible under any available authority.

PROSECUTING BURNING OF THE AMERICAN FLAG

Here is where the rhetoric meets the law. Title 4, Section 8 of the United States Code is entitled “Respect for flag.”

No disrespect should be shown to the flag of the United States of America; the flag should not be dipped to any person or thing. Regimental colors, State flags, and organization or institutional flags are to be dipped as a mark of honor.

4 USC §8 – Respect for flag

While there are laws against inciting violence, 4 USC §8 is not a criminal law. In fact, by using the word “should,” it’s only a suggestion, not a demand or command.

Sec. 2.  Measures to Combat Desecration of the American Flag.  (a)  The Attorney General shall prioritize the enforcement to the fullest extent possible of our Nation’s criminal and civil laws against acts of American Flag desecration that violate applicable, content-neutral laws, while causing harm unrelated to expression, consistent with the First Amendment.  This may include, but is not limited to, violent crimes; hate crimes, illegal discrimination against American citizens, or other violations of Americans’ civil rights; and crimes against property and the peace, as well as conspiracies and attempts to violate, and aiding and abetting others to violate, such laws.

PROSECUTING BURNING OF THE AMERICAN FLAG

So Trump’s “flag burning” EO really calls for prosecution of other crimes using the American Flag. Furthermore, Trump’s order limits the Department of Justice, in the case where a state or local law is violated, to referring the matter to the appropriate state or local authority.

(b)  In cases where the Department of Justice or another executive department or agency (agency) determines that an instance of American Flag desecration may violate an applicable State or local law, such as open burning restrictions, disorderly conduct laws, or destruction of property laws, the agency shall refer the matter to the appropriate State or local authority for potential action.

PROSECUTING BURNING OF THE AMERICAN FLAG

So while there is plenty of bluff and bluster in this Executive Order, legally there aren’t any real teeth to it.

Is Flag Burning Constitutional?

Is burning the flag protected by the First Amendment? No. The Supreme Court and others first came up with the idea of First Amendment protection of “symbolic speech” in the 1931 case Stromberg v. California. Both the Stromberg and Johnson cases were based in State law though, not a law made by Congress, and therefore could not violate the First Amendment, even thought the court said otherwise.

The Court of Criminal Appeals began by recognizing that Johnson’s conduct was symbolic speech protected by the First Amendment:

Texas v. Johnson (1989)

So the courts invented “symbolic speech” in order to illegally pretend that state laws are covered by the First Amendment.

Does that mean that flag burning is not protected by the Constitution? Also no, because of this little thing we like to call “due process”.

… nor shall any State deprive any person of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law;

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XIV

You see, if you purchase or are gifted a flag, it’s your property. And the Fourteenth Amendment prohibits states from depriving you of your property without due process of law, an established process to protect the rights of the individual. Furthermore, your liberty, your ability to live you life as you see fit without unnecessary external interference, is also protected by the Fourteenth Amendment. Which is why the language of Trump’s Executive Order focuses on crimes that are committed while burning the flag rather than attempting to criminalize flag burning itself.

Conclusion

Should the American people respect the American flag? I think so. From how it is displayed to reciting the pledge of allegiance, we can show respect to the symbol of this republic, but we cannot use our desire to respect the flag as an excuse to disrespect the republic for which it stands. Probably the greatest cornerstone of the republic is the protection of our liberty, including our right to show our disfavor of our country. If we lose freedom of expression, nothing else protected by the Constitution really matters, does it? What good does your right to be secure from unreasonable searches and seizures do if you cannot express your disfavor with their violation? What good does your right to keep and bear arms do if you cannot protest laws that infringe on your rights? Whether flag burning is “symbolic speech” or the exercise of your liberty, it is protected by the Constitution of the United States, and that cannot be taken away by any law or executive order.

Finally, keep this in mind, according to the Respect for Flag law…

(k) The flag, when it is in such condition that it is no longer a fitting emblem for display, should be destroyed in a dignified way, preferably by burning.

4 USC §8 – Respect for flag

So if the preferred way to destroy a flag is by burning, this has nothing to do with flag burning, but with people who are offended by how some people treat the flag. Look all you want, the Constitution does not protect your right to not be offended. If it did, I guess I could sue Donald Trump for offending me by so blatantly violating his oath to support the Constitution, the supreme law of the land.

© 2025 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com




Moldova and EU viciously attack Orthodox Christianity

By Charles Bausman

October 7, 2025

President Maia Sandu is using thug methods to persecute Christians in this small country on the frontlines of the Russia-EU clash – mimicing Zelensky’s brutal persecution of Christians in Ukraine.

Moscow, Russia

Thanks for reading! Subscribe for free to receive new posts and support my work.

I’m visiting Russia with a group of Western Christian journalists at the invitation of the Moscow Patriarchate, and they implored us to make a stop in Moldova to learn about what they claim are outrages being perpetrated there against this most Orthodox of countries. 3 of us managed to fit Moldova in, and what we discovered confirmed the worst.

Moldova? It barely registers. Even I, a geopolitical analyst, who had obviously heard of her, had a fuzzy idea of where she is, or knew anything about her. So for starters:

Historically a part of Romania, speaking a Romanian dialect (Moldovan), she always lived on the borders of empires, absorbed by one or another for 600 years. Under the Ottomans since 1538, then in the Russian Empire since 1812, then briefly independent after WW1, then a part of Romania, then reclaimed by the Soviet Union, and independent since that empire’s fall. Like Bulgaria, Serbia, and Greece, Moldovans view the Russian episode with great gratitude, for they were liberated by their Orthodox Russian brothers from the Ottoman Islamic yoke, and their time in the Russian empire was a very positive aspect of their history.

With a population of 2.4 million, she is culturally Romanian, but with a strong Russian-Soviet influence. Walking around central Chisinau, the capital, I felt very much as if I might be in Russia – most people (90%) speak Russian. The city is scarred with the unspeakably ugly prefab and Soviet architecture characteristic of 60s and 70s USSR interspersed with charming older Romanian buildings. Interacting with the locals the manners, mentality, and vibe is very much like in Russia today. Chisinau is a very multi-ethnic place – a legacy of Soviet ethnic-mixing, with substantial Russian (I include ‘Ukrainains’ in this group), Bulgarian, and others minorities. 650 thousand Moldovans live in Russia, and I have met many in Moscow. Family and cultural ties are strong as many Moldovans studies and made careers in Soviet Russia.

Childless, shrimpish, and mean. Using dirty tricks to push globo-homo on a people who want nothing to do with it. – President Maia Sandu.

In a nutshell, Moldova is one of the Eastern European states where most people have a positive image of Russia and want to be friends with both Russia and the EU, and just get along. She is a peaceful, mostly agricultural place, poor by EU and Russian standards. The average monthly salary is about $600/month, at the bottom of the list, recently outdone only by the disaster zone known as Ukraine. Sadly, a pro-EU globalist government came into power in 2020 thanks to widespread election fraud. Here is an excellent article from RT with the details: How EU elites hijacked this little country’s independence. Moldova is not in the EU, but with powerful forces trying to drag her in. What’s more, Romania’s globalist government wants to annex Moldova outright, and destroying Moldova’s church is a key step in enacting that.

Which brings us to the persecution of Christians.

The persecutions

President Maia Sandu – childless, shrimpish and mean, is one of these globalist creations – like Ursula von der Leyen, Angela Merkel, Kaja Kallas (why are so many of the worst globalist tools women?). She and her gang in power have obviously drunk the Koolaid on the idea that historic Orthodox Christian churches are a tool of bloodthirsty Putin and his tyranny which must be brought to heel. Undoubtedly there is an aversion to Christianity writ large lurking behind this official pretext, and a healthy does of CIA obsession with attacking any Orthodox churches not under the control of their lapdog, Patriarch Bartholemew of Constantinople. Sandu is also a Romanian citizen, and seems to be part of the plan to fold Moldova into Romania, which means she is engaged in high-treason. On top of all this, NATO sees Romania as a key bulwark against ‘Russian aggression’, and is intent on building up Romania’s military – so poor little Moldova has yet another wolf at the door eager to deprive her of her independence.

We met with priests, monks, journalists, laypeople from congregations, student activists, and lawyers and they related a sorry, if somewhat cartoonish tale: Following Zelensky’s playbook, these measures include:

Wholesale wiretapping and surveillance of Orthodox priests, activists, laypeople, etc, suspected of having sympathies with Moscow.

Searches and detentions on the pretext of investigating ‘Russian interference’.

Arbitrary fines of priests for taking pilgrimages to Russian holy sites. 1000 priests have been fined on average of 2000 Euros for such subversions – a substantial sum in this poor country.

A campaign of trying to force churches into a new jurisdiction loyal to the government – mostly by using government funds, exacted from the poor Moldovan’s already punishing taxes, but also coming from the EU, to entice less-than-ethical priests.

Pressure, intimidation, and blackmail of priests and congregations using the fact that legally all church buildings still belong to the Moldovan state – i.e., the threat of expropriation.

Probition of media not toeing the government line – again under the pretext of ‘Russian subversion’.

Open threats of extra-judicial violence (i.e. if you resist or exercise your constitutional rights you will be arrested and beaten, or perhaps just beaten by anonymous thugs.)

Corrupt courts which simply ignore any allegations of human rights abuses.

A relentless government propaganda in the pro-Eu media (all pro-Russian media has been shut down), demonizing the church as a tool of influence of the dastardly Russians.

ALL of the people we spoke to stressed that they were taking a serious risk even meeting and talking to us, but that they were doing so to defend their faith, an admirable act of heroism. Historically, Moldova has been an outpost of Orthodox Christianity, surrounded by enemies, and like the Serbs, defending the faith is in the DNA of this resilient people.

The historic Moldovan church has been under the spiritual authority of the Russian church since the Russian Empire drove out the Ottomans in 1812. Herein lies the confusion. Our hosts explained that this authority is strictly spiritual, a mechanism for keeping the spiritual rules straight in the Orthodox church. They insist that it is in no-wise political, with none of the churches under the spiritual authority of the Russian Patriarch (Ukrainian, Baltic, central Asian, Africa, Japan, China, US, etc.) beholden to Russian political interests. These national churches’ first fealty in secular matters is the to their respective governments, as Orthodoxy indeed teaches all churches to be. Perniciously, the likes of Sandu, Zelensky and Baltic governments insist that in fact the influence is also political – hence the persecution of Orthodox Christians in these countries.

Upon hearing this tale of ludicrous measures reminiscent of some kind of gangster state, we asked our hosts how this is possible in a country which aspires to join the EU, and purports to being ‘democratic’ and so on. They explained that it was due to two things: 1) Some aspects of Moldovan society have not yet emerged from a post-Soviet gangster mentality which prevailed in the 90s and early 2000s, which also characterized Russia and Ukraine (to this day), and 2) There is no coverage of what is happening in Western media, so the government feels no pressure to adhere to elementary standards of decency. They begged us to get the word out.

An example of this clownish thuggery which caused a diplomatic incident occurred about a month ago when a good friend, prominent and influential Christian pro-family Washington lobbyist, Brian Brown and several populist members of the European Parliament were detained for 24 hours at the Chisinau airport in July when trying to attend the Make Europe Great Again conference. He kicked up a row on Twitter and leaned on the US State Department and embassy, and was eventually allowed in:

We visited a village church deep in the countryside where a full house of congregants awaited us to tell their story of how the government had tried to snatch their church out from under them by bribing the village priest, who, by all accounts, seemed to be a bad egg. The crowd of about 40 were mostly elderly women who were absolutely lovely, and the clucked around us Americans like so many hens, venting their anger and frustration and vowing to not give in and to defend Holy Orthodoxy. They recounted how they finally had no choice but to physically chuck the priest out of the church because he refused to leave, after which he stole the tongues from the church’s bells, bells which the villagers had bought themselves. They were very simple rural folk in the best sense, bronzed from a life outdoors, with hands of the kind which do a lot of manual work. They were warm and kind but also very strong, and they were the best possible advertisement for this small agricultural nation.

We criss-crossed the rolling hills of the interior and saw nothing but sunny villages and fields – a lot of orchards and vineyards and huge amounts of delicious fresh fruits for sale at roadside stands. Moldova gets 300 days of sunshine per year, making it a prime fruit-producing region. Her wine is excellent and known around the world. We visited stunning monasteries, heard magnificent choirs, and noticed a plethora of crosses erected along roads and at intersections. Moldova has the distinction of being the most Orthodox Christian country on earth, with 95.2% of the population identifying so in the 2024 census.

The countryside

We spoke with Bishop Marchel, a fierce and fearless critic of the ongoing persecutions, and he impressed us mightily with his quiet strength, humility, and refusal to back down. He stressed that the designs of the Romanian church on the Moldovan church have nothing to do with Christ, for the whole campaign is purely a political project, well funded by anonymous sources in the West. He implored us to help get the word to JD Vance, whom he sees as a defender of traditional values and victims of human rights abuses in Europe. (If anyone reading this can help with that, pls do). He explained that the Moldovan faithful are 95% against the predations of the Romanian church, and are simply being steamrolled with money and political pressure. He described the government as rabidly Russophobic and that one reason they are attacking the church is because it is staunchly and very vocally against the LGBT agenda. He also said that if the pro-EU party wins in the parliamentary elections next week, the entire Moldovan church could simply be outlawed, and cease to exist. They are literally fighting for the life of the church and Marchel stressed that the situation is dire.

Bishop Marchel

It became clear after a while that the globalists in far away Brussels, Washington and the Phanar cooking up plans to swindle and bribe these people out of the church they had fought and died for for centuries were underestimating their mark, and judging by the grannies we met in their church, have a tough row to hoe. The people are overwhelmingly traditional, unspoiled by Western decadence, and want no truck with the tranny-happy snake oil being sold them. American Orthodox priest Fr. John Whiteford wrote an excellent series of articles about his visit there in 2023, capturing very well the charm, humility, profound Christianity, and unspoiled simplicity of the people and their traditional values.

Reasons for optimism

Many of our interlocutors said that the advent of Trumpian foreign policy had improved matters, primarily because the money tap through AID and similar agencies had been turned off. An Orthodox legal group has organized and is fighting back in the courts, and despite the flawed legal system, their odds appear good only because the behavior of the government is so laughably illegal, violating every human rights convention this side of the Dniestr (their main river). The anti-EU opposition has majority sympathy in the country by a very large margin. They were robbed of the presidency in 2020 but in the upcoming parliamentary elections on November 28, they seem to have fought the EU lunatics to a draw, with neither party likely to win a majority, forcing new elections in a few months. RT again has the story.

Transnistria

Moldova also has a most remarkable phenomenon – a fully independent very Russian mini-state which broke away when the country was founded in 1991. Never part of historic Moldova, Transnistria was tacked on by Stalin when he annexed Moldova during WW2, in a classic case of gerrymandering to neutralize nationalism. Its capital, Tiraspol, (pop 130,000) was founded by the legendary 18th century general Suvorov, and it is very much a Russian creation, with much the same atmosphere as the Russian cities of Eastern Ukraine, and nearby Odessa, another historically Russian city.

Russia still keeps a garrison there, and they sit on a massive Soviet ammunition depot. The president, Vadim Krasnoselsky, is a great admirer of the Russian empire and has filled his capital with excellent heroic sculpture of Tsarist Russian figures. It’s an easy 1 hour drive from Chisinau and we managed to fit in a quick visit there and found it delightful. If you ever go to Chisinau, don’t miss Tiraspol, it is fascinating, charming, very pleasant, and very Russian – a completely different country than Moldova. Due to geopolitical calculations no country has officially recognized tiny Transnistria except for Abkhazia, not even Russia.

A magnificent monument to legendary Russian general Suvorov, founder of Tiraspol.

So cheer for tiny Moldova and her historic church and spread the word. The battle isn’t lost, and the people are standing strong. She’s a small rural country you’ve probably never heard or thought of, but becoming a symbol of resistance to EU technocratic tyranny. Other members of our group will be publishing materials and podcasts about the assault on Orthodoxy there, resulting in some flags planted in the info-space, putting Sandu and her gang of thugs on notice that their flagrant and embarrassing misdeeds will not go unreported.

© 2025 Charles Bausmaan – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Charles Bausmaan: russian.faith3@gmail.com




Democrats Are Seeming To Self-Destruct

By Kat Stansell

October 6, 2025

The Left is trying to make “nice” with some highly questionable bedfellows, in order to stay afloat, to remain relevant. Today’s Left is losing their minds, what little remains, in an effort to garner support. Will those at whom they grasp help them keep their political heads above water, or sink the Party like a rock?

Their mascot, the donkey, is a beast of burden, used by many. Remember that.

“Democrats”, aka, Communists, have moved from a party that was supposed to be for the “little guy” (a historical farce in itself), to a gang that stands with Lucifer- AND LGBTQAII , DEI, BLM, ANTIFA, et. al. You know their “daily shows”: the violence, the full-speed gender dysphoria, the lies that are SO blatant that they ought to be embarrassed for telling them.

Of course, it takes morals to feel shame or to be embarrassed by anything, and the Left has, apparently none. Missing moral guideposts are at the root of America’s problems today, and those problems, right now, are seeming bigger than ever. .

Sane people are backing away from the radical turn taken by the Left, which is now on display everywhere you look. The voters are disappointed with Democrat Congressional leadership, the party’s apparent “core values”, and support for Israel, and the economy under Biden, to name a few. They disagree with the violence, the illegal immigration for which citizens have to pay, drug and child sex trafficking, and all else that makes the party what it is today.

Unsurprisingly, Democrat Party approval ratings — NOT those “quoted” in lame stream media — stand at around 20-30% at the moment. They are in the toilet. The Party is in trouble.

Several exit polls in Michigan following the 2024 Presidential election show that Muslim Americans in Dearborn, Hamtramck, and Detroit deserted Democrats. Polls show that a majority voted for Donald Trump because of the economy, illegal immigration, and his willingness to deal with Gaza. It is felt that the 2024 election divided Muslim Americans.

This makes me wonder if the Democrat Party’s fawning over an Islamo-Facist, Zohran Momdani, running for mayor of NYC, is an attempt for the Left to regain favor with the Muslim community, which is becoming more and more involved in American politics.

In their desperation, as their numbers drop and Trump’s rise, the Democrats are racing to endorse Momdani. Lie-a watha (Elizabeth Warren), Kathy Hochul the NY Governor, and – of course AOC, Bernie Sanders and the Congressional Muslims, Omar, Jaypal, and Tlaib, have all stood up for him. So, too, Kamala Harris, who fared poorly in those exit polls. Take a look at those exit polls, linked above.

The Democrats, with their LGBTQII partners, may have ignored one critical thing. A major tenet of Islam – Sunni or Shia – is that homosexuality is verbotten and its adherents are put to death. To murder a gay is considered an honor killing in some places.

Momdani, who will most likely win the race for NYC MAYOR it is said, has spoken out IN FAVOR of the gender dysphoric, promising an “Office of LGBTQIA+ Affairs”. This proves nothing more than, that like most leftists, he is adept at saying whatever he thinks people want to hear. He stresses that he is Shia, not Sunni – which really does NOT matter, as all Muslims believe that Sharia Law should rule the world, and that homosexuality is a sin worthy of death.

Nearly 20 years ago, the UK Guardian published an article about how SHIA militia have been killing men suspected of being gay. I’m guessing that Momdani won’t be leading too many gay rights parades in rainbow clothing, despite creating an “office” for them. BTW, an LGBTQIA office in Momdani’s NYC might be an excellent way to keep track of those sinners, in the event of any decision for disposal of that community should arise in the future.

As the Western Journal says, Mamdani is not moderate. He is toning it down only for the sake of electability.

The Sunni/Shia divide is really only a messy technicality when it comes to this. They fight each other about blood lines of their most high ruler, not Sharia Law. That, they all agree upon. Both Muslim sects believe in their own law, SHARIA LAW, NOT OURS,, the US Constitution.

That is a huge problem for us all. Ask Britain and France, where this destruction of national law is unfolding in real time.

In Britain, traditional parties have all but dissolved. Saddiq Kahn, has served as Mayor of London since 2016. You will be shocked by the full list of British Muslims in office, as presented in Wikipedia. I know I was.

NYC may be about to vote themselves into submission, but they may have company

Now, in Georgia, one Muslim woman in the GA House, Ruwa Romman, is running for Governor of GA in 2026, as Brian Kemp is term-limited. Romman and Momdani are not isolated exceptions. Not sure how important the Left thinks GA is, but don’t discount this possibility.

In the 2022 midterms, a record number of Muslims – 82 – were elected to public office around America. Two were elected to the GA legislature, including Romman; two to Ohio, two in IL, one in MN, and one in TX. Their population is expanding as well. After Christianity and Judaism, Islam is the third most popular religion in the United States.

Pew Research says that American Muslim voters lean only slightly to the Left. Pew Research is also the home of ERIC (the Electronic Registration Information Center), the voter fraud AI database. They are quite adept at information manipulation.

What we do know is this.

Mosques are being built around the country, at a rapid pace. Six hundred Islamic houses of worship were built between 2010 and 2020. In that same period, 4500 Christian churches closed in 2019 alone, as the Covid controls were tightened around America.

As of August 2025, there are 3.967 mosques in the United States. THE LARGEST NUMBER IS IN FLORIDA, WHICH IS HOME TO 4.8 % OF THE TOTAL in America. Pew Research ranks Florida as fourth or fifth. Like it matters. Governor DeSantis is proud of the religious liberty in his state.

According to the linked “POI DATA”, above, Florida is closely followed by New York (4.7%) and California (4.6%). then comes Michigan, Virginia and Georgia. Rounding out the top ten are Texas, Ohio, North Carolina and Maryland, which is home to 93 mosques. I’m guessing that some of you will be surprised at the full list. Do check it out.

Another good red state, Tennessee, has 59 mosques, or 1.3% of the national total!

In 1994, just thirty years ago, there were 900 mosques in America.

All the while, Christianity, upon which OUR nation was founded, has shied away from political involvement. Our churches backed down so they didn’t lose their tax-free statue for donations, and so, uninvolved as they were over the years, in what was going on, began to lose the youth which were being courted and turned by the other side.

This is where Charlie Kirk has, we pray, been a real turning point.

So the Desperate Dems are courting the gays and the Muslims in the effort to right their sinking ship. This cannot turn out well. They may end up sinking the Ship of State with their hatred and ineptitude.

Be concerned for America. Be very concerned.

Remember, Arab nations have used anti-Americanism to rally their people, despite America’s support in many things which had nothing to do with religion. Also, they take all the monetary aid we will give. Obama’s late-night plane full of palates of American bills, were, I am very sure, only a pittance of the total “gratefully received”.

Over the years, the United States has spent much of our blood and treasure saving Muslims in Afghanistan from the Soviets; in Kuwait and Saudi Arabia from Iraq; and in Bosnia and Kosovo from Yugoslavia. We have supported a Muslim Pakistan against India and Muslim Turkey against Greece. Washington has courted Damascus, even tacitly accepting Syria’s control over Lebanon. The United States supported Arab Iraq against Persian Iran during the Iran-Iraq War and also refrained from overthrowing Saddam Hussein after pushing him out of Kuwait in 1991.

The second election of Donald Trump is only the beginning. None of us knows how America will fare in these rough waters. We must simply pray, help where we can, then leave it up to the Higher Power.

We’ve got a wild, quite possibly dangerous, road ahead. Democrat leaders intend to make it that way, whether or not they realize the dangerous gang they’ve contrived, and the potential for disaster therein. Perhaps the real question is whether or not they care.

The Left is utterly desperate for power.

The demise of the Democrat Party, should it occur, will not happen quickly. They have too large a supply of Soros-type money, Chinese CCP assistance, and hearts full of the Devil’s anger, to disappear without a lot more sound and fury – which hopefully signifies nothing but their angst.

We will have to wait to see, with eyes wide open.

If the Left goes out, it will be with a real bang. Know that, and be ready. From what I read, endless violence and attacks on us as well as our political leaders are planned. Look at what has happened already. I would not have said this a few years ago, but they are just that crazy now.

There is almost no doubt that they will attempt to kill our President at least once more, and other of our newly elected leaders because they are trying to drain the deadly Swamp. Pray hard that they will fail.

What a mess. I have less than ZERO patience for any elected official who cannot see this, who tries to play “middle-of-the-roader”.

Ok, I’ve made my point. I hope.

Pray to God. And KNOW YOUR CANDIDATES. Who they are, what they believe, what is their understanding of Constitutional governance.

Should someone of the Muslim faith present as a candidate, PRESS THEM to swear allegiance to America, not Mohammed. ASK THEM how they intend to vote on various issues, should they have the opportunity. Watch who supports them.

[Two faces of Muslim ideology]

There is always a possibility that a Muslim American wants to work to support America. That would be our fondest prayer. We just have to sort them out before we elect them, which is no different that any candidate. RINO’s and Globalists are as dangerous as anyone. Maybe even more so in the short term, as so many are still fooled by them.

Please help Lady Liberty to stand strong against her enemies, foreign and domestic.

Once again, it is up to us.

“The only thing necessary for the triumph of evil is for good men to do nothing.” ~ Edmund Burke​

© 2025 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com